a4) [aie 2 teheeae. ttt tattl ‘St otsayhenenel tae be oe Stress setttists see 2 erees 3 eResspe no pretest seeses = sptsteesatscaseees Pesecctespis Histgsiesesterces Sotsthiecatetess sist eroesee: = Mele eto net on fe = UY . ; Bth fhe tM THE AND FLORISTS’ MAGAZINE. JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1836. VOLUME IV. CONDUCTED BY JOSEPH HARRISON, GARDENER TO THE RIGHT HON. LORD WHARNCLIFFE, WORTLEY HALL. LONDON : WHITTAKER & CO., AVE-MARTA-LANE. PRINTED, FOR THE AUTHOR, BY T. HARDCASTLE, HIGH-STREET, SHEFFIELD. mt hs ah ste cas he. ge ¢ og Ao ek ae’ @ * oe ate Oe ha * 5 Pah ovis, here ise Pe shy as He hat SH & i ae Boca hat Pe, afte Lipid: ta Ma oe ay He iat Hae ie eae ees ‘peng — the shite ap bled x PREFACE. In completing another Volume of the Floricultural Cabinet, we can- not forbear commencing our prefaratory observations by stating, that it is with no ordinary degree of pleasing satisfaction, that we have had, through the year, the assurance that our labours have been approved by our readers. We have received very numerous testimonials by letter to this effect; and the increased demand for the Floricultural Cabinet, confirms the same. We assure our readers that our utmost efforts have been directed to secure their approbation. In the se- lection of articles on Floriculture, our care has been to insert those only that would be either peculiarly interesting or practically useful to the Floriculturist ; and to give as many figures each month, of the newest and most showy plants, has been our endeavour as far as practicable. Our attention, in future, will be directed to the same line of conduct. Weare enthusiastically devoted to Floriculture, and our efforts to promote its extension have been richly rewarded—not only in the liberal and increasing patronage we have received, but also in the impulse we have in some degree given to the study of Floriculture, by which, in its practical operations, new tints have been added to the opening flower, fresh fragrance imparted to perfume, and in the results of a judicious combination and culture, we have been sur- prised and delighted, in many instances, to behold a new creation in the new forms of beauty which have sprung up. Nor do the benefits terminate here, there has been introduced a rich variety of beauty and splendour in many places, where but a few of the most common flowers were heretofore accustomed to grow, and naturalized some of the gayest and most fastidious of Flora’s train on what was previously supposed an inhospitable soil. In effecting this desideratum we have been favoured with the very liberal and talented assistance of several correspondents—to whom we are much indebted, and again record our thanks for their liberality. We, therefore, solicit a con- _ tinuance of their communications to a work already so largely indebted fo their favours. We shall enter upon our editorial labours for another year, encou- raged by the success of the past, and animated by the countenance and approval of our numerous friends for the future; and our very best efforts shall be directed to render the Cabinet, if possible, a more satisfactory work on Floriculture. The next volume will contain a number of plans of Cutting-Houses, Pits, Frames, &c. We have also several handsome drawings of some splendid Florists’ Flowers, which will also appear in due course. Worlley, Nov. 20th, 1836. « Xx ; AN? Y - \ r C i : I a 1 orp nile LAMAVHA OV rd ee ee a THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, JANUARY Ist, 1836. i PART I. ORIGINAL COMMUNIGATIONS. ARTICLE I.—On the Culture of Orchideous Plants. By A Country Fiorisr. ; Observing a Query in Vol. III. of the Cabinet, page 116, on the culture of Orchideous Plants, I forward, in compliance there- with, the following observations upon this most interesting tribe - ofplants. They are the result of a very successful practice with upwards of six hundred plants, for eight years. Many of the kinds requiring a very different mode of treatment from others, I deem it best to give you a portion of my remarks for each successive number of the Fourth Volume of the Cabinet. An article on the whole tribe, would occupy so much room, that it ‘ would necessarily exclude other valuable and interesting observa- tions on many other plants. With a view, however, of complying ~~ the wishes of the Querist, I shall confine my remarks to.a few for eaeh month. A few general observations, however, must first be given. The tribe of plants under notice are peculiarly interesting : the singular form of the flowers, the variation of colour in a single flower, the peculiar mode of growth, and the powerful fragrance of many of them, all combine to give interest to them. In their native country they are not regarded by the natives, and it has been stated by an English gentleman who collected for some time, and to a very great extent, that he only saw one instance of any of the VOL, IV. B 2 ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. “Orchidex being noticed by a native, and that was Oncidium lan- ceanium. The beauty of its flowers, and powerful fragrance, had induced him to remove the plant, and cultivate it near the door of his dwelling. Among the Orchidez, some are terrestrial, growing like English Orchises ; but the principal part of them, and by far the most inte- resting, are those growing upon trees. Some of this class delight in a very elevated situation, upon the summit of the highest trees ; others, upon low bushes, or decayed parts of old trees. They are not found growing generally through the forests, but are choice in their place of growth. The trees overhanging a river, is in many instances found to be a habitation for them, but even under such an advantage, it is observable that a considerable number of miles may be pursued and not a single plant be discovered, when a sud- den turning in the course of the river presents itself, and most probably rendering the atmosphere at such a situation somewhat different from the general course of the river, a considerable num- ber of trees have been found to be literally loaded with the plants. Although fond of a damp atmosphere, this tribe of plants delight in a free circulation of air. Collectors in general state, that whether they are discovered upon old trees in a forest, or by a river, they are nearly always found on the outskirts, where they can have occasional exposure to the sun, and a free admission of air. However numerous may be the plants growing upon a single tree, not more than five species were ever discovered on the same tree. Collectors have informed us, that, like all other plants, the Or- chide require a resting season. In their native country, it is ‘ during the jeriod there. termed the “ dry season,” when the heat ‘ is lower; and the growing and blooming time, in the wet season of the year, the heat being much higher, reaching to, 90 degrees or more. This particular should always be atfénded to by growers of Orchide@ in this country. The greater the heat, the more powerful the moisture, and the freeriiiiiimission of air. To have the plants to flourish well, these particulars must be obtained ; and ‘as they are best realised in spring and summer, the most suitable season of rest is from November to the end of February. During this period the plants should not stand upon a heated flue, but upon a trellis placed upon it. The heat of the house should be ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. 3 “regulated so as to keep it at 60 degrees by night, and to allow it to rise to 68 by day. The plants will not require much water applying at the roots whilst resting, but at the middle of each day the warm flue should be sprinkled with water, to cause a little humidity. ay ; When the resting season is over, many kinds will generally require repotting; I have not confined my practise to that time only, but when during summer a plant seems to want such exten- sion of room, I allow it immediately by repotting, or in some cases keep raising the soil, &c., by piling additional portions suc- eessively. In order to secure the plant steady, I fix a strong stick, at the first potting, nearly at the centre of the pot, and by fixing two cross pieces of wood to it, extending crosswise of the inside of the pot, near the rim, this, when the soil, &e. is filled in, becomes quite firm, and is a very useful support to the plant ; in- deed, in some instances it is quite indispensible. The most suitable soil for the plants to grow in, is sandy peat, not a soddened kind, but having as much stringy roots in it, as when cut into portions of an inch’square, each piece will adhere together. In some instances I use decayed wood from trees, mixed with the peat, and a portion of vegetable mould. In potting, 1 always give a good quantity of broken pots for drainage, so as to allow the water to pass off quickly. If this is not attended to, the water would become stagnant, the soil sod- dened, and the plants would most certainly be sickly. I always use water that is of a tepid temperature, that no check be given from cold. I do not sprinkle the plants over the tops more than three times during a year, and that me for the purpose of washing off dust ; I prefer spunging ther over. When the growing season commences, I raise the temperature of te a. to 72 degrees by night, and from 72 to 95 by day. Instead of syringing over the tops of the plants, I sprin- kle the flues twice a day, viz. about ten o'clock in the morning, and two in the afternoon ; this supports them during powerful sun, by rendering the air humid. I do not allow the flue to be moist, when the sun has set; for, if the house be then closed in a very damp state, some of the delicate plants would probably be killed by it, and to very few is itbeneficial. The exceptions to this rule I shall notice in my remarks on the particular kinds. 4 ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. The term Orchidez is often used by persons who scarcely un- derstand the application of it in some particulars. Dr, LinpiEy’s Introduction to Botany contains the following observations on what are— “ Parasitical Plants ;—that is to say, such as are either desti- tute of the power of pumping up their nourishment from the soil, or of elaborating it completely ; or as cannot exist without absorb- ing juices of other vegetables. These are found in all the pre- ceding stations. They may be divided into, first, those which grow on the surface of others, as the Cuscuta and Misletoe ; and, secondly, intestinal parasites, which are developed in the interior of living plants, and pierce the epidermis to make their appearance outwardly, such as the Uredo and Aicidium. “ Epiphytes, or false Parasites, are such as grow upon either dead or living vegetables, without deriving any nourishment from them. This class, which has often been confounded with the pre- ceding, has two distinctly characterised divisions. The first, which approaches true parasites, comprehends cryptogamous plants, the germs of which, probably carried to their stations by the very act of vegetation, develope themselves at the period when the plant, or that part where they lie, begins to die, then feed upon the substance of the plant during its mortal throes, and fatten upon it after its disease ; such are Nemasporus, and many Sphe- rias; these are spurious intestinal parasites. The second com- prehends those vegetables, whether cryptogamic, such as lichens and Musci, or phanerogamous, as Epidendrums, which live upon living plants, without deriving any nutriment from them, but ab- sorbing moisture from the surrounding atmosphere; these are superficial fé se parasites: many of them will grow upon rocks, dead trees, or earth.” a Having thus premised with some general observations, I shall continue my remarks of a practical kind, by eating of some of the handsomest kinds in general cultivation. Stanhopea.—All the species of this genus have not only hand- some flowers, but are very fragrant. The flowers are produced upon pendent stems. In order to allow them to hang over the sides of the pots, it is necessary to watch them, and lead the end of the shoot, when visible, to a proper direction; if this is not attended to, the stem will often force itself against the side of the ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS, 6 pot, or into the soil. The best plan with this genus is to treat in the manner I observed at Wentworth, when I visited that place in 1834, viz. :—A pot was filled with square pieces of peat mixed with broken potsherds to the height of the rim, then the squares of peat and pots were piled upwards to the height of several inches above the top of the pot, and the outer piles of peat were secured by means of thin splices of wood being fixed on the pot, and the squares of peat thrust upon them. I observed that as the plants advanced in growth, the peat piles were increased tier upon tier, so that some of the oldest plants were raised near a foot high. I have since adopted the same plan, and found it to answer admira- bly. As the flower-stem arises from the surface of the roots, it sometimes happens that it will push out, not at the surface, but at the side of the pile of soil; and when no further obstruction is encountered, the flowers will shew themselves very gracefully down the sides. In potting this genus, it is, therefore, necessary, in order that the flower-stems may push unobstructedly, to pot them in the first instance, in an elevated manner as described, and to increase the pile of peat and broken pots as circumstances require. The plant being thus raised, the soil is more liable to become dry, and additional care is therefore requisite, in properly attend- ing to the watering. The following kinds are what I possess, and all have bloomed with me :— 1. Stanhopea eburnea. The flowers are of a pretty white, spot- ted and blotted with a crimson-purple. Each flower is about two inches across; they are fragrant. The plant is a native of Rio Janeiro. It merits a place in every collection. Ko _ 2. S. grandiflora. Synonym, Ceratochilus grandiflora. (Bot. Cab. 1414.) The flowers are of a beautiful white, from two to in across, very handsome and fragrant. The plantis a native of Trinidad, West Indies. It merits a place in every col- lection. 3. S. insignis. Synonym, Epidendrum grandiflorum. The flowers are large, four inches across, and very beautiful. The labellum is white, spotted and blotched with dark red. The colour of the other parts of the flower is a sulphur-yellow, spotted with dark red. They are very fragrant. The plant is a native of Trinidad. It merits a place in every collection. 6 ON THE CULTURE OF LOBELIA CARDINALIS. 4. S. oculala. Synonym, Ceratochilus oculatus. (Bot. Cab. 1764.) The flowers are very splendid, nearly five inches ee of a sulphur-yellow colour, beautifully spotted and marked with a deep purple. The plant is a native of Brazil. The magnificence, beauty, and fragrance of the flowers, recommend it to every col- lection. These species are readily increased by division of the plant, are easily cultivated, and flower freely when the plants have been established for a year or two. LoppicEs, Knicut, Lows, and some of the Liverpool nurserymen, possess these kinds for sale, and they may be obtained ata reasonable charge. A large and healthy plant is pretty even without a flower, but its magnificence is great when in bloom. A Country AMATEUR FLorist. (TO BE CONTINUED.) ARTICLE I1.—On the Culture of Lobelia Cardinalis. By Emity ARMSTRONGE. In the progress of my remarks on a flower garden, in a former Number of the Cabinet, I stated that, with your permission, I would offer a few observations on the cultivation of the Lobelia Cardinalis ; and I now proceed to redeem my pledge. Having grown this splendid flower for several years, in various ways, to ascertain the best, and yet at the same time the easiest, manner of cultivation, I send you this short account of my method of treatment; more especially as, after perusing the communica- tions of An Arnpent Amateur and G. H., myself and many of your readers, who possess neither stove, hothouse, nor Cael f would be deterred from the cultivation altogether. I havea a more simple and successful method than alles by Mr, Joun Winrietp. If the plants should be left unprotected in the open ground during the winter season, they drvop, and finally decay early in the spring season. I have also found, on trial, that though the plants were well mulched around each root during the winter and spring months, with a flower-pot inserted over the crown of the plants in ‘frosty or rainy nights and days, yet they never reached a greater height than one or two fect; and this me- é ON THE CULTURE OF THE TULIP. 7 thod was attended with considerably more trouble than the follow- ing simple mode:—After the flower-stalk has been cut down, which takes place about the latter part of October, remove the entire plant, including suckers, into large flower-pots, with a ball of earth attached to each plant, sufficient to fill the pot; place the entire in any vacant sunshiny room without fires; the first week in the March succeedirg, take off the offsets from the parent plant, as I am convinced spring is preferable to autumn; in the course of six weeks, remove them into larger pots; this causes them to strike freely, when they are transplanted into the garden border, which should be airy, and yet sufficiently screened from cold winds. This border should have been previously prepared with well-rotted stable manure, to the depth of three inches, well trenched in, over it; leaf mould, light mellow loam, pit sand, and yellow clay, well incorporated six months previously, well sifted and raked, to the height of eight to twelve inches over the trenched dung. The border I choose in which to plant my roots is nearly level ; this I prefer for the purpose of retaining a regularity of moisture, which sloping ground does not admit. By the above treatment, I have had strong plants throwing up vigorous flower-stems, to the height of sia feet, covered with a profusion of flowers. Observe, during dry weather, to water them frequently, as they require a large portion ; and check the growth of all weeds around each plant, by repeated turnings of the upper surface. EmiLty ARMSTRONGE, Castlerahan, Ireland, Oct. 13th, 1835. ARTICLE IIl.—On the Culture of the Tulip. No. IT. By Amator Frorum. »»As you,seem disposed to think favourably of my last letter, I will now finish’the culture of Tulips. I left the Tulip bed planted, hooped over, witha net spread over it, protected from rain. By the end of February, the hoops must be raised on posts 20 inches high above the bordering, and the space from post to post closed up by a piece of net strained tight: this is an economical way of excluding cats and dogs, which often, if they get in, damage the best flowers. But a neater way is to have some wire-work in dia- monds, stretched in deal frames about 6 feet long, (any number 8 ON THE CULTURE OF THE TULIP. according to the length of the bed,) and about 20 inches high, outside measurement. These frames should either be made to overlap each other one inch at the joints, or to fit closely together; they should stand upon the bordering, and at every joint there should be a post 23 inches wide Jet down just within the border- ing. The frames should have a mortice to receive a staple from the post, which of course need only have one staple if the frames overlap, but two if they only meet; and the staple should stand just far enough out from the frame, to admit a small peg. The end frames should be only 4 feet long, according to the width of the bed, and should have each four staples, two at each end; and the side frame, which meets this at the corner, should have two mortices, to receive the staples. There need only be at the four corners a small post about 8 inches high, just put to steady the corners, and it need have no staple. The frames should all be marked with numbers, and the posts also, that each may be in the same place next year. The frames, with the wire-work, will want one coat of paint every year, and copper wire will be found cheap- est in the end. On this fence the hoops, with their net, are to stand. As soon as the Tulips begin to separate their leaves, any water lodged in their leaves should be drawn out with a water-squirt, if there is any appearance of frost. This should be carefully attended to as they advance in height, and when about 4 inches high, they should be carefully protected from frost by covering them over at night with mats or canvass, to be removed early in the morning, _ to avoid drawing. If these two points are not attended to, the bloom will be much injured. The spring of 1834 gave abundant proof of this. Continue the protection from frost as the flower- stems advance, and as soon as any begin to shew colour, erect the tent called the Tulip-house. This should be at least 10 feet wide, to include a walk (which should be turfed) 3ifeet wide all round the bed, the length according to the bed. Provide some sticks 14 feet high, painted green, each with a wire hook standing out from it about 3 or 4 inches, to support any flower-stem which may not be able to support itself. Admit all the air you can, and when the " flowers begin to open, exclude all sun ; if the bed lie east and west, half the covering can be always rolled up, except in rain or high winds; shut up at night. In hot weather, it will prolong the ON THE CULTURE OF MAURANDIA BARCLAYANA. 9 flowering if the paths are well watered once or even twice a day, but never on any account give the flowers any water, (although they will always rather droop their heads towards evening,) as this would make them run to colour the next year. As the petals fall, break off the seed-vessel, unless seed is wanted, and when most of the flowers are gone, take down the tent and frames, but replace the hoops upon posts to keep off rain. As soon as the tips of the stalk and leaves turn brown, take up the roots, and replace them in the drawers, each in the division in which it stood before ; this is easily done if the divisions are numbered, and entered in a book, as before advised. i ‘ The first year, three parts of the Tulips will run to colour in fresh ground, but let not the young florist be discouraged. Add no fresh soil to the bed ; only trench it up next autumn, and most of the flowers will come better. I have blown Tulips three years on the same soil, without any change at all upon being obliged to make a fresh bed; but this must be left to the judgment. By the fourth year, generally, there should be some renewal, say about one barrow-load to a yard. Ifa Tulip continues to run, plant it a fortnight later, keep it dry, and generally, if the bottom is clear, this will recover it; but if the bottom is not clear, there are no hopes, and the best flowers will run sometimes. Offsets should be planted (in depth according to their strength) in the beginning of October, or set on damp sand till the old roots are planted. Seed is generally saved from breeders (unbroken flowers), cut off the seed-pod when it begins to open; keep it in a paper bag till the time of sowing, September. Should you think my correspondence worth having, you will hear more from your constant reader and well-wisher, Amator FLorum. {We shall be glad to hear from our Correspondent.—ConD.] ARTICLE IV.—On the Culture of Maurandia Bar- clayana, Kecremocarpus scabra, and Verbena pul- chella. By Mr. Bryant, Gardener to Viscountess Dii10N, Bute House, Old Brompton. Lam induced, at the request of your correspondent CaTaRINA Maria ann T. (Vol. IIT. p. 258,) relating to Maurandia Bar-- VOL. Iv. ¢ 10 PLANS: FOR FLOWER GARDENS. clayana, to describe in a few words my method of culture, by which the above plants flower abundantly. Propagation.—About the last week in August, I select some young cuttings of the Maurandia from the old plants in the bor- ders, &c., and insert them in a little white sand, pressed firmly round the stems. They are placed in a cold frame, with a bell- glass over them, and in three weeks they are rooted. I then pot them off into small 60’s, well drained, where they remain during winter, taking care to tie them up neatly. About the first week in March, I give them a shift into small 48’s ; and in April they commence flowering, and continue all the semmer, if kept shifted. I cut back six plants last August, which were in small 48's pots, and I could now (the 16th of November) gather more than one hundred flowers. We have got some fancy wire-work, on which the Maurandia creeps, and produces a striking appearance. The compost I grow the plant in is yellow loam, with a little leaf-mould and sand. The plant also stands out with me during winter against a south wall, where it flowers freely. The Eccremocarpus scaber grows freely from cuttings, taken off eatly in spring, and inserted in a little white sand, covered with a bell-glass, and placed so as to have a little bottom heat. Plants raised from cuttings flower much freer than those raised from seed. I find the plant flowers best when planted out on a southern bor- der against trellis-work. It likes a strong rich soil. Of Verbena pulchella, I keep two or three plants in pots through the winter, and early in spring I make two or three dozen cuttings from each plant, and strike them as above described. About the first week in May, I plant a small bed with them on a grass lawn, where it keeps flowering all the summer, and seems to vie, if pos- sible, with Verbena melindres. M. Bryant. Nov. 16th, 1835. ARTICLE V.—Plans for two Flower Gardens, having Gravel Walks between the Beds, &§c. By Em1ny ARMSTRONGE. In the following plan (fig. 1.), 1 denotes gravel walks surround- ing the different beds ; 2, wall; 3, entrance gates; 4, shrubberies, PLANS FOR FLOWER GARDENS. ia} with retired walks; 5, centre bed; 6, oval beds ; 7, large beds ; ‘8, border beds ; 9, exterior beds. The entire may be enclosed by Fig. 1. $B °*p@ @ a= SS 5 2488 @eE 5 2B, SD” e 8 e856 YaGeBe Sea @a® & ! Tat eee 20 ~ Se 0 +19 0 gee gg tos well-clipped hedges of Thorn, Privet, Laurel, or Beech. For edgings, Box is preferable for neatness and cleanliness ; but Gen- tianellas, blue and white Campanulas, Evening Primroses, and Polyanthuses, one kind around each bed, would have a very pleas- ing effect, from the one unbroken line. The young floricultural tyro—as I presume your Cabinet is written equally for the im- provement of the mere novice in gardening as the more experienced veteran—in so circumscribed a plan, might find it difficult, at the commencement, to select a very moderate variety of annuals and perennials, from the extensive catalogues supplied by your re- spective valuable correspondents. I shall suggest to such the names of a few varieties, possessing perfume and brilliancy of colours, rejecting all diminutive flowers formerly cultivated ; first premising, that flowers cultivated in oval beds have a considerably more pleasing effect, from the contrast of colours, than when one N 12 PLANS FOR FLOWER GARDENS. kind or colour occupy the entire ; masses of colours im borders, or large square beds, on the contrary, would gratify more. The centre bed, marked 5, would admit, from the size, of both Tigridia pavonia and German Asters. By observing the treatment narrated in the June Number, 1834, p. 132, Tigridia pavonia will never fail having a splendid appearance. The oval beds, marked 6, would be well adapted for annuals and perennials of moderate height, or could be filled with varieties of the Fuchsia tribe, named by Mr. Barratt, (to whom the floricul- tural world is greatly indebted,) or varieties of Rose trees. The few annuals I would most recommend are— White-—Double-flowered Chinese Larkspur, African Hibiscus (dark centre), Sweet-scented Candy Tuft, Hawkweed, and Lu- pines. Purple.—Qnothera tenella, Early-flowered Wall Cress, Purple Siberian Larkspur, Shewy Stenactis, Sweet Peas (purple), Calce- olaria, Hepatica (double), and Pentstemons. Yellow.—Mignonette, Donglasi limnanthes, Chilian Monkey- flower, handsome Calceolaria, and CGEnothera Drummondii. Blue.—Shewy Insignis, Convolvulus minor, and Spotted-flow- ered Calophanes. Crimson, Scarlet, and Rose.— Verbena melindres, Shewy Calan- drinia, Pretty Clarkia, Sweet Peas, Malupe trifida and grandiflora, Hepatica (double), Chalcedonica Lychnis, Tufted-flowered Gilia, Geums, Laratera, Qinothera Lindleyani, Large Snapdragon, Painted-flowered Galardia, and Rose Campion ;—not omitting Three-coloured Gilia, Great-flowered Collinsia, varieties of the Potentillas, Lychnideas, &c. A selection of the above-named flowers, together with any bul- bous flowers, at the option of the cultivator, can be added to the beds marked 7. ; The two borders marked 8, should be devoted to Dablias and Lobelia Cardinalis, one to each. The six exterior beds, marked 9, should be filled with the most beautiful varieties of the Picotee, Carnation, and Pink. The subjoined plan (fig. 2.). is suited for beds upon a grass lawn, A A being beds for two rows of Dahlias, backed by Holly- oaks, 3B B, beds of Evergreen and other Shrubs, which shew off the flowers before them to great advantage: these beds can be PLANS FOR FLOWER GARDENS. 13 made wider than they are sketched, if the cultivator require it. Cc C; &c., a number of standard Roses. D, either Mansion, Fig, 2. Greenhouse, &c. I have given a rather limited ‘scale, but, of course, it may properly be extended to any size suited to the situ- ation it may be designed to occupy ;—only being careful to plant those kinds of flowering plants whose size will correspond with that of the bed. 0) 18 EMIty ARMSTRONGE. Castlerahan, Ireland, 1835, 14 ON THE CULTURE OF THE GUERNSEY LILY. ARTICLE VI.—On the Cultivation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis, or Guernsey Lily. By SNowpRor. Notwithstanding GuttsLmus has sent you some observations and directions on the culture of the Guernsey Lily, I am induced to place at your disposal an extract of the mode adopted by Mr. Kwicut, F.H.S., as recorded in the 6th Volume of the Horticul- tural Transactions. The cultivator will, at all events, have a choice of operation, and if one plan fails, the other may prove successful :— « A bulb of the Guernsey Lily, which had flowered in the autumn of 1822, was placed in a stove as soon as its blossoms had withered, in a high temperature, and damp atmosphere. It was planted in very rich compost, and was amply supplied with water, which held manure in solution. Thus circumstanced, the bulb, which was placed in the front of a curvilinear roofed stove, emitted much luxuriant foliage, which continued in a perfectly healthy state till spring. Water was then given in smaller and gradually reduced quantities till the month of May, when the pot in which it grew was removed into the open air, In the beginning of August the plant flowered strongly, and produced several offsets. These, with the exception of one, were removed; and the plant, being treated precisely as in the preceding season, flowered again in August 1824. In the autumn of that year it was again trans- ferred to the stove, and subjected to the same treatment ; and in the latter end of the following summer, both bulbs flowered in the same pot with more than ordinary strength, the one flower-stem sup- porting eighteen, and the other nineteen large blossoms. One of these flowered in the beginning of August, when its blossoms were exposed to the sun and air during the day, and protected by a covering of glass during the night, by which mode of treatment I hoped to obtain seeds ; but the experiment was not successful. The blossoms of the other bulb appeared in the latter end of August, and were placed in the same situation in the stove, which the bulb had occupied in the preceding winter; and I by these means obtained three apparently perfect seeds. One of these, the smallest, and seemingly the least perfect, was placed immediately in a pot in a stove, where it produced a plant.” SNowDROF. PART II. NEW OR RARE PLANTS WHICH WE HAVE NOTIVED SINCE OUR LAST, 1. Bellis integrifolia, American Daisy. (Bot. Mag. 3455.) Synonym, Ecliptaintegrifolia. F.A. Micuavx, the celebrated naturalist, who travelled in North America, and pnblished an account of the trees, &c. of that country, first mentions this rare plant as inhabiting the shady hills and banks of the river Tennessee. A general opinion prevailed that no species of our favourite Daisy was to be found in the New World. It appears that when Mr. NuTTaLt published his genera of North American plants, he had not then discovered the plant, but since that time it appears he found it inthe Arkansa Prairies. Mr. DruMMonp sent seeds of it to the Glasgow Botanic Garden, where plants have been raised, and bloomed in the open air in June and July of the present year. The plant is annual, and tho flower stems rise about six inches high, each stem having one flower. The flowers are about the size of our common Daisy, white with a purple tinge. Class, Syngenesia; Order, Superflua. Natural Order, Composite. 2. Brassia caudata, Long-tailed, (Flower). (Bot. Mag. 3451.) Synonyms, Malaxis caudata, Epidendrum caudatum, Helleborine ramosissima. A na- tive of Jamaica, and now cultivated in many collections of Orchidee in this country. The plant is profuse in blooming, and continues to flower for a long time. The flowers are produced in spikes, each having from eight to ten large flowers. Sepals have exceedingly long slender tails; they, as well as the petals, are of a pale greenish-yellow colour, marked with fine dark brown spots, producing a very pretty effect. Lip yellowish, marked with red-brown spots. Gynandria Monandria. Orchidew. Brassia, in. compli- ment to Mr. Brass, a collector of plants in South Africa. 3. Calliopsis Drummondii. (Bot. Mag.) A hardy annual, growing two feet high, much resembling the (commonly called) Coreopsis tinctoria,—the blossom being a little larger, with a less dark centre. Flowers, bright yellow with a dark reddish-brown eye. Syngenesia Polygamia Frustranea. Com- posite. Calliopsis, from Kallos, pretty, and op/is, an eye. 4. Centrocarpha chrysomelia, yellow aud dark flowered. (Maund’s Bot. Gard.) Synonym, Rudbeckia Newmannii. A perennial border flower from South America, in 1821, growing from two to three feet high, and blooms from July to September. The flowers are showy ; yellow with a dark centre (disk), about three inches across. Syngenesia Frustranea. Composite, Cen- trocarpha, from Kentron, a sharp point, and karphe, chaff; alluding to the sharp bristly points of the chaff of the receptacle. 5. Coccoloba virens, Green Sea-side Grape. (Bot. Reg. 1816.) This plant is cultivated in the hot-house at Sir ABRAHAM Humr’s, Wormleybury, Herts. The flowers are produced in racemes about two inches long, of a greenish-yellow colour. The blossoms are small and uninteresting. Octan- dria Trigynia. Polygonacee. Coccoloba, from Kokkos, a fruit, and lobos, a lobe; referring to the lobed seeds. 6. Elichrysum bicolor, Two coloured. (Bot. Reg. 1814.) A new hardy annual, growing about two feet high. The flowers are of a bright yellow, the underside of the lower petals tinged with red. It is far handsomer than the common yellow Elichrysum, an old inhabitant of our flower garden. It is in the possession of Mr. Low, Clapton Nursery, near London. Synge- nesia Polyandria. Asteracee. Elichrysum, meaning a golden spiral, It ought to be spelt Helichrysum, 16 NEW OR RARE PLANTS. rs Epidendrum conopseum, Florida Epidendrum. (Bot. Mag. 3457.) Tho plant is rare in our collections of Orchidee. It is the ouly Orchideous para- site yet discovered in the United States. It was sent to the Liverpool Botanic Garden, by Mr. Gorpon, from North Carolina, where it had been found growing upon the branch of a Magnolia grandiflora. The flowers are small, not very interesting, of a greenish- yellow colour, Gynandria Mo- nandria. Orchidee. Epidehdram, from Epi, upon, and dendron, a tree referring to the habitat of the plant. 8. Eulophia lurida. (Bot. Reg. 1821.) This Orchideous plant was sent into this country from Sierra Leone, where it grows in abundance upon the trunks of trees. It is cultivated by Messrs. LoppieEs, in whose collection it blooms nearly the whole year. The flowers are small, numerous, and produced on a branching scape. 9. Galatella punctuta, Dotted leaved. (Bot. Reg. 1818.) Synonyms, G. intermedia, Aster punctatus, A. desertorum. A native of Hungary, conse- quently quite hardy in this country. It is an herbaceous plant, growing two feet high, producing numerous aster-like flowers, of a purplish blue colour, in acorymbous head. The plant forms a compact bush by its numerous stems. Syngenesia Polygamia Frustranea. Asteracee. 10. Lupinus bimaculatus, ‘Twin-spotted Lupine. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) A native of Mexico, a hardy perennial plant, cultivated by Dr. Nem, at Ca- non Mills, near Edinburgh. The flowers are blue marked, with a yellow spot. ‘The flower stems rise about a foot high, each producing a terminal raceme of flowers about two inches long. Diadelphia Decandria. Legu- minose. 11. Macradenia triandria, Triandrous long-gland. (Bot. Reg. 1815.) An Orchideous plant, from Surinam, and cultivated in the collection of the London Horticultural Society. The flowers are small, produced in a pen- dent raceme, of from six to eight upon each. Each flower is of a blood- colour in the inside, and greenish outside. Gynandria Monandria. Or- chidee, Macradenia, from makros, long, and adne, a gland; referring to the long caudicula of the pollen masses. 12. Ochranthe argula, Fine-toothed leaved. (Bot. Reg. 1819.) This greenhouse plant was once cultivated in the Garden of the London Horti- cultural Society, where it had been received from China, its native country. It blossomed once and then died. It doesnot appear to have been increased, and is probably lost to this country for the present. The foliage is large, of a fine green. ‘The flowers are prodnced in a terminal thryse, small, white. Pentandria Trigynia, Mypericacee Anomale. Ochranthe, from ochros, pale, and anthos, flower. 13. Ovalis piotte. This very showy flowering species, it is said, is anative. of the Cape of Good Hope, and is cultivated in the garden of Mrs. MarryatT, Wimbledon. This plant produces a profusion of flowers, rising about two inches high, Each flower is about an inch across, and of a fine salmon colour, having a rosy-red circle near the centre. This plant is a valuable acquisition ; itis a frame perennial, blooming from June to August. It will flourish well in the open border in summer; and producing blossoms so large and in so copious a manner, renders it a most lovely object. Decan- dria Pentagynia. Oxalidacez. 14, Phacelia congesta, Cluster-flowered. (Bot. Mag.3452.) This very neat flowering plant was sent from Texas, by the late Mr. DRumMonpD, and has bloomed in the Glasgow Botanic Garden. Itis a greenhouse annual of considerable beauty and gracefulness. The flowers are produced in corym- bous racemes, of a bright purple-blue colour, each about the size of what is commonly called Vorget-me-Not. We think it will do equally well in the open borders, in summer, in warm situations, and will be a valuable acqui- sition to the flower garden. Pentandria Monogynia. Hydrophyllee. Pha= celia, from Phakelos, a bundle; alluding to the crowded quantity of flowers. NEW OR RARE PLANTS. 17 15. Rhododendron maximum hybridum, Laurel-leafed. (Bot. Mag. 3454.) Cultivated in the Glasgow Botanic Garden. The leaves are larger than the original species, and the flowers smaller; but the flowers are of a pretty blush tinge. 16. Rhododendron pulcherrimum, The lovely Rhododendron. (Bot. Reg.) This very handsome flowering plant is an hybrid, between R. arboreum and R. caucasicum. It is quite hardy, and a profuse bloomer. The flowers are of a fine rose colour, whitish towards the centre, slightly spotted, and very handsome. Another kind is in cultivation, viz. R. Nobleanum, whose flowers are of a deep rose colour, and very handsome. 17. Rubus Nutkanus, Nutka Bramble. The appearance of the plant is yery like the Virginian Raspberry of our shrubberies, but the flowers in the present species are white. It is a native of North America; a hardy shrub. Icosandria Polygynia. Rosacez. 18. Silenia regia, Scarlet Catch-fly. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) The most splendid ofthe genus. The plant is a hardy perennial, growing four feet high, and producing numerous flowers in a panicled head. The flowers are about an inch across, of a fine rich scarlet colour. The plant merits a place in every flower garden. Itis cultivated in the garden of D. FALCONER, Esq., Car- lowril, Scotland. Decandria Trigynia. Caryophyllee. 19. Veltheimia glauca, var. ved and purple-flowered. ( Bot. Mag. 3456.) Sy- nonym, Aletris glauca, A native of the Cape of Good Hope, and cultivated in the Glasgow Botanic Garden. The flowers are produced in a dense raceme of a reddish-purple colour, marked with paler spots, and hanging pendent. Hexandria Monogynia. Liliacee. Veltheimia, in compliment to F. A. DE VELTHEIM, a German. New Metuop or Dryine PLants.—Dr. HUNEFIELD recommends a new method of drying plants, by covering them first with the powder of iycopodium, and then placing them in a vessel containing chloride of cal- cium. By this method, the colour and flexibility are preserved. On the 29th of July, 1831, the thermometer being at 534°, Dr. GOPPERT, of Bres- law, placed in a 24-ounce glass two leaves of the Hyacinth, and a specimen of the Fumaria officinalis, with two ounces of muriate of lime, in such a manner that the plants were not in contact with the salt. On the following day, the leaves began to dry, and on the 3rd of August, although not dead, the Hyacinth leayes were capable of being reduced to a fine powder. Even. fleshy plants, as the Sedum rupestre, are so much dried in seven days, that they may be pulverised. The lycopodium powder prevents the sap from escaping.—Records of Science, from Maund’s Pet. Gard. R YOL, IY. ae: 18 ® . PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. — QUERIES. On Pear Sort,—Can you inform me, through the medium of the Cabinet, the best plan to obtain peat in large quantities, convenient for water carriage ? Bristol, 1835. A Constant READER. On THE Mimvuius.—I should feel particularly obliged if any of your readers would condescend to answer S. P.’s query, as I am quite as anxious to have an answer as he is. Perhaps Mr. AppLepy or Mr. AsHFoRD will be so obliging as to give us the desired information; if either of them will have the kindness to do so, they will much oblige A LawYeEr’s CLERK. On a Waite Catcroraria, &c.—In your Floricullural Cabinet for August last, you promise a drawing of Mr. Barratt’s pure White Shrubby Calceolaria. Being a collector and admirer of that tribe, Iam desirous of seeing the drawing. I have taken in your work since its commencement, and have recommended it to’many of my friends. I reside some distance from London, and being a member of the London Horticultural Society, I should be much gratified if you would insert monthly a report of the Fiowers exhibited at the meetings in Regent Street, with the names of the individuals whose produce they are, in the way of Loupon’s Magazine, excluding the fruits. Such an arrangement would add much to the interest of your work, and is in strict accordance with its principle. A FRIEND TO THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET. [We have applied for the account, and, if we succeed in obtaining it, it shall regularly be inserted.—ConpDvucrTor. ] On a List or Frowers, &c.—Many of the readers of the Floricultural Cabinet will thank the Editor to favour them with a monthly list of Flowers that will bloom in every month—that in every month there may be some flowers in full bloom. To give the height and colour of each flower ;—to give also a description of the cultivation suitable to each flower ;—in what way to assort the flowers in the beds, so as to produce the most pleasing appearance in contrast of colour and of height;—to give forms of the beds to suit a small flower garden ;—also to add hints how the cottager may orna- ment his cottage garden every month with a few of the less expensive flowers. Such an article or paper in every monthly number of the Floricultural Cabinet, would much increase the value of it to many readers. London, 1835. [We shall be obliged by the contributions of any of our readers to enable us to meet the wishes of our correspondent.—ConpucTor. ] On a List AND Prices OF CaMELLIAS.—Having been a subscriber to your very useful Cabinet from its commencement, I take the liberty of asking you to furnish me, as well as some others who are admirers of the tribe of Camellias, where we may be supplied with the different varieties upon reasonable terms. Suppose I take a stock of fifty of the best and most popular kinds, I conceive I ought to obtain them at a considerably less rate of expense than by buying only three, or four, or six. Perhaps by inserting this communication in your next number, some of your numerous readers will be at the trouble of giving a list, with the price, not individually but collectively. If there are objections to this public mode of trafficking, I shall be most happy to meet their feelings, on your stating as much in your periodical, I would have ‘addressed you earlier (being now the 15th), but MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 19 have been engaged in planting my Tulips this week and the preceding one; consequently have had bnt little thought of any thing else. I shall give you my method of cataloguing and planting, which I conceive (barring con- ceit) to be preferable to any I have yet seen or heard of.—It is applicable to a stock of 100 or 5000—to the Ranunculus as well as the Tulip—combining facility and simplicity. It is difficult to offer any thing new and good in* the way of knowledge, where on all subjects the Floricultural, by its many correspondents, has presented to the world so much able and genuine in- formation on composts, method of treatment, &c. &c.; nor am I, perhaps, warranted to communicate much on this head. However, to beguile time, and hear the various modes of treatment by others, perhaps some of your readers would like to know my way of managing Auriculas. Although this year has been so wet and damp, I have only lost one plant out of a hundred pots, and my stock is looking capital. Nov. 15th, 1835- An Oxp Frorist. [We shall be much obliged by the promised favour.—ConDvcTor. ] On THE WuHITE Meaty INSECT, OR PINE Buc.—I should be greatly obliged by you, or any of your Correspondents, informing me the best method of destroying the White Mealy Insect, or Pine Bug, which attacks Stove Plants as well as Pine Plants. Banbury, Oct, 1835. A REGULAR SUBSCRIBER. On a STAND FoR SHOwING Panstus.—I should be greatly obliged to you, or any of your Correspondents, to inform me of the best method of showing Pansies at an Horticultural Show, so as to make the flowers show to advantage. I have seen them shown in a great many different plans, but I do not like any of them: I should like to see the plan of one figured in the Cabinet, so as to have one made by. I hope to see an early answer to the above. -Js K. On Carryine Dania BLooms.—Could you, or any of your Correspond- ents, inform me of the best method of carrying Dahlia Blooms to a distance, for the flowers to keep fresh, and not be injured much? I have been put to great inconvenience this season by my flowers being spoiled in carriage to a distance. J. K On Superior Pinks.—Mr. J. Smitu, of Faversham, Kent, (Vol. III. p. 235), should grow such Pinks as Bows’ Suwarrow, P. L., Faulkner’s Duchess of St. Alban’s, P. L., Bows’ Cicero, B. W., and Faulkner's Mars, R. L., &c., if he is desirous of having large and superior kinds. They are well laced, and have rose-shaped leaves. When properly grown, they never burst. I never saw a South of England raised Pink worth growing, being generally bursters, and with the centre full of small leaves, also indifferently laced. Perhaps Mr. Smiru, or some other Southern grower of Pinks, will inform me why such Pinks are encouraged. Lancaster, 1835. T. ConNNELLY, Jun. ANSWER. ” On Dissrectinc Leaves, &c.—In compliance with the wishes of A Subscriber and Admirer of Floricultural Botany, I observe that I have dis- sected leaves, calyxes, and capsules of flowers, by the following method :— “Cherries, Pear, Poplar, Ivy, Holly or Maple leaves to be gathered in June or July, when the young leaves are at their full growth; put them in an earthen pan, full of rain-water, as it wastes fillitup, but do not empty out any of the water. Some of the leaves will be ready to dissect in a month, and some not in less than two. When the external membranes begin to separate, then is the time to begin the operation. The leaf must be putin a flat white plate, with clean water: squeeze the leaf gently with the finger and it will open on one side, the green juice will press out; then the two outward skins must be stripped off, first in the middle and along the sides, where they closely adhere, and if an opening is made, they will easily come 20 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. off: theu wash the skeleton in clean water, and put it between the leaves of a book to dry. Pear and Holly have a double set of fibres, that must be separated with circumspection; one set of fibres is more perfect than the other.” I must observe that I was not able to procure rain-water for the greater part of the leaves I have dissected, and that I succeeded without. Box leaves I found to require to remain several months in the water. Some leaves of the Spanish Chesnut I once had for more than a year in water, and then was obliged to throw them away unchanged: I have not since been able to try them again.—I have now a Query to propose. I have succeeded perfectly in dissecting the leaves and the floral leaves of the Lime Tree, but the skeleton of the Lime Tree leaves remains green, and no washing will bleach it. Perhaps some reader of the Cabinet will have the kindness to inform me how to bleach them, without injuring the fibre of the skeleton. The above is a dirty, and not a very sweet job, but the admirable beauty of the skeletons, in my opinion, fully compensates for the trouble. Beds,, October 13th, 1835. A Practicat Lapy GARDENER. REMARKS. ON THE PROPER PRONUNCIATION OF DAHLIA.—As it is your intention, in the forthcoming No. of the Cabinet, or its Supplement, especially to notice the Dahlia; allow me to take this fitting opportunity of interceding for the proper pronunciation of the word.—It was called after a Swedish Botanist, Professor Dan, of Upsula. Nowasthe ah in his name is pronounced, both in Switzerland and all over the world, broad, as in the English word ah, and as the word Dahlia differs only in having the termination ta added, nothing but ignorant conceit could have inflicted on it the pronunciation, as if written Daylia ;—it is at best but a piece of affected Cockneyism.—Hoping that this brief philippic may be effectual in saving my own ears and that of many others from such mincing,—I am, &c. F. R. HORNER. On Care Buss, &c.—JoHN YOUNG, nurseryman, Taunton, takes the liberty of saying to the correspondent of the Floricultural Cabinet, Vol. III., p. 257, that for several years past he has been paying considerable attention to the culture of Cape Bulbs, and will be glad to communicate with any one of similar pursuits, whether for the purpose of exchange or sale, or inter- change of sentiments, on the best mode of treating this interesting tribe, which he thinks are too much neglected, believing, as he does, that most of the varieties of Ixia will do as well, or perhaps better, in the open ground, not/even protected by a wall, than in a frame or greenhouse. J. Y. has had a bed of Ixias in this situation for about four years, and with no protection for the last two; the bed is well drained: the compost, sandy peat. J. Y.'s collection at present consists of about 20 varieties of Ixia (proper), 8 of Tritonia, 6 of Sparaxis, 6 of Babiana, 2 of Trichonema, 3 of Vieusseuxia, 9 of Watsonia, 14 of Oxalis, and 30 of Gladiolus, together with some varie- ties received from the Cape last year without names, but of which those that have flowered are good, and not common. J. Y. also has Calochortus ve- nustus, C. splendens, C. luteus, Calliprora lutea, Cyclobothra alba, Tritelem laxa, Brodicea (3 varieties), and a few of the scarcer varieties of Cape Bulbs not enumerated in the above list. Taunton Nursery, 11 mo, 17, 1835. On PicoTEEs.—From the doubts expressed by your Correspondents, Mr. REVELL, &c., I was also led to doubt the dimensions of the Pinks mentioned by InNovaToR ; but permit me to state, that this year I flowered a Mulberry- coloured Picotee, twelve inches in circumference; also a White Picotee, slightly tinged with purple on each petal, eleven inches in circumference ; both very double. Perhaps this statement may contribute to remove the doubts of Mr. REvELL, Mr. WicG, and B.M. I shall not occupy your pages, at present, by detailing my mode of cultivation, there having been so many and various remarks already made by your esteemed Correspondents, INNo- vATOR, &c. Emity ARMSTRONGE. Castlerahar, Ireland, 1835, MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 21 FLORICULTURAL EXHIBITIONS. —— WARWICKSHIRE FLORAL AND HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, Tho following Prizes were awarded at the Fifth Exhibition of the Warwick- shire Floral and Horticultural Society, September 17th, 1835 ;— Dautias.-—Best(—Countess of Liverpool, Sir Charles Throckmorton. Selfs—1, Widnall’s Apollo, Forfeited, Mr. Kendall; 2, Lord Derby, Mr. Adkins; 3, Yellow Turban, J. Willmore, Esq.; 4, Harding’s Lilac Perfec- tion, Mr. Adkins; 5, Seedling, J. Willmore, Esq.; 6, Lord Liverpool, Mr. Kendall; 7, Metropolitan Perfection, Ditto. Striped or Spotled.—1, Picta formosissima, Mr, Kendall; 2, Queen of Dah- lias, Mr. Burman; 3, Commander-in-Chief, Mr. Kendall; 4, Desdemona, Ditto; 5, Widnall’s King, Mr. Adkins; 6, Seale’s Invincible, Ditto; 7, Mrs. General-Grosvenor, Mr. Kendall. Seedling.—Best, J. Willmore, Esq. Scarlet and ruby.—1, Countess of Liverpool, SirC. Throckmorton; 2, Wid- nall’s Apollo, Mr. Kendall; 3, Master Walter, J. Willmore, Esq.; 4, Newsal’s Victory, Mr. Kendall; 5, Widnall’s Remus, Ditto; 6, Widnall’s Rising Sun, Ditto; 7, Lass of Richmond Hill, Ditto; 8, Scarlet Perfection, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons, Crimson and Purple.—1, Widnall’s Granta, Sir C. Throckmorton; 2, Lord Liverpool, Mr. Kendall; 3, Langley’s Purple, Sir C. Throckmorton; 4, Lord Derby, Mr. D. Houghton; 5, Colville’s Perfection, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons; 6, Muntz, Mr. Kendall; 7, Seedling, Sir C. Throckmorton; 8, Man of Kent, Mr. J. Moore. Puce Maroon and Dark Maroon.—1, Lord Derby, Mr. Adkins; 2, Metro- politan Perfecta, Mr. Kendall; 3, Othello, Mr. Tapp; 4, Vulcan, Mr. Cowdry ; 5, Dawson’s Victory, Dr. Cave Brown; 6, Lord Brougham, J. Willmore, Esq.; 7, Hall's Mogul, Mr. Tapp; 8, Sir Walter, Scott, Dr. Cave Brown; 9, Suttonia Superb, J. Willmore, Esq.; 10, Negro Boy, Ditto. White Blush, Rose and Lilac.—1, Lilac Perfection, Mr. Adkins; 2, Lady Grenville, Sir C. Throckmorton; 3, King of Whites, Mr. Tapp; 4, Leucan- thera, J. Willmore, Esq.; 5, Springfield Rival, Mr. D. Houghton; 6, British Queen, Mr. Kendall; 7, Superb Lilac, Mr.S. Yates; 8, Calypso, Mr. Kendall. Sulphur, Yellow, and Buffi—1, Yellow Turban, J. Willmore, Esq.; 2, Seedling, Mr. D. Houghton; 3, King of Yellows, Ditto; 4, Queen of Yellows, Mr. Burman; 5, Hortensis, Sir C. Throckmorton; 6, Syren, Mr. Meyrick. Globes—1, Crimson, Mr. J. Moore; 2, Rugby Beauty, Mr, Meyrick; 3, Orange, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons. Anemoneflora.—1, spectabile elegans, Mr. S. Yates; 2,'Painted Lady, Sir C. Throckmorton ; 3, Crimson, Mr. J. Moore; 4, spectabile, Messrs. J. Pope and Song; 5, purpurea, Sir C. Throckmorton. Striped double.—1, Picta formosissima, Mr. Kendall; 2, Commander in- Chief, Ditto; 3, Seale’s Invincible, Mr. Adkins; 4, Black Prince, J. Will- more, Esq.; 5, General Grosvenor, Mr. Kendall; 6, French Rival, Mr. Adkins. Spotted double.—1, Queen of Dahlias, Mr. Burman; 2, Brown's Desde- mona, Mr. Kendall; 3, Widnall’s King, Mr. Adkins; 4, Beauty of Cam- bridge, Ditto; 5, Duchess of Buccleugh, Mr. Burman. Seedlings.—1, Drusilla, Mr. D. Houghton; 2, J. Willmore, Esq.; 3, Sir C. Throckmorton; 4, Mr. D. Houghton; 5, Sir C. Throckmorton; 6, Ditto ; 7, Mr. Adkins; 8, Sir C. Throckmorton. Sincte Dauuias.—l, Painted Lady, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons; 2, Para- gon, Mr, Cowdry; 3, Star of Bethlehem, 22 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. \ Prants or Commencr.—], Gossipium arboreum and Zinziber officinarum, Mr. J. Horton. ‘Enicas.—1, Hartnellii, J. Willmore, Esq.; 2, Irbiana, Ditto; 3, cerinthi- oides (nova) Ditto; 4, Aitonia, Ditto. Strovr Prants.—1l, Musa, coccinea, Mr. C, Ratheram; 2, Euphorbia calabra, J. Willmore, Esq.; 3, Francisca Hopeana, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons. GREENHOUSE PLants.—l, Nierembergia intermedia, Mr. C, Sharp; 2, Cineraria hybrida, Mr. J. Moore; 3, Chironia frutescens, Mr. D. Houghton; 4, Oxalis Boweii, Mr. J. Moore; 5, Anagallis Willmoreiana, Ditto; 6, Ne- rium splendens, Mr. D. Houghton; 7, Fuchsia globosa, Mr. Kendall; 8, Fuchsia mutabilis, Mr. D. Houghton. . OrcHipEots Prants.—l1, Catasetum tridentatum (var.), 2, Epidendrum fragrans; 3, Epidendrum ciliare, J. Willmore, Esq. Harpy Frame Prants.—Nuttalia grandiflora, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons; 2, Lobelia propinquia, J. Willmore, Esq.; 3, Erythrolena conspicua, Messrs. J. Pope and Sons; 4, Lobelia unidentata, Mr. J. Moore. Harpy AnnvALs.—1, Xeranthemum lucidum album; 3, Coreopsis splen- dens; 3, unique French marigold, My. Adkins; 4, African marigold, Mr. Burman. HERBACEOUS PxLANtTs.—1, Amaryllis belladonna, J. Willmore, Esq.; 2, Potentilla Hopwoodeana, Mr. J. Moore; 3, Yucca filamentosa, J. Willmore, Esq. Cocxscomss.—l, Mr. Adkins; 2, James Taylor, Esq. TEenDER ANNvALS.—1, Thunbergia alata, Mr. J. Horton; 2, Globe ama- ranthus, Mr. C. Ratheram; 5, white egg plant, Mr. J. Horton. CaLcEOLaARIAS.—], dilectum; 2, pardenthera; 3, Lord Shrewsbury, J. Willmore, Esq. Grovps or FLowers.—l, Mr. C. Ratheram; 2, Mr. Charles Walthew. Extra Prizes.—Design in flowers over the entrance, Mr. Kendall; group of flowers, &c., Mr. Cowdry; Ditto, Mr. James Tomkins; group of pansies, Nos. 1 and 2, Mr. Kendall; China asters, Mr. Tapp; Ditto, Mr. Adkins; globe amaranthus, Mr, C. Ratheram. DONCASTER HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The fourth meeting of the Doncaster Horticultural Society for the season, took place on Wednesday, the 29th of July, in the New Concert-room, High-street. Although it has been generally admitted,—and not without sufficient reason,—that the number of meetings this year has been far too numerous, the attendance on the present occasion was never excelled in point of respectability,—an attendance which embraced nearly all the families of the gentry in the neighbourhood, particularly the female portions of them 3 and the exhibition, enlivened by the performances of the band, appeared to give the highest degree of satisfaction. The show of Carnations and Dablias, considering the extremely dry state of the weather, was numerous and beau- tiful, and the Geraniums were particularly attractive. ‘The judges were, Mr. Smith, Botanic Garden, Hull; Mr. Belton, Nostell Priory; and Mr. Dobb, Rotherham. Prants.—Stove—l, Musa coccinea, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Cyrtanthus pur- pureus, Messrs. Crowder; 3, Hwmanthus undulatus, Messrs. Crowder; 4, Begonia cordata, Mr. Appleby. Greenhouse.—1, Nerium splendens, F. J. Woodyeare, Esq. (C. Stephens, gardener); 2, Nirembergia filicalus, H. Cooke, Esq. (J. Stephens, gardener) ; 3, Nerium album, Messrs. Crowder; 4, Oxalis Boweii, Mrs. Elmsall, (J. Blyton, gardener.) MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 23 Exotic Climber.—Tropeolum pentaphyllum, H. Cooke, Esq. ; 2, Jasminum floribus plenus, Mrs, Elmsall. White Pelargoniwn.—Barratti, H. Cooke, Esq.; Dark Red, Lord Comber- mere, Mr. Robinson, gardener to T. Walker, Esq.; Crimsom, Amadium, Mr. Robinson; Pink, Flora M’Donald, H. Cooke, Esq ; Crimson Purple, Master Walter, Messrs. Crowder; Lilac, H. Cooke, Esq.; Blush, Blandum, H. Cooke, Esq.; Oak leaved, Moorcanum, H. Cooke, Esq.; Scarlet, Bath Scarlet, H. Cooke, Esq.; Clouded, Yeatmanianum grandifiorum, Mr. Robinson. Ericas.—1, Mr. Appleby; 2, 3, 4, Mr. Hall. Fuchsias.—1, Globosa, Mr. Robinson; 2, Longiflora, Mr. Milan. Mimuluses.—Bitrons, Mr. J. L. Crowther; 2, Mr. Hall. . China Roses.—1, Yellow Noisette, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Mr. Milan; 3, Smith’s Noisette, Rev. L. Hobson. Hardy Creeper.—l, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Mr. Appleby ; 3, Sollya heterophylla, Hon. Mrs. Cochrane, (J. Cooper, gar- dener); 4, Tropeolum majus, Hon. Mrs. Cochrane. Hardy Shrubs, 1, Yucca gloriosa, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Hydrangea quercifolia, Mr. Hall. Hardy Herbaceous.—1, Potentilla Hopwoodiana, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Mrs. Bulmer. Herbaceous Calceolaria.—1, Speciosa, Messrs. Crowder; 2, Ochroleuca maculata, Mr. Robinson; Shrubby Ditto, 1, Juno, Mr. Robinson ; 2, G. C. Walker, Esq. Six Hollyoaks.—1, Mr. Jackson; 2, Mr. Milan. Twelve Pansies—1, Mr. Jackson; 2, Rey. Dr. Sharpe. Six Ditto, 1, Hon. Mrs. Cochrane; 2, Mr. Crowcroft. British Plants —1, Geutiana Pneumonanthe, Mr. J. L. Crowther; 2, Utri. enlaria vulgaris, Mr. Hopkinson; 3, Drosera anglica, Mr. J. L. Crowther. Best Collection of British Plants——Mr. J. L. Crowther, 108 species. Tender Bouquet.——Mr. Hopkinson. Hardy Ditto, 1, Mr. Hopkinson; 2, Rey. Dr. Milner. Tender or Hardy Ditto, Col. Fullerton, (J. Flintham, gar- dener). Annual, 1, Hon. Mrs. Cochrane; 2, Lady Cooke; 3, Mr. Hall. Scarlet Stock—Mrs. Elmsall. Purple Ditto, Mrs. Elmsall; White Ditto, Mrs. Elmsall. CarnatTions.—Best Pan of Seven—Pike’s Eminent, Rowbottom’s Victory, Unknown, Will Stukely, Unknown, Queen Adelaide, Unknown, Mr. Thorpe. Scarlet Bizarre—l, Major Ripon, Mr. Ripon; 2, Mr. W. L. Crowther. Pink Bizarre—1, Mr. Foulstone; 2, H. D. Cooke, Esq. Scarlet Flake—1, Leighton’s Atlas, Col. Fullerton; 2, Madame Mora, Col. Fullerton. Rose Flake—Queen Adelaide, Mr. Thorpe; 2, Mrs. Branson, (T. Wood- head, gardener). Purple Flake—1, Mrs. Branson; 2, Hon. Mrs. Cochrane. Red Picotee.—1, Will Stukely, Mr. Thorpe; 2, Martin’s Prince George, Mr. Jackson. Purple Picotee.—1, Pollett’s Triumph, Col. Fullerton ; 2, Mr. W. L. Crowther, Yellow Picotee.—1, Seedling, M. Tasburgh, Esq. (— Wood, gardener) ; 2, Seedling, M. Tasburgh, Esq. Self—1, Seedling, M. Tasburgh, Esq.; 2, Seedling, Mr. Jackson. Dauttas.—Best Pan of Six.—Lord Liverpool, Agrippina, Queen of Dahlias, Zebra, Queen of Belgium, Criterion, Messrs. Crowder. Scarlet—Countess of Liverpool, Mr. Jackson; White, King of Whites, Dr. Bower; Rose, Queen of Roses, Mrs. Bulmer; Striped, Seal’s Invincible, Mr. Appleby; Dark, Lady Fitzharris, Mr. Milan; Purple, Purpurea perfecta, Mr. Appleby ; Orange, Formosissima, Dr. Bower; Shaded, Belladonna, Mrs. Branson; Yellow, Queen of Yellows, Dr. Bower; Crimson, Barratt’s Susanna, Mr. Milan; Lilac, Mr. Foulstone; Globe, M. Tasburgh, Esq.; Anemone, H. Cooke, Esq.; Single, Lady Cooke, (H. Seaton, !gardener) ; Tipped, Agrippina, Mr, Appleby ; Red, Mrs. Bulmer, 24 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. SHOW OF CARNATIONS NEAR WOLVERHAMPTON, At a Meeting held at Ounsdale, Wombourn, near Wolverhampton, on the 27th of July last, the following prizes for Carnations were adjudged :— Premier Prize—Duke of Devonshire, Mr. Abner Bullock. Scarlet Bizarres.—1, Duke of Devonshire, Mr. Partridge; 2, Seedling, Mr. Aston; 3, Seedling, Mr. Bullock; 4, Kinfare Hero, Mr. Aston; 5, Wild’s Perfection, Mr. Walford; 6, Seedling, Mr. Bullock. Crimson Bizarres.—1, Seedling, Mr. Bullock; 2, Spitfire, Mr. Nicklin; 3, Seedling, Mr. Walford; 4, ditto, Mr. Aston; 5, ditto, Mr. Walford; 6, ditto, Mr. Aston. Scarlet Flakes.—1, Bishop of Gloucester, Mr. Elliott; 2, Seedling, Mr. Bullock; 3, Stanley's Union, Wr. Richards; 4, Rob Roy, Mr. Downing; 5, Lydia, Mr. Jones; 6, Fair Ellen, Mr. Aston, Purple Flakes.—1, Bellerophon, Mr. Aston; 2, Squire Clarke, Mr. Wal- ford; 3, Cleopatra, Mr. Richards; 4, Turner’s Princess, Mr. Aston; 5, Seed- ling, Mr. Partridge; 6, Rosamond, Mr. Bullock. Pink Flakes—1, Lady Grey, Mr. Walford; 2, Sir George Crewe, ditto; 8, Seedling, Mr. Aston; 4, Howe’s Princess, ditto; 5, Seedling, Mr. Elliott; 6, Lucy Maria, Mr. Bullock. Red Picotees.—1, Vulcan, Mr. W. Wallace; 2, Sir Thomas, Mr. Walford; 3, Miss Bevan, Mr. Downing; 4, Prince George, Mr. Partridge; 5, Elliott, Mr. Elliott; 6, Hird’s William the Fourth, Mr. Walford. Purple Picotees.—1, Isabella, Mr. Walford; 2, Miss Emma, Mr. Wallace ; 3, Beauty of Northampton, Mr. Walford; 4, Hector, Mr. Aston; 5, Moon- raker, Mr. Wallace; 6, Drucella, Mr. Aston. REFERENCE TO THE EMBELLISHMENTS. 1, Chrysanthemum indicum, variety—The Sulphur Yellow. This kind is also called Early Yellow, Sulphurea, Sulphurea Superba, Brimstone, and Straw coloured. Itis one of the most graceful and handsome flowering kinds, and merits a place in every collection. It comes into bloom at an early period, before all others, excepting the quilled white. The flowers have a very strong Chamomile scent. The leaves are very deeply indented, hay- ing the lobes very distinct from each other, and the serrattures are sharp pointed. This kind was introduced into this country from China by the late Tuomas Evans, Esq., of Stepney, having been brought over for him by Captain HENry WILSON. 2. C. indicum, var. Wheeler's Sanguinea. 3. C. indicum, var. Wheeler's Expanded Crimson. Both the latter kinds are hybrids, recently raised in this country. They are a most valuable addi- tion to this pleasing tribe of autumnal flowering plants. All the kinds may be readily obtained at most of the public nursery establishments, at a very moderate charge. Being of easy culture, the whole tribe recommend them- selves to every lover of flowers. We cultivate about sixty kinds, and the varieties in colour and form of flowers produce a most striking and beautiful effect. FLORICULTURAL CALENDAR FOR JANUARY. DABLtiAs.—Seed should be sown any time about the latter end of the month or early in the next. The old roots should be potted and placed in a hotbed frame, or stove, for early flowering, or raising by slips. Rosrs.—Those growing in pots, if placed in the stove, will bloom about the latter end of March. Turips.—The beds will require sheltering from severe storms of hail, rain &c., if such occur, ont) Nes =i feet ys "Yn Fs . | | | | | Ags de eras A | | / Wat aes Cutoca vouda Lip: Cala 1oul@. C.W.H. Dd. JI J, Parkin Sc. Floriculiural Cabinet, IS36. FLORICULTURAL CABINET, FEBRUARY lst, 1836. PART I. — ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. —— ARTICLE I—A New Arrangement of the Doubleflow- ered Chinese Chrysanthemums, witha simple Method of Cultivating that beautiful Tribe of Plants. By Mr. J. Martin, Gardener to J.S. POULTER, Esq. M.P., Winchester. . Having derived both amusement and instruction from your useful and interesting publication, the Floricultural Cabinet, (to which I have been a subscriber froin its commencement,) and feeling desirous of promoting the object for which it is intended, I herewith send you a list of my collection of Chrysanthemums, with the simple method I practice in their cultivation. I have some most beautiful varieties, which Mr. HawortH does not mention in Vol. I., p. 76, &c.; but which, I think, highly merit a place in your Cabinet. T observed in Vol. II., p. 163, that Mr. PrEDERICK made an inquiry respecting the season for transplanting the Chrysanthe- mum, so as to ensure a good bloom the following autumn ; and as I have not yet seen any answer to his inquiry, I recommend to him the method of treatment I have practised, and which I here describe ; and I am quite convinced that if it is properly attended to, it will ensure him a good bloom, and in fact answer the utmost _expectations. , Soil.—The soil I use is a very simple mixture, and might be easily obtained. It is one-half good rotten dung, from an old VOL, Iv. E 26 ON DOUBLE-FLOWERED CHINESE CHRYSANTHEMUMS. cucumber bed, and one-half yellow loam. This I mix well toge- ther some time before £ use it for potting in. Cultivation.—About the first week in April, I take off suckers, “always choosing the strongest, but most dwarfy, suckers for that purpose. I take as many ofeach variety as I think I shall want to flower, never keeping less than two plants of a sort. These suckers I plant, one plant in a 48-sized pot, in the compost above described. After I have potted them, I place them in the shade, for about a fortnight, till the roots have got well established in the pots. I then remove them to a south aspect, where they get the sun the most part of the day. I have sometimes known some of the sorts not throw up a sin- gle sucker. When this happens, I always turn the old plant out of the pot that it flowered in, and beat off the ball of soil ; then trim off the long fibrous roots, of which the pot never fails to be full, and again repot the old plant, and place it along with the other pots. After I have done potting, I give them a good water- ing, to settle the earth round the plant, and in about a week they begin to make fresh shoots. About June I repot them into 32- sized pots, always taking care to keep them well watered. After T have repotted them, I cut off the top of every plant according to the height I wish to bloom them. If I wish for tall plants, I only just take off the extreme tops; but if I want dwarf plants, (which I think are most desirable in pots,) I cut them off very low, always taking care to leave three or four joints below the cut. These tops, if put intoa bed where there is a little heat, will easily strike root, and make very handsome plants. I have taken cuttings off as late as the latter end of July ; these cuttings, when struck, make beautiful little blooming plants about a foot high, and covered with foliage quite down to the pot. After I have potted them into 32’s, I frequently water them with manure water : this I believe to be very beneficial to the plants. About the last week in July, I repot them again into 24-sized pots, always using the same compost as above described. About the middle of Sep- tember, I shift them into 16-sized pots to bloom. The only ex- ception is with the plants that are struck late: these I bloom in 32’s. When any kind is scarce, it can be increased by cutting down the old plant when it is out of bloom, cutting in the shoots to short lengths, and putting them into a bed where there is a ON DOUBLE-FLOWERED CHINESE CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 27 little heat. Care must be taken to separate the lower end of the cutting close under a joint. I now subjoin a list of my collection of Chrysanthemums, arranged according to their several colours, with a description of a few varieties, so far as J am acquainted with them. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1] 12 13 Yellow-coloured Flowers. Sulphur Yellow. Superb Clustered Yellow. Tasseled Flamed Yellow. Quilled Yellow. Tasseled Yellow. Golden Lotus Flowered. Golden Yellow. Park’s Small Yellow. Windsor Yellow. Indian Yellow. Warratah Yellow. Semi-double Deep Yellow, or Pale Quilled Orange. Changeable Yellow.—This fine variety is as the name im- plies, the blossoms at first appearing of a rich copper co- lour, and, as the flowers expand, changing to a pure yellow ; and although only of the middle size, appearing rather late, they make a very pleasing appearance, standing the wea- ther well, and becoming much paler by age. White-coloured Flowers. Superb White. Tasseled White. Changeable White. Indian White. Paper White. Semi-double Quilled White. Quilled White. Purple-coloured Flowers. Starry or Changeable Purple. Expanded Light Purple. Quilled Light Purple. Tasseled Purple, cr Old Red. Brown Purple. Late Quilled Purple. 28 ON DOUBLE-FLOWERED CHINESE CHRYSANTHEMUMS. Purple-coloured Flowers—(continued), 27 Rosy Purple. 28 Wheeleriana, or Wheeler's Purple.—Of shortish growth, and flowers in the middle season of its group. The flowers are of a rosy purple colour, and the shape is somewhat remarkable. The exterior petals are rather long, and sometimes will! expand, but they are generally quilled. The interior ones are short, quilled, and forked. Each quill is divided at the top into five points, and the top of each point is slightly tipped with white. Its flowers are rather large, and very beautiful. The foliage is much larger than any other variety of the Chinese Chrysanthe- mum that I am acquainted with. It is a very distinct variety from all others, and is very uncommon. 29 The Purple.—Of shortish stature, with pure purple, ex- panded, early flowers ; and when full blown, is very Aster- like, shewing a considerable disk. Rose or Pink-coloured Flowers. 30 Quilled Pink. 31 Clustered Pink. 32 Quilled Flamed Pink. 33 Rose or Pink. 34 Pale Pink. 35 Dwarf Pale Rose. 36 Semi-double Quilled Pink. 37 Flat Pink.—Of middle size in stem and flowers, but rather late in blooming, with expanded well-formed double flowers, Blush-coloured Flowers. 38 Early Blush. 39 Curled Blush. 40 Blush Ranunculus. 41 Clustered Blush.—A fine-formed, early-flowering variety, producing its very double blossoms in clusters, on shortish firm footstalks, making a very neat appearance, and form- ing a distinct variety from the Starry Blush, hereunder mentioned. 42 Starry Blush.—This rather tall and beautiful variety flowers in the middle season very abundantly. The exterior pe- tals at first appear fewin number, but soon expand, and ON DOUBLE-FLOWERED CHINESE CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 29 become more double ; when full blown, it resembles a blush-coloured tassel. The foliage of the plant is singu- larly shaped, being very long and narrow, of a dark-green colour. It is a desirable variety in a general collection. Buff-coloured Flowers. 43 Changeable Pale Buff. 44 Pale Buff. 45 Pale variety of Pale Buff.—A sport only from the preceding, but now an established variety, and more beautiful than its parent. The flowers are large, paler, more double, and more showy. The stature of the plant is tal], flowering in the middle season. 46 Orange or Buff. Lilac-coloured Flowers. 47 Tasseled Lilac. 48 Curled Lilac. 49 Large Late Lilac. Red-coloured Flowers. 50 Gold-bordered Red. 51 Two-coloured Red. 52 Sanguinea, or Expanded Red. This magnificent, fine-co- loured variety is of tall stature in its group, producing its blossoms in clusters, on firm upright footstalks ; and al- though the flowers are but a little better than half double, and only of the middle size, it has a most animated ap- pearance, possessing a colour peculiar to itself. It flowers early and freely, and I should think this is a very likely variety to produce seeds of the most promising kind.— [See figure in the Floricultural Cabinet for January : the drawings of this and the other two varieties were taken from specimens sent us by Mr. Marrin.—Conp. ] Crimson-coloured Flowers. 53 Expanded Crimson, 54 Early Crimson. Orange-coloured Flowers. 55 Large Quilled Orange. 56 Semi-doubled Quilled Orange. Salmon-coloured Flower. 57 Tasseled Quilled Salmon. 30 ON THE CULTURE OF THE CYCLAMEN PERSICUM. Brown-coloured Flowers. 58 Spanish Brown. 59 Semi-double Small Brown-flowered Japan. ,This is one of the very dwarfest and smallest flowering varieties in the whole collection, sending up its small reddish-brown blos- soms singly, not more than half double, and some nearly single. It flowers in the middle season, or later, and makes but a poor appearance. I conceive it to be a dis- tinct species, owing to its very small leaves and flowers. I regret to say that there are four varieties numbered in my list of which I am not able at present to give a full description, not having long possessed them; but I shall be happy to notice them at some future time, wnen I hope to be able to describe them more accurately. In the meantime, I shall be glad to solve any query that may be made on the Chrysanthemum, as far as my limited knowledge will permit. Joun Martin. Winchester, Dec. 20th, 1835. ARTICLE I1L.—On the Culture of the Cyclamen Persi- cum. By Loursa HARRIET. Your valuable little work, the Cabinet, having afforded me both amusement and instruction, I feel anxious to contribute my mite of information to its pages. Perceiving in the April Num- ber, (Vol. III.) that at page 91 a correspondent says a few obser- vations on the culture of Cyclamens would be acceptable, and not having seen the query answered, I send you the folllowing extract, which you will perceive I have copitd from the Horticultural Re- gister, which work T took for the first three years, until the Cabi- net appeared, which suited me better, being more interesting and useful. « The Cyclamen Persicum begins to shew its flowers early in the year, and is in beauty throughout the months of March and April. As soon as the flowers fade, the pots are placed on their sides (as a caution against their being watered) in a corner of the greenhouse. In August the roots are taken out of the pots, and the earth adhering to them being first carefully shaken off, they are planted in an open, but sheltered border of the garden, where ON THE CULTURE OF THE AZALEA. 31 they are allowed to remain until the cold forebodes frost ; they are then taken up, the fibres being carefully preserved, and are put into pots proportioned to the size of each root; the crown of the plant is well covered with earth, and the compost used consists of two parts leaf-mould, one ditto sandy peat, one ditto ashes of burnt vegetables, and a small portion of thoroughly rotted dung. The plants thus potted are then arranged in a cold frame, and plunged to the rim in coal ashes; in mild weather the glass is taken off ; but by night, protection from frost, and by day from cold and rough wind, is indispensible. On the flowers appearing, the plants are removed to the greenhouse, and are placed as near the windows as possible, to have the advantage both of sun and air; they are abundantly watered with soft water, of the same temperature as the atmosphere they are growing in; the leaves also are occasionally well sprinkled ; but this operation is gone through in the morning, and the windows of the house are imme- diately opened, otherwise the leaves would drop off, and the roots decay. The pots are well drained with pieces of brick. The dividing the roots to increase the stock of plants, is bad. The roots are a long time recovering the wound thus given, and do not afterwards flower so strong. Young plants are obtained very easily from seed.” Louisa Harriet. Buckinghamshire, December, 1835. ARTICLE I1lI.—Remarks on the Culture, §c. of the Azalea. By Mr. Cu. Van Geert, Nurseryman and Florist, St. Willebrord, Antwerp. The Azalea is a well-known plant throughout Belgium, and forms one of the most splendid decorations of the flower garden. It is generally considered to be the most beautiful genus of the hardy shrubs. Its neat form and bushy growth, the vast profusion of its flowers, the extensive variety and splendour of colours in the flowers, their appearance at a season when few other flowers are in bloom, and the little trouble which the plant requires when grown in a suitable soil and a good situation,—all combine to cause the plant to be much admired, sought after, and introduced into nearly every pleasure garden in Belgium. 32 ON THE CULTURE OF THE AZALEA. The varieties of this handsome genus are very numerous, and have been raised in a short period. Twenty years since there were only a few very moderate species, having small insignificant flowers. Ten years since the A. pontica arrived in this country, and sold at a most extravagant price, its beauty being very highly extolled ; this species became the parent of a vast variety. I think it deserves to be recorded to the honour of a baker, one M. Morrtier, that devoting his leisure hours to the study and pursuit of Floriculture, he, by impregnation of different kinds, was the first to raise not only the first hybrid, but nearly all the superb varieties which are now dispersed and cultivated so exten- sively throughout Europe. After having most successfully raised numerous varieties from 4. pontica and calendulacea, he impreg- nated the .4. pontica with the pollen of A. viscosa. This co-mix- ture afforded a greater reward than was anticipated, and the pro- duce was the foundation of a new and very distinct section—that of the dardives. In this class is displayed all the variations of which the Azalea is capable, and it comprises those varieties which are most admired and esteemed by amateurs and gardeners. Having raised such an immense variety of kinds, and judging as many were raised as could be classified, M. Morrier resolved to give up hybridizing, concluding that to pursue the practice would only perplex the classification. I observe, however, that other persons have now taken up the practice, and some distinct and handsome varieties have been the reward of such attention. In the commencement of the preceding observations, I stated that the genus Azalea required but little trouble when once pro- perly planted. I shall, therefore, add some particulars respecting its culture, Sitwation.—If a garden be high and dry, select a situation where there is a very free admission of air, but it must be wholly shaded by trees or walls. If the garden be low and damp, select a situation where there will be the best circulation of air, and about half shaded. Soil.—Take out a foot deep of the natural soil of the place, and fill it with the following compost :—Leaves well decayed and rot- ten, and which have not been submerged. The best kind is pro- duced from the Oak. If this cannot be had, take decayed turf, with a third part of that dry rottenness which is found in trees, ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. 33 particularly in the trunks of old willows, and which has been well dried before using. Either of the above are good for the purpose, but I prefer the former. With either of them, mix a tenth part of sea sand for the humid situated garden or place, and the same pro- portion of a good loamy soil for a dry garden, &c. In such a soil the plants will flourish so as to bloom amazingly. Some taste as to arrangement of the kinds and colours is re- quired, so as to produce the greatest effect ; this the cultivator will. doubtless attend to, so that a specifying of the kinds will be neces- sary forme toadd. I shall, therefore, shortly senda list, with colours of flowers, height of growth, &c. of the most superior kinds which I cultivate in my nursery grounds. Cu. Van GEERT. Nov. 22, 1835. ARTICLE IV.—On the Culture of Orchideous Plants. By A Country Frorist. (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 6.) Oncip1ums.—The greater part of this genus are highly beautiful flowering plants. The flowers are produced in branching panicles, containing a considerable number of flowers upon each. The plants are of easy culture, grow very freely, and bloom very profusely. The whole species deserve a place in every collection. 1. Oncidium altissimum, The tallest growing. As the name imports, the flower stem reaches to a great height ; with me it has extended to twelve feet, and numerously branched. The flowers are of a fine yellow, spotted with brown. It blooms in August and September. 2. 0. ampliatum. This species is a most profuse bloomer, pro- ducing its fine blossoms upon a branching raceme of considerable size. The flowers are very showy, yellow, slightly spotted with brown. Blooms in February and March. 3, O. barbatum, The bearded flowered. The flower stem rises to near two feet high, bearing a panicle of yellow flowers, which are singularly pretty. It blooms in April and May. A. O. bicornutum, The two horned. This kind produces @ VOL. 1V. ¥ 34 ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. many flowered panicle of flowers of a greenish yellow colour, spotted and masked with brown and red. It yrows freely; and although the flowers are not so showy as some others of the genus, they are, nevertheless, very handsome. Blooms in May and June. 5. O. bifolium, The two-leaved. The flowers are of a pretty yellow colour, produced upon a panicle, which rises about nine inches high. Jt is an ornamental species. Blooms in June and July. 6. O. Carthaginiensis, The Carthaginian. The flower stem reaches to six feet high, and produces a profusion of flowers. They are not of a very splendid colour, being of a reddish-green, but, nevertheless, are very pretty. Blooms in May and June. 7. O. ciliatum, The eye-lash flowered. 8. O. crispum, The curled flowered. The flower stem has reached three feet high with me, producing numerous blossoms of a brownish-yellow colour. As the name imports, the flowers are much curled. ‘They are very handsome. Biooms in June. 9. O. divaricalum, The branching flowered. The flower stem rises two feet high, and produces abundance of blossoms; they are of a greenish-yellow, with red spots. It is a very pretty flowering kind. Blooms in July and August. 10. O. flexwosum, The binding flowered. A very neat and handsome flowering species, the flower stem rising three feet high, and producing numerous bright yellow blossoms, slightly spotted. It is of easy culture. Blooms in July and August. 11. O. juncifolium, Rush leaved. The flower stem rises near a foot high, and the flowers are a pretty yellow colour, appearing very ornamental. It blooms in June and July. 12. O. Harrisonia. This is a very handsome species, which was found by Mr. Wiziiam Harrison, on the Organ Mountains, in Brazil. The plant is readily distinguished by its fleshy, slightly channeled recurved leaves, each of which is placed upon a little pseudo bulb. The panicle of flowers extends about a foot long and they are arranged in a very gracefulmanner. The flowers are of a bright yellow, spotted with red-brown. I have grown it very finely in moss and rotten wood, and equally so, in turfy peat mixed with broken potsherds. Blooms in April and May. 13. O. Lanceanum. This is a very showy, flowering species, IT have a small plant which has bloomed profusely. ‘The handsome oe ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. 36 yellow flowers, slightly spotted, producing a very pleasing effect. The plant appears of easy culture, Blooms in August and Sep- tember. 14, 0. Lemonianum. ‘This species is very curious as well as pretty. The flower stem rises about six inches high, producing a few neat flowers, about six or eight; they are of a bright yellow Spotted with red. Blooms in May and June. 15. O. luridum, The darkish flowered. The flower stem rises to three feet high with me, and produces panicles of olive green coloured flowers, which have a singular appearance. Blooms in February and March. 16, O. pumilum, The dwarf. The flower stem rises to about six inches high, producing a panicle of yellowish green flowers, which forms a pretty appearance. Blooms in June. 17. O. papilio, The Butterfly plant. The flowers of this kind are of a most singular structure, as the name imports, resembling a butterfly. The flowers are produced singly, each upon a long stem, rising two feet high; they are of a bright orange-yellow, spotted with a rich red-brown. It ought to ve in every collection. Blooms in March. 18. O. pulchellum, The handsome. One of the most handsome of the genus, the delicacy of the flowers is superior. The flower stem is about ten inches high, producing a profusion of flowers being white tinged with yellow and pink. This kind deserves a place in every collection. The blossoms are highly fragrant. Blooms in July and August. 19. O, tetrapetalum, The four petalled. The flower stem rises about one foot high, producing a panicle of lively yellow flowers. It is an elegant kind. Blooms in July and August. 20. O. triquetrum, The three angled stem. The stems are triangular, six inches high, producing a panicle of pretty yellow flowers. It is an ornamental kind. Blooms in September. 21. O. varieyatum, The variegated flowered. This kind is a very ornamental flowering one, the stem rising two feet high, and producing numerous greenish-yellow flowers, blooming in June and July, In addition to the above named twenty-one species, I have re- ‘ceived thiree others (said to be new) without any specific name, They have not bloomed with me. When they do, (if anew species) 36 ON THE CULTURE OF THE TREE ROSE. the particulars respecting them shall be sent for insertion in the Cabinet. Most of the genus is of easy culture, growing freely in pots with turfy peat soil, intermixed with broken potsherds. They will also grow well if tied to a piece of wood, with the bark upon it, (if slightly decayed the better,) and suspended in the stove; care is required to have a good deal of moisture, by watering the flues, &c. where they are thus grown. The Butterfly plant does well in this way, as does O. Harrisouia, flexuosum, ampliatum, diva- ricatum, crispum, and bifolium. When I fasten the plant at first to the wood, I attach a portion of moss thereto, and to the lower part of the plant ; this aids the roots in striking sooner, and thus facilitates its growth. This mode of treatment has a singular ap- pearance, but the panicle of flowers has never been so vigorous with me as in pot culture ; but when practised it gives a pleasing variety for notice. It is well worth adopting, as all the kinds are easy of increase, and amply repay by the produce of flowers, The general observations, at the commencement of this paper, in respect to culture, are particularly observable in respect to the treatment ofthe Oncidiums. I find that during the hot part of the summer, that is, from the end of May to the end of August, the plants require a slight shade. I have a Vine planted at the end of my Orchidez house, purposely for the fine foliage to create a shade during the period named. In procuring a shade by this means, the Vine does not come close to the top of the house, but light is admitted liberally there, anda few intermediate openings are al- lowed, by thinning out some of the leaves in a suitable degree. The period of flowering, as given to each kind, is that in which they have usually bloomed with me, when potted in spring; but plants may be forwarded or retarded by placing them in a low or high temperature, and giving them rest at different seasons. A Country Frorisr. (TO BE CONTINUED.) ARTICLE V.—On the Culture of the Tree Rose. By Rosa. As very considerable interest has been excited in the floricul- tural class of the community, in consequence of the introduction a ON THE CULTURE OF THE TREE ROSE, 37 of the articles on Roses which have appeared in the Cabinet ; and as no remarks have been inserted on the mode of forming that most ornamental appendage to a shrubbery, the Tree (or, as it is sometimes called, Standard) Rose, I am induced to send some observations upon the formation and culture thereof. They are the result “of my own successful practice. An eminent nur- seryman, a great Rose cultivator, gave me the first hints on the subject; and I have pursued the same treatment with satisfaction to myself. In the course of experiment I have made some im- provement in the practice. I shall, therefore, send, for insertion in the Cabinet from time to time, the course of treatment I pursue from first to last. Selection of Stocks to bud, &c. upon.—Any time from the end of October to the middle of February, plants of the wild English Rose are procured. I find, however, that the earlier the better. There are several varieties of stocks to be had: those I prefer being far the best, and of a very upright growth, making shoots nearly half an inch in diameter, and growing several feet high in one season. The colour of such is either wholly green barked, or green slightly tinged with brown. The ripe fruit of both is of a long oval shape. These kinds are generally to be met with in plantations or woods, and occasionally in hedges. There is a spreading, bushy-growing kind, which has a red bark, and a small roundish fruit: this I find does not answer near so well as the others,—the buds not taking so freely, nor, if they take to uniting at all, do they grow so kindly afterwards. In getting up the wild stocks, I have always given strict orders to my gardener to get them up with as much length of root as convenience would admit. This attention is necessary in order to get some fibrous roots ; and, after all, it will often occur that nota single fibrous root will be found upon the main roots. They are, however, very free to grow under either circumstance ; only the former ones afford the advantage of making more and stronger lateral shoots the first season, and also better-placed shoots for budding upon. Stocks of different sizes and heights are procured, in order to suit a vigorous, or less so, growing kind, to be inserted by budding, and to have some worked from two to five feet high. Care is taken to get such stocks as are free from large knots, some such being 38 ON THE CULTURE OF THE TREE ROSE. found upon the stocks when of several years’ growth. It certainly adds to the beauty of the tree, to havea straight free-growing stock. Having got up the stocks, on a day that is not frosty, I have them brought as soon as convenient, that the tender roots may not be damaged by exposure to a cool air. In planting them, I select a good soil about a foot deep, and have a portion of well-rotted dung dug into it. The strongest growing kinds of stocks I plant ia one piece of ground, and the less so in another. This is easily ascertained by observing what strength the lateral shoots have previously grown, before removal. The necessity of this selection is requisite, because if a very vigo- rous growing kind were inserted into a small stock, the bud would take all the support, and grow toa single shoot, or form a poor head. Before planting, I have the stocks dressed, cutting clean away all lateral shoots to the height at which I wish the stock to be kept, and cutting off the head about a quarter of an inch above a bud, in a sloping direction from the bud. Any damaged roots are finished with clean cuts, either by a knife or fine-toothed saw. The top cut of the stock I always cover over with a mixture of bees’ wax and pitch, to keep out wet. The stocks are planted in rows at from two to three feet apart, arranging the tallest in the back row, and the lower ones in the front proportionably. A trench being made, the roots are regu- larly disposed, and covered from four to sixinches deep, treading the soil gently upon the roots, and close up to the stem, to fasten it properly. I then have a stake fixed so as to tie it to its place, and prevent its being shaken with the wind. I have observed in some nurseries a long stick, fixed horizontally at the height of three feet, and to which the stocks were tied; but this does not answer so well as each having a separate stake to keep it in an upright position, the wind driving those secured in the cross-bar manner in a falling direction. Nothing more is required till the stocks push shoots in March, or early in April. I shall, therefore, reserve the next remarks for the March Number of the Cabinet. Rosa. Hertfordshire, Jan. 6th, 1836. —_— ON THE CULTIVATION OF GERMAN ASTERS. 39 ARTICLE VI.—On the Cultivation of German Asters. By Emity ARMSTRONGE. Hartsease asked in the July Number of the Cabinet, 1834, would German Aster Seed grow in the open ground, or must it be sown ina hot bed? I answer, it will grow in the open ground, bat the flowers will be poor and diminutive ; if he wishes for Asters possessing beauty and magnitude, let him have the seeds sown ina hot bed in the middle of the month of March, and when sufficiently strong and large to transplant, remove them to the bed intended for their blooming in. The soil of this bed should consist of horse dung well rotted, and turned, for the previous six months, to the depth of two feet in thickness, and trode level as subsoil; then over it, rich fresh strong loam, from an old pasture, with a sixth part of leaf mould, twelve months incorporated with the ashes of the top spit of a moory pasture pared and well burnt, two feet in height over the subsoil ; by observing this plan, it will supersede the necesity of removing the plants between the first sowing and final removing ; and if thus treated, they will attain a great height and magnitude, and produce a mass of flowers of a superior size : observe to have them well watered when transplanted, if the weather should prove dry, to enable them to strike freely. In the progress of my remarks on a flower garden, I stated, I would offer a few remarks on the Culture of the Lobelia Cardinalis. Having grown this splendid flower for several years, in various ways, to ascertain the best, and yet, at the same time, the easiest manner of cultivation ; I send you this short account of my method of treatment, more especially, as after perusing the communications of An ARDENT AmaTEvR and G.H., myself, and many of your readers, who possess neither Stove, Hot-house, nor Green-house, would be deterred from the cultivation. If the plants should be left unprotected in the open ground during the winter season, they droop and finally decay early in the spring season. Also on trial, { found the plants though well mulched around each root during the winter and spring months, with a flower pot inserted over the crown of the plants in frosty or rainy nights and days, yet they never reached a greater height than one or two feet, and was attended with considerably more trouble than this simple way. After the flower stalk has been cut down, which takes place about 40 PLAN OF A FLOWER GARDEN. the latter part of October, remove the entire plant, including suckers, into large flower pots, with a ball of earth attached to each plant, sufficient to fill the pot; place the entire in any vacant sun-shiny room, without fires in the room. The first week in tke March succeeding, take off the offsets from the parent plant, as I am convinced spring is preferable to autumn. In the course of six weeks, have them removed into larger pots ; this causes them to strike freely, when transplanted to the garden border, which should be airy, and yet sufficiently screened from cold winds. This border should have been previously prepared with well rotted stable manure to the depth of three inches, well trenched in, over it leaf mould, light mellow loam, pit sand, and yellow clay well incorporated six months previously, well sifted and raked, to the height of eight to twelve inches over the trenched dung. The border I choose in which to plant my roots is nearly level; this I prefer for the purpose of retaining a regularity of moisture, which sloping ground does not admit. By the above cultivation I have had strong plants throwing up vigorous flower stems, to the height of sia feet, covered with a profusion of flowers. Observe, during dry weather, to water them frequently, as they require a large portion; check the growth of all weeds around each plant by repeated turnings of the upper surface. Emity ARMSTRONGE. ARTICLE VII.—Designs for Flower Gardens,—No. II. Design 3rd. Communicated by Amicus. Herewith I forward you several sketches of Flower Gardens, for insertion in the Cabinet. The scale given with the plan, fig. 3. (see next page), will when laid out, occupy a space of twelve perches, that is, three hundred and sixty-three square yards of ground. But, of course, the plan will be applicable to a somewhat less, or larger piece of ground, by altering the scale. The plant represents walks, box edgings, beds and clumps. I have not specified any plants to occupy the beds, as these will vary, to suit the taste of the proprietor, or the situation the garden may be placed in. Amicus. Middlesex, 1835. PLAN OF A FLOWER GARDEN. 4l VOL, Iv. + G 42 PART II. NEW OR RARE PLANTS WHICH WE HAVS NOTICED SINGER OUR LAST. 1, Agrostemma Bungeana, Dr. Bunce’'s Scarlet Campion. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) Synonym, Lychnis Bungeana. Class, Decandria; order, Pentagy- nia. Natural order, Caryophyllee. The flowers of this very beautiful per- ennial species very much resembles those of Lychnis fulgens, but are larger, of avery fine scarlet, with a small white centre. The flower is nearly three inches across, and has a showy appearance. The stem grows about a foot high, branching, and each branch terminated by a solitary flower. The plant is a native of Asiatic Russia, consequently quite hardy, and will flou- rish in any good garden soil. It was received into this country by Dr. NEILL, near Edinburgh, from Flotbeck Nurseries, Hamburgh. The plant. flowered with Dr. Netrr. in July, 1835. It is easily propagated by cuttings, and by seeds which are produced abundantly. The plant ought to be grown in every flower-garden. Dr. BuNGE, after whom it is named, was the com panion of M. Luprxzovr, in travelling over the Altai Mountains. 2. Aristolochia fetens, Stinking Birthwort. That very distinguished pa- troness of floriculture, Mrs. Marryatt, Wimbledon, near London, received this singular flowering plant from the West Indies, and during last summer jt bloomed in the hothonse of that lady. The flowers are large, about five inches across, very handsomely spotted and streaked with white, green, yellow, and purple. As its specific name implies, the flowers have a very disagreeable scent. The foliage has a noble appearance, being of a fino green, heart-shaped, about eight inches long, and of a proportionate breadth. Gynandria Hexandria. Aristolochiacere. Aristolochia, from dris/os, best, and Jochia, parturition; referring to medicinal qualities. 8. Astragalus Monspessulanus, Montpelier Milk-Vetch. (Mannd’s Bot. Gard.) A very pretty flowering species, a native of France, blooming in June and July. The flower-stem grows about one foot high. ‘The plant soon spreads, so as to make a good-sized patch, and when in bloom produces a showy appearance. The flowers are of a rosy-purple colour. Being a hardy perennial, it merits a place in the flower-garden, or on rockwork. The plant may be obtained at most of the extensive nursery establishments. Tt was introduced into this country in 1710, but is still uncommon. Dia- delphia Decandria. Leguminose. Astragalus, from Aster, a star, and gala, milk. 4, Cereus Napoleonis, Napoteon's Cereus. (Bot. Mag, 3458.) The flower of this species is much like the Night-blooming Cereus (C. grandiflo- rus), but appears to be somewhat larger. ‘The present species blooms in the day, opening in the morning and closing in the evening. The flowers are slightly fragrant, similar to the above-named species. It bloomed in tho stove at the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, in September, 1835. The flowers are about eight inches long, and as much across. The outer petals are yel- low, and the inner ones of a pure white. Icosandria Monogynia, Cactea, Cereus, from cereus, pliant; alluding to the shoots of some species. 5. Coreopsis coronata, Crowned Coreopsis. (Bot. Mag. 3460.) A very showy, handsome flowering annual plant, sent from the Texas by Mr. DruMMonD, in 1835. The plants bloomed the same year, through summer and autumn. The flowers are more than two inches across, of a fine yel- ow, having a handsome brown circle nearly midway up the petals. The plant grows about two feet high, and blooms profusely. It deserves a place in every flower-garden, As it will readily produce seeds, they will speedily NEW OR RARE PLANTS, 43 be in possession of most of the general seedsmen, Syngenesia Frustranea. Composite. Coreopsis, from Koris, a bag, and opsis, resemblance; alluding to the seeds. 6. Cosmelia rubra, Red-flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1822.) A very handsome flowering greenhouse plant, introduced from New Holland. The flowers are-about an inch long, ventricose formed, of a pretty red colour. They very much resemble some of the finer sorts of Ericas, as E. tumida. The plant appears to be like the Bpacris tribe of plants. ‘The blossoms are pro- duced abundantly from May to July. It deserves a place in every green- house. It is grown by Messrs. Loppices, Hackney Nursery. Pentandria Monogynia. Epacridacee. Cosmelia, from Kosmeo, to ornament; in allu- sion to its beauty. 7. Daphne odora, var. rubra, Red-flowered fragrant Daphne. (Brit. Flow. Gard. 320) Synonym, D.cannabina. This pretty flowering variety was introduced into this country from China in 1831, and has bloomed in the nursery of Mr. GEorGE Smit, Islington, near London, where, in a com- post of leaf-mould, peat, and sand, it grows very vigorously. It is quite hardy, but doubtless, like the D. odora of our greenhouses and conservato- ries, the variety would succeed admirably in a similar habitation, where it would bloom for several months. The flowers are of a pretty red colour, and highly fragrant. The plant merits a place in every shrubbery, green- house, or conservatory. Octandria Monogynia. Thymelew. The name Daphne has been given to the present genus, in consequence of its resem- bling the Laurus nobilis in its leaves. 8. Dendrobium densiflorum, Dense-flowered. (Bot, Reg. 1828.) A very splendid flowering Orchideous plant, grown in the collection of Messrs. Loppicxs. The plant grows in a pendulous manner, about two feet long. The flowers are numerously produced upon a raceme about ten inches long ; they are of a handsome yellow colour, and make a very showy appearance. It deserves a place in every collection, Gynandria Monandria. Orchidez. Dendrobium, from Dendron, a tree, and dio, to live; growing upon. 9. Hibiscus Rosa sinensis, Single flowered Crimson Rose Mallow. (Bot. Reg. 1826.) Although this species is an old inhabitant in the stoves of this country, it is not near so frequent to be seen as the double flowering kindy. The present species is very handsome; the flower is large, of a fine crimson colour, with the centre darker. In its native country, (China,) this plant is employed for hedges. Although to the botanist, a double flower of the Hibiscus does not possess much interest, yet to the admirer of a showy flower, the double crimson, buff, yellow, and white varieties of this simple flowering species are very interesting. Monadelphia Polyandria. Malvacee. 10. Lasthenia californica, Downy Lasthenia. A new hardy annual, blooming in June and July when sown early, and later when sown accord- ingly. The plant grows about half a yard high. The flowers are single, about an inch across, of a pale yellow colour. Syngenesia Polygamia Su- perflua. Asteracee. 11. Lilium longiflorum, Long flowered. (Maund’s Bot. Gard.) ‘This species was introduced from China in 1820. It grows from one to two feet and blooms in June and July. The flowers are white. 12. Nierembergia calycina, Large calyxed. This singular flowering species is a native of Buenos Ayres, where it was discovered on the banks of a rivers by Mr. Tweepic, and by that gentleman transmitted to the Glasgow Bo- tanic Garden in 1834. ‘The plant has the habit of the Petunia, and the flower that of the Nierembergia. The plant has bloomed in the garden of Dr. Neitz, Cannonmills, near Edinburgh. The flower has a narrow tube near four inches long, which is of a sulphur-white colour, The limb of the flower is about an inch anda half across, a pure white, having a few stains of rosy-purple. The plant grows freely, and blooms profusely when grown in the open borders daring summer. It will not withstand the severities of winter, but is readily increased by cuttings or slips. The old plants can bs easily preserved in winter, either in a dry cool frame or greenhouse. Pen- tandrivy, Monogynia. Solanem, 44 NEW OR RARE PLANTS. 13. Pimelea liguslrina, Privet leaved. (Bot. Reg. 1827.) This very neat and pretty species is cultivated by Mr. Lown, of the Clapton Nursery, near London. A native of New South Wales, and of Van Dieman’s Land, where it grows to the height of three or four yards. The foliage is very neat, and when clothed with its unmerous globose heads of while flowers, must have a very pleasing appearance. lt will form a hardy greenhouse shrub in this country, and well deserves admission there. It is readily increased by cuttings. Diandria Monogynia. ‘'Thymeleacee. 14. Pimelia hispida, Wispid-flowered. (Bot. Mag. 3459.) A most beau- tiful flowering species, which ought to beinevery grecnhouse in the country. It is a native of New Holland. ‘The flowers are of a fine rose colour, and are produced in vast profusion. Both the tube and limb of each flower is clothed with hairs. The capitate heads of flowers are of a large size, und a plant a foot high is uniformly capable of showing forty such heads of flowers. We expect the plant will find its way into all the public nursery establishments. 15. Pleurothallis pieta, Painted flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1825.) A small but pretty species, composing a tuft of two inches high. The flower stems are produced numerously, rising about three inches high. ‘The flowers are very diminutive, of a greenish-white streaked with red. We have seen it grow well, kept under a bell-glass. Messrs. LoppicEs cultivate it in this man- ner. Gynandria Monandria. Orchidee. 16. Troximum glaucum, Glaucous-leayed. (Bot. Mag.) Synonyms T. cuspidatum, T. marginatum. A hardy border plant. It does not produce a stem, but the flower stalks rise from the ground. ‘The foliage rises from the crown of the root, similar to the common Dandelion. The flowers are of a bright yellow, near three inches across, and being compound, make a very showy appearance. The under side of the petals is streaked with red, The plant blooms from June to August. Syngenesia A’qualis. Composite. 17. Verbena rugosa, Wrinkled-leaved Vervain. The flowers of this new species are very like V. venosa, of a violet colour, and being produced in profusion, make a very showy appearance. The plant grows about two feet high, is a hardy perennial, of easy cultivation, readily increased either by cuttings or parting the roots. The present species is cultivated in the Birmingham Botanic Garden. Didynamia Angiospermia, Verbenacee. 18. Veroniea labiata, Fragrant white flowered Speedwell. (Bot. Mag. 3461.) Synonym, V. Derwentia. A very pretty greenhouse species, a native of New Holland, and Van Dieman’s Land. Ronatp Gunn, Esq. trans- mitted it to the Glasgow Botanic Garden. The flower stems rise to two feet high, each producing, at the top, several erect racemes of rather large, white, fragrant flowers. It is a very pleasing addition to a collection of greenhouse plants. We hope it will soon be extensively cultivated. If it increase as readily as the hardy kinds, this will unquestionably be the case. Diandria Monogynia. Scrophularine. There are some new species of Veronica yet unpublished, recently found by Mr. CunnincHam in New Zealand :— 1. V. speciosa. A very showy, spreading, shrubby species, growing from three to six feet high, producing numerous stems, crowned with racemes of purple-violet coloured flowers. Of all the plants which have been sent from New Zealand,—even the splendid Clianthus, now so much admired in this country,—none are more showy and beautiful than the V. speciosa. When introduced into this country, it will be a most splendid acquisition to our gardens. We hope seeds of it will soon be transmitted, so that ere long our shrubberies may be ornamented with this fine plant. 2. V. ligustrifolia, Privet-leaved. A slender shrub, growing two feet high, producing numerous branches, terminated by racemous spikes of white flowers. 3. V. diosmifolia, Diosma-leaved. A slender twiggy shrub, growing from three to twelve feet high. The numerous branches are terminated by co- rymbs of many white flowers, which make a very showy appearance. "te 45 PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On Burstne Roses, &c.—I should be obliged if any contributor to the Cabinet would give a paper on raising Roses from seed. R. On THe Cutture OF BLETIA TANKE RVILLLU.—If some correspondent of the Cabinet would give me some information how to treat the Bletia Tanker- villiw, so as to canse it to produce its singular and splendid flowers, I should be very highly obliged. I have some very fine plapts, but cannot get them to bloom. I should also be glad of the best mode of treatment with Zinzibar officinalis (Ginger), so as to obtain fine roots to supply a family with. Wellington. J.R. W. On THE INTRODUCTION oF THE Danita.—A subscriber to the Ploricul- tural Cabinet, and a cultivator of the Dahlia, would be greatly obliged for the information, at what period this splendid genus was introduced to our gar- dens, and by whom. Like the Tulip of Holland, this beautiful flower, end- less in its hybrid varieties, is becoming more and more interesting and valuable, even as an article of commerce ; and I think our gardens so much indebted to the collector who introduced this noble plant, that some grateful notice should be taken of the service rendered, by some honourable mention of the name, at least, for the Metropolitan Society of Florists and Amateurs. London, 1835. A. Z. REMARKS. On Care Butps.—The Floricultural Cabinet for the present month, (Nov. 1835,) contains some enquiries and remarks signed by A CULTIVATOR OF Care Buxss, a beautiful class of flowering plants, which I observe with pleasure are beginning to attract general attention. I am a great admirer, and rather an extensive cultivator of them, for my own amusement; but I regret to say, that with the exception of the Ixia crispa and Trichonema cruenta, which I receiyed as a present last year from the Cape, I have none of those the Correspondent inquires for. However, I think it may be of interest to look over a list of what I have. I therefore enclose one, and shall be happy to exchange any thing that may strike him, or other readers, for any of the many varieties I haye not got. Application (post paid) may be made to the Editor of the Floricullural Cabinet, Wortley, near Sheffield, who has my address. I must remark that the whole of this tribe thrive here jn the open air, or at least with a very slight temporary protection in the shape of stable litter and mats, the flowers attain a size and brilliancy of colour which I have never seen equalled in England. A vast number of new and beautiful varieties of Sparaxises are annually raised from seed by myself and other Amateurs; and I have a few seedling hybrid Ixias, which T think would be acquisitions to any tollection. Having been raised here, they are consequently much more hardy than any imported bulbs, which is no small advantage. The Ixia heleni, or Cobourgia fulva, I have Leen enquiring for for some time without success, I wish some Correspondent would inform me, which is the best and most correct catalogue: I have found the same plant under so many different names, that I am at a loss which to abide by, and am frequently deterred from purchasing by the fear of only receiving duplicates of what I already have, Guernsey, 1835. * Babiania rubro-cyanea, * plicata. * ————. purpurea, 46 “ ” ~~ ™ * lg * *# & +e Ltd ee * ** * * Ct oe MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE, Tritonia conica. ——- concolor. ——_—— cristata, pink and white. -__—__-___— scarlet. lineata. var. aurantiaca, tall growing. Wateonia iridifolia. —— fulgens. roseus. ———— alteroides. ————--- carneus. pyramidalis, four feet high, lilac, very handsome. humilis. Trichonema cruenta. Wachendorfia cerifolia. Ornithogalum merum. Lachenalia (purple and blue). Vieussenxia glaucopis, Peacock Iris. Anomatheca cruenta. Gladiolus cardinalis. psittacinus. Colvillii. levis. roseus. communis alba. hastatus, venosus. viperatus. cardinalis inflatus. ‘eeths ee —Ss ——_—_— versicolor blandus. nia SEE ae blanda angustiblanda. cardinalis angustiblanda. cardinalis versicolor, inflatus blandus. Don Quixotte. floribundas roseus. alba. Sparaxis grandiflora. ———— tricolor (or stellata). Griffinnii. ——_—— aristata. ———— var. Dwarf early yellow. ——-- var. Common straw. ———-- var. Buff, and blue outside. ———- var. Yellow, and brown outside. —-———— var. White, and red outside, tall. —_——-~ var. The Pheasant’s eye. NEW SEEDLINGS. ———— No. I, pink, yellow eye. ——— No. 2, white, black eye. ————— No.3, lilac, yellow eye. -——— No. 4, pale red, yellow eye. ————- No. 5, white, with a delicate pink strips. — No. 6, black velvet, yellow eye. yellow, shaded with brown, Ixia viridiflora. — grandiflora viridus, seedling. — viridescens, do. — viridiflora livida, do, — aulica, bright pink. crateroides, rich crimson, beautiful. wbor, dark pink, branching growth. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 47 ** Txia fucata, pale pink. * — scintillans (dwarf), small, star-shaped blossoms. * — leucantha. maculata, small crimson eye, seedling. — maculosa, large crimson eye, do, purpurea, fine purple dark eye. lilacea, beautiful seedling. -— patens, ochroleuca, buff with purple edge, very handsome. polystachia, orange and black eye, very fine. sulphurata. sulphurata capitata, lemon, with dark eye. multiflora, or capitata tricolor, pink and white with a black eye, very beautiful. crispa. erecta Intea lately received, and not yet bloomed. pentandria an > earnete ee ad ea 1th J, REFERENCE TO THE EMBELLISHMENTS. 1. Calochortus venustus.—This very handsome flowering, bulbous rooted plant, was introduced by the London Horticultural Society, about two years since. It was sent from California by the late Mr. Doveras. The flower stems grow to about two feet high, each producing several blossoms, which remain expanded for some days. The plant is of easy culture, growing well in any good garden soil moderately enriched. The plant requires treating similar to th® Tigridia pavonia, by potting early in spring, about February, and turning them out entire, in April, into the open border. When the blooming is over, the foliage is allowed to wither, as done by the Tulip, &c. The plant is a valuable acquisition to the flower garden ; and when planted in a mass, produces a most beautiful effect. Plants may be obtained at several of the public Nursery Establishments. We perceive Mr. Youne, of Taunton, states that he possesses it. (See Cabinet, Jan. 1836, page 20.) Hexandria Monogynia. Siliacez. 2. Phacelia congesta, Cluster-blossomed.—This very neat and pretty flow- ering annual plant was sent from Galveston Bay, by the late Mr. Drum- MOND. It is a valuable acquisition to the flower garden. It requires to be treated as a tender annual. The abundant corymbs of its neat flowers make a showy appearance. As seeds are produced freely, it will speedily be in general cultivation. The plant belongs*to Pentandria Monogynia. Hy- drophyllee. 8. Eutoca viscida.—This very pretty flowering annual plant, we found in cultivation in the garden of the London Horticultural Society in the last summer; and though there was not a profusion of flowers, the fine deep colours of the racemes of them, makea showy appearance. The flower stems, we think, grow about half a yard high, but we neglected to make a minute of that particular at the time. The liberality of the Society will soon cause the seeds of this plant to be spread through the country, and become an ornament to our flower gardens in general. We also got a drawing of the beautiful new Mimulus cardinalis, which we shall shortly give. Pentandria Monogynia. Hydrophyllacee. 4, Oxalis Piotte—Yhrough the kindness of a friend, we were favoured with a drawing of this pretty, neat, flowering plant, which we observed flowering in the neighbourhood of London during the last summer. It was grown in pots; but we think from its appearance, that it would flourish even better if planted in the open border during spring and summer, and then be taken up, and protected in a greenhouse or cool frame during winter. The plant is a most profuse bloomer for several months successively, and a valuable acquisition to our flower gardens and greenhouses. We saw two ns new and handsome species, which we have got drawings of for the ‘abinet, 48 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. FLORICULTURAL CALENDAR FOR FEBRUARY. GREENHOUSE.—This department should have good attendance during this month, similar in its operations to those directed in January, which see.— Oranges, Lemons, and Myrtles will require water frequently, they usually absorb much. The herbaceous kind of plants will require occasional waterings, but less frequent and in less quantities than the woody kinds. Succulents, as Aloes, Sedums, &c. should be watered very sparingly, and only when the soil is very dry. Airshould be admitted at all times when the weather is favourable, or the plants cannot be kept in a healthy state. If any of the Orange, Lemon, or Myrtle Trees, &c, have naked, or irregular heads, towards the end of the month, if fine mild weather occur, begin to reclaim them to some uniformity, by shortening the branches and head shoots, by this attention they will break out new shoots upon the old wood and form a regular head ; they should also be repotted in rich compost, reducing the old ball of earth carefully, and re- placing with new soil. After sifting it would be of great use to the plants, if the convenience of a glass case could be had, in which to make a dung bed, that the pots might be plunged in, this would cause the plants to shoot vigorously, both at the roots and tops. ANNUALS.—Towards the end of the month, sow most of the tender kinds which require the aid of a hot bed in raising. ANOMATHECA CRUENTA, the bulbs of should now be repotted into small pots, to prepare them for turning out into beds, so as to bloom early. Auricutas should now be top dressed, taking off old soil, an inch deep and re-placing it with new. Burss, as Hyacrntas, &c., grown in water glasses, require to be placed in an airy and light situation. The water will require to be changed every three or four days. The flower stem may be supported by splitting a stick at the bottom into four portions, so as it will fit tight round the edge of the glass at the top. CaLcroraRias, seeds of, should be sown during the month, and be placed in a hot bed frame. CARNATIONS, layers should be transplanted into large pots towards the end of the month, or planted in the open border. CuTTINGs oF SAtviAs, Fucustas, HeLrorropgs, &c., desired for planting out in borders or beds during spring or summer, should now be strack in moist heat, in order to get the plants tolerably strong by May, the season of planting out. Dau tas.—Seed should be sown either in pots, or upon a hot bed. Pots or boxes with seed placed in a warm room, near light, and admitting plenty of air to the plants when up, will succeed well. Dahlia Roots should now be potted or be partly plunged into a little old tan in the stove, or a frame to forward them for planting out in May. As shoots push, take them off when four or five inches long, and strike them in moist heat. HERBACEOUS PERENNIALS, Brennrauts, &c.—May be divided about th ; end of the month, and planted out where required. HyprRANnGEAS.—Cuttings of the ends of the last year's wood, that possess plump buds at their ends, should now be struck in moist heat; plant one cutting in a small pot (60’s). When struck root, and the pot is full of roots, repot them into larger; such plants make singularly fine objects during summer. MIGNONETTE, to bloom early in boxes, in pots, or to turn out in the open borders, should now be sown. : : RanvuncutvsEs should be planted by the end of the month, Rose Trees, Linacs, Pinks, Hyactnrus, PoLYANTHUSES, NARCISSUS, &c., shonld regularly be brought in for forcing. TENDER ANNUALS.—Some of the kinds, as Cockscombs, Amaranthuses, &c. for adorning the greenhouse in summer, should be sown by the end of the month; also any tender Annuals, desired to bloom early in the open border. Ten Week Stocks, RusstaN anp Prussian Stocks, &c., to bloom early, should now be sown in pots, placed in a hot bed frame, or be eown upon ® slight hot bed. , ps Z % > ; Gy UK. ER SOLGHOIMUA ghercje 4 / lex Y VUDTLIPUDPUDLL BW, / VaNCVIANA VERDUN Floricultural THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, MARCH Isr, 1836. PARIS ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. end ARTICLE I.—On an Economical Mode of Heatiny a Pit Frame, &c. By A CuLrivaTor o¥r CAPE BULBs. “Having lately had occasion to apply stove heat to a pit, ona very small scale, I am induced to send you an account of an appa- ratus which I have employed with complete success, and which I believe to be by far the most effective, as well as the most econo- miical, both in original construction and consumption of fuel, of any hitherto in use. It will enable any one, who has a three-light Melon-pit, to cultivate as many stove plants as it will contain, with very little trouble. The annexed plan will afford the best expla- nation of my apparatus. pSV , OS ¥i Nt £ SS a ———_ - a ’ ss SS a= "1 bb boiler. furnace, f funnel and air pipe. Vv _valvo VOL. IV. xu 50 ON HEATING A PIT FRAME. b 6 isacylindrical boiler, 16 inches high, and 12 inches in diameter, containiug within it a similar and concentric cylinder, of the same height, but only eight inches in diameter. The two cylinders are connected at top and bottom, forming a hollow cylin- der, which is my boiler. The small inner cylinder being the fur- nace, a pipe 24 inches in diameter connects this boiler with a cast- iron water pipe, 4 inches in diameter, and 9 feet long, placed hori- zontally along the front of the pit inside, and closed at either extremity by a wooden plug, through one of which passes the pipe which connects it with the boiler, whilst the other is pierced for a small air-pipe. A steam-valve on the top of the boiler, and a fill- ing screw like that attached to the oil-vessel of a lamp, completes the apparatus ; the bottom of the furnace being formed by a cir- cular grate, resting on three brackets about two inches from the bottom of the furnace cylinder. A moveable cover witha chimney to it, capable of being closed by a damper, regulates the fire. The boiler and iron pipe being filled with water, either through the filling screw or by a funnel attached to the air-pipe, a fire is lighted in the furnace ; a small quantity of coke is requisite to light it at first, after which cinders are the only fuel; and so slow is the combustion, when properly regulated, that this small fire will remain alight eleven hours without any addition of fuel, and keep the water nearly at boiling heat the whole time. My pit is 10 ft. 6in. by 6 ft. 9in.; and 1 find the four-inch pipe rather too power- ful a heater, as it raises the temperature upwards of 30 degrees, and requires air to be given all day long: a three-inch pipe would probably be quite sufficient, and judging from the power of my boiler, I reckon that it would produce sufficient heat to keep a twelve-light pit from 12 to 15, perhaps 20, degrees above the external air. My boiler is made of tin, which (the furnace being lined with fire tiles) will last some time; and the whole expense of the apparatus does not exceed £2 5s. Its consumption of fuel is very small. Of course, such an apparatus is susceptible of several improvements, many of which I have in contemplation ; but from its extreme simplicity and utility, I hasten to make it known, even in its present state. As the boiler is not bigger than "a watering pot, it may be detached, and taken away when not in use. . A CuLriyaToR or CarPz BuLss.- ON A STAND FOR EXHIBITING PANSIES. $i ARTICLE II.—On @ Stand for Exhibiting Pansies. By Mr. Carey Tyso. In reply to the query of your correspondent, “J. K.," in your January Number, respecting the best description of stand for the exhibition of Pansies, I beg to offer the annexed sketch of one Fig. 5. admirably adapted for shewing twenty-four varieties, that being the number usually adopted by the most popular Horticultural Societies. The top of the stand should be of stout tin plate, 14 inches by 9. Twenty-four holes should be cut at equal distances, which will allow them to be about 2} apart every way; the holes should be oval, and nearly 4 an inch in length. Pieces of tin 1} inches in length, bent semicircular, and two ends should be soldered on the plate under each hole, forming a receptacle (fig. 6.) which will hold a large table spoonful of water for each bloom, and will admit of the flower stalks being 1¢ inches long. Four Fig. 7. 52 ON THE CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. legs should be fixed on, the two back ones an inch longer than the front, which will give it a convenient elevation. Stands for Pansies are frequently made with a tube running under each tier of blooms, so that each row can be supplied with water by filling at any one hole, but a stand so constructed cannot be moved without danger of spilling the water. The advantages of the stand above described are obyious. It may be filled constantly by plunging in a tub of water, and the water, being in small and separate quantities, there is not the slightest danger of spilling in carrying it, or sending it any dis- tance by coach. In the latter case, of course it must be enclosed in a box just large enough to admit it. There is a natural propensity in the flower stem of a Pansy to curl an hour or two after gathering ; this assists in keeping the bloom steady, by pressing the stem against the plate of tin. The stand may be painted green, and as the petals lie flat on the sur- face, they are seen to great advantage. This stand has been used at the exhibitions of the Royal Berks Horticultural Society. Carey Trso. ARTICLE III.—On the Culture of the Camellia. By SPECTATOR. The universal estimation in which the Camellia is held by the lovers of the floral world, induces me to offer for insertion in the Cabinet, the following remarks on its culture und propagation :— So1t,—Camellias may be grown to great perfection in either of the two following composts, well broken, but not sifted :—First, one part light loam, one part peat earth, one-half part rotten leaves, one-half part old hot-bed dung, and one part coarse river sand. Second, one part loam, one part peat earth, one-half part dung, and one half-part river sand. |The loam and peat should at least be one year old, from the time of lifting them from their original situation. Propacation.—This is readily done either by seeds, cuttings, inarching, grafling, or budding. Serps.—This is very easily obtained from a number of sorts, if impregnation be carefully attended to, on any flowers that open after the first of February; 1 find they will not readily swell their _— . -_ ON THE CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. 63 seed pods before that time. The following sorts are the freest seeders of any that I am acquainted with, viz. :—Carnea, anemo- neflora, semiduplex, variabilis, Chandlerii, insignis, peoniflora, Pomponia, and all the single flowering sorts. The seeds should be sown a few days after being gathered, in any of the above men- tioned composts, and placed on a shelfin a pine or plant stove, and kept moderately moist ; they will begin to appear im six weeks, and in the course of three months, will be mostly all above ground; they will be ready to be potted off singly, into small pots, the fol- lowing August. Curtinés.—The single red Camellia is propagated by cuttings, and on them the other sorts are inarched, and sometimes grafted, or budded ; I consider August to be the best time to put in cut- tings, but they may be put in at any time except when making young wood. The cuttings are formed of ripened, or ripening, young wood, cut smoothly across at a bud or joint; two or three of the lower leaves are only taken off. The cuttings are then made firm with a small dibber, in well drained pots of sand and loam, or sand alone, and placed in a cool shady place for a week or two, and then plunged to the brims in a gentle hot-bed frame, or bark pit, under a haud-glass; when they have struck root they are potted off singly into small pots, in either of the above mentioned composts, and again placed in a gentle hot-bed frame for two or three weeks, after which they may be placed along with the general collection, Iyaxcuinec.—This is the surest and most yenerally adopted method of increasing new and desirable sorts. As to the proper season for inarching, the spring is the best, and just about the time when the plants have burst their wood buds. This state of Vegetation does not always take place at precisely the same time, as some cultivators force their Camellias very early ; such, there- fore, should be operated upon not by the exact period of the year, but by the state of the plants; some will be fit for the operation as early as January, others as late as May, The stocks require to be about the same forwardness as the plants to be inarched from ; they are prepared by taking of a thin slice off one side, just merely to remove a small portion of the wood; the scion is prepared in like manner. ‘The process of tongueing should be dispensed with, as it tends to weaken both stock and scion, andis nv benefit to 64 ON THE CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. them in uniting. They are fitted together in the usual manner, and fastened with fresh matting, which is wound round the stock from about an inch below the union, and carried up about an inch above. No clay, but only a little fine moss is used to envelope the part operated upon and afterwards kept moist. The leading shoot of the stock should not now be shortened, but left till some- time after the union is ascertained to be complete, it should then be headed down to about two inches above the union, the remain- ing part to be removed some time after. When the scion has pushed its full length, and is beginning to ripen its wood, it should then be cut nearly half through, and in a fortnight more cut a little deeper, and in eight or ten days more cut entirely away from the parent plant. Grartinc.—The two following methods I consider to be the best :—Where scions can be had of a proper length, that is from four to six inches, prepare the scion at any convenient length from the bottom, in the same way as for inarching the stock in like manner. The lower portion of the scion is thrust into a small potatoe or turnip, or a phial or a cup, kept full of water, or into the soil near the bottom of the stock; or where scions cannot be had of a convenient length, that mode of grafting termed side graft- ing is preferred as next best. After fitting and fastening together with fresh matting, and clayed or mossed, they are placed in a gentle hot-bed frame or bark pit, and kept regularly shaded: little or no air should be given till the grafts have pushed an inch or two. The time before a union of the scion and stock takes place is various in different sorts, and more especially in regard to the state of health in which the plants may be. Observation alone can dictate when the clay, and afterwards the bandage of matting, should be removed ; there is an evil in allowing either to remaiu on too long, as well as taking them off too soon. Buppine.—This is done in the usual manner of budding other plants ; after budding they are treated in the same way as grafts. REPOTTING THE PLants.—This should be done just before the plants are placed into heat to make their young wood and flower buds. The size of the shift must entirely depend on the state of the roots, some of which will require larger than others. When the roots are in a good healthy condition, for small plants, one inch clear all round the ball will be sufficient; and for large ON THE CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. 66 plants, from two to three inches. An inch deep of drainage or imore for large plants should be placed at the bottom of each pot, and a little moss put over it to keep the soil from mixing with the drainage. A shift once in two or even three years will be sufficient for large plants. Warerine.—From the time they begin to make their young wood till they have finished growing, they can scarcely be over- watered ; but during the winter season, if too plentifully supplied, they will soon become sickly, and drop their flower buds. For this no rule can be given: experience and observation on the part of the cultivator can alone bea safe guide. The plants should get a good syringing at least once a week during the summer season, but more especially when making young wood. Srrvation.—This very popular family have the best effect, and are grown to most advantage, in a house entirely devoted to them- selves; and as there are certain seasons in which they require a treatment almost peculiar to themselves, their separate culture is, therefore, the more necessary. Such house should be rather lofty, as the plants never look so well as when eight or ten feet high, trained in a conic form, and clothed with branches from the root upwards. Where such a house cannot be had, they may be grown to nearly equal perfection where there is the convenience of a Vinery or Peach-house at work ; and where no such conveniz ence can be had, by placing them in the warmest part of the greenhouse, when making young wood and flower buds, a few of the hardiest sorts will be found to do pretty well. Heat.—For this no rule can be given, unless they are grown in a house entirely devoted to themselves. Where such is the case, from 60 to 65 degrees will be sufficient for the first fortnight, and afterwards increased to 70 or 75 degrees. All the striped sorts re- quire more heat than the self-coloured varieties, more especially when the ground colour of the flower is red; unless such be given when forming and maturing their flower buds, they very often come one-coloured. This is more especially the case with va- rieties Chandlerii, insignis, corollina, Altheaflora, &c.; whereas, when grown to perfection, they are marked with large spots of clear white. A little heat given in dull damp weather, at the flowering season, will be found to be of very great advantage to the flowers. Scotland, January 14th, 1836. SPECTATOR. 56 _ PLAN OF A FLOWER GARDEN. ARTICLE 1V.—Designs for Flower Gardens,—No. III. Design 4th. Communicated hy Amicus. The plan represents a Flower Garden, with gravel walks, box, or other edging, and some grass introduced upon which dwarf ornamental flowering shrubs may be planted. The centre is occu- pied by a small bason, for gold and silver fish. A SELECT LIST AND DESCRIPTION OF CAPE ERICAS. 57 ARTICLE V.—A Select List and Description of Cape Ericas. By SPECTATOR. A selection of Ericas having been requested by Correspondents, I have drawn up the following List of them, as a selection of the most showy and freest flowering sorts, taken from a collection con- taining upwards of three hundred kinds. I can assure the admirers of this generally esteemed tribe of plants that they are all splendid I have added the colour of the blossoms, and month of blooming; so that persons desirous of making a small flowering kinds. selection may be enabled to suit their convenience. DIVISION I. Flowers long and cylindrical shaped. Plukenetii Plukenet’s red April to July pallida pale pale red May to July picta painted orange yellow July to Oct. Petivorii Petevor’s yellow March to July coccinea scarlet scarlet March to July -fusea brown brown March to July verticillata whorled scarlet Aug. to Dee. major larger scarlet Aug. to Jan. Sebana Seba’s orange March to June fusea brown brown April to June lutea yellow yellow March to June minor smaller orange April to June Eweriana Ewer’s pink July to Oct. glabra smooth pink July to Noy. speciosa showy red July to Oct. pilosa _ pilose flesh July to Oct. grandiflora great flowering orange May to Sept. humilis humble yellow May to July cruenta bloody flowered dark red May to Sept. versicolor various coloured _ orange and red May to Oct. splendida splendid scarlet May to Aug. mammosa ‘ nipple purple Aug. to Jan. major larger purple Aug. to Jan. pallida pale pale red Aug. to Jan. epistomia spout flowered yellow and green May to July gelida ice cold white and green April to July albens whitish white and green May to Aug. transparens transparent delicate pink June to Aug. translucens translucent light red May to Aug. perspicua clear flowered blush May to July nana dwarf blush April to June costata ribbed flowered pale pink March to June superba = superb searlet May to July spuria spurious pale red April to Aug. Linneana linnza like purple and white March to Aug. eurviflora curve flowered yellow Dec. to Feb. pellucida pellucid white June to Aug. rubra — red red and purple Aug. to Nov. VOL, Iv. Ix 58 A SELECT LIST AND DESCRIPTION OF CAPE ERICAS. Linnzana oolorans viridiflora Bowieana aurea. pinea pulchella purpurea Massonii minor yestita incarnata purpurea coccinea exsurgens_ blanda Monsoniana Dickensonii rubra eerinthoides Linneus’s colouring green flowered Bowie’s gold colour pine-leaved pretty purple Masson's smaller tremulous flesh coloured purple scarlet rising white white and pink dark green pure white orange red red purple red and green red and green white flesh purple dark scarlet dark orange DIVISION II. Flowers much inflated. charming Lady Monson’s Dickenson’s red honeywort like major larger nana princeps earnea tricolor minor major inflata metulaflora oblata Lawsoni yentricosa dwarf princely flesh coloured three coloured lesser larger inflated nine-pin flowered bottle purple and orange white white red dark searlet searlet searlet searlet flesh red and green ved and green red and green white and pink red white and red DIVISION III. Flowers narrowed upwards, with a spreading border. Lawson’s bellied coccinea scarlet stellifera star bearing -earnea alba superba erecta hirsuta preegnans _ Irbyana jasminiflora alba ampullacea Shannonia retorta Cliffordiana Aitoniana eomosa rubra alba Daphneefiora flesh coloured white superb erect hairy swelled Irby’s Jasmine flowered white flask Lady Shannon’s recurved leaved Lady Clifford’s Aiton’s tufted white _ daphne flowered flesh flesh scarlet flesh flesh white scarlot pink flesh flesh pink white and pink white blush white and green pink white whitish pink red white pale purpls March to July April to June July to Sept. March to Dee. July to Sept. May to July June to Aug. July to Sept. June to Sept. June to Sept. Sept. to June Sept. to June Sept. to June Sept. to June Sept. to June March to Sopt. April to Aug. May to Aug. May to Aug. May to Nov. Mareh to Jan. March to Jan. May to Sept. May to Sept. June to Aug. June to Aug. June to Aug. June to Oct. June to Sept. March to Sept. April to June April to Sept. April to Sept. April to Sept. April to Sept. April to Aug. April to Sept. April to Oct. April to Sept. May to Aug. June to Oct, June to Nov. June to Noy. June to Sept. June to Sept. June to Oct. Noy. to Feb. Aug. to Dee. June to Aug., June to Aug. April to June 4&4 SELFCT LIST AND DESCRIPTION OF CAPE ERICAS. Parmentariana Parmenteir’s rosea rose coloured Bouplandiana infundibuliformis aristata | minor primuloides Coventryana mirabilis Juliana calycina andromedeefiora elegans lacheefolia nigrata triumphans Thunbergia taxifolia melanthera flaccida Solanaria fragrans obcordata rubella ardens physoides Lambertiana inearnata Blandfordiana Savilliana ollula gracilis preecox declinata Tamentacea odorata eampanolata pura triceps ovata restella eubica minor seabriscula palustris formosa alba rubra florida Boupland’s funnel shaped awned small awned cowslip flowered Lord Coventry’s admirable July pale purple rose pale yellow dark purple red, purple, & white red and white purple and white pink pink red DIVISION IY. Flowers inclosed in an inflated calyx. large calyxed red andromeda flowered pink elegant lachne leaved black tipped conquering Thunberg’s yew leaved dark anthered flaccida Solander’s fragrant obcordate reddish pale red white white white orange pink pale purple white purple red pink pink pink DIVISION V. Flowers small and globose. glowing flatulent Lamberti’s flesh coloured Lord Blandford’s Savile’s pipkin flowered slender early declined ramentaceous perfumed bell flowered pure three headed ovate flowered scarlet white blush pale red yellow red purple red purple purple white dark red white yellow white white purple DIVISION VI. Flowers small, not globoss. smal) beaked cube flowered smaller marsh roughish handsome red flowered florid white purple purple white flesh white red blush July to Sept. July to Sept. April to Aug. July to Oct. April to Aug. Feb. to April April to June July to Sept. May to July July to Aug. March to June March to May April to Oct. May to July March to June April to June July to Sept. Aug. to Nov. May to July. Dee. to Aug. Aug. to Jan. March to Juns Sept. to Feb. June to Aug. April to June March to June Aug. to Jan. April to Aug. April to July July to Sept. Sept. to Jan. Feb. to June? Jan. to March Sept. to Nov. July to Sept. June to Sept. April to Aug. Aug. to Sept. July to Oct. June to Sept. June to Sept. June to Sept. June to Sept. June to Aug. June to Oct. June to Sept. June to Sept. May to Aug. 59 60 GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. mucronata mucronated pink May to Aug. quadriflora four flowered purple April to July Solandriana Solander’s purple Dec. to March pulchella pretty red July to Sept. SPECTATOR, Scotland, Jan. 14, 1836, ARTICLE VI.—Gleanings from Old Writers. No. IT. By Tutipa. I hate flattery, and so make my remarks as short as possible, The Cabinet will, no doubt, meet the reward it merits, which is very great. Extract FROM COWELL. “The Fretilary or Chequered Daffodil, as some call it, is a flower well known, but the varieties are very scarce and uncom- mon. “The seed will shew itself ripe when the husks wherein ‘tis included, change of a yellowish colour, grow dry and crack, then one may gather it about noon on a warm day, and keep it till July, and then sow it’: you will soon find a diversity of leaves of the seedling plants, and when they come to flower, much more sur- prising appearances. “The soil this root likes best is a light sandy ground, and especially such as comes from heaths, mixt well with some fresh earth from under the turf.” On the Hepatica, from the same. “There are divers sorts of Hepaticas, as the white, the blue and the blush or pearl bloom colour ; of these there are the single and the double, but ‘tis the single that is only useful to raise plants from by seed. As soon as the seeds are gathered they should be sown, for they being a sinall seed, and therefore ‘tis not advisable to keep them lying out of the ground. “To make a seminary of them, have large pots, about ten inches deep and a foot or fourteen inches over, fill these with a black sandy soil, such as one gets from heaths, and well mixt with an equal quantity of rich garden soil. “When the earth is gently pressed down, sow the seed, and sprinkle over the seed, as much of the samie earth, as when it is GLEANINGS FROM OLD WRITERS. 61 prest down, will cover it the thickness of half-a-crown, then water it well with a fine rose watering pot. “ Cover the pots with nets to keep the birds from the seed, for, small as it is, they will have it if possible, and this being done, set the pans under a wall exposed to an east aspect till June is past, and then set them under anorth wall, for they love shade. “When these plants have two or three leaves a piece, they may be transplanted in a bed of fine earth of the sort before-mentioned, but it must be done by a very careful hand, for the roots being very small, should not be bruised by any means ; and then if the plants are not replanted as soon as they are taken up, the fibres will be endangered of drying by the air, and then the plant runs the hazard of being lost. “When you transplant these seedlings, set them six inches distance, and water them well, and shade them for a week or ten days. “Fyrom one hundred of such seedling plants I raised above twenty sorts, different from what I had before.” The following remarks, (from the same Author, COWELL,) may be of use even to your Floricultural Friends at this period, though not coming exactly under the title, but in litt'e fancy gardens about London I have no doubt it will be acceptable :-— “My particular observations of vines amount to this extra- ordinary direction :—That if we have vines in espaliers, or against walls, we must always expect the young wood to bear fruit, for ‘tis from the young wood only that we have shoots that bear grapes. I mean by the shoots which we ought to preserve, such as have shot last summer, and of those in an irregular vine, save the strongest in which you will see two sorts of buds and joints. In one sort, the buds will lie pretty near one another, and in the other, for three or four joints beyond them, the buds will be set at long distances, and these last will not bear fruit till the second ‘Year ; beyond these again, we find the joints shorter for three or four buds, which buds will bear fruit the same year. “Tn the common pruning of these shoots, they ought to be left long, in proportion to their thickness ; but be sure to leave so much of each shoot upon the tree as has its joints short, and the buds full, which will be about four or five.” TuLiPas : PART II. REVIEWS. A Catalogue of Flower Roots, Plants, §c. grown by J. Tyso & Son, Wallingford, Berkshire, for 1836. We have favourably noticed the former Catalogues of theso respected Gentlemen, in the Cabinet, (Vol. 1. page 17.) The arrangement is on the same excellent plan, but each year we perceive the collection advertised becomes more select, both in Ranunculuses, Tulips, Goraniums, Carnations, Picotees, Pinks, Dahlias, and Pansies. The New Botanist’s Guide to the Localities of the Rarer Plants of Britain, on the Plan of Turner and Dillwyn’s Botanist’s Guide. By Hewett Cottrett Watson, Vol. I. ; England and Wales. Longman & Co. 1835. 12mo. p.p. 403. The object of the author is stated to be—Ist, to exhibit the ascertained distribution of our less common indigenous and naturalized plants throughout Britain; secondly, to form a Guide Book for Botanical Tourists, by speci- fying the localities of each plant, as selected from the statements found in different works, &c. on British Plants. We intend in a future number of the Cabinet, further to notice this publication. NEW OR RARE PLANTS WHICH WE HAVE NOTIUED SINCE OUR LA8T. 1, Adesmia pendula, Pendulous fruited. (Brit. Flow. Gard. 322 ) Synonym, Hedysarum pendulum. Myr. TwreEpie sent seeds of this neat, interesting flowering plant, from Buenos Ayres, to Dr. Nerit, at Canon Mills, near Edinburgh. It bas bloomed profusely during the last year. The plant is a hardy herbaceous creeper, having numerous stems near a foot high, which produce many solitary flowers, in an upright raceme, The flowers are small, abont half an inch across; they are of an orange-yellow colour, striped with purple. In its native habits in Buenos Ayres it grows in sandy pastures: it will, therefore, be found to flourish well in this country in a sandy loam. The plant is quite hardy. Itis cultivated in the Chelsea Botanic Garden, as well as by Dr. Netti. Class, Decandria; Order, Monogynia. Natural Order, Leguminose, Adesmia, from 4, without, and desmos, 2 bond; the stamina being free. : 2. Barlonia aurea, golden flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1831.) The flowers of this new half hardy annual plant very much resemble at first sight some of the finest yellow flowering Ginotheras. ‘The stems rise to two feet high, and are branching, each producing several flowers. Each flower is about two NEW OR RARE PLANTS, 63 inches and a half across, of a fine deep golden-yellow colour. They expand only under bright sunshine, and then produce a very brilliant effect. The plant delights in a moist, and very rich soil. The late Mr. Doveias sent seeds of the plant from California to the London Horticultural Society. ‘The plant deserves a place in every flower garden. Icosandria Monogynia. Loasee. Bartonia, in compliment to Dr. B.S. Barton, Professor of Botany at Philadelphia. 3. Brunonia australis, (Bot. Reg. 1833.) The fragrant flowers of this in- teresting plant very much resemble, at first sight, the wild blue flowering Scabious. Mr. JaMES BackKHouss, of the firm of Messrs, BACKHOUSE, of York, having been forsome time in Van Dieman’s Land, has introduced this plant into this country. Itis perennial, requiring a slight frame pro- tection in winter. The flower stems rise about nine inches high, each pro- ducing a head of neat and pretty flowers. Brunonia, in compliment to R. C. Brown, Esq. ’ 4. Cooperia Drummondi, (Bot. Reg. 1835.) A native of North America, and sent by the late Mr. DrumMonpD to Scotland. It is a bulbous rooting plant, producing a single flower, rising upon a stem about nine inches high. The flower is white about one inch across, Hexandria Monogynia. Amarylli- dacere. Cooperia,.in compliment to our respected friend Mr. Cooper, of the Wentworth Gardens. Nocultivator of plants, we think, more highly merited such a compliment than Mr, Cooper, both from his practical skill in the culture of plants, and other excellencies. We should have preferred a more ornamental flowering genus than the present to have perpetuated our friend to posterity. 5. Collomia Cavanillesii, Cavanille’s Collomia. (Bot. Mag. 3468.) Syno- nyms, Collomia lateria; C. coccinea. An annual plant from Chili. Stems rise about a foot high, branched, producing numerous flowers in an umbel ; each ilower is about half an inch across, having a yellow tube, and the upper surface of the petals of a deep, dull red colour, making a showy appearance. Pentandria Monogynia. Polemoniacez. Collomia, from Kolla, glue ; referring to the seeds. 6. /ris spuria, Late flowering Blue Iris, (Brit. Flow. Gard. 321.) An old inhabitant of this country: the flower stems rise a yard high, having narrow leaves, about half an inch broad. The flowers are very elegant, of a deep blue, purple, and yellow. Itis a very showy species, and blooms from May to July. Iris, from /ris, the eye; referring to the variety and brilliancy of colours in the flowers, 6. Kayeneckia crategifolia, Crategus leaved. (Bot. Reg. 2836.) The plant is growing in the garden of the London Horticultural Society. It is a native of Chili; an evergreen shrub. It requires a slight protection in winter. If planted against a good aspected wall, it would bloom in June and July. The flowers, which are white, are produced in a short raceme, each blossom being about half an inch across, something like the blossom of the Bird Cherry. I[cosandria Monogynia, Roseacee. Kageneckia, in compliment to M. de KacGeneck, a German. 8. Lupinus subcarnosus, Fleshy leaved. . (Bot. Mag. 3467.) Seeds of this’ handsome flowering species were sent by Mr. DrumMonp, from the Texas, and bloomed last season. The terminal raceme of flowers are very showy, of a deep rich blue, with a sulphur-white centre. The plantis annual. The flower stems rise near a foot high. As it produces seeds freely, the plant will soon become an inhabitant of flower gardens in general. 9. Lycium afrum, African Box Thorn, (Brit. Flow. Gard} Synonyms, Rhamuus alter, Jasminoides africanum, J. aculeatum. This shrubby plant was introduced into this country in 1712, from North Africa. The plant thrives very freely if planted against a good aspected wall, where it can have some covering for winter protection. The plant produces a vast profusion of blossoms, They are tubular shaped, an inch long, of a crimson-purple eolour; the bottom portion of the tube of a yellowish-green. They are 64 NEW OR RARE PLANTS. produced from June to September, and make a very showy appearance. It is probable that in sheltered, and sunny situations, the plant would flourish if grown in the open border. The plant may be procured of most of the public nurserymen. Pentandria Monogynia. Solanew. JLycium, from Lukion, the name of a thorny shrub ; referring to the many thorns the plant contains. 10. Gnothera humifusa, Pencilled flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1829.) A creeping annual plant, producing a profusion of bright rose coloured flowers. It com- poses a patch of some extent, having a neat and striking appearance. Each flower is near an inch across. The plant deserves a place in every flower garden. It is cultivated,in the splendid collection of Mrs. MarryatT, at Wimbledon, near London; and from the circumstance of producing seeds freely, we expect it will soon be in the hands of the public. 11. Oncidium Russellianum, The Duke of Bedford’s Oncidium. Sent from Rio Janeiro to the gardens at Woburn last year, where it has bloomed. The flowers are produced on a raceme, each having about four or five. Each flower is about an inch and a half across. The sepals are of a brown purple colour, edged with green. The labellum is lilac, with a purple centre edged with white. Gynandria Monandria. Orchidee. Oncidium, from Ogkidion, a tubercle ; alluding to two prominences on the lip. 12. Pentstemon Cobea, Cobia flowered. (Bot. Mag. 3465.) By far the most splendid of this showy genus. The specific name was applied to the present perrennial plant, in consequence ofits strong resemblance to the flowers of the Cobzea scandens. The flowers are produced in a spiked ter- minal panicle. Each flower is of a whitish purple outside, inside white, with a yellowish throat, streaked with red. The flower stems rise about two feet high. [In November, 1835, we received a drawing of this splendid species, representing four flowers, from a friend in Glasgow; they were not as large as those of the Cobea, but about two inches long, and one and a half across the mouth of the corolla. The drawing had been made from memory only, not having a living specimen.—Conpucror.] This very showy species ought to be in every flower garden. Didynamia Angios- permia. Scrophularine. Pentstemon, from pente, five, and slemon, stamen. 13. Saracha viscosa, Clammy. This plant is a native of Peru. It has all the general appearance of a Solanum. Its only distinction is its fila- ments being woolly at the base, closing up the tube, and having heart-shaped anhters. This plant is a greenhouse shrub, growing about half a yard high. The flowers are whitish, an inch and a half across, succeeded by a berry of a fine red colour, the size of a May Duke Cherry. Pentandria Monogynia. Solanee. Saracha,in compliment to J. SARAcHA, a Spanish botanist. 14, Sarcochilus falcatus, Falcate-leaved. A very pretty flowering Or- chideous plant, cultivated by R. BATEMAN, Esq.,at Kuypersley Hall, Messrs. LoppicEs, and others. It is a native of New Holland, sent in 1821. The flowers are produced on a@ short raceme of about three inches long, each haying from three to six flowers. The flower is about three quarters of an inch across; white with a slight tinge of yellow, and red at the centre. Gynandria Monandria, Orchidew. Sarcochilus, from Sarz, flesh; and cheilos, a lip. 15. Telekia speciosa, Large-flowered. (Bot. Mag. 3466.) Synonym, Bup- thalmum cordifolium, B. speciosum, Inula Caucasica, I, macrophylla. An old showy flowering inhabitant of our gardens. Stem rising six feet high, pro- ducing yellow flowers, about four inches across. It is a hardy perennial. Syngenesia Superflua. Composite. 18. Trifolium reflezum, Buffalo Clover. Seeds of this handsome flowering Clover were sent from Texas by Mr. DrumMonp, in 1835. The plant is hardy, herbaceous. Stems grow about nine inches high, crowned with large heads of beautiful rose-coloured flowers. It merits a place in every flower garden, Blooms from June to August. Diadelphia Decandria. Legumi- nose. Trifolium, from fres, three, and folium, leaf; three leaves on each stalk, . 65 EXTRACTS. On the Cultivation of the Bouvardia triphylla. By Mr. Jou MEarRNs. I have at this time (April 13th, 1829) 100 plants of it which will blossom strong this summer in the flower garden here, 60 of which are only from roots of last year’s propagation; and many of these flowered the same seasen, although not planted till April. ‘This year they will become strong flowering plants towards the autumn, after the first bloom is over. My method of treating them is as follows:—about the middle of April, I collect all my Bouvardias together, from the places where they have been kept through the dormant season, some among my orange tubs, others in cold frames, and others under the stage of the green-house; I turn them all out of their pots, shaking the soil from their roots; I trim off most of the large roots, yet retain as many of the fine fibrous ones as possible; I likewise at the same time cut down all the former year’s shoots, retaining only two, three, or four eyes on each, according to the strength and age of the plant; I then plant them in pots suitable to the size of the plant, taking care neither to overpot them nor to cramp the roots by confinement. When I have got all potted and watered to settle the earth about their roots, I place them in a cold frame, which I cover with hay and mats at night; I keep the lights close during the night, and even in the day, unless the sun is very strong upon them, till they begin to grow, when I give them portions of air according to the day, and their advance in gruwth. Subsequently I leave the lights off through the day, and at last do not put them on at night. About a week after they have been thus exposed, I plant them finally ont for the season either in clumps to themselves, or distributed among other plants, when they are soon in fine bloom, and continue to flower till Christmas. By the autumn some of the year's shoots will have attained a yard in length, and will be crowned with fine luxuriant clusters of their splendid trumpet-like flowers. The beauty of the plants thus treated, has been the admiration of those who have long known the plant, but have only seen it managed in the usual way; under which one or two of them are kept stinted in pots, in which its flowering season soon terminates, and its blossoms are not so attractive as those of the scarlet Trumpet Honeysuckle. As soon as I apprehend frost, I take up the plants with balls of earth attached to the roots, and place them carefully in pots, with good mellow soil. When they are thus replaced in pots and watered, those which are in luxuriant blossom I mix among the greenhouse plants, where they make a splendid appearance till January. I continue the treatment of them as above stated, and it may be continued for many years, for the application of fresh soil, the trimming of the old roots, and the great luxuriance gained by growing in summer in the open ground, renovate the plants, which could not be done by any other means of culture. I propagate the Bouvardia by cutting of the roots. I fill some large fruiting pine pots with good fresh mellow loam, well blended with either thoroughly rotten dung, or vegetable mould. I plant my roots all over the pot, beginning in a circle round the outside, opening the soil, and planting them with my finger, and continue filling up one circle within another, till I finish in the centre of the pot, or pots, leaving no more of the roots visible above the surface than just the top. I then water and place them ina hot- house at from 60 to 70 degrees of heat by night. As soon as the shoots get to between four and five inches high, I transfer the plants singly into pots of a small size, and by degrees harden them after they have got established. When they have made some progress, I plant them out into a bed four feet wide, eight inches between the rows, and four inches in the row; where, if the soil be good, many will soon be in flower, I pot them again before frost, and treat as done to older plants.—Trans,. Hort. Soc. VOL. IV. K PART ITI. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On GLapDIoLusEs.—I shall feel obliged if you, or any of your correspon- dents, will inform me of the names of a few of the leading sorts of Gladio- luses, to flower in the greenhouse, in pots; with their proper treatment, time of potting, &c.&c, An early answer will greatly oblige. Dec, 23rd, 1835. AN East Hants Constant READER. On Danita Prants.—I should be obliged if some subscriber to the Cabinet would inform me, which treatment is best for securing good Dahlia plants where only two or thvee of the same kind are required. Is dividing the roots, or taking young cuttings early in the spring, the best? " ¢ Wow Ef On Russian Viortets, &c.—I shall be obliged to you to inform me, through the medium of the Floricultural Cabinet, what soil and management best suits the Russian and Neapolitan Violets, to secure profuse bloom; also, what culture and soil best suit the Violet Erythronium Americanum. I have many roots of the Russian and Neapolitan Violets, both in pots and in the borders; but they throw out little or no bloom, while the plants look healthy and vigorous, and increase in leaf, and root rapidly. I shall be glad to know, through the same medium, whether it is advisable to prune the Honeysuckle (Lonicera flexuosa), when it has attained a great height against a wall; and if so, how, and in what months. Also, which is consi- dered the very best time of the year to prune Roses, as I find around us various opinions as to which is the best, both among gardeners and amateurs; and whether they should be pruned to one or two eyes; also, whether the Moss, Yellow, Noisette, Borsault, Scotch, China, Banksia, &c. require each a separate mode of treatment. Being a very great lover and admirer of Roses, and anxious to see them bloom luxuriantly, I am very desirous of finding out the best mode of treatment. Can you inform me why the Aza- leas, and indeed all the American plants I have purchased from yarious nurserymen in this neighbourhood, (viz. Basingstoke, Winchester, aud Southampton,) such as Rhododendrons, Kalmias, Daphnes, and Magnolias, are covered with moss, look shabby when they arrive, the leaves (especially of the white and pink Azalea) turning yellow and sickly, and never do well with us, though we have been at the expense of getting bog soil for them from a considerable distance. I want likewise to know how old the Chimo- nanthus fragrans (or, as some call it, Calycanthus precox) must be, before it will produce flowers. I have three, all more than three years old, which have not borne one bloom yet.—I have also a double Pomegranate, from Pacx’s nursery, Southampton, which has been in our garden three years, but has neyer blossomed. I have attended to the advice given in one of the Numbers of your useful and entertaining work, and it has never been pruned. Is there a sort which does not bloom ?—I have been long anxiously looking for the promised drawings of greenhouses, which the Editor of the Floricultural Cabinet long since promised to his subscribers and the public. An early answer to the above floricultural queries will oblige. Candover, Jan. 23rd. 1836. C.S. [The plates will be given in due course, plans of gardens haying been solicited,—ConDUCTOR. | MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 67 On CAMELLIAS IN THE OPEN Arr.—Are yours the double or single-flow- ering Camellias growing in the open air in the grounds at Wortley ? FLora. [Double white, red, and striped.—ConDvuctor. | ANSWERS. On PROPAGATING THE Bay TREE.—In reply to a correspondent, I beg to say that I have propagated the Bay-tree both by layers and seed ; but should prefer the latter method, as the leaf is much larger. Re TOW. TL: On EccrEMOCARPUS SCABER, MAURANDIA Barciayana, &c.—In answer to the question of CaTarina Marsa anv T., concerning the flowering of Maurandia Barclayana and Eccremocarpus scaber, an amateur begs leave to state, that these plants will not fail to succeed in a warm aspect and a fair share of tolerably light, good soil. It is a very common mistake with ama- teurs, who purchase a plant which they are told will grow out of doors, to think that it will grow in any situation, Thus, if a creeper, it is often placed against a wall, in a narrow space between two fruit trees, where, if it has sun to its leaves, it has no moisture to its root; or, being intended to cover an unsightly wall, it is put into the ground at the bottom of it, under ‘every disadvantage for want of warmth, light, and air, and is never likely to reach the top, except in the owner's imagination. My experience of the Maurandia Barclayana leads me to believe, that it cannot fail to bloom well out of doors, if it has‘a good share of sun, and is planted out in the ground, In very hot weather (my Maurandia being in a full south aspect), I have found it useful to put moss about the root to keep it moist. The Eccremo- carpus will grow and flower well in a less warm situation, but it must have a tolerably rich soil, room, and a free circulation of air. Plants which are not generally found hardy enough to stand our winters in the open air, require as much of the warmth of our summers as possible, to bring them to any thing like perfection. Slips of the Maurandia are easily struck in summer, even without a glass, by placing the pot in which they have been planted in a warm spot, under the shade of some leafy plant, care being taken that they do not droop for want of water. The young plants may be preserved during the winter in a warm room or light frame. Such as have flourished well during the summer, in the open ground, will most likely stand the . winter, if matted up before very severe frosts. I have known the Eccremo- carpus against a north wall, to live without any protection for the last three years. ° A. B. L. On Growine Dwarr Prants oF CHRYSANTHEMUMS, &c.—In the Number for January, 1835, of your excellent Cabinet, Hepatica enquires (page 22) for the best methods for growing dwarf Chrysanthemums. Now the way in which I succeeded admirably this year was, to take the shoots about the second or third week in July, strip all the leaves off within a short distance from the top; then having procured some strong packthread, tie it very tight below about the fourth joint from which the leaves were taken off; the shoot thus prepared is introduced through the bottom of a small pot, taking care to let the part round which the string is tied be within the pot; then fill up with good rich compost, placing a little moss on the top, and giving abun- dance of water every day. The pot may be kept in its place by running @ stick straight through the bottom into the ground: the plants will be rooted in about three weeks or a month. AN EnquireR in the Number for Feb. 1835 (page 43) will find the British Hybrid Chrysanthemums, raised by Wuee er, of Oxford, very good; particularly the Expanded Crimson Wheelerianum, Blood Red Incurving Pink, Dwarf Blush, and Grooved Red. They have flowered very fine with me this year: he will be able to procure them by applying to Mr. Humpurey’s, Nurseryman, St. Giles's, Oxford. The way in which I would recommend A Supscriser, in the same page as 68 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. the.above, to treat his Cyclamens, is to turn them out into a bed of good soil as soon as the frosts in May will permit; and repot them in the autumn. I have had plants with as many as fifty flowers out at once on plants treated in this way. The seed should be sown as soon as} ripe in shallow pots. Let the soil in the bed be a good sandy loam. I generally put a little sandy peat with the soil in the pots. as On a DwarFr YELLOW FLOWERING Prant.—In Vol. I. p. 210, Amicus requests to know what yellow creeping plant would answer his purpose. I beg to recommend Lysimachia nummularia, (Moneywort,) a favourite of mine, neglected, perhaps, because a native. I have no doubt that it may be easily obtained, for when it once has possession, it takes care not to quit, particularly if the soil be moist. R. ROSE BUDDED ON A Biack Currant Beusu.—In Vol. III. p. 21, Fos. FeRrRAnIA begs to knowif it be true that by grafting a rose on a black currant bush, the colour will be changed? To the greater number of your subscribers it may appear idle to answer the question: but asit is one of vulgar belief, it may perhaps be well to shew why it is impossible. The rose and the currant are of two different natural families; no union can take place between plants of different natural families, in whatever way the graft may be inserted: but even were it possible to unite such dissimilar plants, the stock can by no means be made to influence the colour of the grafted flower, further than affording a greater or less degree of nourishment, in the same manner as a richer or poorer soil would do. R. [We admitted the Query into the Cabinet, solely with a view for such an absurdity, so generally believed, to be refuted.—Conpbvcror.] REMARKS. On Pinks.—I see in your Cabinet a little bit of unfriendly advice given by Mr. T. Connety, of Lancaster, to Mr. Smirn, of Faversham, It re- quires no notice from me as far as Mr. SMITH is concerned, as he is too good a judge of Pinks to be misled by it; but you have other readers not so well acquainted with them; therefore, to them I would particularly address iny- self. I shall begin with advising them on no account to grow any one of the sorts Mr. T. ConNELLY has, in his infinite wisdom and judgment, select- ed as the best flowers in England: they are all single, or eight-petalled flowers, with three small triangular petals in the centre to form the crown. Mr. C. tells him they are large and superior, whereas they are quite the reverse, as I believe it to be impossible to grow any one of them’more than two inches in diameter. He says, “they are well laced,”—admitted,—* and have rose-shaped leaves.” Impossible: or how are they to be inserted into the calyx ?—but [ suppose he means their edges are even, like the petal of a Rose; if so, that is not true, as what is called a rose-edged Pink is a very different sort of thing to any he has named. Again: “ When properly grown, they never burst.” Monstrous! Why, a mouse running through the Thames Tunnel would be just as likely to rip it up, as Mr. CONNELLY’s Pinks with eight petals are to burst a pod they cannot fill! Mr. CONNELLY then tells Mr. SmirH he never saw a South-of-England-raised Pink worth growing. I question if he ever saw one at all, or he would never have ven- tured such an assertion. That Mr.CoNNELLY may see there are such things as good Pinks raised in the South of England, let hin hand over the needful to Hoce, of Paddington, with an order for the following sorts :—Hogg’s Fanny Kemble, White’s William the Fourth, Barrett's Conqueror, Prior's Miss Blackstone, Wells’s Sultana, and Church’s Helen. These, if he grow them properly, will at once let him into the light of what properties consti- tute a good Pink, both as regards size, colour, number of petals, and rose- edged flowers. And if Mr. ConNELLY would like to see a few of extraordi- nary size, let him get Unsworth’s Omega, Hopkins’s One of-the-Ring, MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE, 69 Mann's Duchess of Buckingham, Davey’s Britannia, Wood's King of Roses, and Reynolds's Adelaide. ‘These are fine large flowers, possessed of the best properties, and growing at least three inches in diameter. I will ven- ture to say, that a single petal of Hopkins’s One-of-the-Ring will completely coyer a whole bloom of Bow’s Cato, that beau ideal of a Pink of you northern growers. INNOVATOR, 1836. On Pinxs.—In perusing your Floricultural Cabinet for October last, I find in page 235 a few remarks on Pinks, &c. by Mr. Smiru, of F aversham, in Kent. I feel great pleasure in replying to his observations, heartily con- curring with him in wishing you a “very extended circulation”; feeling also surprise, indignation, and shame, on finding there should be any one base enough to rob a grower of his fair fame, by representing under a false name a flower as his own, which has been raised and grown by another person: any one guilty of such an act, should be excluded from all Florists’ Societies. I observe that Mr. Smiriz states he has been a Pink grower for the last twenty years, and has won the first prize many times, of which statement I have not the least doubt. He also says that he has more than once advertised to show against all Kent. I shall feel obliged if Mr. Smita will be kind enough to state when, and where; feeling assured, that had his advertisements been seen, there are many gentlemen connected with the Woolwich Society, who would have backed the Woolwich Pink-growers against any town in England ; and Mr. SmitH would not have gone without a competitor. Should that gentleman feel disposed again to show with any man in Kent, on making the same known to me, he will find his challenge accepted.—I perfectly agree with his observations relative to the size of Pinks as stated by InNovaTor. I have seen many very large Pinks, but there was neither beauty, form, nor any thing in them, worthy the notice of a florist. In auswer to Mr. Smiru’s inquiries where he can get the new and first-rate sorts, I respectfully beg to inform him, he will not find a better collection of Pinks in the kingdom than at Woolwich; and I further beg to state, that I have three new sorts to be sold out next September,—the first named the Victorious; the second, the Triumphant; the third I have not yet named. Not wishing to speak in praise of the quality of the flowers myself, I beg to refer him to the following approved judges, viz. Mr. NEVIL and Mr. Smita, of Walworth; Mr. Morrizoy, of Holloway; and Mr. Cov- sins,, of Welling,—who saw the flowers in bloom last season, and can speak to their quality, &c. ; merely observing, that Mr. Situ, of Walworth, says, “ there was never raised by one man, in any one year, three flowers to equal them.” A respectable artist has kindly offered to give me a drawing of them: if so, I shall feel great pleasure in presenting the same.to the Floricultural Cabinet.—In answer to Mr. Smiru’s last question, concerning the protection of Dablias from the ant, I beg to reply,—Give them plenty of water, and the ants will quickly disappear. Being a Dahlia-grower myself, I shall feel obliged if he can furnish me with a remedy against caterpillars and earwigs. Tuos. IBBETT. Mount Pleasant, Bull Fields, Woolwich, Jan. 14, 1836. P.S. In reviewing a former Number of your Cabinet, I could see great room for improvement in the mode of cultivating Pinks, having grown from 5,000 to 6,000 annually, upon a plan which will not require so much ground by one-fourth, nor so many glasses by one-fourth, as mentioned in a former Number of the Cabinet. The method J adopt I will transmit in the course of next month. [We shall be obliged by the promised favours.—ConDUcTor. } Ox Mr. Rivers’s List or RosEs, &c.—I have observed wth regret that although 40 pages of your valuable little work have already been devoted to Lists of Roses, we are still in want of a catalogue which will convey all the required information. The alphabetical catalogue of St. Patrick (Mr. Woon’s List) would have appeared with more grace among its fellow advertisements, rather than in the body of the work; and I am afraid that the List of Mr. 70 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. RIVERS, jun. will fail under the same category. Mr. Rivers does make some attempts at arrangement, but unfortunately no single principle is followed : at one time it is according to natural affinity, as in China Roses; at another, according to habit, as Climbing Roses; another time of flowering, as Autum- nal Roses; another, scent, as Rosa Indica Odorata; another, size, as Miss Lawrence’s Rose, &c.—Now, had this occurred in a “ Price Catalogue,” no complaint could have been made; although it might have been regretted : but in the body of your work it is a blot, defeating the end proposed by its publication—instruction, by the occupancy of the place of more valuable matter, and perhaps preventing some person from complying with the request for a correct list of Roses according to natural arrangement, with notices of cultivation, propagation, &c. It is not of very difficult accom. plishment. The article Rosa in Loudon’s Catalogue (Hort. Brit.) may serve as a guide to the plan. Although I have thus ventured, in what may appear unnecessary severity in my observations on Mr, Rivers’s paper, I have not been insensible to the excellent remarks made by him at the end of each division of his arrangement; and regretted extremely, that a person who appears to possess so great a capability of fulfilling the object required, should have sacrificed it to minor considerations. Perhaps he will yet comply with the request; and if he should, I think that your subscribers will not have to complain that I have occupied so much of your publication by my complaints. R. [We hope Mr. Rivers or Mr. Woop will comply with the request of our Correspondent.—ConDUCTOR. ] ON THE SaLE OF Roses, &c.—I see in your last month’s Number, Mr. RIVERS’s observations on the sale of Roses by auction. I beg to say I differ entirely from him: I think they have done a great deal of good: they have bronghtinto notice many new varicties which otherwise wonld not have been known; and if a higher price was given for them, it was open to the pur- chaser to offer what he pleased. I bought from the same stock, and so did Mr. Rivers; and taking his own argument, it is impossible, with the very dry season we have had, to judge fairly of the early-blowing Roses: for if George the Fourth and the Tuscany have changed in some situations, so as not to be known, (but which, by-the bye, did not happen with me,) what must be the effect on plants planted in May? I have seen many of the autumnal flowering Roses, and, in justice, I must say they are very fine. Among others, I saw a very handsome parterre of them at Isleworth, near London. Having resided twelve years in France, [ can affirm, that nothing can exceed the beauty of their Roses. It was this which first induced me to establish my Rose-gardens in England. We are indebted to the French cultivators for nearly the whole of our new and beautiful Roses. I wish to see all the lovers and growers of Roses joined in friendship, and deserved merit, from whatever country it comes, encouraged. ‘The world is wide enough for us all. WILLIAM Woop. Woodlands Nursery, Maresjfield, Dec. 10th, 1835. If you think the following communication worth mentioning in your useful miscellany, the Floricultural Cabinet, it is at your service; perhaps it is a desideratum not much attended to amongst florists, the raising that beautiful tlower the Chinese Chrysanthemum from seed, as the seed is difficult to obtain, and not easily recognised; but that they may be so raised, and made to flower as an annual, the following facts will demonstrate. A Mr. Robert FREESTONE, Gardener to W. BRERETON, Esq. near Holt, Norfolk, has this year raised a great variety, which to an Amateur need only be seen _ to be admired. One a pure white, very double, and the petals naturally ar- ranged in exquisite order, shaped like a double white Camellia; another a fine changeable buff, well formed; a third, a beautiful fine white, with petals so small and thick set, that it has the appearance as if covered with snow; with many others, beautiful in colours, though not formed so compactly, all of which will be offered for sale next year; perhaps Mr. F. is the only man in this country that has made them flower the first year. Holt, Norfolk, Dec. 1835, JOHN CARR. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE, 71 CHALLENGE TO RanuncuLUs GrRowers!—The Members of the East London Ranuncula Society, held at the Salmon and Ball Tavern, Cambridge Heath-road, London, challenge any six Ranunculus growers in England to exhibit, on the 13th June next, six pans of Ranunculuses, each pan to con- tain twelve dissimilar varieties, and to be of their own property and growth, for the sum of twenty pounds or upwards: all communications to be ad- dressed (post-paid) to Mr. C. D. Danny, Secretary, at the above Tavern.— This challenge is not given with any invidious feeling, but in the hope of bringing this beautiful and much-neglected class of flowers into notice, considering open and honourable rivalry the best method of attaining that end. ON OBTAINING SELECT KINDS oF FLowers, &c.—I send the plan of a small flower-garden, should you deem it worth insertion. When the beds are laid in good turf, the effect is very good. I think of having one depart- ment of my garden so laid in the spring (unless a better plan appears before that time). Perhaps you will favour me with a list of what flowers would have the bost effect in planting the beds. I shall also feel obliged if you will inform me at what nursery or seedsman’s in Town I could procure roots of the Galardia picta, and new Russian Violet, and the price per root. I am very fond of gardening, and living retired, it forms my chief amusement; but I reside in a place very unfavourable for improvement. The love of flowers is not general here, nor is there a good nursery garden within twenty miles. What Florists’ Shows are held in the neighbourhood are far from good. Plants which have long been common in Town and its vicinity are not to be seen here: for instance, I have never yet seen a Calceolariain this part of the country. What new plants I get are rendered very expensive by the carriage, and often die—I suppose from change of soil. 1 have often thought that a plan might be devised by some respectable nurseryman in the neighbourhood of Town, by opening a subscription of moderate amount for country amateurs, and at the end of a year to distribute among the sub- scribers such plants (not exactly common ones) as they often have a super- abundance of, after their customers are supplied, and which are raised by them with little trouble from seeds, cuttings, &c. Perhaps your experience will enable you to devise some plan. Do not think I wish to turn censor when I say, that like some other correspondents, I have felt sorry to observe so much room devoted to the Exhibitions of Florists’ Societies, because I have thought that more instructive matter could have occupied the space. Buchinghamshire, December, 18365. Louisa Harrier, On SECURING CARNATIONS FROM Snarts, &c.—Mr. Hoag, in his treatise on the Carnation, says,—“ Mr. NicHo1, in his Gardener’s Calendar, recom- mends a pencil or small brush dipped in oil, and drawn round the pot near the bottom once or twice a week, when the plants are in bloom, to prevent snails or earwigs from climbing up and doing injury to the plants.” Now as this must be attended with a great deal of trouble, and would consume more time than could be spared by many amateurs, I would suggest the fill- ing of the pans in which the stage is supposed to be placed, with oil instead of water. ‘The expense would be little or nothing more than Mr. Nscuou’s plan, and there would be no time wasted. I likewise think the plan might be extended to Dahlias, where the Bygrave slug-preventer is used. Mr, H. likewise mentions, that sweet oil coming in contact with the body of any insect, causes its immediate death. Query—Would not any other sort of oil have the same effect ? JUVENIS. Canonbury, 4th February, 1835. On Coxtar STANDS FoR Dautras.—I wish to mention, through the me- dium of your Magazine, a suggestion of mine respecting the collars used for Dahlias. It is simply this—that they should be glazed inside, similar to common flower-saucers. JUVENIS, On PENDULOUS GROWING TREES.—Excuse me if, through your useful and widely circulated Cabinet, I intrude an observation or two on pendulous trees, as I am often astonished to find so small a number generally grown, 72 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. when so many more are equally graceful with them. ®sculus pendula, budded six feet high, is very beautiful ; Amygdalus pendula, a very fine one, if six feet high; Betula alba pendula; Cotoneaster nummularia, if grafted six feet high, is very fine; Crategus Georgica, the same; C. pendula; Cy- tisus laburnum pendulus; C. capitatus, C. decumbens, C. aralensis, grafted on Laburnums; Fagus sylvatica pendula; Fraxinus lentiscifolia pendula, very fine; Populus pendula; Prunus Chinensis pleno pendula, if grafted six feet high, looks well; Pyrus communis pendula; Quercus pendula; Ro- binia pendula; Sophora Japonica pendula; Tilia pendula ; Ulmus pendula; Abies pendula; Larix pendula; Pinus Fraseri; Cupressus pendula; Juni- perus repanda. Some of these are new, and very scarce; they may be ob- tained at some public nurseries—withort doubt from the extensive collection of Messrs. LoppicEs, at Hackney, which is certainly the largest in the country. N. Y.— ARBORETUM. Jan. 6th, 1836. DLAVATERA THURINGIACA. Monodelphia Polyandria. Malvacese.—This lovely plant is worthy of the most extensive cultivation, and deserving a place in every flower-garden. It forms a fine bush when planted singly, being covered with a profusion of large expanded pink and lilac flowers from May to November, and growing to the height of from four to six feet. I have had some splendid specimens of this beautiful plant in flower the whole of the summer, which have been greatly admired; but I am sorry to say it is so little cnltivaied, as seldom to be seen except in general collec- tions. Propagated by cuttings or seed. J. We, Great Bookham, Surrey, Dec. 13, 1835. REFERENCE TO THE EMBELLISHMENTS. 1. Bignonia Cherere.—This very splendid, climbing, flowering plant, is a native of Guiana, where it was found by M. AuBLET. It is a showy plant for a conservatory or greenhouse, if planted ont into a space having plenty of room to root in. If so cultivated, it will climb to a great extent, and produce numerous racemes of magnificent flowers. Each raceme generally producing from six to ten flowers upon each, It merits a situation in every greenhouse or conservatory, The plant blooms from May to August. It is readily increased by cuttings. And may be obtained of most of the principal nurserymen. The natives of Guiana make baskets and jbroad brimmed hats, of the flexible shoots of this plant. Bignonia, in compliment to Abbe Bienon, Librarian to Louis XIV. King of France. Cherere, after B. CHERERE. 2. Phtox Drummondii—Myr. Drummonps. A very splendid flowering annual Phlox introduced last year from Texas. Our drawing was taken from a small specimen sent us. ‘ A large figure of it was given in the Botanical Magazine for last November. The plant deserves a place in every flower garden. Itis a most profuse bloomer. The stems rise about a foot high, and blossom for a long time during summer. It will, doubtless, soon be in the possession of the public seedsmen, nurserymen, &c. 3. Canavalia bonariensis—A very handsome hot-house climbing plant, blooming a great part of summer. The flowers are produced in profusion, upon pendulous racemes, six or eight inches long; making a most-graceful and showy appearance. The plant grows freely, and climbs to a great length, if in a rich loamy soil. Itis a native of Buenos Ayres. It deserves a place in every hot-house. Messrs. Younc, of Epsom, possess plants of this lovely climber. FLORICULTURAL CALENDAR FOR MARCH. We refer our readers to Vol. I. pages 21, 23, 32, 43, and 48 ; to Vol. II. 72; and Vol, ILI. 72, for directions as to what is necessary to be attended to this month, elites so Elagaie ‘ e+ ae i a Mh Mite ap ier Is phe os Sd bak src AS Sa <-D, e \ —~— ) THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, APRIL Isr, 1836. PART I. . ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. —— ARTICLE I.—On the Culture, §c. of the Rose. By Mr. Wiii1amM Barratt, St. John’s Botanic Garden, Wakefield. After I had sent you an account of the method in which I trained Roses, a thought struck me, that it might not be unacceptable to some of your numerous readers, to make a few observations on the kind of soil in which it is proper for them to grow, and the manner in which they are to be pruned. The compost in which they are to be planted, must, of course depend on the nature of the soil ; if of a light sandy quality, adda compost, in equal parts, of well-rotted cows’ dung, and well-rotted turf, from an old strong clay pasture: but if the soil is a strong clay, add well rotted stable dung, sharp sand, and well rotted turf, from a light sandy pasture. Pruninc.—The Garden varieties, bloom the best when the young shoots are regularly shortened in winter, to about two or three inches long, it makes them shoot fine bold buds, and the flowers are consequently much finer than when not pruned at all, or only shortened a little. The Noisettes require a different treatment : they should be well manured autumn and spring, to enable them to push vigorously. Four or more shoots should be permitted to grow; and when pruned, two of the oldest stems cut to about three inches from the ground ; likewise the lateral branches of the stems not cut down; VOL, Iv. L 74 ON THE CULTURE OF ROSES. should be shortened, leaving them from four to ten feet high; by this method the blooming season is prolonged, and finer clusters of blossoms are produced. The Perpetual, or the Four Seasons Roses, require very rich soil, which may readily be made so by manure, and improved by plentiful supplies of manure water in August and September. The flower buds which grow in June and July, should be cut off ere they burst into bloom, and in winter, pruned as closely in as those designated Garden Roses. Ifa sheltered situation can be giveh, it is a great advantage, as the cold winds in September and Octo- ber -have a bad effect on the opening buds, at that season. Ina soil naturally wet, the beds should be drained, as too much mois- ture at the roots in the time of flowering, is also injurious. This class is worthy of a little extra trouble, being so splendid when well grown. The Climbers, for pyramids and arches, require an opposite treatment with the knife, for if pruned after the manner of other Roses, they can never produce many flowers. Two or more stems should be grown as long and strong as possible, by very rich soil ; at least half a barrow of well rotted dung for one, at first planting, and half that quantity every succeeding year. When the stems get too numerous, (say from seven to ten,) cut out one or two of the weakest every winter, and shorten the largest lateral branches, to keep them in that form the owner's taste may require. The Odorata, or by some termed the Tea-scented Roses, will grow best on an elevated bed, well sheltered from the north and west. And if the ground has at all a tendency to retain wet, the sub-stratum should be made with broken stones, six inches thick, and the bed raised from fifteen to twenty inches above the level of the garden. They require but little pruning, besides cutting out the dead wood ; and if taken up in autumn, potted, and put into a frame, or covered with a hand glass in the bed where they grow, will do much better than if exposed all winter. While the plants are weak, part of the flower buds should be cut off, as they fre- quently flower themselves to death. SranparD Roses.—These require the eye of the gardener fre- quently upon them, to cut off the wild suckers and branches as they make their appearance. Great care should be taken in the winter pruning to make the heads as proportionate as possible, for ——— Se el ON FORCING ROSES. 7) if a greater number of branches, or stronger wood, be permitted to remain on one side than the other, the tree becomes de- formed. This is of importance, for by a neglect of one or two seasons, a good form is irrecoverably lost: likewise, the shorter the branches are cut, the better they bloom. From the above remarks it will be readily seen, that to prune all kinds of Rose trees after one method,would be highly improper ; and that if done, it would cause some of the best kinds to be worth- less. Wititam Barratt. ARTICLE II.—On Forcing Roses. By A DEVONIAN. After the clear statement of the best method of forcing Roses, made by Messrs. Woop and WILLIs in the First Number of the second volume of the Cabinet, a request for further information ‘may seem almost unnecessary ; but I am anxious to have a few more hints on the same subject. In the first place, it is not in the power of all florists to treat the plants in the manner recom- mended by the former gentleman, as a hotbed on the plan de- scribed by him cannot always be procured. The plan of the latter is likewise open to objection, as few amateurs have hothouses so numerous as to admit of their moving their plants from one degree of heat to a greater—and, without removing them, the in- ereased temperature required for the Roses might prove highly injurious to other plants in the same house. What I am, therefore» desirous of knowing is, whether it is possible to have fine forced ‘Roses late in December, and during the months of January, ‘February, and March, with the accommodation of one hothouse, ‘which is appropriated to the culture of the usual stove plants. A minnte account of the treatment to be pursued is earnestly re- quested, which J doubt not some experienced Rose cultivator will accede to. I once attempted to force some Roses in the bark-bed of a warm greenhouse, but I failed completely, the plants only producing a few sickly blossoms of the smallest size. The Roses were plunged in the bark in the month of J anuary, but the flowers ‘were not produced much before the usual blooming season in June. In addition to the information already asked, {I am anxious to know if the plants will hear being removed to a conservatory; after 76 ON RAISING NEW VARIETIES OF THE MIMULDS. the blossoms are produced, or whether their blooming will be checked by their being submitted to the lower temperature requi- site for flowering Camellias, &c. &c. I wish also to know whether Moss, Provence, and other summer Roses can be induced to bloom as freely as Noisette, Perpetual, China, Tea-scented, and Isle de Bourbon Roses. Perhaps the kindness of the correspon- dent wko replies to these queries, will be further displayed in giving me a few names of the best Roses for forcing. Messrs. Rivers, in their new Catalogue, recommend the Dog Rose, from its easily excitable habit, as the stock on which Roses, for forcing, should be worked: what height should the stock be, to display the flowers to advantage ? A few hints on forcing the Persian Lilac, or any other plants calculated to add to the beauty of a conservatory in early spring, would also be very acceptable. My last queries respecting conservatory shrubs and climbers, have not been answered: a reply is much wished for, and an early answer to the present is solicited. Jan. 29th, 1836. A Devonian, ARTICLE III.—On Raising New Varieties of the Mimulus. By CALcEOLARIA. Though I cannot answer “ T. P.” and “ A Lawyer’s Clerk” as satisfactorily as I could wish, yet I can put them in a way of obtaining several varieties of Mimuluses without much expense. Let them get seeds of the different sorts advertised in your last number by CHariwoop and Warwnsgr, and sow each variety as soon now as possible in a seed-pan (which should be about a foot in diameter, and four inches deep, with four or five holes in the bottom). Place the pans in a greenhouse, hotbed, or even warm window in the dwelling-house, and the young plants will soon make their appearance ; give them plenty of air by day, when the weather is tolerable, and early in June prick them out in patches in the flower-garden, where they will flower all the autumn, I adopted this plan last year with two varieties I obtained from CxaRrLwoop—variegata and rosea; and though the former were all execrable, the latter amply repaid me, for one small packet of ON DESTROYING EARWIGS, &c. 77 seed produced several very pretty and distinct varieties, some with white grounds, others with yellow, and all marked with spots of purple or brown of different shades and form. From these I selected a collection for the greenhouse, thinking the winter would destroy them in the open air ; but I am happy to say that those I left in the garden are now looking very well, not the least injured by the frost. I also inoculated a few of the finest flowers, which produced seed abundantly ; this I sowed in October, and have now some fine young plants in pans, which, with my seedling Calceolarias sowed at the same time, I expect will afford me some little gratification this summer. Mimuluses should be frequently watered in summer, and if in pots, they should have a pan of water always under them : indeed, a neighbour of mine tells me they may be planted in a small stream of water, where they will grow like Water Cresses, and produce a very beautiful effect. CALCEOLARIA, | Feb. 11th, 1836. ARTICLE IV.—On Destroying Earwigs, §c. By Han- RIETTA. In your October number, “ A Subscriber” reiterates the query of several correspondents—“ What is the best mode of destroying the wireworm ?” In reply, I beg to suggest the very simple and efficacious remedy first recommended by Sir JosrrH Banks, viz. : Let slices of potatoes notched narrowly in three or four places and stuck upon skewers, be buried just below the surface of the mould in your Carnation pots; they should be examined every morning, and the wireworms, which will collect upon them, be destroyed. Ranunculus beds may likewise be preserved from their ravages in a similar manner. Speaking of this destructive vermin, Hoce says, “Destroy this pest by every means in your power.” They are generally to be found in new earth that has not been broken up for some time, and I would sooner employ a man for a fortnight to go over the whole by handfuls with a trowel, than run the risk of losing treble the amount of his wages in Carnations, to say nothing of the disappointment. Earwics.—* Dianthus” sometime ago recommended the use of 78 TO CAUSE THE HYDRANGEA HORTENSIS TO FLOWER BLUE. tin tubes, as traps for these rapacious enemies of the Dahlia and Carnation, the inefficacy of which was complained of by “ Crito,” in October, 1833. As an excellent trap, the service whereof I have proved, I would recommend that pieces of Alder (of which withered sticks may easily be obtained at this time of the year), about half an inch in diameter, and with thé pith pushed out, or the flowering stems of the Lupinus polyphyllus, should be cut into six-inch lengths, and concealed in different parts of the Dahlias. At the approach of day, the insects will retire into these traps, and if they be examined every morning, greatnumbersmay be destroyed. APHIDES, oR Pxiant Lice.—There is an insect of the Coccus genus, which has various names in different parts of the country ; such as God's-cows, Lady-birds, Lady-cows, &c., which are often ignorantly destroyed on account of its being supposed to be inju- rious to plants ; whereas, whatever little peculations it may occa- sionally indulge in, are amply compensated for, by its rapacity in its larva state for the Aphis; so well known is this to naturalists, that it has received the cognomen of Lion of the Aphides. In the early part of last summer, T had several Hollyhocks in my garden, whereof the under surface of the leaves were covered with the Aphis; here they would have nested as it were, and afterwards slowly distributed themselves over the garden; one morning, how- ever, I observed a number of dark grey wingless insects, about three-eighths of an inch long, running over the leaves with great rapidity ; within a week from their appearance, not an Aphis was to be found on the plants. HENRIETTA. London, Feb. 5, 1836. ARTICLE V.—To cause the Hydrangea hortensis to Jlower Blue. By Mr. Maun, Gardener to the Rev. G. Wray, Bramhope Hall. The Hydrangea hortensis has a place in most collections throughout England. When grown to perfection, it forms a fine plant for the greenhouse during the summer months, amongst the tender annuals ; it is also a showy shrub ina conservatory, and beautiful in the vestibule. ON THE CULTURE OF THE TREE ROSE. 79 When the flowers of the Hydrangea hortensis begin to decay, and the wood sufficiently hard enough to endure the weather, I place the plants out in some convenient part of the garden, where I let them remain exposed till the last week in February, or first week in March, when I proceed to pot them for bloom. The compost I use is what I have grown my Cucumbers in the prece- ding year, which consists of half the quantity of good loam, a quarter of good spit dung from an old Cucumber or Melon bed, and a quarter of decayed leaves. This mixture I lay in the com- post yard for use. The Hydrangeas I bloom in a sixteenth-sized pot: I divest the roots of the old mould. From those plants I intend to produce blue flowers, I cut off the long fibrous roots, reducing the ball to the size ofa thirty-two sized pot. I take one ounce of oil of vitriol, and, with a quill or strong feather, I touch the roots of two plants all over. The remaining oil of vitriol I mix with a sufficient quantity of mould to pot two plants. When I have potted them, I place them ina shed or some sheltered situation for three or four weeks, until they have made new roots ; then I place them in a forcing-house, and take especial care not to let them dreop for want of water. The above method I have practised with success for upwards of twenty years. The flowers are equally as large as those that are pink. Feb. 21st, 1836. ° Jonas Maup. ARTICLE VI.—On the Culture of the Tree Rose. By Rosa. ' (CONTINUED FROM PAGE 38.) By the early part of April, the stocks will have pushed shoots. When they have grown about half an inch long, or even a little earlier, it will be necessary to look over the stems, in order to rub off all those shoots not required for budding upon. A weakly stock may have one or two left upon it, and a vigorous one three, four, or five. In making choice of shoots, care must be taken to reserve those that are properly disposed : as, for instance, if two shoots, let them be opposed to each other; if three, let them form a triangle; and for a greater number, let them be as near as pos- sible at equal distances from each other, and so as to form the handsomest head. It must be attempted to get all the shoots as 80 ON PRUNING THE GARDEN ROSE. near the top of the stock as may be, so as to have them capable of forming a desirable head. If, after this regulation of shoots, any others push, they must be rubbed off at the earliest stage; and should any suckers appear, they must be carefully taken away. To guard against injury from the above casualties, or by insects, the stocks must from time to time be looked over: sometimes slugs or caterpillars will creep up, and eat off the tender points of the shoots, or otherwise damage them, so as to cause the head to be deformed. If the stocks had good roots, and were attended to in collecting, conveying, planting, securing, and regulating, by removing use- less shoots, those retained will soon push forth vigorous shoots. It will be necessary then to look them over, in order to see if any particular shoot is growing far more robust than the others, and thus robbing them of support; such a shoot must have the end pinched off, in order to throw the sap into the others, that they may become of a similar size. Nothing more will be required than observing the above-named regulations till July, excepting a very droughty season occurs, in which case a supply of water occasionally to the roots would assist the plants to grow suitably. My next observations will comprise the operation of budding, which shall be sent in due time for the May or June Cabinet. March 4th, 1836. Rosa. ARTICLE VIL.—On Pruning the Garden Varieties of Roses. By Rosa. Having paid considerable attention to the culture of the Garden Rose, as already stated in my observations at the commencement of my Article on the Tree Rose, I send a few hints on pruning, the result of my own observation, and the method I now pursue. The period of pruning should be deferred till towards spring, say the early part of March ; but as it may be desirable to have some later than others, and thus prolong the season, I leave a selection for the attainment of that object, to be pruned at the end of March, or even in April; so that by allowing the end buds to push shoots an inch long, the buds at the lower part of a shoot ‘ ON THE CULTURE OF THE RANUNCULUS. 81 of the previous year’s wood are not excited, when I cut away the upper portion which have pushed ; the remainder do so afterwards, and cause the bloom to be three weeks later than would have been the case had they been pruned finally at the usual time of pruning. In pruning in the shoots of last year’s wood, I cut away all that portion of each, so as to leave only two of the lowest buds. *These buds are always indicated by a small ring round the shoot. Two such buds are quite enough to leave to every shoot retained of last year's wood, being quite sufficient to occupy the sap, and keep the tree in desirable bounds ; besides the shoots will be much stronger, and the Roses in proportion larger. This mode of cutting in the shoots generally causes the production of suckers ; and as a portion of the old wood must each year be taken away, either wholly or in part, such suckers of young wood make a suitable supply, and thus the bush is kept young ; whereas by allowing the last year’s shoots to be kept long, encouragement is given to cause the tree to push rapidly upwards, and become naked and unsightly below, which is never the case with mine. In cutting away a portion of a shoot, I cut nearly to the upper- most bud I leave ; so that not one-eighth of an inch of old wood is above it, and thus the wound heals up closely with the new shoot. The slovenly practice of omitting to cut a Rose-tree more than once in several years, has come under my observation : the irregu- larity and naked bushes were quite unsightly, and when cut down low to obtain a new head, they refused to push forth shoots. A plant omitted for only a single season, loses its proper form for that year, and will not bloom near so well. ¢ Rosa. ARTICLE VIII.—On the Culture of the Ranunculus. By R. | My mode of growing the Ranunculus has been invariably suc- cessful. It being also very simple, I forward it for insertion in the Cabinet. Thave a suitable situation in my garden fixed upon. The old soil is taken out to the depth of twelve inches ; when that is cleared out, I lay four inches thick of well-rotted old hotbed dung and VOL. IV. M 28 GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. well-rotted cow-dung, which had lain on a heap a year and a half. Upon this I cast about a foot deep of yellow maiden soil, from a pasture field. It was a good, rich, natural loam. I mixed no manure with it. I have planted both in November and in Febru- ary, March, April, and May, with equal success. I have the bed prepared a month before I plant, to admit of settling. I renew the soil and dung every season. I plant the roots about an inch and a half deep,—that is, the crown so much covered. Previous to planting, I have the bed made even, and gently beat with a suitable flat spade. After planting, I beat the surface freely, to close the soil well round the roots. When the soil between the rows gets “baked,” as it is termed, I have it carefully loosened with a pointed piece of wood. This operation is repeated as often as the surface becomes too close. In a soil of this kind, and planted as I have done, I never have failed of a fine bloom, and the colours are exceedingly clear and distinct. There has never been occasion to water the beds more than twice in a dry season. When I have given them any, I have done it so as to reach the bottom of each. My roots get very plump, and keep healthy with such treatment. I take them up when the foliage begins to yellow, and keep them in small bags, laid on ribbed shelves in a drawer. Iam confident that if the same plan be practised with this most lovely flowering plant, satisfactory results will attend it. Manchester, March 7th, 1836. R. ARTICLE IX.—Gleanings from Old Authors. No. III. By Tuipa. As the Tulip season is advancing, perhaps the following extraets (from Rea’s Flora, 1676) may be amusing to some of your curious readers who are not acquainted with the work. “ The division of Tulips according to Gerrard, Parkinson, Clu- sius, and Perrarius, is into three sorts—Pracoces, Medias, and Serotinas ; early, middle, and late-flowering Tulips; whereas there are but two primary distinct kinds, Prascoces and Serotinas.” The following is the manner of his description of the named Tulip flowers, and of which there are about 179, (viz.-Pracoces, 36; Medias, 134; Serotinas, 9,) besides those he does not de+ scribe. I haye selected two only, both of which I have, GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. 83 “ Semper Augustus, heretofore of much esteem, hath a flower not very large, but well veined and striped with deep crimson and pale yellow, the bottom and tamis dark violet purple.” “Royal Vesta, or Nonpare, is a better and more constant, flower than the last (viz, Vesta). ‘The colours are carnation, crimson, and white. When the flower makes well, the bottom is white and the tamis blew.” & For various colours Tulips most excell, And some Anemonies do please as well ; Ranunculus in richest scarlets shine, And Bear’s-ear* may with these in beauty joyn ; But yet if ask and have were in my power, Next to the Rose give me the July flower.” The above few lines are written at the close of the article on July flowers, and it appears that at that period the supply for the growers were brought from Holland, Flanders, and other parts of the Netherlands. He inserts a list of 360 by name, and says,— “Multitudes of these (seedlings) are often brought over to London, and there sold at mean rates to gardners, who sell them again to others who delight in flowers, commonly for 12 pence a layer ; but most of these mercenary fellows about London are very deceit- ful, and whoever trusts is sure to be deceived, as I myself have often been, even by such of them as I had by many benefits obliged.” “I have heard but of very few good flowers that have been raised, of seeds by any in England.” The following is from the Compleat Florist (1706) : — * Of Sun-flowers or Turnsoles, atherwise called Heliotropes. “ Sun-flower is the true name of this plant, of which I am now treating, and ‘tis call’d in Latin Corona Solis. We call it Turn- sole from an Italian word, which signifies turning it self towards the sun: and Heliotrope, from Heliotropium, deriv’d from nAsos, which signifies the sun, and from rpéxw, which is in English ‘I turn’: the flower of this plant turning it self always towards the sun, because it being heavy, and its stalk heated and soften’d on the side next the sun, it must naturally incline that way: * Auriéula; 84 GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. “We sow the Sun-flowers of the great sort, but those we call hardy are multiplied by their rootsy»by slitting of the tufts that produce these plants, and of which they always have a quantity sufficieyt to store us. “ This plant being of two sorts, take notice, that the first sort of ‘em is that which grows extreamly high, and that produces but one stalk ; and that the second is that which is lower; that shoots many more stalks, and that are much fuller of branches. “ The first of them is almost laid aside at present; and if there be any in our gardens, it is generally in a by-place, or at the ends of some borders ; for they would look very ill planted in borders, and would do harm to the flowers that grow near ‘em, “In regard to the second, you must by no means plant it in any part of your garden: for if the first grows too high, this spreads too much on all sides, and consequently is apt to stifle many flowers that grow round it. The places most proper for them, are great walks, set all along with trees: between which, if we plant these Sun-flowers according to art, and at the distance of at least three foot from one another, they will then look very gracefully. « We may likewise place ‘em in the middle of the little knots of parterres, but in company with no other flower: supposing always that in this, as well as in all the other works and contri- vances relating to gardening, we observe a symmetry, that never fails to give pleasure to the sight. “ Sun-flowers are contented in all sorts of earths; good or bad, they know no difference ; and when their roots are slit for increase, they must be put three inches deep in the earth. “ When the Sun-flowers of the second sort are grown to a mid- dling height, before they have attain’d their full growth we clip with gardning-shears all the branches that grow too much out- ward, that shoot too far from the main stalk, or that mount too high. The discretion of the workman must guide his hend in taking more or less away, and in giving it the figure that agrees » best with it; which is, in a manner, that of around bush. The gardner need not give himself much trouble about the culture of this plant ; for without his assistance, Nature alone cultivates it so well, that it produces its flowers in perfection. “ Sun-flowers, as I have said already, are of two sorts; one of which shoots out a stalk of at least five or six foot high, very strait ———————— Cll LUT OF GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. 85 and without branches ; whose leaves are almost as large as those of the Vine, notch’d in their edges, a little pointed at their end, and rough to the feeling. « At the top of this stalk grows a heamy flower, whose disk is compos’d of several ranks of yellow leaves plac’d in the shape of a crown, in the midst of which are several other ranks of leaves sup- ported on embryo’s, divided one from another by leaves folded up like a gutter, and contain’d in a scaly cup. These embryo’s come in time to be oblong seeds, shut up in seed-vessels apart from one another.” The following is the fabulous account given by the ancient heathens as to the origin of this plant. We have most abundant cause for gratitude that we are favoured with the Holy Scriptures, which give us the correct account of the Being who created all things, and the design therein. “I must now relate the love of an unfortunate virgin, whose heart was so wounded with that passion, that death was the only remedy could cure her. Her name was Clytia, and she was fallen so desperately in love with the Sun, that she could not be one moment without seeing him. The Sun, who in those days went by the name of Phebus, was a handsome young man, and of a charming mien and behaviour; but he had little regard to the passion of his damsel. She enquir’d every where, whither she might go to see him oftnest ; and hearing at length that the Isle of Rhodes was the place he most frequented, she resolv'd to go thither. But alas! scarce was she arriv’d in Rhodes, when she heard that Phcebus was in love with another. To-what unheard-of grief did she then abandon herself, especially _when she was too fully convine’d of that intrigue, by being an eye-witness of the shower of gold that he caus’d it to rain down, and of the roses that were seen to blow the day of the birth of Rhodia, who was the fruit of that amour. She wept, and bemoan’d her condition, to try if Phoebus would have any regard for her: but perceiving that all was to little purpose, she could no longer resist the ill that oppress’d her, but afflicted herself to that degree, that her grief brought her to the grave. Then Phebus was touch’d with compassion, and in token of his concern for her, chang’d her into a flower, which he commanded should be call’d Sun-flower, in acknowledgment of the love Clytia bore him.” TULIpa. PART II. Ere REVIEWS AND EXTRACTS, The Landscape Gardener ; comprising the History and Prineiples of Tasteful Horticulture, By J. Dennis, B.C.L., Pre- bendary of the Collegiate Church of Exeter Castle, and Author of “The Key to the Regalia.” “ Architectura Sacra,” &c. &c. 8vo0. London, 1835. The work contains some descriptive remarks on a few Country Seats, and interesting observations on Landscape Gardening. A Map of the newly laid out Gardens at Buckingham Palace, and two Views, taken in the Grounds, and a Map of St. James’s Park, with a piece of Water, Island, &c. are con- tained in the work, all executed in a superior manner. The following extract is taken from the Author's remarks on the distribution of Evergreen Trees, Shrubs, &c, &c. “Tf yews be planted in proximity to a mansion, for the sake of valuable shelter from bleak winds, they should not assume a prominent position, but should be interspersed with groups of Weymouth pine or bay, and be faced with laurels of Inxuriant growth. By such contrast, the gloom of their dingy leaf is relieved with vivid and glossy green; or, if the contrast appear too strong, it may be mellowed by blending Portugal laurel in an inter- mediate position. In short, the recommendation cannot be too frequently reiterated, to substitute a studied assortment of tints for tasteless indiscri- minate admixture. Let but the pictorial artist be permitted, or the amateur condescend, to transfer his principles of taste, the one from his easel, the other from his gallery, to occasional superintendence of English landscape- gardening, and he would contribute to the production of a living vegetative picture, constituting incalculable improvement in style, and commanding inevitable commendation from the spectator of cultivated taste. Nay, pleasure-grounds thus constructed would excite universal admiration, and’ impart universal gratification. Picturesque effect, copying and harmonising with natural scenery, elicits pleasurable emotions, even in such as ‘ know not why, and care not wherefore.’ But, for accomplishment of such an im- portant desideratum, science must be suffered to acquire unlimited confidence, in exercise of control; while prejudice must cease to plead for senseless “custom, more honoured in the breach than in the observance.? An in- dividual proprietor, or a public association, might rest assured of the antici- pation of a result decidedly warranting the experiment. “In resumption of the topic of evergreen trees, for formation of a fore- ground, it may strongly be recommended, while collecting perennial foliage of every species, to permit each variety of the beautiful ilex to predominate. Single or combined, from elegance of shape, delicacy of leaf, and duration of mantling, the ilex constitutes an embellishment almost unparalleled, yet too frequently neglected. Of faster growth than the deciduous oak, it attains expansion competent to the gratification of the planter’s eye, with not less certainty, in the ordinary calculation of life's duration, than to please and profit posterity. It should, then, on various accounts, abound in the proximity of a decorated mansion, blended with masses of bay, backed by cypress, yew, and pinaster, and faced with laurel, laurestinus, Portugal laurel, privet, phillyrea, arbutus, with other flowering or variegated shrubs, REVIEWS AND EXTRACTS. 87 “ Tn similar relative situation, but in prominent advance from trees and unblossomed shrubs, flowering evergreens should invariably rank. Defying ‘the icy fang and churlish chiding of the winter's wind,’ the gay, cheering, precocious laurestinus anticipates the lingering arrival of an English spring. Tenacious of florage and permanently retentive of foliated decoration, it is entitled to numerical predominance over every blossoming shrub. By seasonable intervention and flowering profusion, it compensates for temporary diminution of ornament, in other component ingredients of a shrubbery, thus transferring to nipping winter’s gloom the exhilarating semblance of summer's embellishment. Productive of such interesting impression in pleasing the eye, it certainly merits conspicuousness by prominent position. “The arbutus is a shrub peculiarly elegant and eligible, from perennial decoration, rapid growth, and superior beauty in shape and tint of leaf, from delicate blossom, and glowing berry. If suffered to remain unpruned, by gaining height, it becames hollow and leafless beneath, retaining, like other evergreens, only two years’ leaves, except about midsummer, when the third year's are annexed, some weeks previous to the decay of the first. If not surrounded by evergreens more stunted in growth, for concealment of its lower leafless branches, it should biennially be deprived of a few long shoots, by application of the pruning-knife, the shears being calculated to render a Shrub hideously cabbage-poled. Any shrub judiciously pruned will retain resemblance of its natural form. Artificial treatment should be studiously disguised, and interposition of control be invariably concealed. “ The phillyrea presents striking contrast to the gay or gaudy display of flowering shrubs, being characterised by singular chasteness and unobtru- sive simplicity. It is of intermediate tint, diminutive leaf, and moderate growth ; consequently is precisely adapted to an advanced position, It will there present a striking contrast to the imposing glare of variegated shrubs, whether holly, aucuba, or others of similar class. Here, too, that lowly, yet cheering, harbinger of spring, the mezereon, should rank, interspersed with contemporaneous masses of hepatica, snowdrop, crocus, red daisy, and other vernal flowers, protected by a wicker fence. ‘The cypress is adapted, by its taper form and elevation, to relieve a structure. The pyracantha, pome- granate, trumpet-pomegranate, white jessamine, but, paramount to all, the elegant tamarisk, supply ornamental covering to a wall. In a sheltered nook, even these may be surpassed by the beautiful single-blossomed myrtle. From mildness of climate, it abounds in Devonshire, perhaps in no instance so luxuriantly as in a garden of Mr. Neck’s, curate of King’s Kerswell, where it acquires considerable size detached from a wall, as well as height when attached. The front of a house at Bishop’s-Teington has long been covered to the top by myrtles of forty years’ growth, protected from the easterly wind by a wing, and from the westerly by an equal defence, with the advantage of a southern aspect.” The Florist Cultivator, or Plain Directions for the Management of the Principal Florist Flowers, Shrubs, &c. §c. adapted to the Flower-Garden, Shrubbery, and Greenhouse ; with Select Lists of the finest Roses, Geraniums, Carnations, Pinks, Auriculas, Polyanthuses, Tulips, Dahlias, Heartsease, &e. &e. The whole arranged on a plan different from any work hitherto published. By Tuomas Wituars, Esq., Amateur Cultivator. London: James Ridgway and Sons, 1835.— pp- 360. We give the following extract to our readers as a specimen of the work, which, though not perfection itself, contains some useful directions and dgacriptions, which doubtless will be improved upon in future editions :— 88 REVIEWS AND EXTRACTS. 496. LUPINUS POLYPHYLLUs, var. ALBIFLORUS.— While large-leaved perennial Lupine. Class 17th.—Diadelphia Decandria. This beautiful plant is a variety of that deep blue species now so common an ornament of our gardens, A native of North America, and perpetuates itself by seeds, without vary- ing. It flowers in June. 498. LopHOSPERMUM ERUBESCENS.—Blushing Lophospermum. Class 14th.—Didynamia Angiospermia. This very handsome climber is a native of Mexico. It grows most luxuriantly during the summer, trained to awall or treillage ; but requires to be protected during winter, that the woody stems may be pre- served from the frost, to push forth new flowering branches the succeeding year. It increases so readily by cuttings, that it will soon be generally known. It blows in August. 499. Rosa Ruca.—The Ruga Rose. Class 12th.—Icosandria Polygyuia. This beautiful variety, as a garden plant, is one of the most valuable that we are acquainted with. It will sometimes grow 10 or 12 feet in the year, and therefore well adapted to scrambling orer old pales, or to covering any other place in which a wildness of appearance is desirable. It is full as fragrant as the sweet-scented Chinese Rose, in colour deeper, especially before being fully expanded. It is readily increased by cuttings. 500. Loasa aMBROSL#FOLIA.—Amobrosia-leaved Loasa. Class 13th.—Polyandria Monogynia. This is a very beautiful new Annual, it was placed on the south side of a yew hedge in the garden of the Horticultural Society, where it grew vigo- rously, attaining a height of about 2 feet and a half, flowering from July to September, and producing seed freely. It perished at the first approach of frost. 501. Sepum cep#a.—Panicled Sicnecrop. Class 10th.— Decandria Pentagynia. It is an Annual, and well adapted to ornamental rock-work. It also grows well in the common border. It is a native of the South of Europe, and may be seen in the garden of the Horticultural Society. ; 502. CaLOcHORTUS VENUSTUS.—Spolted Calochortus. Class 6th.— Hexandria MWonogynia. A remarkable and beautiful bulbous plant, which flowers in June; at which season it gives a new feature to the flower garden; it is cultivated with- out difficulty. The bulb should be kept dry till Christmas, and then planted in a pot and placed in the greenhouse, whence it may be placed in the border till frosts appear. It succeeds well in either loam and sand, or common garden mould. It should be planted in the border the latter end of May, Ke. &e. Last month we noticed the “New Botanisl’s Guide,” we now give a speci- men of this interesting work. Another on the Geographical distribution of British Plants, we are informed, is forthcoming. The present volume in- cludes all the counties of England and Wales. X. MIDDLESEX AND LONDON. Finding several plants recorded by writers as growing “near London,” I have added them to the Middlesex list, although not expressly mentioned to grow within the county. Some few stations, particularly along the Thames- side, are continued in this county from the Bolanist’s Guide, although ap- pearing to be actually inSurrey. Whether any others have been referred to a wrong county I am not aware; but having usually lived far remote from London, I am not well acquainted with the vicinity. It may be supposed that many of the plants formerly found near London, as inserted in the NEW OR RARE PLANTS. 89 Botanis?’s Guide, have been eradicated from the assigned stations by build- ing and alterations. A Flora Metropolitana, to exhibit the actual botany of the country round London, would be a valuable addition to our local floras. But the Collecting. Box, not the Library, must give the materials for drawing up such, *ANEMONE apennina. Near Harrow on the Hill. B. G. / Myrosurvs minimus. Meadows behind the chapel, and in a Jane that goes from Copenhagen Hontse to Kentish Town; Mary-le-Bone Park ; Islington ; Paddington; Pancras; Edmonton. B. G. RANUNCULUS parviflorus. Hackney, Kentish Town, andfseveral places about London. B. G. tAponts autumnalis, Among the corn at Acton; frequent abont London. By. G. }Hxrtreporvs viridis. Near Harefield. Eng. Fl. Down Barn Hill, near Harrow ; in a small wood near Finchley. B. G. *CAMELINA sativa. Road-side at Stoke Newington; Highgate; Isle of Dogs. B. G. CocuizariA anglica. Isle of Dogs. B. G, Trzspaxta nudicaulus, Near Hampton Court, and other places about Lon- don. B.G. Denraria bulbifera. In the Old Park Wood, ‘near Harefield, abundantly. Eng. Fi. : *DRaBA muralis. About Chelsea, probably from gardens. Br. Fl. CARDAMINE amara. River-side at Harefield, and about Uxbridge, plenti- fally; banks of the Thames between Kew and Mortlake; at Chelsea; Isle of Dogs. B. G. impatiens. “Thames-side, near the Botanic Garden, Chelsea. Martyn. There can be little doubt but the following species (C. amara) was intended.” B.G, Nasturtium sylvestre. Tothill Fields, and other low watery situations in the vicinity of the Thames. Eng. Fl. Stsyamprivm /rio. Waltham Green. (Mr. W. Pamplin.) W. Christy, sp. I found this plant by the direction of the Rev. G. E. Smith, which has almost totally disappeared of late about Chelsea, &c. It grows by some new houses in a lane near Waltham Green Church, near Fulham. W. Pamplin, mss. About Chelsea, and the whole neigh- bourhood of London; walls at Brompton; abont Haggerstone ; on @ bank opposite Shoreditch Workhouse, &c. B. G, NEW OR RARE PLANTS WHICH WE HAVE NOTICED SINCE OUR LAST, a 1, Alstremeria aurantiaca, Orange-flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1834.) A very handsome flowering species. The flower stems grow about three feet high, producing heads of numerous flowers. The flowers are of an orange colour spotted with dark. The plant deserves a place in every flower garden. It may be procnred of most of the Nurserymen and Florists. It will require a slight protection from the severities of winter, by mulching over the roots, er covering with a hand-glass, &c. Class, Hexandria; order, Monogynia. Natural order, Amaryllidacew, Alstremeria, from Baron ALSTREMER. 2. Anchusa versicolor, Changeable flowered Alkanet. (Bot. Mag. 3477.) The plant is a hard annual, a native of the Caucasian Alps, producing nu- merous flowers, which in their early stage are of a rosy-red colour, bat when fully expanded change to a bright blue with a yellow eye, diverging into humerous rays of a whitish yellow colour, Each flower is about two-thirds VOL, TV. N 50 NEW OR RARE PLANTS. of an inch acrogs, much resembling in appearance the common blue Coii- volvulus, only smaller flowers. It is a very pretty flowering plant, and de- serves a place in the flower garden, blooms from June to August, or even Jater. Seeds of the plant may be obtained of most of the principal Seeds- men. Pentandria Monogynia. Boraginew. Anchusa, from alchousa, paint ; the roots of one species A. tinctoria, dyeing a red colour, 3. Calliopsis tinctoria, var. atropurpurea. (Maund’s Bot. Gard.) The genus Coreopsis has been divided, and the deservedly admired plant formerly called Coreopsis tinctoria, is now called Calliopsis bicolor. The present plant ap- pears to be a variety of it. It isan annual plant, growing near a yard high, and produces a profusion of flowers. ‘The rich purple crimson spreads entirely over the face of the corolla in some flowers, while others have only a slight golden-edged rim. The flower is upwards of an inch across. We had seeds of it sent under the name of C. atrosanguinea. It far exceeds in beauty the common kind. Syngenesia Frustranea. Composite. Calliopsis, from Kallistos, most beautiful, aud opsis, sight. 4. Coreopsis diversifolia, Various leaved. (Bot. Mag. 3474.) Synonym, C. auriculata, var. diversifolia. Another handsome and showy annual plant, growing about half a yard high, and producing numerous flowers, of a bright orange colour, having a very small dark eye. The flower is two inches or upwards across. Seeds of this plant were sent from the Texas, to the Glas- gow Botanic Garden, by the late Mr. DrumMonp»D, in the spring of 1835. The fine coloured large flowers give a very showy appearance, and render the plant desirable for the flower garden. Syngensia Frustanea. Com- posite. Coreopsis, from Korris, a bug, and opsis, a resemblance, referring to the appearance of the seeds. 5. Coryanthus macrantha, Large flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1841.) Synonym, Gongora macrantha. The flowers of this Orchideous plant are most extra- ordinary, both in shape and variety of colour. The plant resembles in ap- pearance a Stanhopea. Each flower measures upwards six inches across. The sepals are of a deep yellow, very much spotted with a dull purple. The petals are of a similar colour. The lip is very solid and fleshy, situated upon a dark purple stalk, the end is of a greenish purple colour, formed like a cap, the front of which is of a blood colour, and the sides of a yellow streaked and marked with rosy-crimson, The plant has bloomed in the collection of Mr. Knreut, King’s-road, Chelsea. 6. Kennedya glabrata, Smooth leaved. A handsome, and yery neat flower- ing greenhouse plant, a native of New Holland. The flowers are produced numerously, of a very bright scarlet, each flower having a green eye edged with brown. Each flower is about half an inch across. The plant deserves a place in every greenhouse. Mr. Knicur, of King’s-road, Chelsea, pos- sesses plants of this species, with whom it has flowered during the last sum- mer. Diadelphia Decandria.e Leguminose. Kennedya, in compliment to Mr. Kennepy, late of Hammersmith Nursery. 7. Linaria Canadensis, American Toad-flax. (Bot. Mag. 3473.) Synonym, Antirrhinum Canadense. A hardy annual plant, seeds of which were sent from Texas by Mr. Drummonp. The plant produces numerous stems, about a foot high, having terminal racemes of large pale purple flowers, which produce a showy appearance, rendering it worthy a place in every flower garden, Seeds may be obtained of some of the principal seedsmen. Linaria, from Linum, fax; the leaves of which it resembles. 8. Lobelia decurrens, winged stemmed. (Bot. Reg. 1842.) A perennial species, a native of Chile. It grows and flowers profusely in the open bor- der, but requires a slight protection in winter. The plant produces several stems, rising two feet high, and terminating in spikes of pale blue flowers. They are produced from June to September. It may be obtained of the principal Nurserymen and Florists. 9. Mandragora autumnalis, Autumn flowering Mandrake. The plant is a hardy perennial, a native of Italy, and introduced by the Hon. W. T. H. NEW OR RARE PLANTS. 91 F. Straneways, into this country, in whose collection of plants at Abbots- bury, in Dorsetshire, it has bloomed. The plant produces several flowers singly upon one stem about four inches high: each flower is campanulate when expanded about two inches across, of a deep violet colour. Both the foliage and flowers render the plantinterestingly pretty. Pentandria Mono- gynia. Solanee. Mandragora, from Mandra, an ox stall, and agorous, dan- gerous; from the effects it produces on cattle, when accidentally gathered with their food. 10. Gnothera serotina, Late flowering evening primrose. (Bot. Reg. 1840.) The plant is a native of North America, a hardy perennial, growing Inxuri- antly in a peat border. It very much resembles the long cultivated species A. fruticosa, The flowers are each about an inch across of a brownish- yellow colour, several being produced in,a corymbous head. ‘The plant blooms from July to November. 11. Gnothera densiflora, Close flowered. (Maund’s Bot. Gard.) A hardy annual plant growing three feet high; produces spikes of numerous small rose coloured flowers. 12. Pentstemon Murrayanus, Mr. Murray’s scarlet Pentstemon. (Bot. Mag. 3472.) A hardy perennial plant, a native of the Texas, from whence it was sent in 1834, by Mr. DrumMonp. Seeds arrived at the Glasgow Botanic Garden in 1835, but the plant bloomed late in autumn. The plant grows about three feet high, producing spikes of numerous flowers of a rich shining scarlet colour; each flower being an inch and a half long or upwards. Itis a most splendid flowering plant, and we think it is most deservedly named after the skilful Curator of the Glasgow Botanic Garden, A single spike has been known to produce upwards of fifty blossoms. It ought most certainly to be grown in every flower garden; we hope it will speedily be possible. Didynamia Angiospermia. Scrophularine. Penste- mon, from pente, five, and stemon, stamen. 13. Pereskia Bleo, Rose coloured flower. (Bot Mag. 3478.) A native of South America, discovered by HumBoipr. It was sent to the Glasgow Bo- tanic Garden by Mr. Tare, from Mexico. It is a handsome flowering stove plant, producing rose coloured flowers about two inches across, producing a pretty appearance. Icosandria Monogynia. Cactex. Pereskia, in com- pliment to N. I’. PEIRESKIUs. 14, Tristania macrophylla, Large leaved. A native of New South Wales, and cultivated in this country by R. Harrison, Esq., of Liverpool, who received it under the name of T. Laurina. In its native country it appears to grow to fifty or sixty feet high. Mr. THomson has bloomed it in the greenhouse. ‘The flowers are white, resembling a single hawthorn blossom ; they are produced singly upon the stem of the plant, which is terminated by foliage. The leaves are of a fine green, large and handsome. Myrtacee. Tristania, from treis, three, aud eslania, to stand; in allusion to the ternate disposition of the blossoms. 15. Zephyranthus Drummondii, Mr. DRumMonp’s. (Brit. Flower Gard.) A pretty neat flowery bulbous rooted plant, sent from the Texas by the late Mr. Dremmonp, to whose memory the species is recorded. The scape is single flowered, rising one foot high; the flower is of a whitish pink colour, about an inch and half across, Hexandria Monogynia. Amaryllides. PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. — QUERIES. On aA Hunprep Kinds oF THE BEST SHOW Danwias.—I am very much, pleased with the ample lists of Dahlias contained in the Cabinet, and to notice that the form and colour of the flower is given so particularly. I possess about twenty sorts, so am a juvenile grower. I have plenty cf gar- den ground, and am desirous of purchasing about one hundred of the best show kinds. Where so many good kinds are advertised, I am at a less which to fix upon. [ shall, therefore, be obliged if the Conductor of the Cabinet will give me a selection of about fifty or sixty of the best exhibited last year, to which I might add the remainder out of new kinds coming out this season for tie first time. CLERICUs, —- Vicarage, Cumberland, March 4th, 1836. We did not see flowers of all the new kinds now offered for sale, but those we did see well deserve the prices asked. We, therefore, think it rea- sonable to conclude, that the others are of proportionate merit. We annex a list of about sixty, which we saw, and each of which deserves a place in every select collection. Our Correspondent may rely on them as the then first-rate kinds. The number may be increased to one hundred by selecting the best-priced ones in the lists now adver- tised, and which are not in the following sixty.—-ConpDucror. Acme ( Harris’s) | Lord Bath (Wheeler’s ) Apollo ( Widnall’s ) | Marchioness (Wheeler's ) Alpha ceeds) | Metropolitan Perfection (Elphin- Beauty of Teffont (Brown’s) | stone’s) ———— Tooting (Rollisson’s) | Metropolitan Lilac (Elphinstone’s) ———— Cambridge (Brewer’s) | Miss Pinfold (Potheeary’s) Bride ( Harding’s) ) Wortley ( Harrison's) of Abydos (Penny’s) | Mrs. Wilkinson (Girling’s) Canopy ( Harris’s) Napoleon (Smith’s) Cedo Nulli (Pothecary’s ) Narcissus ( Harris’s) Conqueror ( Harris’s ) Newick Rival (Mantell’s) Countess of Sheffield (Mantell’s) | Orb ( Harris’s) Criterion (Douglas’s ) | Othello (Widnall’s) ‘ Drusilla ( Wells’s ) Duchess of Sutherland Fisherton Rival ( Squibb’s ) Glory (Douglas’s ) Granta ( Widnall’s) Perronia (Salter’s) Picta Perfecta (Harrison's) Polyphemus (Elphinstone’s) Purple Perfection (Squibb’s) Queen Elizabeth (Brown’s) Hadleigh Champion (Girling’s) Rival King (Brewer's) Hon. Mrs. Harris (Squibb’s ) Royal Adelaide (Brown's) Inimitable (Harris’s) Sir Walter Scott (Harrison's) Ipswich Beauty (Jeffries’s ) | Selwood King King of the Fairies (Brown’s) Queen King of the Purples (Roi de Springfield Rival (Lyne’s) Pourpre) (Harrison’s) Sulphurea elegans (Jones s) Lady Fordwich (Douglas’s ) Standard ( Wells’s) —— Georgiana ( Harrison’s} / Sir Robert Peel (Lockhart’s) —— Lascelles ( Harris’s) Triumphant (Levick’s) ; —— of the Lake ( Wells’s) | Warminster Rival (Wheeler's) Lord Lyndhurst (Forsyth’s ) _ Yellow Perfection ( Harris's) tum Nelson (Pothecary’s) | mctemacnaiiina nnn ( Stoner’s) MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 93 On 4 List or Carnations.—An original subscriber would be particularly obliged if Innovator will take the trouble of forwarding a list of superior kinds of Carnations, Pinks, &c., similar to the one inserted by him in the last March Number of the Floricultural Cabinet. Bayswater, 2st January, 1836. On Srocxs For Buppine RosEs vurpon.—I am much interested in the Article on Standard Roses. Can your correspondent, in his future papers, devise any plan whereby persons—who, like myself, can procure, and find room to plant, a very large number of stocks—can be supplied at a small expense with buds of choice Roses? I have already worked all the sorts that 1 can get nearme. This operation is a great pleasure to very many, whose means, like my own, will not permit them to incur much expense. Would any of the Rose-growers take back a certain number of standards, after one year’s growth, in return for buds? February 6th, 1836. G.I. On Heatine by Sream.—I have taken your welcome little monthly visitor, the Cabinet, from its commencement; and in reading over the Essay on Flowers, communicated by GULIELMUS, and inserted in the Number for June, 1834, I find it stated by the Essayist that he manages very well with- out either greenhouse or conservatory, and yet he promotes the growth of his flowers in the early part of the year by steam warmth. I shall feel ex. tremely obliged by being informed, through the medium of your invaluable miscellany, the method he adopts to do it, T, JONES, Caerphilly, Feb, 15th, 1836. oe REMARKS, Prize Dawswias or 1835.—The following list of Dahlias contains the names of fifty sorts, with the number of prizes which they obtained at the exhibitions in 1835. They were of course considered good flowers, having been shown in most instances against immense varieties. There were, how- ever, a few other very superior newer kinds, which had not got into the hands of many growers, who did not, on that account, obtain an equal num- ber of prizes with those inserted here. The advertised lists of this season contain such, and their merits may be pretty accurately ascertained by the respective prices at which they are offered. The figures opposite each hind denote the number of prizes. Springfield Rival (Lyne’s),. .....,... 23 ; Village Maid (Pothecary’s) ..... oS Cedo Nulli (Pothecary’s) ............ 21 | Lady Fordwich........... sine diac axs calle 15 Perfection (Widnall’s) .........0000s 21} Lord Hiverpool.......cssc.sessassesccdeue 15 Hon. Mrs. Harris (Squibb’s),.,...... 20 | Metropolitan Blush........ Bother wld Lilae Perfection (Harding’s) ...,.. 19 | Mrs. General Grosvenor... avs Polyphemus ( Elphinstone’) ......... 19 | Enchantress (Priestley’s) .. ald Ariel ....... abdete Se apnspecmare .-- 18 | Incomparable (Leyick’s) ............ 14 BEMEVVOTULCY... o.<00+0cescnnupes¥oes axis ise 18 | Jason (Widnall’s) .....c.sssecceccnseee 14 Granta ( Widnall’s)....,..sscsseseseseee 18 | Metropolitan Calypso ....,.....essess0 13 Metropolitan Perfection. ............ 18 | Othello (Widnall’s) ........c0secceees 13 Mrs. Wilkinson..,.........00 i¢vacaeeenay kee |’ Emperor ( Widuall’s)) si usegecs. deteees 12 Criterion (Douglas’s) .......0..c00sc00e 17, | Sir Robert Peel 0) v.c.cteseshesescrecane 12 King of the Whites....... Suenos rea 17 | Lady Grenville..........sccsccoss Resbeese 12 Duchess of Buecleugh (Cormack’s) 17 | Beauty of Camberwell ..... Soeceadect 12 iO ( PAULA) aay. sn< 179 I have selected two only, both of Serotinas 9 which I have. “Semper Angustus, heretofore of much esteem, hath a flower not very large, but well veined and striped with deep crimson and pale yellow, the bottom and Tamis dark violet purple.” «Royal Vesta, or Nonpare, is a better and more constant flower than the last (viz, Vesta) ; the colours are carnation, crimson, and white, when the flower makes well, the bottom is white and the tamis blue.” “‘ For various colours Tulips most excel, And some Anemonies do please as well; Ranunculus in richest scarlets shine, Auricula and Bears-ears may with these in beauty join : But yet if ask and have were in my power, Next to the Rose give me the July-flower.” The above above few lines are written at the close of the article on July-flowers, and it appears at that period the supply for the growers were brought from Holland, Flanders and other parts of the Nether- lands, he inserts a list of three hundred and sixty by name ; he says, « multitudes of these (seedlings) are often brought over to London, and there sold at mean rates to gardeners who sell them again to others, who delight in flowers commonly for 12 pence a layer; but most of these mercenary fellows about London are very deceitful, and whoever trusts is sure to be deceived, as I myself have often been, even by such of them as I had by many benefits obliged.” «| have heard but of very few good flowers that have been raised of seeds by any in England.” ARTICLE VIII.—ON THE CULTURE OF BLETIA TANKERVILLIZE. BY MR. HENRY MARKHAM, LINN ZUS-STREET, HULL. In reading over your Floricultural Cabinet, I find J.R. W., wishful, that some correspondent of your's would give him some information, how to treat the Bletia Tankervilliz, so as to cause it to produce its singular and splendid flowers. I therefore send you a few remarks on the culture of that plant. It is very easy of culture, and will flower freely if potted in, a soil composed of equal parts of light sandy loam, peat, and river STOVE, GREENHOUSE, AND OTHER RARE PLANTS. 127 sand. Let the pots be plunged up to the rim ina bark bed, or other brisk heat, during the time the roots are in a growing state, and give a good supply of water. When out of flower, and the roots become dormant, take up the pots and place them in a sliady and dry situation; allow the soil to become dry, or nearly so, until they begin to grow again; as soon as this is observed, repot them, and plunge as before directed, and they will flower fine. ARTICLE I1X.—ON INARCHING AND LAYING STOVE, GREEN- HOUSE, AND OTHER CURIOUS OR RARE PLANTS. BY A FOREMAN OF A LONDON NURSERY. THERE are many of the most curious aud splendid flowering stove, greenhouse, and hardy shrubs, which are only to be propagated but by the methods of either Inarching or Laying them, or if they can be struck from cuttings they seldom grow in a healthy condition af- terwards. But a weakly growing species inserted upon the stock of a free growing kind, will cause it to bloom far more profusely and vigorously. An additional advantage too is afforded, by being enabled to obtain a plant of considerable size in a short time. I have there- fore, drawn up some practical observations upon the method which I have pursued most successfully for twelve years. Inarching is a species of grafting differing from it in these par- ticulars, that whereas in grafting, the scion is at once totally sepa- rated from its parent plant, and the head of the stock is cut clear off before the splicing takes place; here, on the contrary, neither the scion is separated from its parent, nor the head of the stock cut away, until the union becomes so far complete that the first is unnecessary, and the latter injurious. It is in consequence much preferable to the common grafting, for evergreens in particular; it is principally practised as the best means of multiplying all the double varieties of Camellia and plants of similar habits ; because their strong leaves, if only for a few days deprived of their regular support, by being cut clear from the mother stock, if not covered closely with a glass will be certain to wither and fall off; after which, there will be but very slen- der chance of the scion’s completing an union: it is performed as follows :— Having provided a stock, which should always be some of the coarser, free kinds, of the same genus of plants, and nearly of the same diameter as the shoot which is intended for inarching; cuta thin slip, from two to three inches long, and about one third or some- thing better of the whole thickness, smoothly off from each of them, 128 STOVE, GREENHOUSE, AND OTHER RARE PLANTS. in the clearest part of the stem with a small sharp knife; (a most necessary instrument for this business,) the bark of each must then be fitted together in the most exact manner, at least on one side, and tied perfectly tight with good matting; they must be clayed in the same manner as grafts; and, as being within doors ina warm house will occasion the clay to become over dry, and liable to crack, they should, at least in dry weather, receive two or three times a week, some water from the rose of a water pot, or by means of a syringe, to preserve it in a proper moist state, observing to do it in the evening lest the leaves should get scorched by the rays of the sun: a little moss tied neatly round each ball of clay will prevent the water being so frequently necessary: which is in my opinion very desirable. Eight or ten weeks will in general be found sufficient time for them to unite; at all events, by that time, I think, they may be partially separated from the parent plant by cutting the in- arched shoots better than half way through; and if, on trial, they are found to be united, and bear that operation well, they may in a few days afterwards be entirely cut off and placed in a shady part of the house, where they must be kept moderately syringed as before, and some additional shade given according to the state of the weather for two or three weeks ; during which time, they may be untied, and the top of the stock cut off in a neat manner; and also any unnecessary part of the bottom of the scion that may remain: let a little clay be again applied, that these fresh wounds may have sufficient time to become properly healed, which will take place in a few weeks. In this manner have I succeeded with Myrtus Pimento, and other plants al- lied to it, which are particularly difficult to strike or propagate, by any other means, on the common myrtle with tolerable success; and also many other plants of the same description upon their kind. In laying, choice should be made of the young tender shoots of the present year, the soft bark of which will sooner form a callosity, and produce roots, than that of any of the preceding years growth. It is particularly necessary to observe, whether the plant intended to be layed is of a brittle nature or not; for if it is, it will be necessary that the shoots be pegged gently down to the surface previous to lay~ ing, and thus left, until their tops naturally acquire a perpendicular direction, which they will do in a few days; without this precaution it will be extremely difficult to tongue them without cracking, or breaking them off; but if treated in this manner, the most brittle may be layed without danger. By tongueing is meant, the operation of cutting a small longitu- dinal scalp about half an inch in length, on the inner side of the heel STOVE, GREENHOUSE, AND OTHER RARE PLANTS. 129 or bend which is to inserted into the earth; about one-third of it should be cut off in a transverse direction ; it being so placed, that the transverse cut may be immediately on or below the joint; but by no means is the whole of it to be cut away, as practised by some, it be- ing the part which in most instances produces the first fibres. Hav- ing the layer thus prepared, the earth must be opened with the hand about three or four inches deep, and in the direction of the shoot, into which opening, it would be advisable to put a little fresh loam or sand for the immediate reception of the layer; which should be fixed therein at least three inches under the surface, the tongue should be gently twisted sideways so as to prevent its resting within the heel or bend, and the mould immediately closed tight over it ; as many layers as are wanted being thus made, let the whole have a moderate watering to settle the mould, and be set or plunged in a good growing heat; as it is of considerable importance to keep the parent plant in a free thriving state. There are many plants which produce roots so freely, that should a branch even touch the surface of the ground, they strike almost im- mediately; these every gardener will soon become acquainted with by their natural efforts, and therefore, will find it sufficient for their increase merely to insert them in the mould: noting however, that a slight twist on the part inserted will considerably promote their root- ing. It is a conclusion drawn from several experiments, that the layer, which is inserted to a proper depth, roots sooner and better than that which is layed nearer the surface ; the self-evident reason of which is, that the deeper they are the air is better excluded, and there isa more regular degree of moisture for the nourishment of the young fibres, when they make their appearance. I must also observe, that no part of the shoot should on any pretence be covered with the mould, except that which is meant to produce roots, as the covering of the whole renders it extremely liable to rot: therefore, if any particularly tender plant should happen to be thus treated, it would evidently endanger the whole stool. This may seem an unnecssary observation to some, but I can assure such, that I have seen layers made by people, who thought themselves extremely clever, where none of the parent stool were left in sight, except the tops of each individual layer : what was the consequence? in a few months, one half at least of the stools were without the least spark of life remain- ing; and of the rest which were so fortunate as to survive, perhaps not one-tenth of the shoots layed, produced plants. 130 REMARKS ON THE DAHLIA. ARTICLE X.—A FEW REMARKS ON THE DAHLIA. BY A STAR IN THE EAST. Tue Dahlia, although one-of the most magnificent flowers cultivated, is as much, or more, subject to variableness and uncertainty than any other flower we have; and amongst the best varieties grown, there is not one upon which reliance can be placed. In one garden, we observe some particular sort blooming in the greatest perfection, whilst in another we see the very same kind having nothing but imperfect, even single blossoms; and thus it is we find the flower spoken of in the highest terms by some persons, whilst others discard it as being worthless. This has frequently ocecur- red, and I would mention the names of some individuals who have done so, and who are experienced growers to a great extent, and well know the properties constituting a good flower; such as Messrs. Brown, Widnall, Squibb, Brewer, Harrison, Levick, &c. &c. They have, even when grown the first season, discarded such flowers as Widnall’s Granta, Douglas's Criterion, Aldam’s Superb Yellow, Lady Fordwich, Harrison's Unique, Metropolitan Perfection, and many others of equal merit ; but when subsequently seen by thenrin the collections of other growers, their properties have been acknow- ledged to be of the very first rate quality. With regard to the opinions advanced on the qualifications required to form a good flower, they are almost as endless in variety as the Dahlia itself, for every grower has his own opinion. However, it must be generally admitted that form must stand first, colour next, and size last. In my opinion, the rules laid down in a former number of the Cabinet is a correct criterion, by which judges of the flowers ought to be governed. I have many times seen in- stances at the different Dahlia exhibitions I have attended, where the first prize was awarded to a stand of flowers, merely because it contained the sole merit of having larger Mowers than its rivals, and far superior formed flowers, but less in size, come in fora second ora third prize. I have seen also, that, in the prizes of the different classes, the same sort of arrangement has been made, and Wilmot's Superb has been placed first, whilst Springfield Rival comes in as a fourth, although the bloom was perfection itself in form and colour. In fact, I have sometimes concluded, that in the opinion of some, it mattered not how ugly the flower might be, even if disfigured with an eye, it was sure to gain a prize if it were but sufficiently large. I venture to mention for the guide of those growing large flowers, the societies at Lynn, Maidstone, Hertford, and Wakefield. If one of the commit- ; 4 REMARKS ON THE DAHLIA. 131 tee, or the secretary of a society would take the trouble to attend the next Dahlia exhibition of the Metropolitan Society of Florists and Amateurs on August 11, or September 8th, he might then have a good idea of deservedly awarding prizes. Or even take the rules I have before alluded to as a criterion. We should not then see such monstrous ‘ broomhead’ flowers, utterly void of good form, taking the first, or even any prize at all, in an exhibition! The stands would no longer be disgraced with the broomhead size, and more unique in form would be substituted in lieu thereof. It is surprising to observe the different constitutions of the Dahlia, some kinds produce the most perfect blooms when almost im- poverished, when on the other hand, if they are grown luxuriantly, all the blooms come with an eye, or otherwise imperfect. Whereas some kinds if not grown in fresh good soil, produce small half double blooms, and during the whole season, not a good bloom, from the plant so grown, can be produced. The season and situation, likewise, have a great effect upon some of the kinds, as well as extensive propagation. This was the case with the Newick Rival last sea- son, to the disappointment and vexation of many; which Messrs. Young and Penny so extensively propagated, and_ scarcely a single plant produced a bloom that might be called good, only with the exception of the first few cuttings taken off before the parent root was too much exhausted ; and it is to be feared some of our highly described flowers will disappoint several, merely because they have been so much propagated. Persons raising seedling Dahlias, should not dispose of them until they possess a sufficient quantity of roots of each, so that only a few will be required from each indi- vidual root. Iam persuaded if this method was adopted, our new flowers would answer more to the description given of them in the catalogues. The greatest alteration generally takes place with seedlings. Some kinds when grown in the seed-beds in poor soils appear very beauti- ful, but, when propagated the following season and bloomed, they prove to be every thing but perfect and good, and disappoint the ex- pectation previously formed of them. I have seen instances where the raiser of seedlings, plants them out with all the care he takes with his general collection, in fresh rich soil, &., thinking, probably, that if they proved good with that treatment, he might rely upon their appearing so ever afterwards—but in this, disappointment generally occurs, for when the situation is changed, and numbers of plants are dispersed amongst “ The Fancy,’ some may produce fine good flowers, whilst others are utterly worthless. The most sure way of 132 COLLECTANEA. judging of the merits of a seedling is, to grow it two years in situa- tions as opposite to each other as possible. If this were practised more generally, disappointment, which leads people to think that they are imposed upon, would not be so prevalent, as is the case at present. Should the Editor think well to give the above rambling observa- vations insertion in the Cabinet, I shall feel obliged. My next paper shall contain a few observations upon the Classing of Dahlias, and re- marks upon those now circulated throughout the country, under so many different names, &c. ARTICLE XI.—COLLECTANEA. BY J. K. Pant From Mapacascar.—M. B. Delessert, has presented to the French Academy of Sciences, a curious plant from Madagascar, sent to him by M Gondot, now travelling for the French Museum, It belongs to the Naides, and was first discovered by Du Petit Trours, who gave it the name of Auvivender Australis. Its leaves are sup- ported by long stalks, and are destitute of parenchyma which gives them the appearance of lace; they are half a foot long, and a quarter of a foot wide; on each side of the principal nerve are five parallel nerves, crossed at right angles by a multitude of smaller nerves. This plant grows in the Bay of Diego Soorey, in the water, and its roots are nourishing and agreeable to the palate.— Atheneum. Batu Royat Horticutturat Socirety.—The second evening meeting of this Society for the purposes of Horticultural and Floral discussion, took place on Tuesday, February 2nd., at Collings Li- brary, and was well attended—S. Barrow Esq., in the chair. H.St. John Maule, Esq., read a paper by Mr. Salter, who was absent ‘rom illness, on the best means of growing the Camellia; papers on the Melon and Potatoe were also read by other members. Beautiful specimens of Orange trees in fruit, and Persian Cyclamens, Hya- cinths, and Camellia, were sent to this meeting by Mr. J. Salter, Kensington Nursery, and were much admired. The exhibitions of the Bath Royal Horticultural and Floral So- ciety for 1836, are fixed for the 23rd of June, the 21st. of July, and the 15th of September. The following article on Striking Cuttings without the aid of glass, was read at a meeting of the Horticultural Society of London, onthe 19th of August 1834, transmitted to them by Mr. W. Phelps, of Corsham, Wilts :—‘‘ Necessity is said to be the mother of invention, which I think will be exemplified by the following statement. Tuast or NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 133 summer I had a great desire to strike cuttings of pink, carnation, Male Pink, Viola tricolor, Ginotherea Mediterranean Heath, Gum Cistus, Alaternus, Pyracantha, and other flowers and shrubs, but having no glass, and it not being convenient to purchase one, I pre- pared a bed 15 feet long and three feet wide, with soil which I con- sidered best for each peculiar sort, I prepared the cuttings in the usual way, just the same as I should for hand-glasses, and covered them with wooden shutters which I had by me, 3 feet square and three quar- ters of an inch thick, placed on a brick at each corner, which raised the shutters between 2 and 3 inches above the cuttings, I watered the cuttings as soon as they were planted, kept them constantly shaded by the shutters when the sun shone, kept them off on rainy days, and always at night, watered them every evening in dry weather, the consequence was that I never before had such good luck with hand- glasses or any other method. I am pursuing the same plan now, and any person is welcome to see how successful I coutinue to be in the adoption of this plan. It is probable that it may not be new to some persons, but to those circumstaneed as I am, it may be accep- tible, as, | believe this simple manner of striking cuttings of shrubs and flowers is not generally known. Wii: At the Medico-Botanical Society on Tuesday, Dr. Morries, made some observations on opium, digitales, conium, and hyoscyamus, and exhibited specimens of oils obtained from the latter plants. The empyreumatic oil of hyoscyamus is of a light yellow, highly volatile, and possesses a most powerful penetrating virose odour, which is readily perceptible at some distance, even when the bottle is closed. It is nearly as rapidly fatal as prussic acid, eight or nine drops will destroy life in one hour and a half. PART II. LIST OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. 1. CamMeEtiia Japonica, vAR. DONCKELAERI, Donckelaer’s.— This new and singular flowery variety has bloomed in the collection of Mr. Lowe, nurseryman, Clapton, near London. The flower is semidouble, the petals expanding prettily. The colour is a fine deep rosy-red, blotched, in a very striking manner, with white. It isa very desirable variety. Class, Monadelphia; Order, Monogynia. Natural Order, Ternstromiaceze. Camellia in compliment to G, J. Camel, a Jesuit. 134 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 2, CRATHGUS ORIENTALIS, Oriental Hawthorn. Synonym, Mespilus orientalis. This species is from Crimea, and is now grow- ing in the grounds of the London Horticultural Society. The tree grows in a very compact manner. The flowers are white, very sweet, and appear in spring. The fruit produces a very pretty appearance, being of a large size, and of a fine deep purplish-red colour. It is a ‘desirable tree for the pleasure ground. Icosandria, Pentagynia. Rosaceze, Pomacee. Crategus, from Kratos, strength. 3. Cratacus maroccana, Morocca Hawthorn. Another pleas- ing species growing in the garden of the London Horticultural So- ciety. It isa native of Barbary and Palestine. The flowers are white, succeeded by largish berries of a fine light scarlet colour. 4. DENDROBIUM MONILIFORME, Necklace formed, (Mag. of Bo- tany.) Synonym Epidendrum moniliforme. A very splendid flow- ering orchideous plant. It is a native of Japan, and China. It is now grown in many collections in this country. The flowering stem rises to near two feet high, and produces the flowers in pairs, gene- rally at the top of the stem. They are of a fine rose colour, incli- ning to white towards the centre, which is greenish. The Labellum is white, largely tipped with deep crimson. It is a very showy spe- cies, and deserves a place in every collection of this tribe of plants. Gynandria Monandria, orchideee. Dendrobium, from Dendron a tree; and bis, to live, referring to the Genus growing upon trees in the native habits, where they entwine about the branches of trees, and bloom in profusion. 5. GoopETIA RUBICUNDA, Ruddy flowered (Bot. Reg. 1856.) A very pretty flowering hardy annual, grown last season in the gar- den of the London Horticultural Society. The plant grows near two feet high, and produces abundance of flowers, very much resem- bling the GEnothera rosealba, in form and size, of a rosy-lilac colour with an orange-coloured eye at the centre, the base of each petal ending with that colour. The plant was introduced from California by Mr. Douglas. It blooms from July to September. Octandria Monogynia, Onagracez. 6. JABOROSA INTEGRIFOLIA. Entire leaved. (Bot. Mag.) Seeds of this plant were sent to the Glasgow Botanic Garden, from Buenos Ayres, by Mr. Tweedie. It has bloomed in the open border, in the Glasgow garden, in July and August 1835. It is a creeping plant, having large dark green leaves, and a single flower is produced at the axil of each pair. ‘The flower very much resembles that of the square stalked Tobacco, only they are of a pure white inside, and of cream colour outside. The wobular part of the flower is about three NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 135 inches long, and the narrow petalled limb, of five narrow divisions, is about the same across. Pentandria Monogynia, Solanee. Jaborosa, the Arabic name for the Mandragora, to which plant it is closely allied. 7. LATHYRUS ROTUNDIFOLIUS, var., ELLIPTICUS. Round leaved everlasting Pea.—A hardy perennial species, growing in the Bir- mingham Botanic Garden; the plant is not so robust in its growth as Lathyrus latifolius. It is a climbing kind, rising to the height of about four feet. The flowers are produced in profusion, each a little more than half an inch across, of a fine crimson colour. This variety, it is conjectured, is a native of Georgia. It is a very showy flower- ing plant. Diadelphia Decandria. Leguminose. Lathyrus, from La, augment; and thouros, any thing exciting, referring to the quali- ties of the Genus. 8. LeprosipHon ANDRosaceEvs. Androsace-like.—(Bot. Mag.) A free and pretty flowering annual plant. The stem rises about 9 inches high, and each is crowned by a corymbous head of whitish, or lilac coloured flowers, each flower about half an inch across, and about twelve in acorymb. The plant appears to like an airy and coolish situation. If seeds be sown early, and again late in Spring, such a succession will produce flowers for the most part of Summer. Pentan- dria Monogynia. Polemoniacz. Leptosiphon from Leptos, slender ; and siphou, a tube, in allusion to the slender tube of the corolla. 9. Lupinus Texensis, Texas Lupine. (Bot Mag.) This species very much resembles LL. subcarnosus, but it is of a more robust growth ; the flowers too are of a much deeper blue colour. The pre- sent species is annual, smooth foliage, not fleshy. The five blue blossoms with a yellow ceutre make a pretty appearance. Diadelphia Decandria. Leguminose. Lupinus from Lupus, a wolf, referring to the effect of the plant in destroying the fertility of the soil. 10. Neriom TuyrsiFLorum, Dense flowered Oleander. (Mag. of Botany.) A very showy flowering plant, introduced from Nepal Sylhet in 1830. It has bloomed in the collection of Mr. Tate, Nur- seryman, Sloane-street, Chelsea. The flowers single, produced in a spreading terminal cyme, which contains upwards of a dozen flowers; they are of a bright rosy pink colour, a little streaked with a lighter colour at the centre of each flower. It deserves a place in every greenhouse; if planted in a good rich soil, and forced a little in a hothouse to bring it into bloom, it will amply repay for the attention. The genus being vigorous growing plants, require a good share of pot room, and to be repotted each time a plant has done blooming. Pentandria Monogynia. Apocynee. NVerium from neros, humid, referring to the habit of the plant in its native country, where it is found growing on the banks of rivulets, &e. 136 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 11. Oncrpium attissimuM, Tallest Oncidium. (Bot. Reg.) This plant has bloomed in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges's.' The flowers are produced upon a long decumbent raceme, nearly simple, they are of a bright yellow colour, numerously spotted with brown. The Nectarium is of a greenish yellow. Gynandria, Monandria. Orchidaceee. Oncidium from Ogkidion, a tubercle ; referring to the two prominences on the lip of the flower 12. ONcIpIUM coRNIGERUM, Horned Oncidium. (Bot. Mag.) This very handsome flowering species has bloomed in 1835, under the able management of our friend Mr. Cooper. The flowers are produced very numerously upon a pendant scape of near a half a yard long, having a panicle of compound racemes of flowers. ‘The flowers are of a fine yellow, spotted with red. Each flower is rather more than half an inch across. The plant was originally imported from Brazil, by the Hon. and Rev. William Herbert, of Spofforth, near Wetherby. Gynandria Monandria, Orchidacere. 13. OrITHYIA UNIFLORA, Single flowered, (Brit. Flow. Garden, 336.) Synonym’s Gagea uniflora, Ornithogalum uniflorum, Tulipa altaica. A native of the country around the Altaic Mountains. The flower has much the appearance of a yellow crocus. The stem rises about three inches high. The flowers appear from April to June. It is cultivated in the Chelsea Botanic Garden. Hexandria Monogynia, Liliacee, Orithyia so named after Orithyia the fabled wife of Boreas. 14. Rosa MICROPHYLLA, Small-leaved Chinese Rose. (Bot. Mag. 3490.) This very pretty flowering rose is quite hardy, if grown in a dry and sheltered situation. It has bloomed most abufdantly, is grown in a raised basket, but we had it worked upon a stock of the wild rose. If trained against a good aspected wall, it would bloom profusely. The flowers are very double, of a fine rose colour in the interior of the flower, but the outer row of petals is nearly white. The plant is readily propagated by cuttings, or buds. It may be procured at a cheap rate at most of the public nurseries. 15. SENECIO AMPULLACEUS, Flask-flowered American Ground- sel. (Bot. Mag. 3487.) An annual plant, having a flower stem rising about two feet high. The flowers are produced upon a cylindrical Tnvolucre, they are of a fine deep yellow, each about an inch acvoss. They make’a showy appearance. The plant was found by Mr. Drummond in the Texas. Syngenecio, Superflua, Composite. Senecio {rom senex, old man; the naked receptacle having the ap- pearance of a bald head. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATION. ARTICLE XII,_DESIGN FOR FLOWER-GARDENS, No. V, Design 6th. Communicated by Amicus, Tue Plan (Fig. 14) represents a Flower-Garden, which contains a little more than half an acre, having two alcoves at each end. The plan may be easily reduced, by proportionably altering the scale. 14 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 137 PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES, On CaLycanTHUS PRHCOX.—I am just in the same situation as “C.S.” with regard to a double Pomegranate; there is this difference, mine has been four years in the ground, and has not yet had a single blossom; I also followed the directions given in a former number. My plant looks healthy and is quite a shrub, but without a symptom of blossom. I shall, therefore, be glad to hear the answer to C. S.’s query on that point, also on the subject of the Calycanthus precox, as I was lead to believe, when I purchased mine in the Autumn, that it would blow the following Christmas. I attributed its failure to the severity of the frost after removal. On Moss.—I shall feel obliged if any one will instruct me how to get rid of Moss in a long gravel walk. I have had the gravel picked up repeatedly, but as soon as it is rolled and becomes hard, the moss appears again.—I once tried salt, but that nourished the soil so much, that though the moss was killed, such a quantity of weeds sprang up, that the remedy was worse than the original disease, for the gravel was obliged to be turned up to be frosted. Clifton, 1836. ~ Marra. On GERANIUM SEEDS, &e.—I perceive that a question similar to the one [ am about to propose, has been put by a correspondent, page 165, Vol. 2nd, I wish to know, whether the Seed of Geraniums should be sown immediately on taking it from the plant, or whether it should be kept during winter, and then sown early in spring. I raised some Plants the latter end of last summer, but they fagged off in the winter. I shall feel particularly obliged on my question, together with that of the Correspondent alluded to, being answered as early as ossible. P P. S. Surely your Correspondent, page 49, of the March Number of this year, rather exaggerates the duration of time which he states his fuel lasts. Canterbury, 1836. AN AMATEUR DES FLoWERs, On Grartine or Buppinc RHODODENDRONS.—You would oblige me by requesting one of your correspondents in the Floricultwral Cabinet, to inform me, if he has successfully grafted or budded Rhododendrons, and if so at what season, and in what manner they succeed best.—Your Obedient, A Cupar Frorisrt, On Care Buxps, &c.—A Subscriber would be greatly obliged by a little fur- ther information relative to the culture of bulbous roots in general. When lanted in the open border, what depth ought they to bein the soil? Do the different bulbs vary much in that respect ?—Again, as regards those which re- quire heat, I have frequently observed the crown of the bulb raised above the surface of the soil, is that desirable? Should all the outer skins be removed which _have the appearance of being decayed? Would you also have the goodness to name what proportion of loam there ought to be in a peat border intended for American Plants? what depth the compost ought to go? and if any sand or ma- nure must be added. Acemi On OrcuipEous PLants.—I have been much pleased with the papers on the Cultivation of Orchideous epiphytes, by a ‘ Country Florist,” and regret then have not been continued in each successive number as promised, and the more so, because their place seems not so profitably occupied by the Gleanings from Old Authors. I trust your Correspondent will resume his labours in May, Ss 138 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. and I would suggest, that instead of stating that these plants may be had for a ““ reasonable price,” he would give the actual prices charged by nurserymen as far as practicable. No one will then be disappointed as I was the other day, when asking for a species of Stanhopea, I was told the price of a small plant was £5. 5s. If this be a reasonable price for a Country Florist, | faney he has a longer purse than many of his brother florists. EPIPHYTE. We have received another communication from a Country Florist, which will appear in the July number.—Conpbucror. ANSWERS. On a YELLOow FLOWERING PLant.—In March Number, “ R.” in reply to “ Amicus” advises Moneywort, as a dwarf trailing plant—in addition, I beg to recommend white, pink, red, and yellow Heliantpemum—the leaf is pretty, and they blossom abundantly from May till November—they look particularly well in rock work or in roots of trees; if put in the borders, a little pile of stones should be placed to plant them in, which they will soon conceal: a small root in a farthing pot, may be had of any nurseryman for 6d. or 9d. each root—they are very hardy and increase rapidly. ; Maria. On a Box For CARRYING Danuta BLOOMS.—In answer to your constant rea- der, at Ackworth, a Box made of whatever size he might require, would carry the Dahlia flowers safe by having a false bottom with holes just of sufficient size for the stem, the bottom part filled with damp moss and a pin run through the stem close under the wood, the flowers then could not move, but the false bottom mnst be tacked inside carefully; I should say with long tacks, so as to be able to loose it easily at its destination. I think on this plan they would carry 200 miles, and merely require the usual direction, “ with care, keep this side up.” Tuxip. Tur History oF THE Danura, &c.—In answer to the enquiry in the Flori- cultural Cabinet of February last, respecting the earliest introduction of the Dahlia, ‘‘A. Z.” is informed that our gardens are indebted to Mr. John Frazer, son of the late indefatigable collector of North American plants, for bringing to England in 1802, the Dahlia coccinea, the first known species, which plant flow- ered in a hothouse in June 1803, at the Nursery, Chelsea, figured and described in Number 210 of Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. As a tribute of grate- ful respect to the introducer, it is proposed that the Horticultural Societies, and the eminent growers and cultivators of this splendid genus, (which is now pro- ducing such endless beautiful hybrid varieties) shall raise a subscription prize for the best new Dahlia of the season 1°36, to be called “the Fraser Dahlia.” London, April 27th, 1836. A SUBSCRIBER. (We shall be glad to assist in the furtherance of this object.)—Conpucror. REMARKS, On East anp West Inptan SEEDS, &ce.—Cushing, in his Exotic Gardener, in which the management of the Hothouse, Greenhouse, and Conservatory is fully delineated according to present practice. Loudon, 1814, in the Hothouse department says, “‘ much depends on the state of the seeds when received. East and West Indian’ Seeds generally arrive with the regular fleet, as indeed do those from the Cape of Good Hope; and all the South Sea Islands for the most parts by the Eastern and China ships, so that one may in general be prepared against their arrival. As early in the spring as possible is undoubtedly the best time for sowing, yet a few weeks’ delay, in some instances, may be advisable. If received late in October or November, I should certainly wait until January or perhaps February, unless it evidently appeared they would not keep long out of the earth, so long a time in a vegetative state.” “The different sorts of mould necessary to be used in this business, such as loam, peat, well-rotted dung, vegetable mould, sand, &c. all of which intended for this purpose should be finely sifted, and kept separate till wanted for use.” MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 139 His different composts are for Light Loam,........-... Half Loam, Half Peat. Do. Rich do. ...... -«++ Half do. Half Vegetable Mould. or3 do. 3 peat, and 3 old hotbed dung. Sandy Peat ......... .-. Peat and fine sand. Rich Sandy Loam. ...... 3 Dung to Sandy Loam. Strong Rich do. ...... 3 do. toastrong clayey Loam. Very Light do. ...... 3 Peat, and 3 Loam. TULIP. New Prants.—Mr. Young exhibited, at the London Horticultural Society Meeting, a new plant similar in flower to a Fox-Glove, introduced from China. From the Garden of the Society, Douglasi nivalis, an alpine plant from Canada. Aristolochia trilobata, remarkable for the long tails of the flower. Nemophila insignis, pots of it in bloom, it is of a most beautiful blue. Berberis aquifolium, the only hardy evergreen plant sent by the late Mr. Douglas. METROPOLITAN SOCIETY OF FLORISTS AND AMATEURS. Ata Meeting of the Committee of the above Society, held April 14th., it was unanimously Resolved, “ That a die be prepared for a Silver Medal, to be presented to Provincial So- cieties, for the purpose of being awarded to the cottager, who shall take most prizes in the year for flowers ; and that the following Societies be apprized that they will receive one each as soon as completed, for such purpose, viz., Bristol, Bath, Cheltenham, Cambridgeshire, Wallingford, Sheffield, Yor kshire East Riding, Swansea, with such others as may be determined on hereafter by the Committee. IJ understand that any other Provincial Society applying to the above committee for a Medal, for the purpose specified, will meet with immediate attention. London, April 29th. Arak Coa Ce LIST OF FLORICULTURAL AND HORTICULTURAL MEETINGS, TO BE HELD IN JUNE. BatH Roya Horticutturat Soctety.—Pinks, Ranunculuses, and other Flowers, Fruits, &e. on Thursday 23rd. BEVERLEY AND East-RipInG OF YORKSHIRE, Wednesday, June 8th. BROMLEY, KEnT, June 18th. CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to be held at Cambridge, on Wednesday 8th, 15th, and 22nd. Caetrennam Horticunturat Society, for Ranunculuses, Pinks, Fruits, &e. on Tuesday 14th. DorkING (SURREY) HorTICULTURAL Society, for Geraniums, Ranunculuses, Pinks, Calceolarias, Roses, and Fruits, on Saturday 25th. East Lonpon HorTICULTURAL Society, for Ranunculuses, &e. held at the Salmon and Ball Inn, Bethnal Green, on Monday 13th. HERTFORDSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, to be held at Hertford, on Wed- nesday 29th. Lonpon HorticvtturaL MEETINGS, at the Offices in Regent-Street, on 7 Tuesday, June 7th and 21st ; and a grand Exhibition at the Gardens, on Satur. day the \\th. = Mertroporiran Socrety, for Roses, Ranunculuses, Pinks, and other Flowers, to be held at Vauxhall, on Thursday 23rd. READING HORTICULTURAL Society, on Tuesday 21st. SHEFFIELD HorTICULTURAL Socrety.—Ranunculuses, Pinks, and other Flowers, Fruits, &c. on Wednesday 22nd. : StamrorpD Hiri (near London) Horticutturat Socrety, for Geraniums, Roses, Ranunculuses, Pinks, Pansies, and other Flowers and Fruits, on Wednes- day 8th, V5th, or 22nd. Sonpory Pink Snow, held at the Flower-Pot Inn, on Wednesdag 29th. TamworrTa (Staffordshire) HorticutturAL Socrety.—Roses. Pinks, Ranun- culuses, &ce. Wednesday 29th. Wootwicu Horriowtterar Society.—Pinks, &c. held at the Barrack Ta- vern, on Friday 17th, “aca + 140 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. A SHOW OF DAHLIAS, OPEN FOR ALL ENGLAND, is to be held at Horsham in Sussex, on Tuesday, August 23rd. Prizes of consi- derable value will be awarded to successful competitors. LONDON HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. April 5th. The Camellia Show was held in the Rooms, Regent Street. EXHIBITED FOR PRIZES. By Mr. Chandler. —Camellia japonica var. striped flowered. C, j, var imbri- cata. C,j, var. Fimbriata. By Mr. Glenny.—C, j, var double striped. C,j, var fimbriata. C,j, var al- theeflora. By Mr. Chandler.—English Seedling Camellias in pots. Baskets of cut Specimens of Camellias from Mr. Chandler, Mr. W. Wells, and Mr. Donald. Specimens grown in the open air. English Seedling Camellias. Specimens from Mr. Chandler, Mr. Allnutt, and Mr. Glenny. EXTRAS NOT FOR PRIZES: By Mr. Chandler.—Camellias Double White, Chandleri, concinna, althzz- flora. Mr. Allnutt, seven seedling Camellias. J.C. Palmer, Esq. Basket of Camellia Specimens. W. Wells, Esq. Basket of Camellia Specimens. Mr. Glenny,—Euphorbia splendens, Panzies, and a seedling Rhododendron. Mr. Pressly,—Euphorbia splendens, Tropzolum tricolorum. Messrs. Young, of Epsom,—A hybrid Rhododendron, Phaius Woodfordi immaculata, Acacia verti- cillata, Ardisia hymenandra. Mr. Lane, gardener to J. C. Palmer, Esq.,—Tro- pzolum tricolorum. Mrs. Marryatt,—Solandra grandiflora. Mr. Buck, Drimia species; Plumbago rosea. Mr, Chandler received a large silver Medal for the best three Chinese Camel- lias in pots; and a large silver Medal for the best three English seedling Ca- mellias in pots. Also, a Silver Banksian Medal for the best basket of English Seedling Camellia Flowers. Mr. Wells, a Silver Banksian Medal for the best basket of cut specimens of Camellias, Banksian Medals were awarded to Messrs. Young, of Epsom, for a plant of Ardisia hymenandra. To Mr. Lane, for a plant of Tropeolum tricolorum. MEETING ON APRIL 19th. Exhibited from Lady Farnham, a splendid Specimen of Rhododendron arbo- ream. Mr. Duncan, a new pale flowered variety of Rhododendron Nobleanum, Mr. Alnutt, an Apple-blossomed Camellia. Sir A. Hume, Bart. a fine specimen of Magnolia conspicua, which had been gathered from a tree growing against a house. Mrs. Marryatt, nine species of Acacia, and Magnolia conspicua; and Acacia pubescens, do. longissima, from plants grown in the open air. BATH ROYAL HORTICULTURAL AND FLORAL SOCIETY. The present season commenced on April 2Ist., with as splendid an exhibition as the most sanguine could have expected at so early a period. Nothing that science, taste, or wealth could produce was wanting, the variety appeared endless, the whole superlative attractive. The company appeared to comprise all the fashion and elegance of the city, augmented by a considerable influx of the neighbouring gentry. The chief display in the great tent was indebted for many of its choicest attractions to Mr. Salter, of Kensington Nursery, and to Messrs. Lucombe, Pince, and Co., nurserymen of Exeter. The former, it will be seen be- low, sent no less a number than 450 plants and flowers, and his contributions in this form are the more acceptable and valuable, because he does not compete for the prizes, but supports the Society upon disinterested public ground. Among the contributions of the latter, (brought, it will be observed, from so great a dis.. tance as Exeter,) were some beautiful new Seedling Chinese Azaleas, of perfectly novel colours—from rich purple to the delicate tint of the rose, geranium-colour, pink, ke. These are really great acquisitions to our greenhouse colleetions. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 141 They exhibited also some very fine specimens of crimson Hybrid Rhododendrons; but their show of Camellia Flowers, was perhaps, the most magnificent rarity in the exhibition.—They consisted of 20 distinct named sorts of choice Camellias, viz.: the Reticulata, the Imbricata, the Parmenterii, the Palmerii,. (dazzling white,) the Florida, the Altheaflora, the Chandlerii, the Coralina Variegata, the Rosea Sinensis, the Sesanqua Rosea, the new Ghent Seedling, the Alba Simplex, the Rosa Mundi, the Grey’s Invincible, the Welbankiana, the Speciosa, the Peeoniflora, and the Pompone. This stand also displayed some very noble-look- ing plants, such as the Amaryllis reticulata, the Erica Monsoniana, the Gingora . atropurpurea, the Oncidium luridium, (with 150 flowers), &c. A great variety of elegant baskets of plants and cut flowers were ranged down the south side of the tent, and on a table on the north side a co!lection of cut Pansies of every con- ceivable hue. HULL FLORAL AND HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. The first exhibition for the present season, of the above society, was held on _ May 2nd, at the Public Rooms. Notwithstanding the ungenial state of the wea- ther for some weeks past, the show of flowers was very splendid, and formed a most auspicious commencement of the society’s operations. Indeed, it was con- sidered by many, as superior to most of the exhibitions for several years past. The flowers exhibited, were Auriculas and Hyacinths, of both of which there were some remarkably fine specimens on view; as also of greenhouse plants, fruits, &e. The judges for the Auriculas were Messrs. Ely, (of Leeds) Wharton, Bell, Lumb, and Kells; for the fruit, cucumbers, &c , Messrs. Morehouse, Kells, Lumb, and Priest, (of Beverley.) The following is a list of the flowers, &c. considered as entitled to the premiums :— Premium by R. Betheli, Esq. M. P.—Mr. Dobson’s Leigh’s Colonel Taylor. Premium by P. B. Thompson, Esq. M. P.—Mr. R. Deighton’s Hey’s Apollo. Premium by Major Sykes—Dr. Horner’s Kenyon’s Ringleader. Green edged—1. Mr. Dobson, Leigh’s Colonel Taylor. 2. Dr. Horner, Pollet’s Standard of England. 3. Mr. Deighton, Pollett’s Highland Boy. 4. Mr. Dob- son, Booth’s Freedom. 5. Dr. Horner, Stretch and Barlow’s King. 6. Mr. Beecroft, unknown. Grey Edged—l. Dr. Horner, Kenyon’s Ringleader. 2. Mr. Deighton, Grimes’s Privateer. 3. Ditto, Kenyon’s Ringleader. 4 Dr. Horner, Ryder’s Waterloo. 5. Mr. Deighton, Grime’s Privateer. 6. Mr. Og- lesby, Warris’s Union. White Edged—1. Dr. Horner, Hugh’s Pillar of Beauty. 2. Mr. Deighton’s, Taylor’s Glory. 3. Mr. Dobson, Taylor’s Incomparable. 4. Dr. Horner, Leigh’s Bright Venus. 5. Ditto, Ashforth’s Rule-all. 6. Mr. Beecroft, Taylor’s Glory. Sel/s.—I. Mr. Deighton, Hey’s Apollo. 2. Dr. Hor- nor, Berry’s Lord Lee. 3. Mr. Dobson, Hey’s Apollo. 4. Dr. Horner, Flora’s Flag. 5. Mr. George Hodgson, ditto. 6. Dr. Horner, Whittaker’s True Blue. AtpPInes —1. Mr. Oglesby, Emmerson’s Favourite. 2. Mr. G Hobson, un- known. 3. Dr. Horner, ditto. 4. Mr Dobson, King of the Alps. 5. Dr. Hor- nor, Rising Sun. 6. Mr. Beecroft, Emmerson’s Favourite. PotyanTavus.—Premium by the society.—Dr. Horner, Pearson’s Alexander. Scarlet._l. Dr. Horner, Stead’s Telegraph. 2. Mr. Smithson, Crownshaw’s In- vincible. 3 Mr. Dobson, Cox’s Regent. 4 Ditto, ditto. 5 Ditto, unknown. 6 Ditto, Cox’s Regent. Dark—l Dr. Horner, Pearson’s Alexander. 2 Mr. Deighton, ditto 3. Dr. Horner, Hufton’s Lord Rancliff. 4 Mr. Dobson, Pear- sou’s Alexander. 5 Ditto, Cox’s Regent. 6. Ditto, Pearson’s Alexander. Hyacinrus.—Premium by J. C. Parker, Esq. Mayor—Mr. Burman’s Temple Van Apollo. Premium by W. Hutt, Esq. M. P.—Mr. Burman’s Groot Voorst. White and Yellow Double—1 Mr. G. Parker, La Cherie. 2 Mr. Burman, un- known. 3 Mr. Bell, Anna Maria. 4 Mr. Atkin, unknown. Red and Pink, Double—1 Mr. Burman, Groot Voorst. 2 Mr. Bell, Ditto. 38 Mr. Dobson, Compte de la Ceste. 4 Ditto, Groot Voorst. 5 Mr. Burman, ditto. 6 Ditto, Waterloo. Blue and Purple, Double—1 Mr. Bell, Bouquet Pourpre. 2 Mr. Burman, Lord Wellington. 3 Mr. Dobson, L’Illustre. 4 Ditto, ditto. 5 Mr. G. Parker, unknown. 6 Mr. Burman, Azure. White and Yellow, Single—\ Mr. Dobson, Voltaire. 2 Mr. Bell, Bouquet Triumphante. 3 Ditto, Voltaire. 4 Citto, Grand Vainqueur. 5 Mr. Dobson,ditto 6 Mr. Burman, ditto, Red and 142 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Pink, Single—-1 Mr. Burman, Temple Van Apollo. 2 Ditto, Diana. $3 Mr. Bell, Rounge Brillante. 4 Mr. Dobson, Erstelde de Vredo. 5 Mr. Burman, Princess Elizabeth. 6 Mr. Dobson, Temple Van Apollo. Blue and Purple, Single—| Mr. Dobson, Bounaparte. 2 Mr. Burman, Azure. 3 Ditto, Emicus. 4 Ditto, Grand Vidette. 5 Ditto, ’AmiDecour. 6 Mr. Bell, Lord Wellington. Narcissus (Potyantuus)—l Mr. G. Parker, Grand Monarque. 2 Ditto, unknown. 3 Mr. Atkin, ditto. 4,5, 6. Mr. Smithson, ditto. Potyantuus Narcissus, SoLrirary FLoOwERED—1 Mr, Smithson, Sulphur Croon. 2 Ditto, ditto. 3 Ditto, Van Sion. 4 Mr. Bell, Sulphur Croon. 5 Mr. Oglesby, Van Sion. 6 Ditto. STATEMENT OF THE PRIZES, Awarded at the Auricula and Polyanthus Show of the Leeds Florist Society, HeEtp Aprit 25th, 1836. AURICULAS. 1. Leigh’s Colonel Taylor, ...... Mr. Wm. Chadwick. 2. Tomlinson’s Commander, .... .. Do. Ist Class, 3. Barlow’s King ..... Stele falnpelade lee Do. . Green Edges. ) 4. Taylor’s Plough Boy ........ «. Do. &. Rider’s Waterlod0. 02. scceesiee «0 Beeston. 6. Buckley’s Jolly Tar...... welele) > Do: LeGrime’s Privates, Wetec see) nes Chadwick. 2. Syke’s Complete .....-esse00 0 Do. 2nd Class, 3. Hey’s Lovely Ann ..... sine sues Do. Grey Edges. ) 4. Kenyon’s Ringleader..... veces “oe Do. 5. IREVEN BE mers alesse) take Beeston. 6. Walter Fawkes .... «. Chadwick. 1. Lee’s Bright Venus. ..eeseeee oe Beeston. DePottes: RECUIALOL <.s.0,0.0,010:010,0 © a Chadwick. 3rd Class, SD. LAVIOMS GLOLYic pp « sine S.aicly sto 1-8, Beeston. China Edges. } 4. Hughes’ Pillar of Beauty .... .. Chadwick. 5. Ashworth’s Rule-all ......-. °. ape Do 6. ———— Beauty of Barlow., .. Do. 1. Hey’s Apollo ceceseeceseeee oe Do. 2. Berry’s Lord Lee... ses vceee os Do. 4th Class, 3. Nedglinid dia2ir .aiteciapere nets Do. Selfs. 4, Grime’s Floras Flag ..... aieeiels Do. 5. Seedlings. '. .'cfe cs bem lite Beeston. 6. Berry’s Lord Primate........ +. Chadwick. 1. Berry’s Fair Rosamond ...... .. Do. 2. Edmondson’s Favourite...... .. Do. : 5th Class, 3. Cookson’s Mary (Seedling) .. Rev. F. Cookson. Alpines. 4, ————_ Alicia do. aye Do. 5. King of the Alps .. Mr. Chadwick. 6. Seedling ......-.. «ee Beeston. POLYANTHAUSES. ; 1. Pearson’s Alexander ........ Mr. Foster. 2. - Black. Prince. 2 0< o/s) Do, Ist Class, 3. CoxrsiRegent “ec. san Do. Dark. 4. Foster’s Mrs. Emmett (Seedling) .. Do. 5. Seedling ...seeeceees «- Kearsley. 6. Lord Jno. Russell .... .. Do. l. Foster’s Cox’s Regent, .....5 ee Chadwick. 2. Crownshaw’s Invincible ...... .. Do. 2nd Class, 3, Seedling........ .o. Kearsley. Red. 4, —___-_—_ Do. ..... geass Foster. 5. Unknown ...... «. Do. 6. —————_ Do. ......+. +. — Chadwick. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 143 CAMBRIDGE FLORISTS’ SOCIETY. The Auricula show of this society took place on Friday, April 29th, in the large Assembly Room, Hoop Hotel. ‘The flowers on the whole were not so fine as we have been accustomed to see on former occasions, owing to the late un- favourable state of the weather. Rev. J. S. Henslow, Professor of Botany, fa- voured the meeting with a brief lecture on the cultivation of florists’ flowers, tra- cing their gradual alteration and improvement from “ weeds” to their beautiful appearance and splendid colours as exhibited that day. How thankful all ought to be to the all-bountiful Giverof life, that so innocent and delightful an oceu- pation was afforded them to exercise their industry and moments of relaxation from business. This address gave great pleasure to every person present, and was received with much applause. The prizes gained during the last season were then distributed ; after which the chairman addressed the society’s late Honorary Secretary, Mr. J. R. Stubbings, in an appropriate speech, and in the name of the society, presented him with a neat silver cup, in testimony of their respect and approbaticn of the manner in which he had discharged the duties of his office. The following inscription is engraved on the cup. Presented to John R. Stubbings, April 29, 1836, by the Members of the Cambridge Florists? Society, in testimony of their approbation for his unwearied exertions as their Honorary Secretary. Mr. Stubbings returned thanks for the mark of approbation presented by his brother members, and of which he should ever be proud: he kindly thanked the Rey. Chairman for the handsome manner in which he had conveyed the wishes of the society. The following is the award of the Judges :— AURICULAS. Premium Prize—Mr. R. Headly. ..-Oliver’s Lovely Aun. GREEN EDGED. WHITE EDGES. Rey. R. Lascelles . -Hontis Conquering Wie Wintlsascqner Taylor’s Glory. , Hero. |— Giddins ..Popplewell’s Conqueror. >= LU ae aeRO eases Ditto. ~ Rev. R. Lascelles. Leigh’s Bright Venus Mr. Hyland... Beerlis’s Superb Mr, Giddins ..Popplewell’s Conqueror. _— R. Headly.. Colonel Taylor. '— Wood....Taylor’s Favourite. — Ditto...... Booth’s Freedom ‘Rev. R. Lascelles. Ditto. — Ditto...... IDittd-= 5" SELFS. GREY EDGES. Mr. Wood ....Redman’s Metropolitan. Mr. R. Headly ..Oliver’s Lovely Ann — R. Headly..Whittaker’s True Blue. — E. Foster ..Kenyon’s Ringleader. Rey. R. Lascelles ..Blue Admiral. ——" Ditto: 2.5.3 Ryder’s Waterloo. Mr. Giddins ...... True Blue. — R. Headly...Ringleader. — Hyland....Grimes’s Flora’s Flag. W. Bond, Esq ..Syke’s Complete. i Wood.....Redman’s Metropolitan. Mr. Giddins ....Lancashire Hero. SEEDLING AURICULAS. 1 and 2 Mr. R. Haylock. POLYANTHUSES. Premium Prize—Mr. Hyland....Wood’s Gold Lace. DARK GROUND. e RED GROUND. Mr. Hyland....Wood’s Gold Lace. Mr. Wood....Wood’s Ajax. — Wood...:...Ditto. — Ditto.....Buck’s George IV. — Ditto..... "Ditto. SEEDLING POLYANTHUSES. — Ditto...... Collier’s Princess Royal|Mr. Wood....Wood’s Honourable Mrs. — Ditto......Ditto. Howlden. Rey. R. Lascelles ..Burnard’s Formosa.|— Ditto....Wood’s Oliver Cromwell. HYACINTHS, DOUBLE RED.—Mr, Widnall...... Waterloo. DOUBLE WHITE. DOUBLE BLUE. Mr. Ready...... Groot Voorst. Mr. Ready......Platoff. — Ditto.......Eugene Beauharnois. |— Ditto....... Roi de Pourpre. — Ditto....... Bouquet Tendre. — Widnall....Porcelaine Sceptre. — Widnall....Comte de la Coste. BEST PLANT IN BLOOM,—Mr. Widnall......Cactusspeciosissima. 144 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Tue EXHIBITION or tak HAMPSHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY, WAS HELD AT THE WHITE HART HOTEL, IN WINCHESTER, On Thurday, the 10th of March. The show was most splendid in forced flowers, vegetables, and greenhouse plants—fruits were confined to pears and apples, the latter were numerous and exhibited good management in the gardeners method of preserving them. The Rev. F. Beaden, the President, exhibited a collection of stove plants, a fine spe- cimen of Bletia Tankervilliz, Euphorbia elegans, &c. ; a very fine box of forced Lilies of the valley, a large basket of finely flowered Neapolitan Violets, a tray of handsome Hyacinths, and a collection of other fowering plants were sent by Sir. T. Baring, Bart; a good collection of Hyacinths by the Rev. Mr. Cheere; a fine Daphne odoratissima, and other greenhouse plants, by Col. Wall; a re- markably fine specimen of Tropzolum tricolorum, with other greenhouse plants, John Fleming, Esq.; a collection of greenhouse plants, by tle Rev. Mr. Rashleigh ; a beautiful specimen of a new Stapelia, by the Rev. T. Garnier; a fine collection of greenhouse plants, by the Hon. Mrs. Craven; an excellent specimen of Mimulus Swithin, by the Rev. F. Wickham. On the middle table were some good specimens of forced Rhododendron Catawbiense, Azaleas, Lachenalias, &e. There was a distribution of grafts and seeds amongst the members, which were sent by the London Horticultural Society, together with a liberal supply from Messrs. Reynolds, of Brentford, and Messrs. Page and Rogers, of Southampton, in the whole between 3000 and 4000 packets. LITERARY NOTICES. Just Published—Ftora Merropouitana, or BoTanicaL RAMBLES within thirty miles of London, made in 1833, 34, and 35, by Dantex Cooprr. Preparing for Publication, the Magazine of Zoology and Botany, under the superintendence of Sir W. Jardine, Bart., P. J. Selby, Esq., and Dr. Johnston, of Berwick. To be published every second month. Price 3s. 6d. REFERENCE TO PLATE. No. 1. Mrautus ELpainsTonEA.—This new and splendid variety was recently raised by Mr. Elphinstone, of Holmbush. The plant isa most profuse bloomer, and quite hardy; it is one of the most ornamental plants for a flower garden; the blossoms far exceed in size and splendour of colours, any that we have seen. Mimulus, from mimo, an ape, the seeds being like a face. 2. ToURNEFORTIA HELIOTROPIOIDES.—This very pretty flower very much re- sembles the Heliotropium corymbosum, but is of a deeper blue colour, and like that plant is admirably adapted for a shewy bed—producing a pleasing effect when in such masses. The flowers are not fragrant, like the Heliotrope; the plant is an herbaceous perennial, growing very freely, and blooming most pro- fusely from May to October; the flower stems rise to about two feet high; it re- quires a slight protection in winter, either under a frame, or cool greenhouse; it is a native of Buenos Ayres, introduced about five years ago, into this country. The plant may be obtained at many of the principal nurseries; it deserves a place in every flower garden; it delights in a rich soil. Pentandria, Mono- gynia, Boraginea. Tournefortia, in compliment to J. P. Tournefort, the cele- brated French Botanist. 3. Evroca MEnziestI, Mr. Menzies’s.—This new and beautiful flowering hardy annual, was sent from Columbia, in North West America, by the late Mr. Douglas, where it grows and blooms profusely, in a sandy soil. The plant grows erect, about a foot high. Plants raised from seeds sown in March, bloom from May to July, and if sown in May, bloom from July to the end of September ; it merits a place in every flower garden. Pentandria Monogynia. Hydrophyllex. Eutoca, from eutokos, fruitful, referring to the abundance of seeds produced. “\ j a ~~ THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, JULY Isr, 1836. PART I. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. “area tee ARTICLE 1.—ON SOILS, &c.—By a ForEMAN oF A LoNDON NuRSERY. Loam, peat and sand, seem to be the three simples of nature, if I ea mee. may so call them, most requisite for our purpose ; to which, we occa- ! sionally add as mollifiers, vegetable mould and well rotted dung; : from the judicious mixture and preparation of which, composts may ; be made to suit plants introduced from any quarter of the globe : first of Loam, which is a loose friable kind of earth, the constituent particles of which crumble and separate easily in the hand; it is of various textures, the strongest approaching to clay, and so down in several shades, until the lightest becomes nearly similar to strong sandy peat. It is found of different colours, viz. black, yellow, red, &e. &c.; sometimes also, it partakes of a saponaceous quality approaching to a marle; this when predominant is not recommend- able for general use; yet there are some articles for which it may be used with considerable success. Yellow or red seems to be the natural colour of maiden loam, as either will change to black as they become more or less mixed with other extraneous substances, such as dung, &c. Therefore, to have it pure, which is very material, one should prefer either of these, if they can be conveniently procured. The places to look, for this kind of earth, is generally in fields, that have uot been broken for a long series of years ; also sheep downs, or commons most frequently running in dry banks perhaps throughout the whole; its strata is of various thicknesses, sometimes being little more than that which forms the turf or upper sward, and at other times lying from one or two, to three or four feet under the surface. That is generally the best which is of a moderate depth, being more within the ameliora- VOL, Iv. 5 146 ON SOILS, ETC. ting powers of the sun and atmosphere ; the other lying deeper, being known to abound with crude unqualified matter very unfavourable to the growth of tender plants, unless exposed in the compost yard for a year or two tothe weather, whereby, it will become fit for all strong growing woody kinds, or fruit trees in general. Loam, being found answerable to the purpose for which itis designed, it should be immediately carted home and heaped in a clean part of the compost yard for a few months, so that the turf, and fibres of the grass, may have sufficient time to decay, and the whole become more qualified for use through the action of the season: when it has lain thus for some time together, it will be found to be in a very good state for working. This sort of soil is particularly adapted for ‘striking cuttings in general, on account of its firm close texture, and the twofold quality of retaining moisture longer than either peat or sand, and at the same time, its own natural dissolubility, which admits the young fibres of the cuttings to push through it freely, as soon as formed, to that which they more immediately like to grow and flourish in, a stratum of which is generally put in the bottom of the pot. From its strength it seems more adapted to arborescent plants in general, which have powerful roots, that are seldom able to support themselves in lighter soils, more especially in dry seasons; while from its purity and sweetness, it may be said to give additional flavour to the most delicate fruits. The word Peat, is generally understood to mean common bog earth; however, that which may literally be termed bog, is by no means proper for our purpose, on account of its wet coagulating nature, and tendency thereby to rot the roots of the plants; at least if peat is to be taken from those situations, the very surface only should be chosen, as that is found to contain a greater portion of the “fine, drying, opening kind of sand, so necessary to this species of soil. The places where I would recommend to look for the proper peat, are those dry healthy commons, where it sems to form a medium between bog earth and sand, it is not unfrequently found forming a mere skin, over a bed of pure sand, or gravel. The turf or sod, cut -about four or six inches deep, is always the best for use, as it is in general the lightest, and abounds with sand, as already mentioned, which is I think invariably found to be the finest near the surface in such cases. Spots where the wild heath grows luxuriantly should be diligently selected, as producing the best peat for general use; but when it is considered that of the plants mostly cultivated in this kind of soil, some grow in swamps near rivers, others in barren sandy J ON SOILS, ETC. 147 wastes, and more in all their various intermediate statious, as mountains, low lands, &c. &c. especially heaths from the varied sur- ‘face of Southern Africa ; it will surely be obvious, that a supply of every variety of soil should be always at hand, and that the peat answering for one species will not be so congenial as another brought from a very different situation and soil. It should be cast into a heap in the compost yard for twelve or fourteen months before used, a practice which ought to be observed with composts in general. It is to be used only for such plants as are known to grow natu- xally in peat, or those which are known to thrive best in a very light sandy soil: also to be mixed occasionally with Loam, for such as de- light in an intermediate compost. Most plants grow remarkably free in peat during the summer season, if kept carefully watered, particularly those which come under the denomination of half herbaceous or biennial like plants; yet, even these, are often liable to perish in winter, on account of the extreme lightness of the soil, and the cold necessarily produced by frequent watering. Shrubby, hard wooded, and fine fibrous rooted plants in general, thrive very well in this and loam, mixed in about equal proportions; but I think it by no means suitable to fruits. It is seldom used by itself except for heaths, Botany Bay plants, and the general pro- ductions of Northern America, to all of which it seems particularly adapted. Sand is rarely used simply, except for striking cuttings of the two first of the above mentioned plants; viz. heaths, and Botany Bays ; for which it is peculiarly suitable ; their fine hair-like fibres not having strength to vegetate in stronger soils. An inch or two in depth on the surface is quite sufficient, as it is intended merely to strike the cutting in, the lower part of the pot being filled with peat, into which the young fibres will soon penetrate, and draw therefrom the principal part of their nourishment as from their parent soil: it should be kept moderately moist when used in this manner, otherwise, from its natural drying quality, it would soon parch up and destroy whatever cuttings may have been put therein. The soil of the interior parts of Southern Africa being for the greater part excessively sandy, a considerable portion of it should be used in the composts intended for the productions of that country, both of woody, herbaceous, and bulbous species. Pit sand should be invariably preferred for this purpose, it being, of a more lively vegetating nature than river or sea sand, and if we T3 148 ON SOILS, ETC. may judge by colour, the whitest that can be procured; as I have always observed it to be the finest, and have from repeated trials proved that the finer the sand, the surer a good crop of cuttings. It requires no kind of preparatory process, more than shifting, to divest it of those small pebbles, &c., which are usually found amongst it, and to be kept pure and unmixed with extraneous sub- stances, until wanted for use. By vegetable mould, at least the kind best suited to our purpose, is meant that which accumulates, or in a manner grows, if I may use the expression, in woods, particularly those of a long standing, by the annual fall of leaves, &c., and their consequent decay; the vicissitudes of a few revolving seasons reduces them to a perfect mould, which is afterwards known by the above appellation. It is of a very loose, light nature, and comparatively rich, but far behind that pro- duced by the mixture of animal excrement. Yet it is doubtless of an ameliorating nature, and highly recommendable for such plants as delight in a moderate and well digested manure. In its simple state it is hardly fit for any thing except annuals, as its extreme lightness, like the peat, renders it unable to support arborescent plants with any degree of credit: however, when mixed with loam, or any other soil of a more firm texture than itself, it is particularly useful for West India plants, geraniums, and annuals in general. ’ The best manner of procuring it is to have several large pits dug in the most convenient part of the woods, into which may be annually raked all the leaves in the vicinity, together with the gen- eral surface of the ground produced by them in preceding years, which will materially accelerate their decomposition ; so that in a few months, they become a perfect mould, and fit fur use, Of animal manure, that procured from old hot-beds is, I think, most suitable for composts in this department. It likewise should not be used for plants until rotted to a perfect mould; to promote which, it should be well mixed with a small portion of loam in the compost yard, whereby they will become better incorporated, and more fit for use; it is necessary however, not to add too much loam to it in this process, as it is so much easier to add afterwards than to take away, according as circumstances may require. This mixed with a proper quantity of loam, is in general the best compost for such plants as have soft fleshy roots, also for soft wooded, half shrubby, and herbaceous kinds of plants, annuals, biennials, &e. &e. but is never used simply by itself, and .very rarely, if at all, mixed with peat or sand. oa. CONSERVATORY PLANTS. 149 The very great variety in the nature of plants, taken en masse, renders it utterly impossible to specify within the limits of this article, the soil proper for each particular species; however I think it may be advanced as arule not subject to many objections that the whole of each genus are generally fond of the same compost. I shall draw up a table of Genera, of which any of the species are known to require the aid of the greenhouse or stove ; shewing that peculiar soil, most suitable to each particular genus; deduced from observations on the extensive collections [ have had under my own particular care, combined with those which I have had an opportu- nity of making on others, as well in the vicinity of London, as around Dublin. The necessity of this combination is evident from the difficulty of finuing the whole of the genera here enumerated, in any single col- lection in the united kingdom. ARTICLE IJ.—A LIST OF PLANTS, SUITABLE FOR PLANTING OUT IN A CONSERVATORY, BY MR. FRANCIS GOODALL, GARDENER, RHODE HALL, NANTWICH, CHESHIRE. As your Correspondent, “a Devonian,” solicits the favour of a list of Couservatory Plants, I have sent you the following which are suit- able for the pit of a large conservatory —also a list of climbers, suitable for the Columns, Pilastres, and Trellis. The whole-may be purchased from Mr. Knight, of the Exotic Gardens, Kings Road, Chelsea, London. Indeed, Mr. Knight grows very fine plants for furnishing conservatories. The Telopea speciosissima, on the culture of, which a “ Devonian” requests the favour of a few hints, is one of the most beautiful greenhouse plants; it will do very well in the pit of a conservatory, if well managed ; the most suitable soil is one-third light loam, one- third peat, and one-third fine sand. If placed in a conservatory, choose a situation where the plant may get plenty of light and air, and be very sparing of the water during the autumn and winter, al- though the plant should never be allowed to flag. The Azalea indica, of which there are several fine varieties, thrive best in sandy peat— I have never tried it in the pit of a conservatory ; the pots should be well drained through broken potsherds, and treated during the sum- mer months, the same way as other greenhouse plants. At the usual time for houseing, place them in the greenhouse, afterwards they may be taken a few at a time into the forcing house, when they will soon show their beautiful blossoms, and make a most splendid show when placed in the vases in 150 CONSERVATORY PLANTS. the conservatory. { have never tried the Proteas in the pit of a con- servatory, being of opinion that they would not do well; the best soil for them is a light turfy loam, mixed with one-third of fine sand; the pots should be well drained, and care should be taken not to let them droop for want of water, as the young roots are of a fleshy sub- stance, and soon suffer by being too dry, as well as by being too wet, they seldom recover if permitted to droop long; they also should be placed where they will have a free circulation of air. A LIST OF CONSERVATORY PLANTS. Acacia alata. decipiens. armata. ——— taxifolia. falcata. augustifolia. linarifolia. —_—— verticillalata. — elongata. floribunda. latifolia. sophora. pulchella. lophantha. discolor. pubescens. decurrens, longifolia. myrtifolia. ulicina, Aster argophyllus. dentatus. Anthyllis hermanunia. erinacea. Arbutus canariensis. Banksia ericifolia. Bauera rubioides. humilis. Beaufortia decussata. sparsa. Bursaria spinosa. Brunia superba. Blandfordia grandiflora. nobilis. Beckia virgata. Callistemon lanceolata. speciosa. saligna. Calistemon linearis, Cistus roseus. formosus. Calothamnus quadrifida. vilosa. Crategus glabra. Cassuarina stricta. equisitifolia. suberosa. Calceolaria integrifolia. Cluatia glauca. Calistachys lanceolata. Cassia multiglandulosa. Cassine maurocenia. Correa alba. pulchella. virens. Celastrus buxifolias. Cyclopia genistoides, Cussonia pinnata. Crotolaria elegans. Ceanothus africanus. Clethra arborea. Ceratonia siliqua. Doryanthus excelsa. Dodonea triquetra. Eucalyptus pulvyerulenta. piperita. oppositifolia. —_————obliqua. globosa. Eutaxia myrtifolia. pungens. Enkianthus quinquiflora. Epacris grandiflora. juniperina. pulchella. Ficus aspera. : . fem a ee ae a CONSERVATORY PLANTS. Gastrolobium bilobium. Globularia longifolia: Goodia pubescens. Magnolia pumila. Myrcine africana. retusa. latifolia. Mimulus glutinosus. Grevillea linearis. Myoporum elipticum. sericea. Nerium oleander. punicea. splendens. Hakea dactyloides. Nandina domestica. saligna. Olea apetala. ——obeifolia. excelsa, florida. fragrans. pugioniformis. Persoonia lanceolata. suaveoleus, latifolia, ceratophylla. fusca. gibbosa. linearis. Halleria lucida. Podalyria latifolia. Ilex perado, myrtifolia. canariensis. sericea. Lebeckia cytissoides. styracifolia. Lamarkia dentata. Pittosporum coriaceum. Lasiopetalum ferugineum. undulatum. Leptospermum ambiguum. pumila. flavescens. Pomaderris apetala. —___-___—. floribundum. —————Elliptica. —_———— _ juniperinum. Passerina filiformis. —— mpyrtifolium. Pultenea daphnoides. thea. Laurus camphora. Lancophyllus capensis. Lomatia salicifolia. Lagerstremia indica. Lenonotus leonurus. Metrosideros floribunda. canaliculata. Melaleuca incana. —— virgata. armillaris. densa. decussata, coronata. squarrosa. styppiloides. hypericifolia. ———. diosmifolia. splendens. ——— thy mifolia. Melia azedarach. Myrica quercifolia. Magnolia fuscata. stricta. Pinknea pubens, Prostanthera lasianthus. Podolobium trilobatum. Psoralea pinnata. Polygala grandiflora. speciosa. * myrtifolia. Pogonia glabra. Rhus trifoliata. Rubus rosafolius. Rhododendron arboreum. Reaumaria hypericoides. Schaerola crassifolia. Sideroxylon inerme. Sophora, capensis. Serissa fetida. Sparmania africana. Salvia chamedrifolia. Swainsonia coronillifolia. albiflora. Thomasia solanacea. quercifolium: 162 MODE OF TRAINING PLANTS. - Telopea speciocissima. Tristania laurifolia. nerifolia. conferta. Simpletonia retusa. Virgilia capensis. CLIMBERS FOR THE CONSERVATORY. Aristolochia sempervirens, glauca. Bignonia capreolata. Billardiera mutabilis. scandens. Begonia grandis. Clematis capensis. florida. florida simplex. Cobea scandens. Convolvyulus eanariensis. punifolias. Oxatilis. Decumaria sarmentosa. Dolichos lignosus. Ececremocarpus scaber. longiflorus. Brachysema latifolium. undulatum. Glycine sinensis. Hibbertia volubilis. lanceolata. grossularifolia. Jasminum gracile. azoricum. grandiflorum: heterophyllum. revolutum. All the varieties of the Camellia japonica may be kept in pots, and may be forced to introduce occasionally. also in all its varieties. ARTICLE IJ].—ON AN INTERESTING MODE OF TRAINING PLANTS, With a List of Kinds to which it is peculiarly applicable. BY LOUISA. . Viminaria denudata. Vestia licyoides. Westringia rosmarinifolia. Yucca superba. Zieria Smithii. Kennedia angustifolia. bimaculata. Comptoniana. inconspicua. monophylla. rubicunda. 2 var. major. Caprifolium japonica. sempervireus. j flavum. nepalense. flexuosum. Maurandya semperfiorens. antirrhineflora. Barclayana. Passiflora racemosa ccerulea. angustifolia var. chinensis. Periploca africana. — levigata. Smilax Ripogonum. Scisandra coccinea. Tecoma grandiflora. capensis. australis. Usteria personata. scandens. The Azalea indica Tne usual mode of training climbers in the Stove, Greenhouse, or Conservatory, has, in my judgment, many objectionable things in its practice. The plan is to have them run up lofty pillars, walls, trel- lisses, or rafters, by which the flowers are generally removed too far from minute observation, so as to distinctly notice the beautiful form he > MUDE OF TRAINING PLANTS. 153 or colours of the blossoms. It occurred to me in the spring of 1835, that some other method might be devised to answer every purpose of the plants, and bring the blossoms close to view. [ therefore had some wire frames constructed at various heights and diameters, some six feet high, others five and four, and of such a diameter as that the bottom of the frame fitted to the size of the pot in which the plant was growing. I had a few made with four upright strong wires, but they did not look at all so neat as those I bad with six. The top of the wire frame is made to splay, so that it is rather funnel shaped: The coating wire is commenced at the bottom and is continued, at two inches apart, to the top. I had a few girths of wire quite round the whole in order to bind them firmly and steadily, whilst the coiled wire was to train to. This plan brings the plants within desirable bounds for training and regulating, which attention, on the old system, is often found difficult to perform, and then neglect ensuing, disorder is the un- sighuly result. But in my mode of treatment, it is easily and neatly performed, and affords a very pleasing duty to secure the leading shoots to the desired positions. The result is, the collecting into the small compass of a bush, and thus quite near to view, in many in- stances of hundreds of blossoms. I beg to assure the readers of the Cabinet, that those persons who may adopt the sane plan will not fail of being highly pleased with it. The kinds of plants I have used this mode of training to,jare the following, but it is properly applicable to all climbers, either exotic or hardy. Tropeeolum tricolorum. pentaphyllum. Hibbertia crenata. azoricui. Passiflora caerulea. racemosa. Kennedia coccinea. ——— floribunda. Comptoniana. laurifolia. monophylia. Rhodochiton volubile. ovata. Lophospermum scandens, sericea. Eccremocarpus seaber. dilitata. Maurandia Barclayana. Cobza scandens. sempertlorens. Dolichos lignosus. Convolvulus pannifolius. canariensis. Lonicera japonica. — flexuosa. Jasminium grandiflorum. revolutuin. Convolvulus major. Ipomea striata. coccinea. punctata, New Crimson. Nasturtium, All of the above did remarkably well, and I think it would answer equally as well for many of the finest hothouse climbers. June 3rd, 1836. 154 LIST OF CAMELLIAS. ARTICLE 1V.—A CONTINUED LIST OF CAMELLIAS. BY MR. G. J. KAMEL. My former communication on a list of Camellias being favourably received by the conductor of the Cabinet, (See Vol. 3. page 186) I forward you an additional list of some newer kinds, judging it will be of some interest to the numerous readers of the Cabinet: affording them information as to what new and additional kinds are now in cultivation. : CHINESE SPECIES. Camellia reticulata. sereoveeeees Japonica, candidissima. BRITISH AND CONTINENTAL HYBRID VARIETIES. Camellia Japonica alba semiduplex. stcesseescsssececseee eteropetala alba. Vanpassestsurescdoses LOMIGTIS QlDR. Meas Fhe doa aa tao ee ALIS setetatveieisvecvees MNVEay Pudi suubnitocsitess sg OCUTOleuCRS BRITISH AND CONTINENTAL RED FLAVOURED HYBRIDS, Camellia Japonica, var. acutipetala. Chaitin» fasthicrieeetersest ATGCHS. stab casueacactevde dees tAtelaidin. saibececéevacssaeslocees. (DIaCKbUIMIAna. bua bids setts dsvscheessex COMpACkA MUDER. ode aVpababett valesensOesTCONCININ Ro eras coosas one eu Ondiae eveabiudiswarensstannere A dOVals Bilson aaah ebnbees> besites MELEDCerSOnIa, Bec tacus sates avesssieos MULOSAC Kas suhinepSnpeansisssascuere IP RESCOME seeueseattone series vets kibbICNda. sh cReeeente say Pies ansnecl ERIN as. svoues ecesevecsgeteesee), VONGesIa SUpErba. BRITISH AND CONTINENTAL VARIETIES WITH VARIEGATED FLOWERS. Camellia Japonica, alba variegata. MOMS. ccsfespsetecns COMmpbelil REMY cscs sveteeses Carswelliana: Renee vies scot cotes @clicatissima, Beaty cs ck visio seo onkelarii. Wieder: pascasvecesss, Abricata alba. | ; 4 4 ‘ | ¥ CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. 155 Camellia Japonica, Julianai. cocccccoceeccoscecnce vee Picturata. steeeecevessccveseeeeees PUNCtAtA Major. cocccecceccecceccseesees TANUNCUIIfOra striata. Seeebeetdivtcicseseecess tricolor sha OC EARS E REL EAE . Venusta. Decide asdoedee seloddeec sae VErSIOGlor: Sdecodecte couse ss ee NMelMArII ARTICLE V.—ON THE CULTURE OF ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS. BY A COUNTRY FLORIST. (Continued from page 36.) EpipeNDRuMs.—The whole of this genus are singular in form and pretty, and are easy of cultivation. The flowers are, generally, nu- merously produced upon lengthy spikes, and some of them very highly fragrant. 1. EPIDENDRUM ARMENIACUM. This species I saw in bloom ex- hibited at the show in the London Horticultural Society’s Garden, and since then have procured a plant which has blossomed. The flowers are very diminutive, and are produced npon a bending ra- ceme, about four inches long. They are of a brown yellow colour, and are very neat, particularly when placed in contrast with other colours. It blooms in June and July. I find the plant grows freely in pots filled with turfy peat and potsherds. 2. EK. srcornutum, Two horned. TI have bloomed this species several times. The flowers are of a beautiful white, and delightfully fragrant ; produced upon a stem about a foot long, from four to six upon each. It requires the same kind of soil &c. as the former sort. It blooms in July and August. 3. E. citiare, Fringed flowered. The petals of this kind are of a greenish yellow colour, and the labellum of a pure white —the la- bellum is much fringed ; it is a very ornamental species; the flower stem rises about a foot high; it blooms from March to August. I have found this kind to thrive very luxuriantly. 4 E.conopseum, The gnat shaped flower. This species is of a humble growth, the stem rising about three inches high, and pro- ducing a few small yellow flowers, which are very neat and pretty. {t blooms in August and September. The same treatment as with the other sorts answers for this, only being of delicate growth it does not require so much pot room, 156 ON A HEDGE FORMED OF FUCHSIAS. 5 E. cuspipatom, The pointed. The fower stem rises about a foot and a half, having several flowers, the petals of which are of a yellowish green colour, and the rest of the flower a pure white. It is a ornamental species. It blooms with me in July and August. 6. E. cocaLeatum, The spiral. The flowers are produced upon a stalk about fifteen inches long. They are very curious, being of a brown and purple colour; this kind flowers nearly all the year. 7. E. pirFusum, The diffuse flowered. The flower stem does not extend more than a foot long, the flowers are green, but pretty. It blooms in September and October. 8. E. etoneatom, Long stalked. The flower stem extends near a yard long, producing numerous flowers, of a reddish colour. It blooms from May to September. This species is easy of culture, and-of propagation ; in turfy peat, rotten wood and potsherds, grown in a strong moist heat, this kind flourishes amazingly. 9. E. FRAGRANS, Sweet scented. The flower stem extends about nine inches, producing numerous, highly fragrant flowers, which give a delightful odour in the stove. The petals are of a greenish white colour, and the labellum is streaked with deep rose. It is a very de- servedly cultivated species. This kind grows best with me, in equal parts of rotten wood, turfy peat, and potsherds; 1 also use a little moss for bottom drainage, which is of advantage. (To be continued.) ARTICLE VI.—ON A HEDGE FORMED OF FUCHSIAS. BY LUCY, Durine the summer of 1835, I visited a considerable number of Noblemen and Gentlemen’s gardens in the midland counties, as Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire, Northamptonshire, &c., and among the most showy and ornamental plants which came under my notice and attracted my attention, was a hedge formed of Fuchsia virgata. It was fifty yards long, and six feet high, clothed with a vast pro- fusion of the beautiful pendant blossoms. No adequate conception can be formed of its beauty by those persous who have not seen it. The very intelligent, and communicative gardener, gave me the following particulars of the mode of management he had so success- fully practised with the plants, which in two years had been brought to a state of perfection and beauty. In the’ spring of 1833 two old plants of Fuchsia virgata, growing in the open border, were taken up, and having many rooted suckers they were divided from the old plants. Each sucker was potted into ON A HEDGE FORMED OF FUCHSIAS. 157 a 24 sized pot, in a compost of one half well rotted leaf mould, and the other rich sandy loam. The newly potted plants were then placed in a hotbed frame for a fortnight in order to cause the roots to be excited, after which they were removed into a greenhouse. Each plant was tied up toa straight stick, to which the leading shoot was regularly secured. All lateral shoots were cut back, “‘ when they got about six inches long,”so as only to leave one joint upon each. This shortening was repeated through the season, the induce- ment to which was to cause the leading stem to grow vigorously and at the same time to retain short laterals to push fromm, when the lead had reached the desired height. About the middle of June the plants were shifted, with balls entire, into pots a foot in diameter at the top, using the same kind of com- post. The plants still kept in the greenhouse. During the whole of summer they were liberally supplied with water at the roots, and occasionally, with the other plants in the greenhouse, syringed over the tops. At the end of the season of 1833, the leading stem of each was near five feet high, and abundantly furnished with short lateral shoots. The plants were kept in a cool greenhouse throughout winter, and in April 1834, were planted out with balls entire, but gently shook and patted so as to loosen the fibrous roots outside the ball. The ground was previously prepared for their reception, by taking away the poor soil to the depth of half a yard, and filling it up with a well enriched compost. The plants were well watered at the time of planting, and this was frequently repeated during the season. Each plant had a strong straight stake to which it was secured ; during the summer, the plants formed a very handsome hedge, and bloomed profusely. The design of forming the hedge was to conceal an object from view, at the front of a range of plant stoves. ' At the end of November the entire hedge was covered with wool- len netting, the mash of which was half an inch square, this was secured over the same by a tempory railing along the sides. The netting admits a suitable portion of light and air, but isa perfect security to the plants from injury by frost. In April 1835 the netting was taken away and the lateral shoots were pruned back, so as to leave about six inches of each This for- med the plants into the shape of a close set hedge of thorns. During summer they spread and bloom profusely, they are protected in winter, and pruned again in April.” 158 GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. I have just received a letter from the person who furnished the above practical particulars, and who says the hedge has not suffered the least during the last winter, but is now full of young shoots. Near Bedford, May 20th 1836. P. S. I think the plan of forming a plant after the above man- ner, would be very proper to stand singly on a lawn ; the plant would be feathered with branches from the ground to the top; I have two in course of training and pruning. ARTICLE VII.—REMARKS ON THE TREATMENT OF THE DAHLIA. BY MR. WILLIAM CHARLES. EVERYTHING tending to the improvement of Floriculture, I am sure will meet with encouragement from the conductor of the Cabinet. I therefore forward a few remarks on the treatment of the Dablia, for insertion in that Publication. For several years I have had opportunities, both from extensive practice and observations in some of the principal Nurseries in the Kingdom, of ascertaining what method of culture with the Dahlia, throughout the year, would be successful, so as to secure a profuse bloom of fine flowers, and preserve the roots most sound through winter. These desirable results are most effectually produced by earthing the stems up similar to what is done with potatoes ; the ad- vantages derived from it are numerous—the plants grow more freely, the flowers larger, the colours finer, the crowns of the roots more plumper, the roots more sound, in Autumn the crowns are preserved from effects of cold, rain, and frost, and the roots keep far better in winter than if otherwise treated. ' I find too, that if the stems of seedlings be earthed up, that it will cause them to bloom earlier by three weeks. June 4th, 1836. ARTICLE VIII.—GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. BY FLORA. Ir is certain, that all plants are naturally possessed of a humour that we call Radical, without which, they could never grow; andin regard this humour is fed and maintained by another foreign humour, which arises commonly from rain, or from the watering of the plants, we may from thence-gather the necessary use of watering. It is by this succour, that these productions extend all their parts, and act with such life and efficacy as to answer our desires. So it remains only to know how this watering is to be performed, so as to benefit the flowers, and make them look gay in the garden. GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. 159 With respect to this, we must distinguish between the different seasons. In summer, plants require much watering, especially in the evening, after the sun is down, that the water, which has a pro- pitious influence, may foment itself in the bosom of the earth, and so its subtilest parts may be conveyed into the roots for their benefit. Plants require some watering in winter, but it must not be done in that season till some time after the sun-rise; nor must it ever be done at night, lest they should freeze in the night-time, when the cold is keenest. Besides this watering must be moderate, and care must be taken not to wet the leaves, but the stalk and root ; which is dexterously done by pouring the water from the neck of a small wa- tering-pot without a head. Besides the proper season for watering, we must likewise have regard to the proper quantity. Too much or too little makes plants droop ; whereas, when they imbibe just what their nature will bear, they thrive and grow wonderfully. In watering plants, we generally make use of a watering-pot, which, spouting out the water contained in it, in the form of rain, moistens them equally all over, and sensibly refreshes them. Some plants set in pots, are sometimes so dry, that they fade and droop ; in which case, we set the pots in water till it comes within a finger’s breadth of the brim; there let them stand, till the water, entring at the holes in the lower part of the pot, appears upon the surface of the earth contained in the pot. Then take them out, and set them in some other place to drain. Sometimes, the earth, whether in pots, boxes, or open beds, by being over-heaten with moisture, forms upon its surface a crust, which is so hard, that the water falling upon it, runs off from the root of the plant, where its service is required: in this case, you must stir up the earth, that the moisture passing directly, may pen- etrate and revive the plant. It is given out, that well-water being insufficiently rarified, by reason of its degrees of cold, is not salutary to plants: but experience ‘shews, that when it is taken up at some distance of time, and heated in vessels by the sun beams, it operates very well. Running-water is most esteemed, on account of its agitation and incessant flux, it subtilizes, and warms itself, and so gains beneficial qualities. Water taken from cisterns, is yet better, by reason, that falling from on high, it is richly stocked with the subtile parts of the air, and the fire, to which we owe our life; so that it cannot but render a garden very fertile. For the same reasons, we find that rains make the fields very fertile. 160 GLEANINGS FROM OLD AUTHORS. As for pool, and stagnating waters, some say they are not at all friendly to plants ; because, say they, they contain some gross parts, which cannot without difficulty penetrate the plants, and so are apt to do more harm than good; besides, continue they, they are apt to breed worms, which cling to, and destroy their roots, to the fatal prejudice of the plant. But, after all, we find that even these waters rarified by heat, are admirably serviceable to the root of a flower; which gives us to know, that by virtue of that rarifaction, the stag- nating waters get rid of their impurities. So that upon the whole we are not in the wrong, if we say that this opinion is scrupulous without ground. Sometimes it so falls out, that the frequent rains would over-soak the earth contained in Flower-pots, if due care were not taken to pre- vent the inconveniency. And, upon this consideration, if the time permits, these pots ought, upon the apprehension of such occasions, be laid down on their side, with the bottom to the wind-ward; for, without this precaution, the Mother-Roots, and their off-spring would be in danger of dying Tt is sometimes observed, that a plant decays, when a certain yel- lowish colour appears upon its leaves ; in which case, the disorder is taken to proceed from its roots. To redress this disorder, we take the flower-pot, and place it on one side, and gently pouring in water out of a little pot with a small pipe, till it gradually makes a hollow down to the root; we then perceive where the disorder in the root lies: then we take a hooked knife, and cut the disordered part to the quick. This done we leave the wound or incision, to dry for half an hour, and then cover with a little turpentine, and at last, fill the pot with dry and very light earth. If it be a bulbous root that falls under this disorder, it behoves you, dexterously to shed the earth round it, in order to lay open the place affected; which done, we cut it with a knife to the quick, and take off the spoiled tunicles, or coats; after which, we cover up the whole with such earth as we last prescribed. We oftentimes observe, upon the surface of the earth in a flower- pot, a certain whitish mouldiness, which is like a cobweb covered with a little dew, and smells like mushrooms. Such earth is per- nicions both to the roots, and to the shoots of the plant; and, for that reason, whenever we perceive any such mouldiness, and the subsequent decay of the plant, the best thing we can do is to change the earth, by putting in its room fresh earth, sufficiently enriched with salts, and of a light temperament. This will revive the plant. . . _—s NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 16] PART II. LIST OF NEW. AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. 1. CAMELLIA RETICULTA, Captain Rawes’ Camellia. (Paxton’s Mag. of Bot.) Natural Order, Ternstramiacece; Class, Monadelphia; Order, Polyandria. The flowers of this species are very large, being six inches across, of a fine deep rose colour. When fully expanded, they have much the appearance in form of the flowers of Pzeonia Montan rosea. The petals are arrranged in a loose and irre- gular manner, and have a wavy appearance. The plant is of a very robust habit, but has been found difficult to propagate. It was introduced into this country in 1820, by Captain Richard Rawes, and presented to T. C. Palmer, Esq. Bromley, Kent, along with another great ornament, the Primula sinensis. The Camellia flowered for the first time in this country at Mr. Palmers, it is now eul- tivated in most nursery plant establishments. The plant seems impatient of heat, and begins to grow earlier than any other kind. Camellia, in compliment to G. J. Kamel, a Jesuit, and Asiatic Traveller, whose name has been latinized into Camellus. 2. CaTTLEYA LABrATa, Crimson lipped. (Bot. Reg. 1859.) Orchidacee, Epidendrex, Gynandria Monandria, This very handsome flowering orchideous plant, is cultivated by our friend Mr. Cooper, at Wentworth, where it blooms magnificently ; and as it does not require so strong a temperature as most others of this tribe, consequently deserves a place in every collection; the very great beauty of the flowers too, still more strongly recommend it. Each flowering stem will produce from four to six flowers ; the flower is about four inches across; labellum of a fine deep rich crimson, the petals of a beantifiil lilac; the fine con- ; trast of the two colours give it a most striking and pleasing appearance, produ- y cing a radiance of beauty and splendour rarely to be equalled. The plant may ____ be obtained at Messrs. Loddiges, Rollinsons, and others; it was introduced some a year since from Brazil, by Mr. William Swainson. Cattleya, in compliment to j William Catley, Esq., Barnet, near T.ondon. 3. Crara#cus Crus GALLI, VAR. OVALIFOLIA, Oval-leaved Cockspur Thorn, (Bot. Reg. 1860.) Synonym. Mespilus lucida, M linearis, Crateegus ovalifolia, C erus galli, ovalifolia. It has been called C. pennsylvanica by some persons. This variety of the Cockspur Thorn, has more oval and less shining leaves, with a more open growth than the two commoner kinds, viz., the Pyracantha leaved, and the broad leaved, which grow in a dense form, and have smooth shining leaves. The present variety forms a very handsome tree, producing white - flowers, succeeded by large pale red berries. It is grown in the garden of the { London Horticultural Society. The original species of Cockspur Thorn is a _ native of North America. Crataegus from Kratos, strength, alluding to the wood. Crus Galli, refers to the long and powerful spines resembling the spurs of a cock. 4. CRaT#GUs PRUNIFOLIA, Plum-leaved. (Bot. Reg. 1868) Synonym. Mespilus prunifolia. Roseacew. Icosandria Di Pentagynia. “ QUERIES. * . 7” Being a subscriber to your publication, I hope you, or some of your cor- respondents, would favonr me in your next part, or as soon as possible, with a list of the best show Pinks that are going at present. Being only one that is a cing in the science of Botany, I hope you will give me the best of your ce, and you will oblige you ‘ JeSe ‘On a SurrasLe Sorry ror ALs.—I should be much obliged if some cor- ndent would favour me with a description of the proper soil for an i ; oo if one kind would do for all. I fancy I use it too light. I have been think- . - . — 188 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. ing of using two parts loam and one of leaf mould, and the other old rotten dung. Pray what is meaut when the word rich is applied to loam? (We refer our correspondent to the article on soils inserted in our last number of the Cabinet.—ConDvUcTor. On THE CULTIVATION OF ALSTR@MERIAS.—I should be much obliged if some correspondent who cultivates the Alstroemeria successfully, would furnish me with a few particulars of management ; I cannot get them to bloom well either in pots or the open border. An early attention will much oblige, Maria. Hyacintus.—lI have tried to grow hyacinths in the open ground for several. years, but cannot get any flowers at all equal to what I have seen in the London _ seed shops. I should be glad if some cultivator near London would give me 4 the particulars of management required during the year. 3 July 12th, Use. JAMES ARMITAGE, a on List or sHowy BorpER Frowers, &c.—I and several friends, having small gardens entirely devoted to flowers, are much in want ofa list of showy herbaceous ; plants; there are annually, numbers of these plants for sale at the various seeds- men in town, but we have no knowledge of their character whether showy or Ae | not ; and if any of your correspondents would favour us with a list of the names, : height, colour, and month for blooming, it would be rendering usa great service. A CoLtEcTor OF HERBACEOUS PLANTS. — REMARKS. FUCHSIA DISCOLOR possesses one strong claim to our attention inasmuch as it is a native of the most southern portion of the world, which has yet been * visited by any Botanist, Port Famine, in the strait of Magelhaens, whence seeds were procured into this country. The country and hills, from the height of 2000 feet above the sea to the very verge of the high water mark, are covered with a perpetual verdure, which is remarkably striking, particularly in those places where the glaciers descend into the sea. The sudden contrast in such cases presenting to the view a scene as agreeable as it seems to be anomalous. I have seen vegetation thriving most luxuriantly, and large woody-stemmed trees of Fuchsia and Veronica, in England considered and treated as tender plants, in fnll flower withif a very short distance of the base of a mountain covered for two-thirds down with snow, and with the temperature at 36 degrees. The Fuchsias certainly was rarely found but in sheltered spots, but not so the Veronica (V. decussata) for the breaches of the Bays on the west side of St. John’s Island, at Port Antonia, are lined with trees of the Veronica growing even in the very wash of the sea. There is no part of the strait more exposed to the wind than this, for it faces the reach to the west of Cape Forward, down which the wind constantly blows, and brings with it a succession of rain, sleet, or snow; and in the winter mouths from April to August, the ground is covered with a layer of snow from six inches to two or three feet in depth. There must be some peculiar quality in the atmosphere of this otherwise rigorous climate, which favours vegetation; for if not, those comparatively delicate plants coud not live and flourish through the Jong and severe winters of this region. Captain Kine. On THE TREE MIGNONETTE.—Last year I treated some plants of Mignonette, in order to make them shrubby, as follows :—The plants were two feet high, and produced a large head of blossoms. Iam sure it is well worth the attention it requires. In a 48-sized pot I potted one good plant, in a very rich Joamy soil. In five weeks afterwards I removed the plant, ball entire, into a 36-sized pot, using the same kind of soil. As the plant pushed forth I pinched off all side shoots, allowing the Zeaf to remain from which the shoot pushed. The plant showed bloom when about ten inches high; I pinched it off, and it caused the top late- ral shoot to push upwards for a leader, which I trained for the purpose. On reaching two feet high, I cut off the blossom, and encouraged about eight of the best shoots for blooming. They flowered profusely last autumn, and now are real pictures of beauty and fragrance, aud I expect will continue so through the MISCBLLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 189 season. I potted off one half of my plants early in May, 1835, and the other early in June. At the end of April 1836, I repotted the plants into 24s, keeping the ball entire. I placed the plants at first in a Melon frame, and when six inches high took them into the greenhouse where I have kept them till now. Near Boston, May 16th, 1836. SARAH, | On THE CULTURE OF ProTEAS.—The eager avidity with which spirited, libe- ral-minded gentlemen in this country, have, at various periods in the course of the last forty years, sought to possess and maintain in their collections living exam- ples of the many Genera of PROTEACE, affords an abundant proof of the great interest they have excited, and of the high estimation in which plants of a family, possessing forms no less extraordinary than numerous, whether indigenous to the Cape of Good Hope, or to the arid shores of Australia, have been held. At one period, within, doubtless the recollection of some of our readers, not only the King’s gardens at Kew, and the rich Conservatories of GEoRGE H1s- BERT, Esq. at Clapham, but the gardens of other gentlemen, and especially the sale-collections of the more eminent nurserymen around London, could boast of many choice specimens of Cape Proteaceous plants, which, in the present day, are nowhere to be seen; for having been urged by culture to put forth their showy flowers, they immediately e-‘terwards, in many instances, exhibited, from mistreat- ment, debility and sickness, and eventually dying, have ever since been lost to Britain. Since an ignorance at the time, of the proper mode of managing the plants of this family, whether natives of the Cape or of New Holland, doubtless led to the mortality that prevailed at periods not many years subsequent to their haying been raised from the imported seeds, perhaps it may not be out of place in this work, to give our readers the substance of a few practical observations offered us, on the successful treatment of certain of the Order, as pursued at Kew by the principal very able cultivator in that garden, Mr. JoHN SmiTH, to whose horticultural knowledge is superadded a critical botanical discrimination of plants generally, and especially of that numerous and beautiful tribe, the Finicrs, and to whose talents in these particulars, we are happy, in common with other Botanists in Britain and on the continent, especially attached to the study of Cryptogamic vegetation, to bear ample testimony. Adverting to the interesting pamphlet of Mr. Macnap, the excellent Superintendent of the Royal Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, on the propagation and culture of Cape Heaths, which © appeared in 1831, Mr. SmirH observes, that he had pursued with success for some time antecedent to that date, the same mode of treatment of PROTEACE& under his care, that is recommended in that publication, with respect to the eul- ture of Heaths, viz. in regard to shifting the plants into fresh and larger pots ; in the process of which, it is very important to afford, by means of potsherds, or fragments of half-baked pottery, a good drainage below, and especially to avoid deep potting, by placing the plant, with its ball of earth round the roots quite en- tire, so as to be some two or three inches above the surface of the soil at the edge of the pot, which will have the effect of carrying off any superabundant moisture from the roots to the circumference, and thus prevent the chance of water becom- ing stagnant round the base of the stem ; byinattention to this latter circumstance, many a Banxsra and DryanDRa in other collections have been killed ; whilst a steady regard to free drainage, to an abundant circulation of air, and a low tem- perature, he has succeeded in preserving many fine proteaceous plants longer than is generally effected in other gardens in the neighbourhood of London. “ Even in the present day,” he observes, “‘ there may be some few gardeners, who may object to the mode of potting certain plants here insisted on, on the ground that, by being thus raised in their pots above the soil at the edge, they have not a “handsome look; and this practice, now adopted and recommended by Mr. Macwnap with regard to Cape Heaths, &c., had its prejudice on his mind for years, for no other reason, as he himself tells us, “ than that I fancied the plant looked as if it were ill potted, and, to my view, unsightly.” “ But we now see, how rouch other and more judicious management, founded on physiological principles, has overcome the prejudices of former days, and the difficulties attendant on the enlture of not simply these, but the plants of other tribes :—witness our orchideous Epiphytes. “ The soil,” continues this intelligent cultivator, “ which I use in the culture of most of the PRoTEACE™®, is a good fresh loam, with which, if stiff, I mix a portion of sand, so as not to admit of its being retentive of water. In time, 190 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. after being potted as already directed, the main roots next the stem of the plant will become uncovered: this circumstance I regard as favourable to the health of the plant: there will be no danger of its dying suddenly, as I have known many to do, that have been buried alive,—in other words, been deeply potted!” “ In the winter months, care should be taken not to saturate the earth with water, nor wet the leayes or stem more than can be avoided. In dry weather however, during the summer season, water may be freely given to the plants about sunset, and a very essential point to be observed is, that, when they are placed out in the open air in groups, the sun’s rays should not be allowed to fall directly on the sides of the pots, for if they are, all the feeding spongioles of the tender roots round the inner side of the pot, will assuredly be destroyed, and the life of the plant greatly endangered. Repeatedly have I known a Banksra to have been killed by the solar ray haying been thus allowed to act on the side of the pot, which six months afterwards retained so much of a life-like look—being kept yet in its pot—as to appear to the eye of a superficial observer, to be still alive, and in perfect vigour. The lowest greenhouse-temperature that can judiciously be allowed, to prevent the effects of frost, is sufficient for the generality of the family now in cultivation in Britain, and no artificial heat is required for their preserva- tion, excepting in severe frosty weather.” He adds, with reference to pruning, that “ as the rapid upright-growing species are, if left to themselves, shorter-lived, than others naturally more robust, the free use of the Imife is recommended, and the growth of the plants checked, by keeping the luxuriant shoots cut back. This remark is especially applicable to those beautiful plants of the Order, with simple, straight, wand-like stems, such for example as Banxs1a Brownii and DRYANDRA Serra, Br., the former of which has been lost to several collections that could once haye boasted of it, by its having been suffered to shoot up into exuberant growth, far beyond what the slender, tapering, thinly-fibrid root could at all furnish sus- tenance. By heading these down somewhat, and thus reducing the ascending axis, or column of circulation, a more robust habit is induced, a growth of roots in their pots takes place, lateral branches are thrown out, and the plants thus treated at Kew, are now in the best possible health, with every indicative of being fully established in that garden.” Apuis ON RosEs.—The rose is often much infested with what is called the green fly insect, which may easily be destroyed, by fumigating with tobacco, or if in the open air by making a solution of quick lime, soot, and water, in the pro- portion of one peck of each to ten gallons of water. Stir the mixture well together, and afterwards let it stand till the water is clear, then mix about one-sixth of to- bacco water from the tobacco manufactory to be had at ls. per gallon, with the above, and sprinkle the trees or buds with it, and one application will be quite sufficient. New. Petuntas.—We have recently seen two very handsome varieties of Petunias, which have been raised in Germany, viz., one a flesh-coloured, and the other white, with a darkish eye. Both are very desirable varieties, making a pretty contrast with the other kinds. We also saw a splendid hybrid Alstremeria, with flowers near four inches across, it has raised from seed saved from Apele- grina. The flower is a fine flesh-colour, marked very strikingly with rosy crim- son. The latter is not yet offered for sale. Metatiic WirE.—(See Advertisement in our last Number.)—We had, some time back, specimens of the Wire. We tried it, and found if to answer most ad- mirably. It is very pliable, and can be used with the greatest ease and readiness. It is very durable and neat, and a most excellent substitute for bass matting. For securing plants to walls, trellises, &c., it is peculiarly adapted, as it will also be found the best tie for Dahlia plants and roots, in order to secure the mames. The smallest size would be found very suitable for tying up Carnations, &c., a small twist at the ends only being required, which is very readily done. The pieces will last many years for the same purpose. PURPLE-FLOWERED LaBurRNAM.—I haye just seen a branch of the purple- flowered Laburnam in bloom, which had been grafted upon a branch of the com- mon Laburnam. Both kinds were in blossom at the same time, and had a striking appearance. The purple-blossomed shows itself much better in this way than when it blooms on a stem to itself, the contrast of the purple and yellow showing the former much better. IsABELLA. MISCELLANEOUS INTELEIGENCE. 191 A Botanica CoLiEecTor, it is said, is about to proceed to Mexico, sent out by the London Horticultural Society. One is lately gone to South America from Kew Gardens. We anticipate many treasures in plants, the result of their labours. New PLANTS RECENTLY EXHIBITED AT THE BIRMINGHAM SHOW.—From the Earl of Stamford, Plagiolobium illicifolium, Epidendrum cornutum. From George Barker, Esq., Eriostemon aispidatum, Gompholobium tomentosum, Pime- lea hypeuicafolia. From John Wilmore, Esq., Phlox Drommondii. From Wil- liam Bennett, Esq., Agapanthus umbellatus albus. From Messrs. Pope and Sons, Double-flowered purple Wall Flower. HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY'S GARDENS. On Saturday, July 9th, the third (and last for the season) of the Horticultural Society’s exhibition of flowers took place at their gardens at Chiswick. The atten- dance was very numerous and fashionable. Between 6,000 and 7,000 of the rank and beauty of the metropolis were present. The weather was extremely propitious, and the day was remarkably pleasant, which doubtless was one great cause of at- tracting such an assemblage of visitors. The show of flowers and of fruit was equally varied and rich. The prizes were distributed as follows :— THE GOLD KNIGHTIAN MEDAL. Mr. S. Rucker—Collection of Orchidee. Messrs. Rollisson—Oncidium Lan- ceanum. Mr. Green, gardener to Sir. E. Antrobus—Stove and greenhouse plants. LARGE SILVER MEDAL. Mr. Gaines—Alstromerias. Mr. C. Palmer—Melocacti. Mr, Davies, gardener to Lady Clarke—Grapes. Messrs. Rollisson—Collection of Orchidee. Mr. Mill, gardener to Mr. N, M. Rothschild—Queen Pineapples. Mr. Errington, gardener to Sir P. G. Egerton—Peaches. Mr. Glenny—Roses (Chinese, &c.) Mr. S. Hooper, gardener—Roses. Mr. Lane, gardener to Mr. J. H. Palmer—Roses and greenhouse plants. Mr. Butcher, gardener to Mrs. Lawrence—Roses and greenhouse plants. Mr. Redding, gardener to Mrs. Marryatt—Single specimen of New Holland Plant. Mr. Rivers, of Sawbridgeworth—Collection of Roses. THE SILVER KNIGHTIAN MEDAL. Mr. Cock, Chiswick—Balsams. Mr. 'T. Hogg—Picotees. Mr. Snow, gardener to Lord de Grey—Cucumbers. Mr. Mills—Cockscombs. Mr. Dennis, Chelsea —Melocta. Mr, Redding—Ferns. Mr. Buck—Grapes. Messrs. Lane and Son —Heartsease. Messrs. Rollisson—Heaths. Mr.Clarke—Melons. Mr. Rucker, jun.—Gongora Specimen. Mr. Cock—Pelargoniums. Mr. C. G. Cooke—Pro- vidence Pineapple. Mr. Gibbs—Nectarines. Mr. Nieman—Nectarines. Mr. S. Hooker—Roses (Chinese, &c.) Mr. Wood, Maresfield—Garden Roses. Mr. Paul, Cheshunt—Garden Roses. Mr. Redding—Sing Specimen of Stove Plant. Mr. Spence—Specimen of Stove Plant. Mr. D. Ferguson—Single Specimen of Greenhouse Plant. Mr. R. Mangles—Single Specimen of New Holland Plant. Mr. Douglas—Single Specimen of Cape Plant. Mr. Marshall—Hardy Herba- ceous Plant. SILVER BANKSIAN MEDAL. Mr. Jackson—Calceolarias. Mr. Gaines—Pelargoniums. Mr. Paul—Chinese Roses. Rey. Mr. Hinks, Manchester College, York—Droseras, cultivated under glass. Mr. Myers, Brentford—Chervies. Mr. Mills—Hydrangeas. Mr. R. Scott—Large Fuchsias. Mr. Buck—Crassula coccinea. JupGES—Mr. H. M. Dyer, Mr. Greenshields, Dr. A. Henderson, Mr. Herbert, Mr. Ingram, Mr. Macintosh, and Mr. Richardson, The company continued arriving as late as 6 o’clock, and many of the visitors, enchanted by the beauty of the scene, remained until half-past 8, when the set- ting sun admonished them that it was time to exchange the pleasures of the Hor- ticultural Gardens for those of the domestic circle. GRAND SHOW AT VAUXHALL GARDENS. The flowers and plants were in profusion, and Roses, Ranunculuses, and Cal. ceolarias were certainly never before exhibited so numerously and so fine. Spe- cimen plants, too, were in great beauty and variety, and many bore upon them 192 MISCALLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. evidence of great skill in cultivation; while there were several new and beautiful subjects among them. The following was the award of prizes -— Greenhouse Plants—1. Mr. Fleming, gardener to C. Ranken, Esq.; 2. Mr. Glenny. Judges, Messrs. Chandler and Brown. Calceolarias—l. Mr. Bray, Chelsea; 2. Mr. Gaines, Battersea. Judges, Messrs. Chandler and Brown. Hardy Plants—My. Glenny (no competitor). Geraniums—l. Mr. Gaines; 2. Mr. Hill; 3. Mr. Cock. Award by the exhibiters themselves. Ericus—Mr. Glenny (no competitor). Thirty Heart’s-case (amateurs)—1. Mr. Salter, Shep- herd’s Bush; 2. Mr. Bridges, Hampton. Judge, Mr. Glenny. One Hun- dred ditto—l. Mr. Lane; 2. Mr. Gaines; 3. Mr. Hogg, Paddington. Cut Flowers—1. Mr. Rivers; 2. Mr. Buchanan. Judges. Messrs. Chandler and Rogers. Specimen Plants (for beauty and skill in cultivation)—1. Mr. Gaines ; 2. Mr. Fleming; 3. Mr. Buchanan. Judges, Messrs. Rogers and Caulier. Ditto (beauty and rarity)—1 and 2. Mr. Glenny: 3. Mr. Gaines; 4. Mr. Hard- ing; 5. Mr. Fleming. Judges, Messrs. Rogers and Caulier. Best Orchideous Specimen—Mr. Glenny. Best Twelve Pinks (amateurs)—Mr. Neville. Judge, Mr. Glenny. Pinks (collections)—1l. Mr. Hogg; 2. Mr. Chandler. Judges, Messrs. Glenny and Neville. Ranunculuses (twelve)—1. Mr. Alexander; 2. Mr. Cannell; 3. Mr. Beck; 4. Mr. Pile; 5. Mr. Sharpe; 6. Mr. Hooker; 7. Mr. Hogarth; 8. Mr. Caulier. Judges, Messrs. Brown, Hogg, and Glenny. Ditto (best collection)—Mr. Alexander (no competitor). China and Noisette Roses (amateurs)—1. Mr. Glenny; 2. Mr. Salter. Placed by exhibiters themselves. Ditto (collection)\—1. Mr. Rivers; 2. Mr. Wood, of Maresfield ; 3. Mr. Lowe. Garden Roses (amateurs)—1l. Mr. Glenny ; 2. Mr. Pratt. Judges, Messrs. Rivers, of Sawbridgeworth, and Wood, of Maresfield. Garden Roses (collection)—1. Mr. Rivers; 2. Mr. Wood; 3. Mr. Willmer. Judges, Messrs. Glenny and Hooker. EXTRA PRIZES. Miscellaneous Collection—Messrs. Chandler. Ditto—Mr. Fairbairn. Collec- tion of Iris—Mz. Salter. Balsams—Mr. Cock, Chiswick. REFERENCE TO PLATE. A. Mimulus Rawsonii, My. Rawson’s.—This very striking and handsome variety was raised by our esteemed friend Mr. Menzies, gardener to Christopher Rawson, Esq., Hope House, Halifax. In whose splendid collection of plants, we lately saw it finely in bloom. B. Tropewolum elegans, Elegant flowered.—This very handsome flowering plant we also saw in bloom at Hope House, and Mr. Menzies informed us that it had been raised there from seed sent to Mr. Rawson, by Mr. Higgins of Liverpool, who brought it from Chili. It is very far superior to the pretty T. tricolorum ; the colours of the flowers being much more intense; the flowers are also larger, and are produced in far greater profusion. It is a most valuable acquisition to a col- lection of plants, and being a climber which can easily be keptin due bounds, may be neatly trained upon a wire frame, as recommended by our correspondent in the last number of the Cabinet, and thus form a most pleasing object. FLORICULTURAL CALENDAR FOR AUGUST. _ Prant Srove.—Continne to admit a large portion of air daily, for the benefit of the plants in general in this department. Attention to watering, eradicating insects, and cleanliness, must be daily attended to. GREENHOUSE PLANTs.—AIl exotic trees and shrubs belonging to this department, that are in want of larger pots, or refreshment of new soil, should (if not performed last month) imme- diately he done. This is the proper time to propagate Aloes, Sedums, and all others of a suc- culent nature, by means of suckers or bottom offsets; when detached from the parent, they should be potted singly into small pots, using light dry compost, and watering sparingly till they have taken root. In the first, or second week at farthest, inoculation may be performed on any kinds of the Citrus genus. FLower GarRDEN.—Dnue care must be taken respecting watering any kinds of annual, bien- nial, or perennial plants, that may be in pots. Propagate by means of slips, and parting the roo\s, of any double-flowered and other desirable fibrous-rooted perennial plants done flower- ing. Likewise increase by offsets the different kinds of Saxifrage. Auriculas should be cleared of all dead leaves, and shifted into fresh pots; prick out of the seed-bed Seedling Aurieulas and Polyanthuses, in a shady situation: seeds of both kinds may also be sown in boxes or pans. Carnations may still be layered, also Sweet-williams, the earlier in the month the better. Also plant out Pink pipings, which were putin in June. Sow seeds of all kinds of bulbous-rooted plants in pans or boxes, such as Spring Cyclamen, Anemonies, Ranuncu- luses, &c. &c. Those kind of bulbs wanted to increase should be taken up, if the leaves be decayed, and the offsets taken off. Transplant into nursery beds seedling, perennial, and biennial plants sown in spring. In dry weather gather those flower-seeds that are ripe of any desired kinds. Plant out such kinds of autumn-flowering bu!bs as yet remain unplanted. Cabeerlarcé eC Maculeli ey hee alls Pdi th Floriculiural Cabiner. THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, SEPTEMBER Ist, 1836. i ii)3)%> PART I. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. ARTICLE I. ON THE CULTURE OF THE PANSY OR HEARTSEASE. BY MR. JOHN SMITH, FLORIST, ISLINGTON. THERE is scarcely any plant now in cultivation, which is of greater interest to a flower-garden than the Pansy. The extreme neat- ness, beauty, and variety of the kinds, their duration of bloom- ing from April to November, and their peculiar adaptation for almost any part of a flower-garden—renders the Pansy peculiarly pre-eminent. Although the plant is of humble growth, yet, it may be grown upon an elevated mound of soil, so as to exhibit its beauties as lofty as desirable. I have cultivated it in several situations after the following manner :— I had a raised octagonal shaped cone, constructed in the centre of a flower garden, which was two yards high, I formed it by having troughs made one foot broad and eight inches deep, tier above tier to the height named. The interior of the troughs had not a boarded bottom, but a bar or two to keep the whole together. The substratum was of good garden soil, and the troughs in which I planted the Pansies was filled with a light rich loamy soil, a compost which I had made of turf soil and manure that had been mixed two years, and turned over several times. In this situation the plants bloomed most beautifully, and produced a striking effect. I had a raised bank made against a wall, in order to conceal it from view of my dwelling, and this was constructed after the same manner, tier above tier to the height of five feet, and was equally handsome. The troughs were formed of tiles eight inches deep, above the soil of the lower tier, and the lower edge was inserted six inches to keep the tile upright. : From the above statements it will be obvious to the readers ot the VOL. IV. AA 194 CULTURE OF THE PANSY. - Cabinet, that an elevated bed may be made of any shape or height, in which this charming little plant may be grown, and, having the flowers raised so near to view, is a desirable advantage. Occasional watering is necessary, but not near so much as persons might judge would be required. ; Having said this much of the appropriateness of the Pansy to suit almost any convenience, I shall now add a few observations on the culture, &c. Choice of Sorts.—The properties of a superior flower consists in the brilliancy of each colour, that is, of each colour being decidedly strong; the form of the flower should be as near a circle as possible, and the larger the better; the edges of the petals not to be fringed or undulated at all, but even and regular. In a flower, shaped as above described, the small angles which are seen in many pansies where the petals intersect each other, are wholly done away with ; the eye should be rather small, and the stigma to gil the same. Propagation.—New varieties are readily” obtained from seeds. Some care is necessary in collecting the seeds, as the capsule (seed vessel) undergoes but little change after itis formed, very soon burst- ing. When the seeds are ripe, however, the capsule, which before was pendulous, now becomes erect, and in a few hours afterwards, if the day be sunny, the seeds will be dispersed. If the seeds be gathered any time from May to September, it should be sown immediately after being collected, but if after Sep- tember it is better to defer the sowing till Spring. If the seed be sown in the open border, a shady situation is the best, the soil not being so liable to become droughty. If in boxes they can be placed in any situation desirable. Sow the seedsin rich light soil, let the surface be made fine and smooth, cover with ‘fine sifted soil about one-eighth of an inch deep, and gently, with a flat board, press the soil to the seed. Never allow the soil to become dry till the plants are up. When the seedling plants are about an inch high, they may be transplanted about four inches apart, into a bed of light rich soil. If the situation be a little shady it will be the better for the plants; if the season be dry occasional watering will be necessary. The plants will bloom the same season if sown early in the year, and, if later, they will bloom the following spring ; the best will easily remove to another situation. By Cuttings.—Cuttings will readily strike root at any time from the first of April to the end September, if the cuttings be selected from young shoots, the old shoots at the end of summer being hollow, and such seldom push roots. The ends of the shoots, about two inches Sd ON GROWING FERNS IN BOXES, ETC. 195 long, are suitable for the pur pose, cutting through, close under a joint; they should be inserted in a fine soil of sand and loam, be watered well, and shaded for a few days, At the end of summer it is best to insert cuttings in pots or ee so that they can be placed in a frame to be assisted in striking. By Slips or Offsets. —The plants will often have a quantity of shoots that will have struck root, these slips may be taken off at any time by removing a portion of the soil, and cutting the slips or offsets off with a portion of roots to each. By Layers.—There are a few kinds which I have found difficult to increase by cuttings, nor could I get the shoots to root when earthed up, in order to encourage them to strike roots into the soil ; such, I have layed the same as carnations, using a finely sifted soil, and covering the incised part with it I did; not need a hooked peg. This mode is very easily done, at any time from the end of March to the early part of October, and with certain success. In order to have fine blooming plants, it is necessary to have a stock raised every year. Such as are raised early in the present year, bloom fine from April to July, and those raised later in the present year, bloom from July to the end of the season. One year old plants are the best blooming ones, make the neatest patches, and look the handsomest. When much older they make long and strag> gling shoots, producing small blossoms. Being so easy of propagation and culture, a continuance of bloom may be secured nine months in a year. I find that Pansies grown on the elevated beds, being drier than the ordinary borders of the garden, stand well through the severest winters. Those plants I cultivate in the usual beds and borders of my garden, I cover the soil close up to the plants with some rotten tan- ner’s bark, or mulchy manure from an old mushroom bed, to the depth of two or three inches, which fully answers the purpose of pre- serving them from injury. If there be convenience, young plants of a sort, may be potted off at the end of September, and be kept in a cool frame or cool greenhouse till March following. T have done both. A list of the finest sorts, description of them, and some further re- marks I will send for the following Number. July 13th, 1836. ARTICLE II.—ON GROWING FERNS IN BOXES, &c. In the transactions of the Society of Arts, Commerce, and Manu- factures. In Vol. 50, part 1, p. 226, (Appendix,) is a letter to B. H. Jolly, Heng from N. B. Ward, Esq., on his method of growing ste i 196 ON PROPAGATING PLANTS. u ferns and other plants, which thrive best in a humid atmosphere, by planting them in a box filled with moist earth, and covered with a glazed frame, rendered as nearly air-tight as possible. In this situa- tion they will flourish, even in London, the junctures of the box be- ing close enough to exclude the particles of soot, smoke, and dust, which are constantly floating in the air of the metropolis. The same kind of boxes have been applied by their inventor to a much more _ important service, namely, that of conveying living plants by long sea voyages, from one country and climate to another, with singular success, and without the necessity of those minute precautions of regulating the admission of air and light, and of duly supplying them with water, which are absolutely necessary if recourse is had to the usual mode. Cases for New Holland were embarked the first week in June 1833, and arrived at their destination in the following Jan- uary. They were on the poop of the ship, the whole voyage, and all the water they had during the passage was a light sprinkling, during the hot weather near the equator. The plants, with the exception of two or three ferns which appeared to have faded, were all alive and vigorous—they consisted of ferns, mosses, grasses, &c. The cases were refilled at Sydney, in February 1834, chiefly with ferns aud two or three flowering plants—the thermometer between 90° and 100°; in rounding Cape Horn two or three months after, as low as 20° at eight P. M.; in crossing the line 120°; and on the arrival of the ship in the British Channel in November, 40°. These cases occupied the same station as on the outward-bound voyage ; the plants were not once watered, and received no protection by day © or night, yet arrived in the most flourishing state after eight months confinement. Various other successful trials have been made*to Para, Calcutta, and other places.—See Letters from N. B. Ward, Esq. and Capt. Mallard—Transactions of the Society of Arts, Vol. 50, Part 2, p. 189, Appendix. Y ARTICLE III.—ON PROPAGATING PLANTS BY GRAFTING, BUDDING AND INARCHING. BY MR. CHARLES TAYLOR, ELAM HALL, DORSETSHIRE. Many plants are propagated by one or the other of these means; I cannot, however, omit noticing a very ingenious mode of grafting, described by M. Oscar Leclerc, of the Jardin du Roi, Paris, in a communication to the editor of the Gardener's Magazine, and said to be the invention of Mr. Blaike, an eminent British gardener, who long resided in France, and who may be considered as the founder of i ON PRORAGATING PLANTS. 197 modern gardening in that country : “This mode of grafting,” observes M. Leclere, “which I shall henceforth call the Graffe Blaikie, succeeds in most plants, both of the hot-house and open air; and it seems particularly well calculated for the propagation of intertropical plants and trees. The success which attends it on delicate hot-house plants, and particularly on these which are hard-wooded, is very difficult to be obtained by any other means. During the time when “the sap is in full activity, the scion must be procured, if possible, of exactly the same diameter as the stock on which it is to be grafted. “First make two lateral oblique incisions, exactly similar, the one on the stock from above to below, the other on the scion from below to above, and both slooping from without towards the centre or in- terior of the wood. The tongues are then cut in the form of a long wedge, by stripping them of their bark. The cut parts are then re- united, by taking care, as usual, to make them coincide as exactly as possible. The scion being bound by ligatures to the stock in the ordinary way. The inferior part of the scion, that is, the lower, is plunged in a vessel of water. It will, however, necessary to remove the water from time to time, and to renew the base of the submerged scion by cutting off its extremity. “The stock is sometimes headed down immediately after the operation, in which case, particular care must be taken to leave a bud ora shoot above the incision, in order to attract the sap to the place where the operation was performed. Sometimes, however, the stock is not headed down till after its union with the scion is completed. “When the plant operated on is small, and the scion of a delicate - species, the plant should be covered with a bell-glass to prevent too great transpiration of the leaves. The air in the interior must be occasionally renewed, as, without this attention, it would, by the evaporation of the water, be rendered too humid. If the diameter of the scion be less than that of the stock, the operation must of course be different from the preceeding. In such a case, the incisions must be limited simply to two hie ones of equal dimensions, one on the scion, the other on the stock. This is the easiest and the most natural mode, and also the most favourable for giving solidity to the graft.” This mode of grafting is, we think, particularly applicable to oran- ges, lemons, &c., and these plants, engrafted by any of the ordinary methods, that will admit of a portion of the scions being left long enough to be inserted into a phial or cup of water, will facilitate the operation. Some cultivators practise this mode of engrafting in this country; anda variety of it may be noticed as practised by that 198 ON PROPAGATING PLANTS. intelligent and indefatigable botanist, Mr. Murray of Glasgow, who ~ substitutes for the water a potato or turnip, into which he inserts the bottom end of the scion. Some propagators have recomended in- serting the lower end of the scion into the mould of a pot, kept ata proper degree of heat and moisture ; and in some cases where it has been practised, the scion has rooted in the mould, and where such has occurred, the part below the union of the graft has been cut off, | and has consequently produced a perfect plant, giving thus two plants - instead of one. Instances have also occurred of the scion rooting into the water, and in like manner producing a plant. It may be men- tioned, as a necessary precaution in the above method of grafting, that to prevent too rapid evaporation, produced either by the sun or winds, a cap of stout paper or parchment has been recommended, which may be fixed a little below the part operated on, and so contrived as to enclose the whole of the upper part of the stock. This precaution becomes particularly necessary when the operation is performed in the open air, and particularly in the case of resinous or gummy trees. Of the plants which belong to those departments, which are pro- pagated by these methods, may be enumerated the families of Cam- ellia and Citrus, the varieties of which are generally propagated by the two latter methods, as are some species of Daphne, Berberis fasicularis, and various others. Sometimes grafting is performed on the roots of some rare plants, asin the case of Peonia papavericia which is often grafted on pieces of the roots of Peonia moutan. Experienced operators propagate plants by these means with much success, and indeed the idea of increasing the size of a Camellia, for example, to an almost unlimited extent, by inarching very large branches, or, in some cases, entire plants upon others of greater size, appears to be perfectly practicable. As the size of these plants adds to their value, and as they are several years before they acquire a large size, however well they may be cultivated, this mode of in- creasing them certainly deserves to be more generally adopted. I possess a plant which has above thirty different varieties growing upon it. Large specimens of Camellias, and of several other plants, are more likely to be quickly attained by a process of this kind than by any other. The precise season of performing the above operations ou exotic plants, will always be governed by the state of the wood on the plants, and by no stated period of the season. When the wood or buds are in a fit state, then the operation should be proceeded with. August 2nd, 1836. CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. 199 ARTICLE IV.—ON THE CULTURE OF THE CHINESE PRIMROSE. (PRIMULUS SINENSIS.)—By Anrpisra. In a former Number I perceive a query upon the Chinese Primrose, and having myself been a very successful grower, I now send my me- thod for the perusal of your correspondent. I raise my plants every season from seed, asI find them bloom much finer the first year than afterwards. The seed is sown early in Spring, and when the plants appear above ground, [ transplant them out singly into small pots. The soil best adapted, is, I find, rich sandy loam. larly in May I pot them into larger pots, about eight inches in diameter, and ten deep, and again place them in the greenhouse, where I allow them a full current of air. With this simple treatment I have a profusion of strong and mag- nificent trusses of bloom. ARTICLE V.—ON THE CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. BY A LONDON PRACTICAL GARDENER. Tuis very popular family, has always the best effect when cultivated in a house by themselves; and as there are certain seasons in which this genus requires a treatment almost peculiar to itself, their sepa- rate culture is, therefore, the more necessary. The splendour and pro- fusion of the blossoms of this genus do not only attract our notice, considered merely as an ornamental plant, but has a considerable claim on our more intimate regard, when we consider it as supplying us with one of the necessaries of life, and probably one of the most exhilarating and useful medicines of which our Pharmacopeias can boast. From the species Camellia bohea, viridis, and sasanqua, are obtained the well-known tea of commerce, which is imported by us from China, where these three species, together with C. Japo- nica, grow in abundance, and in that country attain the character of evergreen shrubs or low trees. From these species have been origi- nated, by cultivation, the many varieties now cultivated. The most successful and generally adopted method of propagating this family, is by inarching or grafting ; by either of these means each variety is perpetuated, but new varieties are only to be obtained from seeds ; as these seldom ripen, at least.in any quantity, in this country, and few are imported in a fit state to vegetate, the propagation of new varieties is consequently a matter of some importance. As, in most other cases, it is from single flowering plants that seed are to be ex- pected, although sometimes the semi-double flowers also produce them, and of these, the common single red is the most prolific in ” 200 CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. affording seed. Sometimes seedlings so obtained are used only for stocks, whereon to work other rarer kinds, although sometimes they are kept till they attain a flowering state to ascertain their relative merits. Mr. Knight, of the Exotic Nursery, has many seedling plants thus originated, which assume as yet different characters, so far as the buds, leaves, &c. are concerned, from those from which they have sprung ; and, under the management of that very scientific cultivator, every justice may be expected to be done them. These, we understand, have been principally obtained from the magnificent specimen which he so long and so well cultivated, and to which we have already alluded. Stocks, however, are for the most part ob- tained by nurserymen from layers of the common single red, which ‘they have often planted out in pits for this purpose, or from plants originated from cuttings of the same or equally common sorts. Ca- mellias are sometimes budded, but for the most part are either grafted or inarched, in either case, the process of tongueing is dispensed with as weakening the stock; and that mode of grafting, termed side- grafting, is preferred. It may be observed, that, of all the stocks, for this or any other purpose, those obtained from seeds, are the best ; but, in regard to Camellias, as the seeds are two years in coming up, cultivators seldom wait till such stocks are of proper size to be oper- ated on. Sometimes the double Camellias are obtained from cut- tings, but this is both a tedious and precarious method of increasing them. As to the proper season for grafting or inarching Camellias, the spring is the best, and just at that time when the plants have done — flowering and are beginning to grow. This state of vegetation does not always take place at precisely the same time, as some cultivators force their Camellias into bloom very early ; such, therefore, should be operated upon not by the exact period of the year, but by the state of the plants: Some will be fit for this process in January, February, March, and April. Those, however, which are operated on in March and April, will have the better chance to succeed, al- though those which are operated on in February answer pretty well. During the time the process is going on, the house should be kept rather closely shut up, and the atmosphere kept rather damp; how- ever, these must not be too freely indulged in as in the former case, the plants would be liable to being drawn up weak, and consequently become straggling and of bad habits. The time that elapses before a union of the scion and stock completely takes place is in different sorts, and more particularly in regard to the state of health and vigour in which the plants may be, as well as the favourableness or unfa- « CULTURE OF THE CAMELLIA. 201 vourableness of the season. Observation alone can dictate when the clay, and afterwards the bandage of matting, should be removed. There is an evil in allowing either to remain on too long, as well as taking them off too soon; however, there is less danger to be appre- hended from their remaining on a week or even two too long, than than in taking them off a week too soon. Some cultivators adopt the Graffe Blaikie mode ofinarching with much success, and others also practise the mode recommended by Mr. Murray, of Glasgow, by inserting the lower extremity of the scion into potato or small turnip. Camellias will form a union when the branches are of considerable size; and, as we have already noticed, very large plants may be speedily formed,by inarching several whole plants upon one common stock. This process is now becoming prevalent round London ; and when the operation is properly performed, and the plantafterwardspro- perly cultivated, specimens of large size may be expected to become more common than they have hithertobeen ; and certainly one or two large specimens of this plant, where there is convenience for keeping them, are better than a number of small ones, which will take up the same room, and never can produce so imposing an effect as is the case with large specimens. Upon one or two plants may thus be cultivated the whole collection of varieties and species now known. In grafting Camellias, much care should be taken to perform the operation neatly, so as to leave as little appearance of the place of union as possible. I recollect, when this plant was much less common than it now is, and the methods or propagating it less understood, that some cultivators, to hide its deformity in the stem, performed the operation very close to the surface of the pot in which the stock grew; and when tke union had taken place completely, they used to repot them into deeper pots, so as to bury the wound under the mould. A practice so unskilful was of course unsuccessful; the plants being thus too deeply potted did not prosper, and, as might be expected, deterred many from purchasing, from an idea that the plants were either short-lived, or would not grow without the care of a proficient person. The case, however, is otherwise : scarcely any plant is easier than the camellia; although it must be admitted, that, to grow them in the first degree of excellence, much judgment is required. Camellias, like most other plants, have their periods of growth and also of the rest; during the former state they cannot hardly be watered over much, and during the latter, they will soon languish if too bountifully supplied. For this, no rules can be laid down ; experience and observation on the part of the cultivator alone ean be a safe guide. Bb 202 CULTURE OF CALCEOLARIAS. ARTICLE VI. ON THE CULTURE OF CALCEOLARIAS. BY A STAR IN THE EAST. Tuis very charming family of plants having now become so general a favourite and necessary ornament to the flower garden, as well as the sitting room, induces me to send the following remarks on the mode of raising seedlings, as well as the general culture thereof, for insertion in the Cabinet. But a very few years back, the only calceolaria which [ could meet with for culture in my flower garden, was the C. pinnata, and now, in consequence of the attention that has been given in raising new varieties from seed, I possess upwards of seventy strikingly dis- tinct kinds. Last year I raised three thousand seedlings, most of which are now coming into bloom ; many already flowered, are real good kinds, and amply repay for any trouble. The following is the mode of management I have successfully pursued :— On Impregnating for New Varieties.—I tried for several years to get seed from those plants I cultivated in the open borders, judging that the flowers would be impregnated by the bee, but either from _ this being omitted, or if done, the flowers, or seed vessel, was so damaged by rain or other casualities, that I never could raise a sin- gle plant. In 1834, I planted a number of plants into the open bed, and had a three light frame placed over them, taking away the lights, excepting to protect at uight and from rains. ‘In addition to this I continued to impregnate the blossoms from time to time. During the process of watching the blossoms, in order to take the farina at a proper state, I found that such attention was particularly necessary, as it was only for a short duration in a proper condition, and that not when mere dust, but as soon as it became in a limpid state. The application of this to the stigma at that period, produced the de- sired effect. A better knowledge can be obtained by practical obser- vation, than can be supplied in this place. There is also a particular time when the stigma is prepared for the reception of the farina, this too will easily be ascertained in practise. My aim has been to obtain kinds having the highest colours, that should have the largest flowers, and the pale colours accordingly. I have also been endeavouring to get the shrubby kinds spotted similar to many of the large herbaceous varieties—in this I hope to succeed. I never allow any wet to get upon the flowers after impregnation, and I take. care not to allow the roots to be droughted ; this attention being paid, I have succeeded in CULTURE OF CALCEOLARIAS. . 203 obtaining a very large supply of seed, which last year afforded me three thousand plants, and I have now as many to bloom next year. It is easily ascertained when the seed vessels are ripe; I am careful to gather it immediately, and all the seed I collect by the end of August, I sow immediately, so that the plants get strong enough to endure winter. On the other hand, if sown much later they are generally too weak to survive, so that all late seed I save till spring. I sow the seed upon some finely sifted soil, and place it in a hot- bed frame, being careful to keep it moist by sprinkling with water, through the medium of a syringe with a fine rose; this keeps the soil moist without washing it bare. In order to insure the seedlings for blooming, I plant them out into some light rich soil in a cool frame, as early as I find them stroug enough to bear it. In the winter I protect, them by the lights and straw hurdles in severe weather. In watering Calceolarias, I find it necessary to avoid watering the centre of the plant, or it will very soon rot. I pour the water liber- ally over the soil, not only close up to the plant, but as far as the roots extend, by this attention I never lost a single plant. I find too, that the Calceolarias flourishes best when a portion of fresh loam is added ; I add to it some well rotted manure, but has it mixed with the soil three months before planting, for very fresh ma- nure kills the plant. Scarcely any plant is more easily increased, the offsets and slips being mostly furnished with small roots, these taken off and inserted in a pot, at the side of it, they will soon strike, and become fit for parting and final planting. The greatest difficulty with the Calceo- laria, is to keep it through the winter. But I succeed with the fol- lowing treatment, so as not to loose a single plant. At the end of September I take off a sufficiency of slips and offsets, and having a quantity of pots filled one-third with broken potsherds, I pot six or eight in each 24 sized pot, using a soil composed of equal parts of peatandloam. This admits of water passing off freely, so that in the damp of winter the plants never suffer from wet. Af- ter potting I keep the plants in a shady place out of doors till the frost is likely to commence, 1 then remove them into the cool frame, where they are kept from frost. In order to keep them dry, I have the pots placed upon bricks. arly in March I pot off the plants into 48 sized pots, still keep- ing them in the cool-frame, for if placed where there is much warmth, they often perish. J give air at all favourable opportunities, and stir the surface of the soil when ever it becomes mouldy or green. 204 : A DESCRIPTION OF CAMPANULAS. The first week in May I plant out all my stock, turning them en- tire out of the pots, into the open border, pit-frames, &c. In planting them out into an open bed, I find it of advantage to have it raised several inches above the level of the ground; this keeps it from injury by wet, as well as by raising it high at the cen- tre, gives a very pretty effect. Near Lynn, July 21st, 1836. ArTICLE VII—A DESCRIPTION OF SOME OF THE HANDSOMEST KINDS OF CAMPANULAS, &c.—By C. DELA PRYME. A CORRESPONDENT ina late Number of the Cabinet requesting some information as to the Campanula, or Bell-flower, perhaps the following may be of some use. There are seventeen principal kinds, which are here arranged in the order of their flowering, from May to October. Names. Colours. |Height in ft. Time of Flowering. punctata. White. 1 May, June. [earliest.} azurea. Purple. 13 June, July. pubescens. Blue. 1 June, July, August. carpatica. Do. a Do. _ [smallest.] linifolia. Do. + Do. speculum. White. 13 June, July, August, September. caucasica. Violet. q July, August. collina. Blue. i Do. pendula. Cream. 1 Do. lactiflora. White. 5} July, August, September. [largest.] sibirica. Blue. 1 Do. Lorei. Bluish. 1 Do. cephalantha. Blue. 1 Do. aggregata. Pale Do. 2 Do. pyramidalis. Bluish. 4 Do. persicafolia. Pale Blue: 3 Do. pentagonia. Purple. 14 July to October. [latest.] Besides these are the saxatilis, speciosa, glomerata, flora-alba, patula, trachelium, garganica, grandiflora, hederacea, fragilis, (or hir- suta,) and some others of less note. They are most of them hardy, easy of cultivation, and handsome. The Campanula may be reckoned as the head of the border plants, and it has more varieties than any other (not excepting the Gentiana.) They should not be planted before the beginning of March or end of February (although this is sometimes done.) Cambridge, Aug., 1836. CULTURE OF TROPHOLUM TRICOLORUM. 205 ARTICLE VIII—ON THE CULTURE OF THE TROPGOLUM TRICOLORUM AND PENTAPHYLLUM. BY MR. RICHARD GOODSALL, GARDENER, ENDON HOUSE, MIDDLESEX. I was much pleased with the beautiful flowering Tropceeolum inserted in the Cabinet for August; I have possessed the T. tricolorum and pentaphyllum for several years, and have cultivated them in a very successful manner; I am, therefore, induced to send you the par- ticulars of my mode of management, for insertion in the Cabinet. The soil I use is a mixture of rich loam and sandy peat, and to have a good degree of broken pots for drainage. Early in spring, I place one tuber each in a small pot; as some of the tubers are larger than others, I select a pot about as wide again as the tuber; after potting, I place them in a Cucumber or Melon frame. At the time of planting, I give them a supply of water, but being kept in moist heat they require little afterwards, till the shoots have pushed some length. ‘This attention is necessary to be observed, for if much water be given before the shoots push, the root will be liable to rot; so that my only care is, to keep the soil from being dry. When the shoots have got a few inches high, I repot the plant into one a size larger; this is repeated in its subsequent treatment, whenever it is observed to require it, by the pot being filled with roots. If the plant be over potted at once, it is certain to suffer by it, for the roots not occupying the soil, and its being of necessity kept moist, becomes sour by frequent waterings, and unfit for the plant to growin. But by often repotting into a size larger, every due encouragement is given to the successful culture of the plant, and to secure a profusion of blossom. When the plant has pushed as high as the frame will allow, I take it into a vinery of mo- derate temperature, where I keep it for a few days, and then remove it into the warmest part of a greenhouse, but where a free supply of air can reach it, tu prevent its moulding. As the plant pushes, I take care to have it neatly secured, using a stick or two for its early stages of growth, but afterwards to a wire frame, made something like what is recommended in the Cabinet. In pushing down the points of the stick or wire, I do not allow them to be inserted close to the side of the pot, because the fibrous roots run round there in abundance, and the point of the stick or wire pressed down there, would cut the greater part of them through, or by mutilation damage them in some degree. When I discover that the plant is attacked by the green fly, I have it sprinkled at the under side of the foliage with a strong solution of 206 CULTURE OF TROP@OLUM TRICOLORUM. tobacco water. In order to keep the plant free from the red spider, I have it often syringed at the under side of the leaves; the red spider bites the foliage, and causes it to become disfigured by whitish spots ; if uot checked at first, the insects rapidly increase and spread over the plant, and will soon destroy it. I avoid syringing it in damp weather, for the foliage would be injured. The plants thus treated, bloom profusely to the end of autumn. When the plant ceases growing and blooming, I withhold water from it, gradually declining the quantity given, till it is in a state to be kept dry till the return of spring. I do not take the tuber out of the soil it had grown in, but retain it therein till the time of repot- ting in Spring. I keep the tubers in winter in the cool part of the back shed, free from frost, but not liable to excite them to push. With the above treatment I have had a plant ten feet high, pro- ducing thousands of blossoms. The plant deserves a situation in every greenhouse in the kingdom. [I find it also answers well for culture in the light room of a dwelling, allowing it air at all conve- nient opportunities. The plant is easily increased by seeds, and young cuttings about three inches long strike freely in sand, if placed in a hotbed frame. T. pentaphyllum.—This plant I find to grow freely if allowed a large degree of pot-room, and to be kept in a very airy place in the greenhouse. I find it to do still better, to turn it out, if the plant be moderately strong, into the open border in a warm situation. I have a plant at the front of a greenhouse that is trained to three stakes, and densely covers them to the height of nine feet, having many thousands of flowers. The soil is a good rich loam and peat, half a yard deep, upon a gravelly substratum; I have supplied it freely with water ding: dry seasons. At the end of November the top generally dies, I cut it off near to the ground, and cover the same with some dry straw chaff, this is laid six inches deep, over this I place a large milk panshion which shoots off all wet, keeps the root dry, as well as contributes to keep it from injury by frost. At the return of spring the tuber pushes freely, and during the months from July to November, is a perfect picture of beauty and interest. I have not had occasion to renew the soil of the border where the plant has grown four seasons, but when it is indicated necessary by the condition of the plant. I shall take away the old soil at Spring, nearly to the tuber, replace it by fresh loam and peat, but not to dis- turb the tuber at all. ON RAISING ERICAS FROM CUTTINGS. 207 No insect has attacked the plant in the open air. The treatment of this species in pots during summer and winter, is in all respects as done to T. tricolorum, but I advise its culture in the open air. ARTICLE IX. ON RAISING YOUNG PLANTS OF ERICAS FROM CUTTINGS. BY A CULTIVATOR OF EXOTIC PLANTS. From May to July I think is the most proper season for striking the cuttings of Ericas, (Heaths,) as the young wood will by that time be, in general, pretty far advanced in growth. * The shoots of heaths, and bark thereof, are of such a thin wiry na- ture when old, that it is nearly impossible to strike them in that state, hence the many failures by people not aware of this circum- stance, who most probably were in the habit of leaving more or less old wood, to cuttings of every description; and these, they very naturally concluded, were to be put into the soil the grown plant flourished best in; so that except by mere chance, when they hap- pened to put in a cutting moderately young, which sometimes vege- tated, they found it a thing so precarious, and of such difficulty, as to be induced to abandon the trial altogether. Others more perse- vering, endeavoured to remedy these defects by a change of soil ; substituting loam and younger cuttings; but here a fresh difficulty arose, by the cold nature of so strong a soil, rotting the tender cut- tings, in many instances before they had time to vegetate; as well as the young fibres of such, as lived to produce them; unless trans- planted at an age, in which it was otherwise unadvisable to move them ; by which many were also lost. By a series of observations it was found, that the old wood of these, as well as many other plants, was by no means calculated to produce roots; that the one soil was too light and unsubstantial to support the tender green wood while devoid of roots, and the other too cold and stiff for their nature to flourish in afterwards; therefore, having proved that the young wood succeeded best as cuttings, the only thing to be looked for was a warm, open, yet partially retentive medium, best calculated to obviate the above defects. A good deal depends, in my opinion, on the choice of sand for this purpose; many prefer the whitest and finest they can procure; at all events pit-sand is the most proper; but from recent observations, I am inclined to think, that its goodness does not depend so much on the colour, as the tex- ture, a lively vegetating sand being, in my opiuion, preferable to tha‘ of a dead, fine, binding nature, be it ever so white; but it should be 208 ON RAISING ERICAS FROM CUTTINGS. a pure sand, untainted with any mixture whatever. The manner of using it, is to have the pot well drained as usual for cuttings, and then filled with sandy peat, within an inch of the rim; which must be pressed pretty light, so as not to sink much afterwards; let the remainder be filled with the sand and well levelled at the top, being also pressed tight ; the whole should then get a good watering to settle it before the cuttings are inserted ; then proceed to make the necessary quantity of cuttings to fill it, and the sand will be soaked sufficiently, and fit to receive them by the time they are ready. Strong, luxu- riant, or leading shoots, are not to be chosen,as from their redundancy of sap, they are exceedingly liable to damps; the ends of the lateral, or side shoots, are by experience proved to answer infinitely better, when selected with judgment, so as care is taken to reject any that have in the least degree attained a hard woodiness of substance, or that cut wiry, and tough. They need not exceed an inch in length, two thirds of which is to be divested of its leaves, and finished by a clean horizontal cut at the bottom ; but in taking the leaves off, it is necessary to be careful not to injure the bark of the cuttings, by pa- ring them too close, but rather to leave a part of the footstalk attached to it. When a sufficient number is ready, let them be immediately inserted in the sand with a small neat dibber, something about the size and shape of a goose quill ; they should be pretty well tightened in the sand, aad have a moderate sprinkle of water to settle it about their stems. A proper glass being previously chosen, when they have stood about half an hour to drain, and settle, it should be set on; pressing it gently on the surface so as to make it perfeetly close. If this business is begun in June, which is early enough, they must, (on account of the increased heat of the season,) be plunged in some cool shady situation, where they can be conveniently shaded when requisite : an exhausted hotbed, with a frame, and good lights on it, will answer very well; or otherwise, the north side of any low wall or hedge where they will be a little sheltered from the noon-day sun, and have the benefit of it morning and evening ; in either place, the pots must be plunged up to the rim in old tan or saw-dust; and in the latter, they will also require to be covered with large cap glasses over the small ones. When potted and watered, they must be set on the kirbs, or other convenient places in the stove for a few days, and shaded until they have established themselves in the fresh mould ; as soon as they have taken to grow freely, let them be removed to the greenhouse ;_ but observe not to expose them to the open air en- tirely at first, as it might do them a material injury ; on account of which, the lights over them should be kept close than usual for a few days. EXTRACTS. 209 PART II. EXTRACTS. ON THE MANAGEMENT OF THE PLANTS BELONGING TO THE GENUS Cirrus, in the Garden of Edward Miller Mundy, Esq., M.P., F.H.S., at Shipley Hall, in Derbyshire. By Mr. Richard Ayres, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society, Gardener to Mr. Mundy.—My green-house is forty- nine feet long, and seventeen feet wide, with a glazed sashed roof, sloping to the south ; the back and sides are solid walls; the front is nine feet and a half high, and has six glazed folding doors, the intervals between which are filled with fixed glazed sashes. The fioor is a stone pavement, and the house is warmed by a flue built on arches, and carried under the pavement near to the front glass, the heated air being admitted into the house through ventilators from a narrow air chamber adjoining to the flue. The back wall, on the inside, is eighteen feet high, and that, as well as the sides of the house, are covered with a trellis, the openings of which are six inches square. Adjoining the back wall, at even distances from each other, are six holes in the pavement, each two feet square; in these are growing trees in the following order:—l, a Lemon; 2, a China Orange; 3, a Lemon: 4, a Citron; 5, a Seville Orange; 6, a Lemon. They were planted young, nine years since; the border of earth in which they grow extends under the pavement, and their branches are trained to the trellis. In the same manner, last year, a Citron tree was planted against the west side, and a Lime tree against the east side; and these are trained to the trellis at the two sides respectively. Besides the above eight trees, there are twenty-two in tubs, seven- teen of which were brought from Malta by Captain George Mundy, of the Royal Navy, to his father, six years ago; they were then small, but have grown finely since, and the fruits they have recently produced have been excellent both for size and flavour. In addition to these trees in tubs, other greenhouse plants in pots are kept in the house in the winter season. The conservatory, of which a section. and ground plan are annexed is thirty-two feet six inches long; it is divided longitudinally into three borders; the back border is three feet eight inches wide, and its level is elevated three feet above the other part of the house by means of a wall which supports it. A paved walk, two feet eight inches wide, is carried over the border, so that only about one foot of it next the back wall is exposed to view: in this border, at even distances, are planted one Lime, and three Lemon trees; the Lemons are of my own working, they are nine years old from the bud, and are now in a fine bearing state; the lime was only turned out of a tub last March. The centre border is thirteen feet broad; in it are planted, in a double row, four in each row, at even distances, eight trees, viz.: two standard China Oranges, one Dwarf China Orange, three Seville Oranges, and two Maltese Oranges; these last are young plants putin two years ago; the other six trees are all in a bearing state. In the front border, which is only four feet wide, three trees were planted in 1818; one is a China Orange, three years old from the bud, and the two others are Lemons. This house is also used for the growth of Grapes: Vines are planted in the front of it, on the outside, and trained up the rafters of the glass roof, being introduced through holes in the front wall. The trees in each of the three borders of the conservatory are trained in different ways. Those in the back border are fastened to a trellis against the _ back wall. The trees in the centre border have their branches in part secured to a row of stakes set along the front and sides of the border, at even distances from each other; the stakes are each six feet in length above the ground, into which _ they are driven about a foot and a half; such of the branches as can be brought into contact with these stakes are fastened to them, the others are tied to stakes placed irregularly in different parts of the border, but chiefly at the back; by these means the branches are spread evenly over the whole extent of the border, cc 210 EXTRACT. are well exposed to the sun and light, and also produce a beautiful effect, whether in blossom or in fruit, the stakes having more the appearance of supports than of being placed for the purpose of fastening the branches to them. ‘The trees in the front border are trained flat on a horizontal trellis in the manner of peach trees in a house, the trellis being two feet from the ground. The borders both in the green- house and conservatory were filled, at the time the fruit trees were planted, with a compost made as follows: to twelve barrows full of strong turf loam, six of good rotten dung and three of vegetable mould were added ; these were properly incor- porated six months previous to being used, and then put into the borders. After I had planted both the house, having a few old trees in tubs and pots which were not in good health, I was induced to try on them the effect of a richer compost, and I also applied to them waterings of a compounded liquid manure. These sickly trees were restored to good health in twelve months, and as they made fine fruitful wood, I was so satisfied of the advantage of my new compost and of the composition water, that I determined in future to use them with all my other plants, whether in the borders or in tubs and pots. I have applied them in the manner hereafter detailed, and the beneficial effects resulting from their use have exceeded my expectations, not only in the vigour and richness of the wood and foliage, but in the abundance, size, and flavour of the fruit. The compost is formed of ten parts (a wheelbarrow full is my usual integral quantity) of strong turf loam, seven of pigeon’s dung, seven of garbage either from the dog-kennel or butcher’s yard, seven of sheep’s dung, seven of good rotten horse dung, and ten of old vegetable mould ; they must be mixed together twelve months previous to use, that time being necessary to bring the ingredients into a proper state of pulverization. The composition water is prepared as follows: three wheelbarrows full of cow dung fresh from a pasture field, two wheelbarrows full of fresh sheep's dung, and two pecks of quick lime are thrown into one hogshead of soft water ; the mixture is frequently stirred for’a week or ten days before it is used, and when applied to the plants, ought to be about the consistence of cream. Previous to describing my method of cultivating the plants, I cannot avoid observing that in the usual management of Oranges and other trees of the same description in green- houses, however fine the plants, they only serve the purpose of ornament, and are otherwise useless, never producing any fruit fit for the table. The failure arises from the common practice with most gardeners of taking these trees out of the greenhouse when they put out the common greenhouse plants for the summer months; whereas, the proper course which they ought to follow, is to keep them in the house through the whole season, and to avail themselves of the removal of the other plants to apply the peculiar treatment necessary to bring them into proper bearing. From the experience which my practice has given me, I do not think that Orange and other similar trees require much warmth in the winter months; I therefore never suffer my house to be heated above 50 degrees by fire heat until the end of February, or the beginning of March, when, the trees, if in good health, will begin to show blossom; the fire-heat should then be increased to 55 degrees; but the houses ought not to be warmed above 65 degrees at this time by sun-heat, the excess of which must be checked by the admission of air; and indeed the more air the trees have during the time of blossoming, the more certain will be the crop of fruit. My trees are washed with a hand syringe about twice a week in the winter months, advantage being taken of the middle of the day for that work in cold weather ; in summer they are washed in the morning, and it is then done every day. During the time the trees are in blossom, they require more care in respect to watering, I therefore then use a syringe with a top, the holes of which are so small that they will not admit a fine needle to pass through them. Clean soft water from the cistern in the conservatory is used for all these purposes. As soon as the fruit is set I begin to water the trees at their roots with the composition-water above described, giving more or less according to discretion; the trees having no other sort of water during the summer months, ex- cept what little falls from their leaves when they are syringed each morning. In the early part of June the greenhouse plants are taken out for the summer, and I then begin to force the trees, by keeping the heat in the house up as near as possible to 75°, for I do not consider that either Citrons, Oranges, Lemons, or Limes can be grown fine and good with less heat. Whilst the forcing is going on, particular attention is paid to the waterings above described. In June I also give NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 211 the trees, whether in the borders or in tubs and pots, a top dressing of the rich compost before mentioned, this is of the greatest advantage in swelling the fruit, and it is done in the following manner. The earth above the roots is moved with a small hand fork, taking care not to disturb any part of the roots; all the loose earth is then removed clear to the roots, and replaced with the compost. This operation I have performed for the last six years, on the trees in the borders, and to it I principally attribute my success in producing such fine and abundant crops. With respect to pruning the trees, I do not know that regular directions can be given for the work, but I will statein what manner the trees at Shipley are treated. Early in February they are looked over; at that time it is apparent what wood is likely to be fruitful, and as a certain quantity of old branches are yearly cut away I take out those which seem least promising, and so make room for the younger and more productive wood. If the trees afterwards grow very strong, the shoots are shortened according to their strength, in the same way as Peach trees are shor- tened. Thus the branches pruned are not only fruitful, but they are restrained to any shape desired, for no sort of fruit trees bear the knife more patiently than those I am treating of. There is some nicety required in thinning and arranging the crop. When the fruits are about the size of Green Gages, it is proper to thin them. Two fruits should never be left together, for they would neither be fine nor well formed; the quantity left to ripen must also depend on the age and strength of the tree. The thinnings have no pulp when of the size above mentioned, and are much esteemed by the confectioner, making excellent preserves. The fruit which I exhibited to the Society was part of the produce of 1818, which was particularly great in that year, nineteen of the older trees yielded two hundred and seyenty-eight dozen of ripe fruit, being nearly fifteen dozen on an average to each tree. This quantity was thus produced: the Citron tree in the greenhouse bore eight dozen, each Citron measuring from fourteen inches and a half to sixteen inches and a half in circumference ; three China Orange trees, viz., one in the greenhouse, and two in the conservatory, had sixty dozen of fruit, some of which measured thirteen inches round; six Seville Orange trees, viz., one in the greenhouse, three in the conservatory, and two in tubs, bore one hundred and forty dozen of fruit; seven Lemon trees, viz., three in the conservatory, three in the greenhouse, and one in a tub, had fifty dozen of fruit; and from two Lime trees, which were then in tubs, but which are now in the borders, as above men- tioned, twenty dozen of fruit were obtained. The crop was not so large last year, I did not expect it would be so, but the Citron yielded seven dozen of fruit; one of them Mr. Mundy sent to the Society in December last, it was seventeen inches and a half in circumference. The produce of the other different trees was fine, not only as respected its appearance, but the excellence of its quality. The trees this year promise an abundant crop.—Horticultural Transactions. LIST OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. i. Acacia vEsTITA, Cunningham’s Acacia, (Pax. Mag. of Bot.) Linnean Class, Polygamia; Order, Monecia; Natural Order, Leguminose. This very profuse and handsome flowering species was introduced in 1820 from New Hol- land, by Mr. Cunninghame. It is a highly omamental plant; the flowers are pro- duced in immense numbers upon pendant racemose spikes, half a foot long ; they are of a fine bright yellow colour, and the plant when in bloom resembles a yellow pyramid, being in such masses, relieved by a sprinkling of dark green foliage. The plant grows to the height of six feet, and deserves a situation in every conser- _Natory and greenhouse ; it blooms from April to June. This species may be pro- cured at most of the principal nurseries. The plant flourishes well in a mixture of rich loam and peat—and to have plenty of pot-room, as it grows rapidly it will require frequent repotting ; this is requisite with all the Acacias. Acacia from _ ahazo to sharpen some of the species being very thorny. 212 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 2. ApTOSIMUM DEPREssUM, The depressed. (Bot. Reg. 1882.) Synonym, Ruellia depressa. Ohlendorfia procumbens. Didynamia Angiospermia. Scro- phralarine. A very pretty flowering plant, a native of the Cape of Good Hope, from whence seeds were brought by Mr. Eckton. The plant has bloomed with Dr. Lechmann, at Hamburgh. It is a greenhouse undershrub, laying prostrate, and producing a profusion of flowers; they are funnel shaped, more than an inch long, of a pretty blue colour, having each of the five divisions of the mouth of the corrolla streaked with black, and the upper part of the throat being white. Mr. Eckton found the plant growing on the shores of the great Fish River, and there blooming from October to December. Mr. Bentham says, this plant assimilates very closely to Salpiglossis prostata. He also enumerates six other species with which he is acquainted, namely, A. abietinum, A. eriocephalum, A. depressum, A. indivi- sum, A. tragacanthoides, A. viscosum. Also he remarks upon five species of a new genus from the Cape, closely allied to Salpiglossis, namely, Peliostomum leucor- rhizum, P, origanoides, P. scoparim, P. virgatum, and P. viscosum. The Aptosimum is a very desirable plant, and we hope will soon be in the pos- session of the nurserymen in this country. Aptosimum, from a, privative; and ptosimos, deciduous. 3. CRATGGUS TANACETIFOLIA, Tansy-leaved Hawthorn. (Bot. Reg. 1884.) Synonym, Mespilus orientalis. Another very omamental species of this interesting tribe of plants, and which deserves a place in every pleasure ground. The entire family of Hawthorns are at once so highly ornamental and odoriferous, that wherever their introduction is practicable we strongly recommend it. The beauty of their blossoms, their fragrance, and the successive profusion of fruit of various hues and sizes, we think, give them more than ordinary charms. A list and de- scription of considerable extent will be given in our next number. The present species is a native of the higher mountains of Greece ; the flowers are large, white, powerfully fragrant; the berries are produced solitary, as large as a May Duke Cherry, yellow, and has the scent of an apple; itis also sweet. Crategus, from Kratos, strength, in reference to the wood. 4. CRAT@GUS ODORATISSIMA, Sweetest-scented Hawthorn. (Bot: Reg. 1885.) Synonym, C. orientalis. It is a native of the hills near the Black Sea. In this country it produces its very deliciously perfumed flowers in profusion, succeeded by clusters of rich red fruit of considerable size and beauty. 5. DOUGLASSIA NIVALIS, Snow Douglassia. (Bot. Reg. 1886.) Pentandria Monogynia. Primulacee. The late Mr. Douglas collected seeds of this pretty plant in California, and it has bloomed in the garden of the London Horticultural Society. When Mr. Douglas was travelling across the rocky mountains, in April 1827, at an elevation of twelve thousand feet above the level of the sea, he was struck with surprise with a large patch of brilliant purple, surrounded by snow, which, on a near approach, he found to be the blossoms of this pretty flowering plant. It very much resembles the Saxifraga oppositifolia. The plant forms a thick tuft, with branches rising a few inches high, clothed with small flowers of a vivid purple colour. The two plants raised in the Society's Garden, have been cultivated in the greenhouse, but it is probable it will flourish better when treated as alpine plants usually are. Another species, D. arctica, found on the shores of . the Arctic Sea by Dr. Richardson, is in the possession of Dr. Hooker. Douglassia, in compliment to Mr. Douglas. 6. EPIDENDRUM SKINNERII, Mr. Skinner's Epidendrum. (Bot. Reg. 1881.) Gynandiia Monandria. Orchidacee. This very interesting species was sent from Guatemala, in 1835, by G. U. Skinner, Esq., to James Bateman, Esq., Knypers- ley Hall, Congleton, Cheshire. In the rich collection at that place it has bloomed, under the very skilful management of Mr. Don. ‘The species is a most profuse bloomer, producing a spike of flowers upon every shoot. The flower stem grows erect, producing a spike of blossoms several inches long; flowers pale purple, an inch and a half across. The plant merits a place in every collection. Epidendrum, from Epi, upon; and dendron, a tree, native habitation. 7. HipiscUS SPLENDENS, Splendid-flowering. (Pax. Mag. Bot.) Monadel- phia Polyandra. Malvacee. A very fine flowering species which we find to grow and bloom freely in the greenhouse. It was introduced from New Holland in 1830, by Mr. Frazer, who, in writing about it, said, “TI consider this plant the King of all the Australian plants, I have seen it twenty-two fect high.” The MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 213 flowers this season were nine inches across, literally covering the plant; they are of a bright rose colour. The plant flourishes in a mixture of rich loam and peat, requiring plenty of pot room; most of the public nurserymen possess plants of it. It would make a fine show if planted in a conservatory. Hibiscus, from hibiscos, the name which the Greeks give to Mallow. 8. LastopUs soNcHOIDES, Sonchus-like. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) Syngenesia. Polygamia cqualis. Itis a native of Armenia, and is growing in the Chelsea Botanic Garden. The flowers much resembles those of the wild Hawkweed, of a pale yellow colour. Lasiopus, from Jasios, hairy ; and pous, a foot. 9. ONcrpruM LAaNcEANUM, Mr. Lance’s Oncidium. (Bot. Reg. 1887.) Gy- nandria Monandria .Orchidacee. John Henry Lance, Esq., first discovered this plant in Swinam, growing upon a Tamarind tree near to the Government House. Mr. Lance afterwards found many more plants in different parts of the Colony, growing upon the branches or stems of the Tamarind, Calabash, or Sapodilla trees. The plant, however, flourishes freely if tied to the Brugmansia arborea, or Orange tree. The flowers are produced upon a stiff branching panicle. Messrs. Rollis- sons of Tooting, had a plant flowered this season (1836,) the panicle having thirty flowers, each flower being two inches and a quarter in diameter. The sepals are of a greenish yellow colour at their edges, bright yellow in the middle, and regularly marked with broad blotches of crimson and chocolate brown; the lip is of a bright violet at the edge, and a deep violet towards the base. Not only are the flowers so strikingly handsome in colour, but they possess the additional charm of the most spicy fragrance, which they retain, even stronger, after the flowers’are gathered and dried ; no other Oncidium has fragrant blossoms. The plant merits a place in every collection of this interesting tribe of plants. Most of the nursery- men who cultivate orchideous plants have this for sale. The London Horticul- tural Society presented Mr. Lance with the large Silver Medal, for the introduction of this, and other fine plants. Oncidium, from ogkidion, a tubercle, referring to two prominences on the lip of the flower. 11. PHONIA TENUIFOLIA, var. PLENA, Double-flowered fine leaved Peony (Brit. Flow. Gard.) This very interesting variety was presented, by Dr. Fischer, from the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersburgh, to Mr. Goldie, nurseryman, at Ayr, Scotland. Itis a very desirable plant for the flower border, not rising higher than half a yard, and producing large double flowers of a deep rich crimson colour. ‘The present variety is cultivated in collections around London. 12. Trrronium FucaTuM, Farded Clover. (Bot. Reg. 1883) Diadelphia Decandria. Leguminose. The late Mr. Douglas sent seeds of this annual Clover from California, to the London Horticultural Society. Inthe garden at Farnham Green, it bloomed, but no seeds were produced, so that the plant is lost from this country. The heads of flowers have a pretty appearance, being of a cream colour towards the centre, and of a rosy-red at the ray. 13. VERBENA ERINOIDES ; VAR SABINI, Dwarf Erinus-like Vervain. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) Synonym, V. Sabinia. This pretty flowering variety differs from V. erinoides in being smaller, closer in its growth, and of more glabrous habit, and rich purple flowers. It was introduced in 1833, from Chili, and is now in most general collections. The plant is quite hardy, and blooms from May to November. PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On CHRYSANTHEMUMS.—Being a great admirer of that beautiful and inte- resting tribe of plants, the Chinese Chrysanthemums, and being desirous of procuring any new plants which are considered good, I trust you will excuse me for soliciting a corner in your publication for the following query :—Whether the plants mentioned in your March Number, by Mr. John Carr, as being seedlings, 214 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. raised last year by Mr. Robert Freeman, gardener to W. Brereton, Esq., near Holt. Norfolk, can be procured from any of the London nurserymen. If your correspondent, Mr. John Carr, would inform me where I can procure those he has mentioned, and at what price, he will confer a great obligation on me. The following are what I particularly refer to:—A pure white, very double, and the petals naturally arranged in exquisite order—shaped like a double white camellia; a fine changeable buff, well formed; a beautiful fine white, with small thick set petals, having the appearance as if covered with snow. Nemo. South Lambeth, May 31st, 1836. ON DESTROYING THE THRIP.—Can you, or any of your Correspondents, in- form me of the best means to eradicate the Thrip from the Dahlia flower,—which so much infest it ? R. L. On THE CULTURE OF PaNnsIEs.—There is no part of yourinteresting Magazine from which I derive more advantage and information than the answers to corres- pondents. May I request some of your contributors to let us have a paper on the culture of Pansies. I have seen them at the Chiswick Horticultural Shows, and been surprised that a flower which was in so little request a few years ago, should now be brought to such a wonderful degree of perfection in size, shape, and colour. I have attempted to procure some of the best sorts, but I cannot at all rival the size of the flowers that I have seen exhibited. I have also seen beds of Pansies one mass of beautiful blooms. I am induced to ask information as to the best soil in which they can be grown, and also the best mode of propagation, in order to form a bed. I attempted this year to plant out cuttings in spring, but my bed is not yetcoyered. A north exposure in summer, and a south one in winter, I find to suit them best, and, as they are so easily transplanted, my inten- tion at present is to plant cuttings in a south exposure this autumn, and to transplant them early in spring to my bed, which is to the north. If, however, any of your readers can give us practical information upon the point, it will, I am sure, be acceptable to many persons, I remain, &e. &c. 23rd July, 1836. A SUBSCRIBER. On Bone Manure, &c.—You will much oblige a Subscriber by inserting in the September Number any information you may possess on the subject of bone manure as applicable to gardens. It is known to have been successfully employed in agriculture, and would be very serviceable in gardens by not requiring the beds to be disturbed, as is done, with great injury to some of the plants, when digging in manure. The information wished for would embrace the following points :— 1. The kind of soil for which it would be most beneficial.—2. The season and mode of applying it, particularly as to quantity—3. Whether better adapted for any particular plants than this; and lastly—4. The address in London of the persons who furnish the article, with the price. TONBRIGIENSIS. P.S.—The liquid manure, so generally used in Flanders, would, no doubt, be be very useful as a surface manure, but it is not easily, if at all, attainable im this country, and is very offensive. ON ANSWERING QuERIES, &c.—I venture to assert, in the name of the greater half of your readers, that if you could induce your contributors to answer queries, or would shortly answer them yourself, it would render your publication still more valuable to unscientific subscribers,—who, without putting questions themselves, would be great gainers from the doubts and suggestions of others. You must un- derstand this remark is applied to questions which refer strictly to the cultivation of plants, for you cannot be expected to furnish your readers with taste as well as knowledge; or to fix upon the prettiest flowers for those who cannot choose for themselves. I have had great difficulty in procuring another Erinus Lychnidea, and shall have still more in keeping it, unless you can give me some instruction as to soil, heat or cold, quantity of water, &c. A. B. L. Unless an immediate reply to a query was desired, we have usually omitted the vanswer in the same month, judging it better to let the subject be brought before our readers, and afford them a sufficient opportunity of favouring our querist cor- respondents with replies, and thus a probability existed of any query being an- swered much more satisfactorily than if we gave our individual opinion only. We MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 215 shall be glad if our readers would look over the queries in back Numbers, and for- ward to us answers which may meet the wishes of those proposing the queries. In In case we get none, we will attend to the matter ourselves.—ConpDucTorR. REMARKS. OrancEe TREES.—A large quantity of Apples having been left in an Orangery, and suffered to become rotten, the bad air arising from them, caused the leaves of all the Orange trees to fall off. Further proof of the continuance of germination in seeds has been received, by the growth of some taken from tombs, dated in time of Marcus Aurelius, and also Clodwig.— Country Paper. TuLips.—The well known taste of the Dutch for Tulips is not diminished ; the new Tulip called “The Citadel of Antwerp,’ has been purchased for 16,000 francs, (£650 sterling,) by an amateur at Amsterdam. Horticultural Societies are springing up in almost every town and village in the kingdom—it shows a good spirit has manifested itself amongst the higher classes. A Horticultural Society has been formed at Yeovil, in Somersetshire ; at Kingscote, there has been already two meetings; one has also been formed at Thornbury, in Gloucestershire. On InsEcTs INFESTING Ros—E TREES, &c.—When any Rose tree or other shrub is infested with the green fly, take equal proportions of sulphur and tobacco dust, and after moistening the plant, dust it over with the mixture. Tobacco water from the Tobacco Manufactory answers the same purpose, being mixed with twice the proportion of water. As the latter is not easily procured in some places, the above mixture may generally be obtained. Rosa, Hortus Siccus.—In studying Botany, it is of advantage to prepare a book of dried specimens of plants; sueh a book is termed Hortus Siccus, a dry garden, Choose from a plant a specimen having flower, bud, leaf, and if possible, seed. Lay it upon thick blossom blotting paper, placing one or two sheets of the same over it; upon which, unless the specimen be very succulent and thick, lay ano- ther specimen, and then more paper. Care must be taken to lay each part of the specimen smooth and flat upon the paper; no part of the specimen should be under another part; Cut off any portion that is inconvenient to retain; If any bud or flower be too thick, pare off some of the under side to make them lie properly. When they are arranged, put a heavy weight upon them,—after a Jew hours, carefully shift the position of each specimen to a dry part of the pa- per, and replace the weight; repeat this, changing the paper if necessary, until the specimens be perfectly dry. Prepare a solution of gum with a little camphor in it, and secure each specimen to a page in a folio of cartridge or whity-brown paper; then write under each the name of the plant, class, order, tree, shrub, herb, country, &c. In the case of any specimen being very full of sap, a hot iron may be passed two or three times over the covering of paper—taking care not to burn it. Fora. flor WATER SYSTEM OF HEATING Piant Housgs, &c.—I have latterly seen an experiment tried in the use of glass tubes instead of the cast iron ones, which answered far better in all respects, giving out the heat much quicker, affording a higher temperature, and retained it for a longer period. The glass was of the commonest kind, and quite cheap. It had a very neat appearance ;—I will ob- tain the particulars of cost and construction, for a subsequent Number of the Cabinet. R. REFERENCE TO PLATE. 1. Antirrhinum majus, var. caryophylloides, The large Carnation-like flowered Snapdragon. This very striking variety of Snapdragon, we received a specimen of, from Mr. Bridgford. We have seen several plants of it in bloom, it is very strikingly handsome, and deserves a place in every flower garden. It is quite hardy, and a profuse bloomer. 216 MISCELLANEUUS INTELLIGENCE. 3. Anagallis Phillipsii, Mrs. Phillip’s Pimpernel. This very superior flowering Pimpernel, was raised by the Lady whose name is attached, and in compliment to whom, is the specific name most deservedly given. It is by far the most splendid flowering Anagallis in this country. We saw it in profuse bloom at Mr. Joseph Plant’s, Florist, Cheadle, Staffordshire, and Mr. Plant informed us, that as soon as a sufficiency of plants was ready for sale, he should advertise it in the Cabinet. 3. Calceolaria maculaty.—This very handsome plant was raised by Mr. Joseph Plant, it is a shrubby variety, and Mr. Plant having succeeded in obtaining shrubby kinds marked with dark spots, most deservedly merits the thanks of a Floricultural Public. The plant we took the above specimen from, was profusely in bloom, and was strikingly handsome. In addition to the present variety, we had the pleasure of an enraptured view of a considerable number of Shrubby and Herbaceous kinds, now blooming for the first season, and far exceeding all we had ever seen. Mr. Plant will give due notice when they will be ready for sale. FLORICULTURAL CALENDAR FOR SEPTEMBER. Annual flower seeds, as Clarkia, Collinsia, Schizanthuses, Ten-Week Stocks, &c., now sown in pots and kept in a cool frame or greenhouse during winter, will be suitable for planting out in open borders next April. Such plants bloom early and fine, and their flowering season is generally closing when Spring-sown plants are coming into bloom. Carnation layers, if struck root, should immediately be potted off. China Rose cuttings now strike very freely; buds may still be put in suc- cessfully. Mignonette may now be sown in pots, to bloom in winter, Pelargoniums, cuttings of, may now be put off; plants from such will bloom in May. Pinks, pipings of, if struck, may be taken off and planted in the situations intended for blooming in next season. Plants of Herbaceous Calceolarias should now be divided, taking off offsets and planting them in small pots. Verbena Melindris (chamedrifolia). Runners of this plant should now be taken off, planting them in small pots, and placing them in a shady stiuation. It should be attended to as early in the month as convenient. Plants of Chinese Chrysanthemums should be repotted if necessary; for if done later, the blossoms will be small. Use the richest soil. When Petunias, Heliotropium, Salvias, Pelargoniums (Geraniums), &c. have been grown in open borders, and it is desirable to have bushy plants for the same purpose the next year, it is now the proper time to take of slips, and insert a num- ber in a pot; afterwards place them in a hot-bed frame, or other situation having the command of heat. When struck root, they may be placed in a greenhouse or cool frame to preserve them from frost during Winter. When divided, and planted out the ensuing May in open borders of rich soil, the plants will be stocky, and bloom profusely. Tigridia pavonia roots may generally be taken up about the end of the month. Greenhouse plants will generally require to be taken in by the end of the month. If allowed to remain out much longer, the foliage will often turn brown from the effects of cold air, &c. Plants of Pentstemons should be divided by taking off offsets, or increased by striking slips. They should be struck in heat. Pansies.—The tops and slips of Pansies should now be cut off, and be inserted under a hand-glass, or where they can be shaded a little. They will root very freely, and be good plants for next season, oF Ary, -* 4 va) a, Lory ‘¥ A ad 1836 Floricultural Cabinet THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, OCTOBER Ist, 1836. PART I. ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS ARTICLE I.—DIRECTIONS FOR PRESERVING PLANTS. BY A LADY. IT is unnecessary to enumerate all the advantages resulting from the possession of a collection of preserved plants, as they can be fully appreciated only by a person who bas made considerable progress in the study of Botany. But the beginner requires to be informed, that nothing can more materially aid him in his endeavours to be- come familiar with the objects which vegetation presents to his view, than such a collection, to which he can at all times refer, either for refreshing his memory, or for instituting a more minute examination than he had previously made. Plants are generally preserved by drying, anda collection of this kind is called a Hortus siccus or Herbarium. Various methods are in use for drying plants, but the following, being among the most simple and efficacious, and attended with little difficulty, is here preferred. The articles necessary for the accomplishment of the object in view are, a quantity of smooth, soft paper, of large size (16 quires perhaps) ; eight boards of the same size, about an inch thick, of hard wood ; four iron weights, or pieces of lead, two of them about forty pounds weight, the others half that number. Or in place of these weights a number of clean bricks may be used, or in short any heavy bodies of convenient form. Along with these articles, a bota- nical box is necessary. This box is made of tin, and varies in size, from nine inches to two feet in length, according to the taste and avidity of the collector. In gathering plants for this purpose, such as are smaller than the size of the paper are to be taken up roots and all. “In many cases, portions only of plants can be preserved, on account of their size, and then the most essential parts are to be selected, including always the flowers. Plants to be preserved are to be gathered in dry weather, d immediately deposited in the tin box, which prevents their be- is Iv. pd 218 ON PRESERVING PLANTS. coming shrivelled by evaporation. If gathered in wet weather, they must be laid out for some time on a table or elsewhere to undergo a partial drying. When roots have been taken up along with the stems, they ought to be first washed, and then exposed for some time to the air. Let us now suppose that a dozen specimens are procured. Over one of the boards lay two or three sheets of the paper, on the upper- most of which spread out the plant to be dried, unfolding its various parts, not however, so as to injure its natural appearance. A few of the flowers and leaves ought tu be laid out with particular care. Over this specimen lay half a dozen sheets of paper, on the uppermost of which lay another plant as before, and so on successively, until the whole are disposed of. A few sheets are then laid upon the last, and a board placed over all. Plants, viewed with reference to drying, may be divided into two classes, the one comprehending those which being thin, soft, and flexible, require little pressure to reduce them to a level, the other including such as being stiff and thick require much pressure. Sup- posing the above plants to have been of the first class, we lay upon the upper board one of the smaller weights. A series of more stub- born specimens being, in like manner, placed between other two boards, we lay one of the larger weights upon them. Should more specimens be collected next day, they are disposed of in the same manner; and thus successively. At the end of three days generally, the plants first laid in are to be taken out, together with the paper about them. They are to be laid in fresh paper, three or four sheets being placed between every two plants, and the whole put between two boards, with a weight over them. ‘The second series is similarly treated next day, and so on. The paper from which the plants have been removed is to be dried for future use. There will thus be four sets of plants: two in the first stage of drying, and two in the second stage. The plants of the second stage sets should be taken out about three days after they have been de- posited, and after dry paper has been put about them, returned to their places. The paper may thus be shifted until the plants be per- fectly dry, when they are finally removed. Each plant is then placed in a sheet of dry paper, and along with it is deposited a slip of paper, on which are written the name of the plant, the place in which it was gathered, the time of gathering, the soil, and such other cireum- stances as may tend to elucidate the history of the species. Thus prepared, the plants are packed up in bundles, which gradually en- large their dimensions, or increase in number till the end of the season. ON PRESERVING PLANTS. 219 Having in this manner arranged a certain number of plants, the collector has now to arrange them. For this purpose he has to pro- cure a quantity of good stout writing or printing paper of large size, folded into folio, which is to be stitched in coloured covers, making fasciculi of five or six sheets each. A quantity of fine large post or other writing paper, in half sheets, folio size, cut round the edges, is also to be at hand. Let a number of narrow slips of different lengths be cut from a piece of the same paper, and let some prepared isinglass or dissolved gum be in readiness, together with a camel-hair pencil. Take a dried plant, lay it upon a leaf of the fine cut paper, then fasten it down by means of a few of the slips, to which isinglass or gum has been applied, laid across the stem and some of the branches. Two or three slips are generally sufficient for a plant or specimen. In this manner all the dried plants destined to form part of the herbarium are treated. Write the uame of each species on the top of the leaf, and transcribe the notice respecting the place in which it was gathered, &c., at the bottom. Then arrange the plant according to system, and lay one between every two pages of the fas- ciculi. The fasciculi are formed into bundles, by being laid alter- nately up and down upon each other, as they do not lie conveniently when the heads of the plants are all at the top of the bundle, because the stalks and roots are thicker than the flowers. These bundles, consisting each of ten fasciculi, may be covered by pieces of paste- board tied by strings. The collection is kept on the shelves of a cabinet, or in a chest. To prevent the attacks of insects, it is neces- sary to keep beside it a piece of sponge soaked full of rectified oil of turpentine ; and to ensure it against decay from damp, it ought to be kept in a dry and well ventilated place. The above is an orderly method of forming a herbarinm; but many other expedients are resorted to. Most plants dry sufficiently well between the leaves of old books, and many collectors save them- selves the trouble of forming a neat collection, by huddling up their specimens in the least expensive or laborious manner. Another method of putting up dried plants is the following :—The specimens are fastened to leaves of stout paper of uniform size; the species are then arranged in order, and all those of the same genus are placed within one or more sheets of paper, on the outside of which the generic name is written. The generic fasciculi are then collected into bundles, on which are written the names of the classes and orders. Some persons keep their specimens loose, within sheets of paper. This method is the most convenient for the minute ex- amination of the plants, but has disadvantages which render it inex- pedient in ordinary cases. 220 STOVE AND GREENHOUSE PLANTS. ARTICLE II. ON STRIKING CUTTINGS OF STOVE AND GREENHOUSE PLANTS. BY MR. THOMAS ROGERSON, DALE COTTAGE, WATERFORD, IRELAND. Besipes the usual supply of the different sorts of earth, &c. there is another article necessary to be provided before we begin the business of making cuttings; which is, a few dozen of small bell glasses, (the white glass is best,) of as many different sizes, as are the pots in which the cuttings are intended to be planted; they should be fitted to the pot so as to rest on the inner side of it, about an inch below the rim; by observing which circumstance, when the pot is filled with earth, the glass will have room sufficient to sink a little into it, so as to perfectly exclude the external air, which is of very essential importance to the cutting while in a dormant state, that is, from the time they are put in, until they begin to grow. Or they may be covered by means of a flat piece of glass being placed over the top of the pot, the cuttings being inserted low enough in the pot to ad- mit of it being done without the points touching the glass. I prefer this method to the former. The cuttings of stove and greenhouse plants may, with pretty tolerable success, be made almost every season of the year: yet, from April to August is certainly the most proper; as the plants are at that season plentifully supplied with young wood, which in most species, that I am acquainted with, produce roots when made into cuttings much sooner, than the old wood will if used in the same manuer. When the day is fixed upon for this business, let a quantity of pots of the proper size be prepared; I seldom use larger than those at one shilling, or for the largest cuttings, those at one shilling and six-pence per dozen, or as they are generally called forties, and forty-eights. ‘They must be drained in the manner already directed for seeds, for the purpose of keeping the bottom of the pot as free from stagnated water as possible; and then, as wanted, about half filled with the compost best suited to the plant intended to be propagated, to grow in for a few weeks, when first struck, and the remaining part with the best loam that can be procured, to insert the cutting in when ready. On the purity and clearness of the loam, I think, depends in a great*measure the success of many of the tenderer kinds of cuttings ; particularly those which are obliged to be kept in moist heat, as it is, when contaminated with other composts very liable in these situations to cause damp and rottenness, by the particles of putrifying matter generally contained in mixed earths ; aud the properties of which are STOVE AND GREENHOUSE PLANTS. 221 put in motion, by the application of heat. As an exception to this tule, may be adduced sand; which is of very great utility to mix with the loam, should it happen to be rather stiff for the nature of the cutting: but then, the sand proper for this use is of su pure a nature in itself, that it is evident, it cannot have the effect noticed above in regard to mixed soils. In the choice of cuttings, preference should be given to the firm- est wood of the same year’s growth; and of these, only such whose leaves have attained their full size, and proper colour, which are generally to be selected from the lateral shoots ; as the upright lead- ing ones are mostly too luxuriant to make good cuttings. I have observed that cuttings of many plants, if taken from the lateral shoots, never become proper erect stems; but are inclined at all times to form an irregular, bushy, weak head: this is not of small importance to such collectors as cultivate plants merely for the flower; as such heads generally produce them sooner than luxuriant leaders. To the lovers of handsome erect plants, I would, however, recommend to choose their cuttings from the upright shoots, early in the season, before they acquire that Iuxuriance of growth so unfit for the pur- poses of propagation. The tops of the shoots are to be preferred, unless they happen to fag before used. To prepare them for insertion, most of the leaves must be trimmed off close to the stem, leaving only a few at the top, to allow a free respiration of the air necessary to the life of the plant. This is a most essential article in the art of making cuttings, particularly those of evergreens; for if they are deprived entirely of their leaves, or that they otherwise flag, or oc- casionally fall off soon after they are put in, there will be little or no chance of their growing. The reason is obvious, because the inhe- rent sap of the cutting, being deprived of these organs of respiration that kept it in motion, and the cutting having no roots by the efforts of which to produce new leaves, the sap, consequently, becomes stag- nated in the pores of the wood; which, like the stagnation of the blood in animals, in all likelihood prove mortal, by occasioning an immediate mortification. In shortening each cutting to the most convenient length, care must be taken to do it with a clean cut, in a transverse direction ; and by no means should they be left exposed, or to lie any consider- able time before planted. In planting, a small dibble or other con- venient instrument should be used to press the loam sufficiently tight, to the base of the cutting, as that is the principle part to be made fast ; as soon as the while are inserted, and the surface of the mould made level and a little firm, give them a gentle watering to settle them ; 222 STOVE AND GREENHOUSE PLANTS. they should be left to soak about a quarter of an hour, and then be covered with a bell-glass, which should be pressed pretty tight so as perfectly to exclude the outward air. If there are several cuttings of the same sort, they may be put in one pot, unless they happen to be very large, or curious sorts: but I would advise to have each species kept in a separate one, on account of the difference in time that some of them require to strike roots; and also, that any scarce or valuable kind should be put only one in a small pot, as they then are not liable to be injured so much by damp; neither do they require to go through the precarious operation of separate potting, so soon after been struck. Should it be requisite to have a considerable quantity of cuttings made at the same time, it would be proper to have a one-light box, with close glasses, (such as are used for raising early cucumbers,) placed on a moderate hot-bed ready to receive them. It should be covered with saw-dust or clean tan, about a foot deep, in which to plunge the pots: but if there are only a few done, they may be plunged in any frame among other things, provided there is a mo- derate heat. They will now require the most particular attention as to watering and shading. The water must be given twice or thrice very mo- derately until the earth becomes sufficiently moist, which, if once so, will retain the moisture for a length of time, by being covered with the glass: but the shading is the principal care whenever the sun’s rays fall on the glasses, as nothing will create rottenness sooner than letting the leaves flag, and lie upon each other, which will be the positive consequence of the want of shade. The most advisable me- thod to do it, is, in my opinion, to have a few large sheets of strong paper, to lay over the glasses within the frame; which at the same time that it shades the cuttings, does not prevent the sun’s rays from entering the frame and clearing off any damps that may be accumu- lated therein: whereas, if matts are laid on the outside of the frame light, it is evident they will tend to have the direct contrary effect. However, in the course of a week or fortnight, they will be able to withstand a little of the rays of the morning and evening sun. While in an active state, they should be kept rather dry, but not to an extreme; else the bark will become shrivelled and occasion a very smart falling off amongst them; on the other hand, should they be kept in an over moist state, the consequence, would not be less disagreeable on account of the damp, occasioned by the air being so closely confined under the glasses; in this case it would be of infinite service, to have the glasses wiped with a dry cloth about once ON MYRTLES. 223 a week, which is quite sufficient for hot-house cuttings, as they are not so liable to suffer from this cause, as those of greenhouse plants. As the heat of the bed declines, it will be necessary to have another properly tempered ready, in which to plunge them, when requisite ; or otherwise, let old be renovated with linings of fresh warm dung, but in such a manner, as to avoid creating any violent degree of heat or strong rank steam in the bed, as it is better to do it often and but slightly at a time, it being a trifling increase of labour, compared with the probable consequences. By this management one may expect to have some of the free growing kinds well rooted, and make- ing rapid progress, in the course of a very few weeks ; when such is the case, it will be necessary to give alittle air by taking off the bell- glasses at night, and to keep them a little moister than before. If they endure this pretty well for a few days, they may be left off en- tirely, which will harden and prepare them by the time in which it may be thought convenient to part and pot them separately. In taking the bell-glasses off at night, it is necessary to observe that from their closeness they sometimes occasion the cuttings, more frequently the harder sorts, to produce young leaves and even shoots, before they have sufficient roots: if at any time these should be mis- taken for well rooted plants, and their glasses taken off accordingly, in a few hours they may be perceived by their leaves beginning to flag; in which case the glasses must be immediately replaced ; other- wise, if neglected, these tender shoots will be utterly spoiled, and it will be a very great chance whether the cuttings will ever produce more or not. ‘ Should the above circumstance happen, they will be observed to _ be more impatient of damp afterwards: as indeed will all those be which are growing ; the glasses should therefore be more frequently dried, and kept off until the leaves, &c. which were under them be- come dry by evaporation; lest we risk their success, I may say _ perhaps, their existence, by rotting the first weak efforts towards active life. ; (To be continued. ) ARTICLE III.—ON MYRTLES.—From an Otp Autuor. Mons. Licer describes the Myrtle as follows: It is a shrub, that from its root shoots forth little branches, garnished with small, green, soft, shining, and pointed leaves, among which grow flowers called Pentapelous, or consisting of five leaves, white, odoriferous, and in the form of a Rose. These are supported by an indented cup, which grows to be a berry as big as an olive, with a crown on the top, divi- ded into several cells full of seeds, shaped like little kidneys. 224 ON MYRTLES. Mr. Mortimer distinguishes them into the Broad-leaved Myrtle, and the Narrow-leaved Myrtle, which are both very odoriferous shrubs; but he esteems that which affords plenty of double white blossoms in Autumn, as the best: And also a sort of Myrtle with a large leaf, called the Spanish Myrtle, which will endure all weathers without Shelter: And another sort of Myrtle that comes from Caro- lina and Virginia, which is the hardest of them all; the berries of which being boiled, yield a substance of a green colour, sweet or pinguid, which they there scum off, and make candles with, which do not only give a clear light, but avery agreeable scent. These will all endure hard winters with a very slender defence. Mr. Bradiey distinguishes Myrtles as follows : the Large-leaved Myrtles, which are, the Nutmeg Myrtle, the Nutmeg Myrtle with variegated leaves, and that with the double blossom, the Orange- leaved Myrtle, the Portugal Myrtle, and the Spanish broad-leaved Myrtle. The Smaller-leaved Myrtles, he distinguishes into the Bird’s-nest Myrtle, the Box-leaved Myrtle, the Rosemary-leaved Myrtle, the Silver-leaved Myrtle, the Thyme-leaved Myrtle, and the Upright Myrtle. All these, he says, are with ease propagated by cuttings, except the Orange-leaved Myrtle, and that with the double blossom, which are much better increased from layers. The best time for laying Myrtles, he says, is in May, (but Mons. Liger says in March, which layers should be only the youngest shoots; (Mons. Liger says, the straitest branches, and those whose rind is smoothest) which, after the earth has been well stirred, must be bent into the earth, and often watered, and they will strike root, and be fit to take off from the mother plant the spring following : But Mons. Liger says, the September following. Mr. Bradley says, if you lay down shoots of a year old, they will — never take root, with all the art that can be used. : As for multiplying them by cuttings, he advises also, that they be — young and tender, taken from the Myrtles in July: That the leaves must be stripped off two inches from each cutting, and set in pots of © fine light earth, two inches deep, and an inch one from another, and ‘ frequently watered till they have taken root, which will be about the latter end of August. Thus they ought to remain till the second — March before they are transplanted into single pots. Mons. Liger says, that in order to multiply them by slips cut from the roots, you must lay open the root of the Myrtle from whence you design to take a branch; cut it off as close as you can, that there — | ON MYRTLES. 225 may be the more little roots about it. That this is to be done either spring or fall : that the earth they are planted in, should be two-thirds kitchen-garden soil well sifted, and one-third hot-bed mould. Mr. Mortimer says, Myrtles produced from layers are the most hardy ; and those from seeds most tender: But neither he, nor Mr. Bradley, nor Mons. Liger gives directions for;multiplying them by seed. He says, that as to the Carolina or Virginian Myrtle, it thrives best near the sea, and is raised either of seeds or layers. He advises in planting them, that they be not too close together, nor in too moist a place ; for that these will cause them to grow mouldy. That they should be transplanted in the spring of the year, that they may have time to get root in summer, that the tree may be supplied with sap sufficient to nourish it in winter. All agree, that they should be well watered. Mr. Bradley says, when they have once got large roots, they delight in water, and should be frequently refreshed with it. Mons. Liger says, they must be frequently watered in the summer, because the humidities rectified by the heat of the sun, help layers to take root the sooner. And Mr. Mortimer says, Myrtles must be well watered summer and winter, or else they will not take root well. Mr. Bradley says, the Myrtle delights so much in moisture, that he has known a pot of it set in a shallow bason of water, on the in- side of a window, exposed to the South, that has shot above four times as much in one summer, as any that have stood abroad; and has continued growing at that great rate for several years, without renewing the earth in the pot, by only supplying the bason with fresh water as it wanted; but the shoots of this plant were very tender. Mons. Liger advises to plant them in a place where the sun ean come at them, and to water them often: and says, you may know when they want it by the fading of the leaves. Mr. Bradley says, in disposing of Myrtles, or any other plants in the shade, you must do it so, that no other trees drop upon them, nor must they be confined in too close a place, but have a free air both round about them and above them, or else the shoots they make will be very slender and weak. Mons. Liger says, Myrtles naturally require the use of the shear, and are to be clipt by art; and if by any accident any of the branches happen to wither, they are to be cut off to the quick. My. Bradley directs, that about the middle of April, such old trees as have been neglected and have thin heads, should be praned about the roots, and have fresh earth put to them; and that the branches Ee 226 ON PRESERVING GERANIUMS, of their heads should be cut within three or four inches of the stem, and should be pruned about the roots; and that by this ordering, they will prepare to shoot by that time they come abroad; and if they have water and shade enough, will make handsome plants that summer. Mr. Bradley informs us, that Mr. Whitmil shewed him some Myrtles that were inarched one upon another, and had taken very well: among these they were the Striped Myrtle upon the Plain; the Nutmeg Myrtle upon the Upright; the Large-ieaved kinds upon the Small; and the Double-blossomed upon several sorts: which Lrought to his mind some thoughts he once had of making a pyramid of Myrtles, the base of which should be garnished with the Spanish Broad-leaved Myrtle, to be followed with the Nutmeg; and next to that the Silver-edged Myrtle, and npon that the Upright sort, to be succeeded by the Rosemary and Thyme-leaved kinds, upon which there might be a ball of the Double-blossomed Myrtle, which would make a fine appearance. At Sir Nicholas Carew’s, at Bedington, is a Myrtle of the Spanish -Broad-leaved kind, which is above eighteen feet high, and spreads - . about 45 feet. Mr. Bradley says, if to this are joined those Myrtles that he has seen growing in Devonshire, in the natural ground, he cannot see any occasion for any great use of fire for these sort of plants, as is common in greenhouses: but plants that are in pots are much more liable to suffer by the frost, than if they were in the naked ground ; and the more woody the plants are, the more hardy they are. ARTICLE IV.—ON PRESERVING GERANIUMS IN A SMALL SPACE THROUGH WINTER.—By Lottsa. GARDENERS are, in the spring, often at great trouble in collecting a number of cuttings of greenhouse plants, especially of Pelargoniums; and after these have struck, and the plants thus formed have flowered through the summer, they must, when Autumn has drawn near its close, be put into some place of safety for winter. At those places where there is not proper accommodation for them, the gardeners hay- ing a regard for the plants they have reared, are often much per- plexed in bringing them through the winter,—in consequence, when the time has arrived at which the plants must be transplanted from the borders into pots, and after the knife has been used freely upon them, they are often crowded together in ill-lighted rooms and other places where they can scarcely draw breath, aud where numbers die, THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. 227 and those which survive the winter are few and ill-favonred. To en- deavour to remedy this evil is the object of this article ;—the plan is avery simple one. About the time at which greenhouse plants are taken from the borders, go over them and take from them what cut- tings they can spare; (some may be cut to pieces, and made the most of ;) then take pots eight or nine inches in diameter, put twenty or thirty cuttings in each, and plunge the pots to the rim in a hot- bed which has but slight heat; cover the pots of cuttings with hand- glasses, or a small frame, and in a short time the cuttings will have struck root. They may remain there as long as the weather is mild —when the frost sets in, remove them to a room, or any other place where they may be protected from the cold ; a small window with a shelf in front, will contain 200 plants. If the same window was employed for holding full sized plants, two common sized Pelargo- niums would fill it. About the middle of March or the latter end, plant each rooted cutting in a small pot, and put them into a shady place until the season of transplanting them. ARTICLE V.—ON THE AYRSHIRE ROSE.—By Ctzricus. Beine much pleased and interested in the culture of the Ayrshire Rose, when grown as a climber, or to form a splendid bush, I tran- scribe an account of its history, &c., for insertion in the Cabinet, as- sured it will be interesting to its readers. “The beauty and usefulness of the Ayrshire Rose are not suf- ficiently known. The rapidity with which it covers walls and fences, or the sides of unsightly buildings, with its thick mass of branches and foliage, and the brilliant effect of its numerous white flowers du- ring the month of July, in situations where it is well exposed to the sun, and particularly when trained over the roofs of cottages or gar- den seats, are such valuable properties that no ornamental grounds should be without it. A History of the Ayrshire Rose has been published by Mr. Neill, the Secretary of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, in a paper in the Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine; and communications which I have received relative to the plant from Mr. Robert Aus- tin, of Glasgow, and Mr. George Douglas, of Rodinghead, near Kilmarnock, have enabled me to add some few particulars to Mr. Neill’s account. It is stated to have been raised (in what manner I shall hereafter observe on) in the garden of John Karl of Loudon, at Loudon Castle, in Ayrshire, in the year 1768 or 1769. Mr. Douglas, who at that period had the charge of the estate and gar- 228 THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. dens at Loudon, has informed me that he gave a plant of the Rose to his friend Mr. Charles Dalrymple of Orangefield, near Ayr, from whose garden it was introduced into the nurseries in his neighbour- hood, as well as at Glasgow; it was at first ‘called the Orengefield Rose, but subsequently received the more general appellation by which it is now known. It has been considered by some as a native wild plant of Ayrshire, but I believe there is little doubt, that it was first observed in the gardens of that county, where possibly the ori- ginal plants, or at least some of their earliest offspring, are still to be seen. Mr. Woods did not consider it as indigenous in Britain, since in his Synopsis of the British Roses, communicated to the Linnean Society in 1816, and subsequently published in their Transactions, he has not even mentioned it. From Seotland, it reached the nurseries round London, but was not noticed by any of eur periodical works on plants till 1819, when Dr. Sims published an account of it in the Betanical Magazine. His description was made from specimens of plants which cover a building, in the garden of the late Sir Joseph Banks, at Spring Grove; these came from the nursery of Mr. Ronalds, at Brentford, and were planted in February, 1811. The Ayrshire Rose has slender branches, which grow rapidly in one season to a very great extent (thirty feet and upwards), but they are so weak as absolutely to require support; the older branches are greenish brown, with a few small pale faleate aculei growing on them; the younger branches are green, with a tinge of purplish red, and armed with falcate red aculei; those branches which grow to any extent are so slender and flexible, as to hang down almost perpendicularly from the last point to which they are nailed or tied. The smaller side branches are very numerous, and are abundantly covered with leaves, so as to form a thick close mass ; the plant rarely throws up strong sureuli, or root shoots. The leaves are deciduous ; the stipule long and narrow, red in the centre, edged with glands, but otherwise smooth; the petioli have a few uncinate aculei and some small glands scattered over them; the foliola are either five or seven in number, the lower pair being much the smallest, they are flat and smooth, shining on both sides, but paler though without glaucousness underneath, ovate, pointed, and simply serrated; the edges, and particularly those of the vigorous leaves, being sometimes tinged with red. The flowers are produced abun- dantly from the beginning to near the end of July ; they rarely grow singly, but are often threes, and on strong shoots the cymes contain many flowers, from ten to twenty or more ; the bractez are tinged with THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. 229 red, pointed, waved, edged with glands, and bent backwards; the pe- duncles are long, fine, and covered with glandiferous sete ; the ger- men (tube of the calyx) is elliptic, contracted at the top, and covered with sete, but not so much so as the peduncle ; the sepals (leaves of the calyx) have a few fine pinne, are covered with glands, have a point at the end extending beyond the bud before it expands, and when the flower opens, they are reflexed ; the bud is cream-coloured, the petals are large, obcordate, expanding flat, and their edges are somewhat lapped over each other; the stamina are numerous, and bright yellow; the stigmata are united, porrect, and hairy. The scent of the flower is very pleasant. The fruit when ripe preserves nearly its original shape, is elongated, and not much increased in size. The characters of the common Rosa arvensis, which do not agree with the preceding, are these: the plant, wherever situated, is not inclined to grow to the same extent; the branches are stronger, thicker, and more able to support themselves; the younger shoots have more the appearance of surculi (which often arise from the root), they are glaucous, on the exposed side of more blueish green, and on the exposed side purple and deeper coloured; they bear fewer leaves, and the bush is consequently not so thick and close. The foliola are most frequently seven, and, under similar circumstances, smaller; they are usually broader in proportion to their length, somewhat folded, not flat, more rugose on both sides, an opaque green above, pale, glaucous, and without any appearance of shining be- neath, with serratures less sharp, and the mid-rib occasionally hairy on the under side. The flowers appear at the end of June, and often grow singly ; the peduncles are thicker and stronger; the germen is shorter and thicker, less contracted at the top, and usually smooth ; the sepals are either without pinne or with only very slight ones, they frequently have no terminated point, and when the flowers open, are not reflexed; the flower at its first opening is cupped, and not flatly expanded; the stigmata are quite smooth, not hairy. The fruit, when ripe, is considerably swollen, and generally nearly glo- bose, but its shape varies in different plants. The differences between the Evergreen and the Ayrshire Rose are also capable of being distinctly described. The Evergreen Rose is by no means a free grower, and though it extends, when trained against a wall, to some distance, it does not do so, rapidly ; its shoots are equally slender, but not so weak, and they are rather more pur- ple; it forms, however, with its branches and leaves, a very thick bush. The leaves are evergreen, and though similar in shape, are 230 THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. readily distinguished by being much more glossy and shining on both surfaces, which occasions them to appear altogether of a darker hne; they are also of a thicker substance, have finer serratures, and are more inclined to bend back. The flowers appear from the mid- dle to the end of July, they are less numerous, and generally weaker, but accord in all other points. The character given of the Ayrshire Rose by Mr. David Don, in Mr. Neill’s paper in the Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine, agrees well with the plant ; but it is not sufficiently extended to distinguish it from R. sempervirens. As compared with R. arvensis, he describes the leaves of that species as ovate, and of the Ayrshire as elliptic, and represents the fruit of R. arvensis as globose, with peduncle, nearly smooth, whilst the Ayrshire Rose has ovate fruit and glandi- ferous peduncles. I am not aware that the R. arvensis has ever been found with peduncles approaching to smoothness, and therefore sup- pose that the description was made from a plant late in the autumn ; for when the fruit approaches maturity the sete drop off the pe- duncles, and leave them nearly smooth. Mr. Neill, though he con- siders the Ayrshire Rose nearly allied to the R. arvensis, seems to suspect that it may be the Rosa prostrata of De Candolle; but that plant, according to the description of it in the works referred to, has a nearer resemblance to R. sempervirens; it is besides a weak grow- ing shrub, and has its flowers usually solitary and not in cymes. Mr. Neill states that the seeds from whence the Ayrshire Rose was obtained were part of a packet received from Canada or Nova Scotia, and it appears by his account, that several plants of it were produced together. Mr. Douglas further mentions, that a person, under the direction of Dr. Hope of Edinburgh, was sent to Canada to collect hardy plants and their seeds, for several noblemen and gentlemen in Scotland, who defrayed the expense of the collection by subscription, and that the Ayrshire Rose was raised, in 1768 or 1769, from seeds in the Earl of Loudon’s share of the produce of this mission. No Rose having the slightest resemblance to the Ayrshire, or to which it can possibly be assimilated, has been brought to us, or de- scribed, from the American continent ; and as we are tolerably well acquainted with the plants of the northern part of that country, it may, I think, be safely alleged, that the seeds could not have been those of an indigenous Rose of America. Mr. Lindley is perfectly correct, in his notice of the Ayrshire Rose, in observing that two sorts have been cultivated and sold in the nurseries under that name ; the fact is, that one of these is the com- mon R. arvensis, and agreeing, as I have before stated, so exactly THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. 231 s with the figure in the Botanical Magazine, it is not surprising that the mistake has hitherto remained uncorrected ; but to his opinion, that the Rosa capreolata of Mr. Don, which is the true Ayrshire Rose, is so identified with R. sempervirens, as not to differ from it in any respect, or, in other words, is the same thing, I cannot assent ; Mr. Lindley was induced, I apprehend, to give this opinion from finding the botanical character of R. capreolata, as drawn up by Mr. Don, accord with R. sempervirens, and from believing the Rose he saw at Kew to be the true Ayrshire; but I have ascertained that the Ayrshire Rose was not in the Royal Gardens at the time when Mr. Lindley there enquired for it, the one supposed to be it, being ac- tually Rosa sempervirens. A more difficult task remains to be performed, that of ascertaining what this shrub is. That it cannot be identified with the type of any described species is clear; it is equally certain that it has not yet been found growing naturally wild any where, so as to enable us to treat it as a species, or as one of those varieties of ascertained species which, from their not being traceable to a single original, but being abundant in the districts where they are found, I consider as a higher class of variation, or as sub-species of a well defined type. If, as is mentioned above, several plants of it were raised together, we have still to look for its parent, which would probably agree with it, if several of its seeds produced similar plants; but it does not seem certain that more than one plant was first produced, and it may con- sequently be considered as an accidental variety, referable either to R. arvensis, or R. sempervirens. The Rosa arvensis is a very rare plant in Scotland, and does not, as I am informed, grow wild in Ayrshire, therefore no seed of that species could have come by chance from a native plant, to give it being ; nor is it very likely that Rosa sempervirens, which, even in the south of England, is a tender plant, would have freely ripened its seeds in the climate of Scotland, so as to have casually produced the young plaut there. I therefore consider it more probable that the new Rose did actually originate in the garden at Loudon Castle, from some seed transmitted to, or collected for, the Earl of Loudon; and I think that the seed must have been that of Rosa sempervirens, which if it was really imported from America, must have been the produce of a garden plant, since the species is exotic in that country. The Ayrshire Rose certainly has more affinity to R. sempervirens than to R. arvensis, the inflorescence especially accords exactly, the chief differences being that the leaves of the Ayrshire Rose are deci- duous, and that it flowers a little earlier in the season. Under Rosa 232 THE AYRSHIRE ROSE. e sempervirens I therefore propose to place it, considering it to be a deciduous and free growing variety of that species; in order to pre- serve Mr. Don’s name, it may be called Rosa sempervirens capreo- lata. If a comparison be made of the Ayrshire Rose with Rosa arvensis, in the state we usually find it, the differences between them are so numerous that there cannot be a doubt about the propriety of sepa- rating them. But there are varieties of Rosa arvensis in which some of these differences are often less apparent, or altogether assimilated. For an acquaintance with these varieties I am indebted to Mr. Wil- liam Borrer, with whom I have had an opportunity of personally ex- amining them in their native habitats in Sussex. Rosa arvensis in accidental varieties has sported very much, and has produced some particularly ornamental plants ; but those I am now about to mention are not single productions, they are found growing wild in various places unconnected with each other. Of these the first variety has the fruit slightly covered with seta, but does not differ in any other character from the common Rosa arvensis. Inthe second, the leaves are elongated, and sharply pointed, and the fruit is also elongated. The third accords with the second, except that the fruit of it is slightly hispin. The fourth has many peculiarities, it is far less ro- bust than the common sort, having weak shoots, which are conse- quently very pendant, and the joints do not grow straight but in a zig-zag manner; the foliola are smaller, less rugose, flatter, rather bending back, and shining on the upper surface; below they have the glaucousness of the type, though less of it, and somewhat shi- ning; the flowers grow mostly singly, sometimes in cymes, but very seldom in great numbers. The first and third of these varieties agree with the Ayrshire Rose in the hispid fruit ; the second and third in their lengthened leaves and elongated fruits ; but they have no other peculiar points of accordance. When I first heard of the fourth va- riety, I expected we had got the Ayrshire Rose in a wild state; its weak and pendant branches, and the shining quality of the foliola en- couraged the opinion, but the flexuose habit of its shoots, their short- ness of extent, and the difference in the leaves, though approxima- ting, overthrew my hope. Tn the cultivation and management of the Ayrshire Rose there i is little difficulty ; layers of its shoots root easily, and it strikes readily from cuttings. When placed in good soil it grows so rapidly, that by the second summer, the planter, if he wishes to cover a consider- able space with its branches, will be gratified by the attainment of his object." —Horticultural Transactions. EXTRACT. 23: PART II. WT RA COT. ON THE CULTIVATION OF PINKS. A BRIEF account of the cultivation of Pinks pursued by me I now subjoin, hop- ing, though the subject be trifling and unimportant in itself, it will afford some gra- tification to those persons who are fond of flowers. I formed my Pink beds and planted them about the middle of October; they were raised six inches above the alleys, to enable the heavy rains to pass off during the winter. The soil consisted of a sandy loam, or more correctly speaking, of a commixture of yellowish loam, common black garden mould, road grit taken from the entrance to Paddington pond, washed before it was used, and a good portion of rotten horse-dung, well incorporated, with a good bottom of dung from the cucum- ber pits: added to which, I top-dressed the beds in the beginning of May, after weeding and lightly hoeing the surface, with nearly an inch thick of rotten dung passed through a coarse sieve, in which was a small quantity one-year old sheep- dung, the sweepings of the St. John’s Wood-lane sheep-pens. I watered them freely with the pipe of the water-pot between the rows, when the pods ei swelling and showing bloom ; for if the plants lack moisture at this stage of their growth, when the weather is generally hot and the ground dry, the flowers seem to languish, and neyer attain that degree of perfection they would do if the beds were kept moist and cool. The top-dressing prevents the ground from cracking, and the rains and water given from the pot passing through it, convey gradually a wholesome nourishment to the plants. The effect of careful, over careless cultivation was never perhaps more clearly evinced than in an instance in my own neighbourhood this season. A friend of mine, who had received from him all the superior varieties of Pinks, planted them in a bed in the common way ; and though they were pretty healthy, and sent forth sufficient blooms, they presented only a sort of uniform sameness, undistinguished by that pleasing variety of bright colouring, and beautiful lacing peculiar to each, which were so manifest in mine: a common observer would have said that they were Pinks altogether different from mine. Florists contending for a prize, and anxious to get their flowers large, leave three pods only upon each stem, and four or five stems to alarge plant, two or three to a small one, cutting off the rest as they spindle up to flower: as soon as the pods are full formed, they tie a slip of wet bass round them, to prevent their burst- ing irregularly, and place a glass or other covering over them when in bloom, to protect them from the sun and rain, thereby preserving their colours from being soon faded and tarnished. If there has been much frost during the winter, and the earth is consequently rendered light and loose when it thaws, the roots, by such extension of the ground, will sometimes be raised almost out of it: in that case it will be necessary, any time about the beginning of April, to tread the mould down lightly with the foot, or at least to compress it firmly round the plants with the hand. A Pink bed will continue, and flower very well, for two years in succession, though most florists renew their plants every year by piping the grass, in order to have them young, healthy, and vigorous, and if they are confined to the same plot of ground, they take care to add a little fresh loam and rotten dung to it, every time they make up a fresh bed. Columella and Pliny, in their works on Agriculture, have given directions for the selection of good soil, which cannot be amended at the present day: the fol- lowing are some of the tests whereby they distinguish it. ‘“ That it is of a blackish colour: glutinous when wet, and easily crumbled when dry; has an agreeable smell; imbibes water, retains a proper quantity, and discharges a superfluity ;” &e. Gardeners who cannot meet with such soil ought to use artificial means to form it, by bringing together different kinds: sand and stiff loam being the princi- pal ingredients required, the one for strong soils, the other for light. rf 234 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. Before I use fresh dug loam, I always take the precaution to strew over it a lit- tle quick lime well slacked, andin a hot state, to correct any acidity, or decompose any injurious saline compounds. Lime also is an excellent application for the destruction of slugs, snails, worms, and other injurious insects, as well as for the dissolution of inert vegetable matter. J You will excuse the minute detail, which I have entered into more fully than I intended when I sat down ; but as I took the pains to make the experiment, I give it you, because I have every reason to be satisfied with the success of it. Before I conclude, I beg to call to your recollection that I am neither gardener nor florist professionally, but that I commenced the cultivation of flowers in tlie first instance, with a view to amuse a depressed state of mind, and reinvigorate a still more sickly state of body. I therefore solicit your utmost indulgence towards the remarks which I have made on the cultivation of that pleasing little flower, the Pink.— Horticultural Transactions. LIST OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. 1. ALuium srcuLttM, Sicilian Garlick. (Brit. Flow. Gard., 349.) Natural Order, Asphodelee ; Linnaan Class, Hexandria; Order, Monogynia. This re- markable species of Garlick is grown in the Chelsea Botanic Garden; it grows yery extensively in Madonia, inhabiting the shady valleys; itis also found in other parts of the kingdom of Sicily. The flower stalk rises to the height of four feet, crowned by an umbel of near thirty blossoms, which, when expanded, are pendu- lous; they are of a greenish yellow colour, marked with rosy-purple and white. The whole plant has a very disagreeable scent, being far more powerful than that of any other species. Allium, from the Celtic word all, acrid; alluding to the properties of the plant. 2, ANTIRRHINUM GLANDULOSOM, Glandular Snapdragon. (Bot. Reg. 1893.) Scrophularine ; Didynamia Angiospermia. A very pretty flowering hardy annual, introduced into this country from California by the late Mr. Douglas. The flower stem rises about two feet high, branching, and each branch terminating with a ra- ceme of flowers of some length. The blossoms are of a fine rose colour outside, and pale yellow within. ‘The plant blooms from July to the end of the season. Seeds are produced in abundance. It merits a place in every flower garden. An- tirrhinum, derived from Snoutwort, the appearance of the corolla resembling the snout of some animal. 3. ARDISIA ODONTAPHYLLA, Tooth-leayed Ardisia. (Bot. Reg.) Like all the other Ardisias, this species is a handsome evergreen hothouse shrub. It is a na- tive of Bengal, where it was discovered by Dr. Buchanan. The flowers are of a pale salmon colour streaked with rose; they are highly fragrant. Ardisia, from ardis, the point of a weapon, referring to the sharp pointed segments of the corolla. 4, BEGONIA SANGUINEA, Blood-red Begonia. This very striking species is a native of Brazil, from whence it has been introduced into this country in 1832. It has bloomed in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. It requires a hothouse tem- perature. The stems are of a fine red colour, and the leaves at the upper side of a green, perfectly smooth, and at the underside of a very deep blood-red, produc- ing a striking appearance. ‘The flowers are white. The plant deserves a place in every collection of hothouse plants. 5. BERBERIS EMPETRIFOLIA, Crowberry-leaved Barberry. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) Berberidee ; Hexandria Monogynia. Mr. Lowe, of Clapton Nursery, recently introduced this plant into this country; Mr. Lowes collector, Mr. Anderson, dis- covered it in the straits of Magellan. It is a very delicate and pretty plant, form- ing a procumbent shrub with slender twiggy branches. The flowers are large, of a rich orange yellow colour. This plant is offered for sale in the London Nurseries. 6. BLEeTIA PATULA, Spreading flowered. (Bot. Mag.) Orchidee; Gynandria Monandria. This very neat and pretty flowering species, is a native of Hayti, and was introduced into this country in 1830. It has flowered in the stove in the NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 235 Edinburgh Botanic Garden. The flowers are produced upon an elongated raceme, each raceme having upwards of twenty flowers upon it; the blossom is nearly three inches across, of a beautiful reddish lilac colour ; the base and edges of the labellum are white. It is a very desirable species, and merits a situation in every collection of stove plants. 7. CIRRHZA TRISTIS, Sad-coloured. (Bot. Reg. 1889.) Orchidacee ; Gy- nandria. Another very pretty Orchideous plant, a native of Mexico; it has bloomed in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges. The flowers are produced upon a pendulous raceme of several inches long ; the flowers are of a dark purple, suffused with blood colour and greenish yellow; the labellum is of a dark purple; they are very fragrant; each flower is rather more than an inch across; the petals are very narrow. ; 8. CoTONEASTER LAXIFLORA, Loose clustered flowered. (Bot. Mag. 3519.) Rosacee ; Icosandria Digynia. This species forms an upright shrub from five to six feet high. It has been recently introduced into this country by the London Horticultural Society. The plant makes a pretty addition to our hardy shrubs; it has much the appearance, in foliage, of a Vaccinium rather than a Cotoneaster. The flowers are small, of a rosy colour, produced in pendulous cymes. 9. CALLEOPSIS TINCTORIA, var. ATROPURPUREA, Dyeing Calleopsis, Dark flowered variety. This variety of the well known and much admired Coreopsis tinctoria, now called Calliopsis tinctoria, is very superior to that species; it was vaised from seed saved by Mr. James Tait, of Merry Flats, near Glasgow. The flowers are about the size of C. tinctoria; the centre is yellow, surrounded by a circle of dark purple, beyond which, to the extremity of the petals, is of a fine red scarlet colour; some of the flowers are destitute of the yellow centre. Itis a splen- did flowering annual, and deserves a place in every flower garden; we have grown it this season in masses, and it produces a fine show. Seeds of the kind will be plentiful in the hands of the London seedsmen next spring. 10. CraT@eus sPATHULATA, Spathula leaved Hawthorn. (Bot. Reg., 1890.) Rosacex ; Icosandria Pentagynia. Thisspecies forms a pretty bush, growing about five feet high. The C. virginica of the nurseries is the true C. spathulata ; it very much resembles the C. parcifolia, but it differs from that species by the leaves be- ing. edged with strong dark glands, and having large leafy stipules. The flowers are white, produced in clusters of two or three in each, succeeded by green fruit of moderate size. It is a native of the dry woods in Virginia and Carolina. Crate- gus, from Kratos, strength ; referring to the durability of the wood. 1]. CyrropopiuM PUNCTATOM, Spotted flowered. Orchidiacew ; Gynandria Monandria. A very splendid flowering species, introduced from Brazil by Wil- liam Swainson, Esq., some years since. It bloomed for the first time in the Glas- gow Botanic Garden in 1835. The petals are yellow; sepals mostly spotted with purple and red; the lip has a purplish red edge; the remaining parts of the flower are yellow, altogether producing a splendid and striking contrast. 12. Crocus sUAYEOLENS, Fragrant (flowered) Crocus. (Brit. Flow. Gard. 352.) A very pretty pale blue flowered species, a native of Italy ; it is also found growing plentifully about Rome. It is cultivated in the garden of the Honourable W. T. H. F. Strangways, Abbotsbury Castle, Dorsetshire. The pretty and fra- grant flowers recommend it to every garden. 13. GiLi1a TENUIFLORA, Slender flowered. (Bot. Reg. 1888.) Polemoniacee ; Pentandria Monogynia. The late Mr. Douglas sent seeds of this new hardy an- nual from California, to the London Horticultural Society ; Mr. Douglas had ap- pended the name Gilia splendens to the packet, but it certainly does not merit such an appellation, being very much inferior to G. tricolor. The flowers of the pre- sent species are produced upon slender, branching stems, which rise to about two feet high; each flower is about a quarter of an inch across, of a pale rose colour, slightly streaked with red outside, and of a fine violet in the inside. The flowers do not produce much show where a single plant is only grown; but if grown in masses, it makes a pretty addition to the flower garden. 14. Lupinus tatirouius, Broad-leaved Lupine. (Bot. Reg. 1891.) This species was found in California by the late Mr. Douglas; it is a hardy perennial. The flowers are like L. littoralis, of a purplish violet colour. Lupinus, from Lupus, a “0 ; veferring to the exhausting properties of the roots of the plant with the soil, 236 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On A List or PLANTS FOR A ConsERVATORY, &c.—Having a small Conser- vatory on the outside of my window, warmed only by the heat of the room, and not by any regular flue, I should be obliged if some correspondent would give me the names of such a collection of plants as would look gay and be fragrant, during the autumn, winter, and spring. I do not want them in the summer, I should not have troubled you with the query, did I not think that many plants which would thrive in a regular Conservatory, would not thrive in such a place as I have de- scribed, which is merely heated by the hot air from the room. July 12th, 1836. A SUBSCRIBER AND CONSTANT READER. On THE ANOMATHECA CRUENTA, &c.—A Subscriber is very desirous of learn- ing, through the medium of your Cabinet, the best method of raising the Anoma- theca cruenta. I have saved, this summer, a great quantity of seed. Will any of your Correspondents inform me when it is to be sown,—if to be raised in a hotbed or open pans in the greenhouse,—whether seedlings of the same year will blos- som,—and what is the proper soil for raising the seed in? This information will much oblige A SUBSCRIBER. August 25th, 1836. On THE Wi1rE-WormM.—A long time ago, I sent a query to you on the subject of the Wire-Worm.—I wanted to know the best mode of getting rid of the pest. In answer to my query there appeared an extract from a floral publication, recom- mending the careful sifting and examination of the mould,—this process would be very difficult to perform to a great extent. In a garden near my residence, which contains fourteen acres, the proprietor lost in one season, a very extensive collec- tion of Dahlias, entirely from the wire worm. If any correspondent of the Cabinet knows of a method which would be effectual in a case like the above, and could be easily done, I should be greatly obliged by the information. A SUBSCRIBER AND CONSTANT RKADER. ANSWERS. On Mixine Hersaceous PLants with Suruss.—In answer to your Cor- respondent “Juvenes,” on the bad taste of mixing herbaceous plants with shrubs, he will find an article in Vol. LI, No. 65, page 412, of the Gardener’s Magazine, by the Conductor. In the first place, the author has stated in a former part of the work, that “one of the most common errors in ornamental gardening, is that of mixing herbaceous plants with shrubs and trees.” The reason ¢s very simple, viz. that neither can thrive properly, and that supposing both to thrive in the same de- gree, the one injures the effect of the other. However pleasing and picturesque it may be to see trees, shrubs, and flowers, all struggling together for the mastery in a natural wood ; yet this sort of beauty is totally unsuitable for scenes of art. The object of collecting trees, shrubs, and flowers into a garden, is to produce them in a higher degree of perfection, and show them off to greater advantage, than can be done in a state of wild nature. Now, whatever, in the planting, cultivation, or management of a garden, interferes with these two objects, the perfection of the plant, and its display to the greatest advantage, must be wrong, unless we are wrong in our views of what is the object of garden culture. If the object in a gar- den is to imitate nature by mixing trees, flowers, and shrubs together indiscrimi- nately, and crowding them together as they are to be seen in a state of nature, then, of course, our argument falls to the ground, and the present general practice of fringing the margin of shrubberies and plantations with herbaceous plants, ad- mits of justification. On the other hand, if we are right in the objects proposed to be attained by a garden, then flowers ought never to be planted where there is lat MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 237 some obvious impediment to their arriving at a high degree of perfection, or where there is some other rival object of beauty to interfere with their effect. I will con- tinue the subject at some future time. W. Horst. (We shall be glad of any observations on the subject from Mr. Hurst.—Conp.) On Destroyinc Moss, &c.—As I have not seen any answer to the question put by Maria in the June Number of the Cabinet, page 137, in which she asks for information how to get rid of moss in a long gravel walk. I conjecture that the walk is possessed of one if not both the following evils, namely, that the walk lays wet, and that the gravel is of a very close or clayey nature. To remedy these eyils, I would advise Maria to have the walk well drained, and some sharp sand mixed with the gravel; the draining may be done in the following manner :—take the gravel off, about a foot inside, along the centre of the walk, and lay it on one side, and take out the sub-soil the same width and depth; then make the bottom of the drain firm, and lay in a good hollow drain with bricks or stones, and fill up the remainder with small stones to within an inch of the top, and lay the gravel on again. If the walk is more than six feet wide, then there should be two drains, that is, one towards each side. There is another way in which walks may be laid dry, but it is attended with more trouble and expense than the former; but where materials can be had without much expense, I would recommend it. It is as follows :—In renovating an old walk, begin at one end and take off the gravel for about six or eight feet, and carry it to the other end, then take out the sub-soil about six inches deep at the sides, and keep bearing a little deeper till you come to the centre ; this being done, lay in a drain as directed above :—the whole must then be filled up to its proper height with stones or other hard material, laying the smallest at the top. Then take the gravel off another length, and put it on what has been drained ; next take out the sub-soil and drain as before, and so go through the whole walk. If the gravel is of a close or clayey nature, it must not be laid on more than an inch thick, some sharp sand may be mixed with it as it is laid on. In making a new walk, it is best to drain the whole length at once. In making or draining a walk, if the walk does not fall either way, the drain must be cou- structed to convey the water off. W. DENYER. On Coroni“ra GLauca.—In the July Number of the Cabinet, page 163, Maria wishes for information on the Coronilla glauca. I advise her to pinch off the tops of the leading shoots. Young plants are sometimes shy of blooming, particularly if they are growing luxuriantly. The lateral shoots thus caused will be flowering ones. W. DENYER. REMARKS. On a List OF THE BEsT HyAcinTHs For Forcinc.—Many of your readers would, we think, cultivate Hyacinths with much greater pleasure, could they as- certain which were most worthy of their attention. But the London Catalogues containing some hundreds of varieties, with no other distinction than Double and Single of Red, Blue, White, and Yellow, and many of the most expensive, being so inferior to some of the lower priced varieties as to render the prices no criterion of quality, they are discouraged in their attempts to select the best. Having for Many years paid particular attention to Hyacinths, growing annually in pots and glasses several hundreds of the finest varieties cultivated in Holland, we send for insertion in your Cabinet, (should you deem it worthy of a place) a select list of a Sew uf those, which we consider the finest, for blooming in pots and glasses, (all of which are at very moderate prices) hoping by means of your extensive circulation, to obviate the above evil. J. Sutton & Sons. Reading, Berkshire, July 1836. (We refer our Readers to Messrs. Sutton’s Advertisement, in this month’s Cabinet. ConbDucTor. On THE GrowTH oF Piants, &c.—When plants advance but little in their frowth, and assume a very dark or blue green colour, it shows a want of water, or an obstruction to the action of the capillary attraction; and when a plantis of a light green colour, and is diminutive and puny in its growth, and there is evidently 238 MISCELLANBOUS INTELLIGENCE: no want of water, it shows a want of carbonaceous matter, or a general deficiency of nutriment. If plants and trees grow very luxuriantly in branches, forming large leaves, and producing little fruit, it shows that there is a luxuriant supply of hydro-carbonate, or an excess of carbonaceous matter, lying at a great depth trom the surface, and a want of oxygen; when the leaves and branches are deformed and distorted by blisters and blotches, and by irregular contractions and contor- tions of the stalks, fibres, veins, or ribs of the leaves, or when tumours break out on the leaves and shoots, it shows that an excess of putrescent carbonaceous matter containing nitrogen surrounds the roots. HAYWARD ON Horticulture. THE QUALIFICATIONS REQUISITE FOR A COMPLETE GARDENER IN THE YEAR 1720.—A great many gentlemen who are lovers of gardening, have often the misfortune to meet with such gardeners, who being wholly ignorant of the foun- dation of the art, and having only a confused knowledge of the manner of dres- sing and improving a garden, do often destroy or injure it. Those authors who have treated of the qualifications necessary to a complete gardener, have enumer- ated those that follow:—1l. That there being a great deal of difficulty in the art, the gardener ought to be such an one as has a natural bent of genius to the study. 2. That such a person ought to be instructed in the latin tongue, writing, arithmetic, the mathematics and designing, that he may be able to read authors treating of the art, understand proportions, draw plans, designs of gardens, com- partments, parterres, &c. 3. He should be acquainted with the terms and rules of botany, so as to be able to distinguish every sort by its proper name, and to class and assort plants to their respective tribes or families. 4. He ought to be well grounded in the philosophical principles of his art, and to be a good naturalist, that he may reason pertinently of the difference and goodness of soils, &e. 5. He ought to observe the different degrees of heat necessary to promote the growth of plants that come from different climates; to study the nature and temperature of all plants, to know which of them require a hot, dry, or fat soil. 6. He ought to know thoroughly how to order a flower garden, a kitchen garden, and an orchard ; and what he ought to plant in the one, and what in the other. 7. He ought to make a collection of the several sorts of fruit, and keep memorandums of their respective characteristics, and take particular notice of the different times of their ripening. 8. He ought to converse with those persons who are ingenious in hus- bandry and gardening, and to observe their different ways of practice. 9. When a man has arrived at the forementioned qualifications, it will be much for his im- provement to travel to Holland and Flanders, which will furnish him with general ideas, which may very much contribute to his improvement. In Holland he may see that the study of gardening is not unworthy the wisest or greatest men in the country; and if he be well accomplished in the art, will be treated by them with extraordinary respect. In flanders, though their gardens differ from those in Holland, being more after the English mode, yet being the best passage to France, his mind will be better prepared to pass a judgment of the French gardens; the excellency of which consists chiefly in the management of fruit-trees, except Ver- sailles, which Mr. Bradley says, is the sum of every thing that has been done in gardening ; that Trianon and Manii are partly of the same taste, anda sight of them will furnish a man with fine ideas. Dr. Agricola says, it is impossible that any description should clearly represent to us all that is remarkable in fine and noble gardens; that when he reflects on Versailles only, and what he has seen there, he cannot but think that he had a foretaste of paradise, all his senses being struck with astonishment ; and though he has the whole represented in fine prints, yet it was only a shadow of what was so naturally figured there : and therefore he thinks it absolutely necessary, that gardeners should travel into foreign countries. Tue ORIGINAL CHARTER OF THE GARDENER’S COMPANY.—This charter was granted to the gardeners in the third year of the reign of King James the First, when the buildings in and near the city of London, were not half so many as now they are; and there were many spaces vacant of buildings between the houses in London and Westminster, which are now built upon. Mr. Stow says, that in for- mer times there was not a continued street of buildings between the cities of Lon- don and Westminster, as now there is, but much vacant space of fields and open grounds between, and so as not being paved the way was often bad to pass, and was not payed any farther than from Temple-Bar to the Sayoy, till the reign of MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 239 Queen Elizabeth, that Sir Robert Cecil building a very fair house beyond the Sa- yoy at Ivy-Bridge, leveled and paved the highway near adjoining. Within the compass of one age, Somerset House and the buildings were called country houses, and the open places which were about them were employed in gardens for profit ; and also many parts within the city and liberties were occupied by working gar- deners, and were sufficient to furnish the town with garden ware; for then but a few herbs were used at the table in comparison to what are spent now. The en- couragement that these’ gardeners met with at this time, gave occasion to many others to set up and profess the same calling near London, who by their unskilful management committed several abuses: therefore it was proposed that the London gardeners, who were professed men, should become a body, and inspect the work of others who were pretenders to the art. But notwithstanding this charter granted in the third year of King James, the city increasing in buildings, the com- pany’s privileges were invaded by many that called themselves gardeners, so that they were obliged to solicit an additional power. The most material parts of the charter are as follows :—“ James, by the Grace of God, King of England, Scot- land, France, and lreland, Defender of the Faith, &c. Whereas divers and sun- dry personsinhabiting within the city of London, and sixmilescompass thereof, have continually taken upon them to use and practice the trade, craft, or mystery of Gar- dening, Planting, Grafting, Setting, Sowing, Cutting, Arbouring, Raking, Mount- ing, Covering, Fencing, and removing of Plants, Herbs, Seeds, Fruits, Trees, Stocks, and Sets, and of contriving the conveyances to the same belonging, being ignorant and unskilful, having not been brought up in the said trade or mystery ; and whereas the said persons have also daily sold and set unto our loving subjects, into sundry the parts of our dominions and countries, dead and corrupt plants, seeds, stocks, and trees, to the great deceit and loss of our said subjects: for redress and prevention of which deceits and wrongs, we did by our letters patents, in the third year of our reign over this our kingdom, grant to the gardeners then inhabit- ing in London, and within six miles of the said city, that they should be one body- corporate, by the name of Master, Wardens, Assistants, and Commonalty of the Company of Gardeners of London, and did thereby give unto them divers powers and privileges, as by our said letters patents appeareth ; and whereas we are cre- dibly informed, that there are certain defects, questions, and doubts, found and arisen in and upon our said letters patents, whereby the public good and profit of the said company is much hindred, and the abuses aforesaid still continued ; which Company of Gardeners have hereupon made their humble petition unto us, that we would be graciously pleased to renew the said letters patents, with amend- ments of these defects, and with such other necessary additions and alterations, as we think most fit and convenient. Know ye, &c., that from henceforth all person or persons, as now are freemen of the said Company of Gardeners, and all other person or persons to be admitted into the said company according to the provisions in these presents expressed, and which are, or shall be inhabiting in London, or within six miles of the said city only, and none other shall be one body corporate and politic in deed and in nature, by the name of Master, Warden, and Assistants, and Commonalty of the Company of Gardeners of London, &c., and that by the said name they shall have perpetual succession, &c.” The charter proceeds in a formal set of words, and gives a full power and authority to them to have a public seal to be altered at their pleasure, and to purchase lands, &c. “ And to nominate, elect and chuse, and swear, every year, the Wednesday in Whitsun- week, one Master, two Wardens, and four and twenty Assistants, to be chosen out of the said Company of Gardeners, who shall order, rule, and govern the said cor- poration. And that it shall, and may be lawful to and for the Master, Wardens, and Assistants for the time being, or the greater part of them, to admit into the said company such person of persons, as they in their discretion shall think meet; and they have also a power to take and keep as their apprentice or apprentices, all and every such person or persons, as will bind themselves apprentice or apprentices for the term of seven years and upwards. And further we will, and by these presents for us, our heirs and successors, do straitly prohibit and forbid, that no person or persons whatsoever, inhabiting within the said city of London, or the liberties thereof, or within six miles compass of the said city, do at any time hereafter use, or exercise the art or mystery of gardening within the said city of London, or the liberties thereof, or without the same within six miles compass of the same city, + 240 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. either in places privileged or not privileged whatsover, without the licence and con- sent of the said Master, Wardens, and Assistants of the said Company for the time being, or the more part of them, thereunto first had or obtained, other than such of our subjects as shall garden for their own household or private spending; and that no person or persons being not admitted of the said company, and dwelling above the space of six miles from the said city of London, shall henceforth sell or put to sale, or offer to put to sale any Plants, Herbs, Roots, or Seeds, Trees, Stocks, Slips, Sets, Flowers, or other things usually sold by gardeners, within the city of London, or within six miles of the said city, but only in and at such accustomed times and places, as the foreign baker and other foreigners, being not free of our said city, use to do with their bread or other victuals ; and then also shall depart the said places or markets with their said goods by them to be brought for sale, &c., upon pain of forfeiture of such Plants, Herbs, Roots, Seeds, Trees, Slips, Sets, Flowers, &c., all which forfeitures shall be distributed amongst the poor of the place, where such forfeitures shall be taken.” The charter also sets forth the power of the com- pany to make laws, constitutions, &c., for the good government of the master, war- dens, &c. And also the power given to the master and wardens, or to any two of them assisted by two of the assistants, to search and view all manner of plants, stocks, sets, seeds, flowers, &c., in any market within their limits, to see, if they are found good and wholesome, and if they find any such wares deceitful, unwhole- some, dry, rotten, &c., to make seizure of them, or to burn or consume them with the assistance of the clerk of the market, or to make seizures upon any forfeitures mentioned in the charter. And the charter further commands, that the Lord Mayor of the city of London within his liberty, and the justices of the peace within the limits specified in the charter, shall upon such offences committed against the com- pany, commit such offenders to the next gaol, till they have satisfied the demands of the company. The peace of meeting for the company of gardeners, is in the Trish chamber of the Guild-Hall of the city of London. REFERENCE TO PLATE. A. Sphenogyne speciosa.—This is a most beautiful flowering annual, growing about a foot high. We received seeds of it from the Cape of Good Hope, in the spring of the present year. The plant is of handsome foliage, and a most profuse bloomer. The flowers open fully when the sun shines upon them, and then dis- play a show of the most pleasing kind. We have had it in bloom since the Ist of June, and it appears likely to continue to the end of the season. A bed of it would be a delightful contrast to one of an opposite colour. B. We feel sorry it is not in our power to give a larger specimen of this very splendid flowering shrubby Calceolaria. It has recently been raised by Messrs. Hammond and Stephens, Nurserymen, Taunton, Somersetshire. Our readers will, however, perceive that of its class of colour in the shrubby kinds, it stands unrivalled, and merits a place in every collection. C. Forsyth’s Beauty of Anlaby Pansy.—This very handsome kind was raised by Mr. Forsyth, Florist, Anlaby, near Hull. The flower is of first rate excellence, both in form and colours. D. Nolana atriplicifolia——A new and very handsome flowering annual, of prostrate growth, or if grown in masses will rise to half a foot high. The flowers are produced most numerously, and give a very pretty appearance. The plant deserves a place in every flower-garden. It is a desirable plant to grow in order | to hang pendulous over the edge of a vase, pot, &c. contrasting with Verbena me- lindres, Anagallis fraticosa, &c. Seeds may be obtained of the principal Seeds- men next spring. he a= Pa i aod 7 a i aE i if in 4 £ )\ . Mit. iz?) WY" || a 3 Le OY Ploricudiurad ©gbire Ve LAL VA UM. 4 Z) 44 tt ff 2 THE FLORICULTURAL. CABINET, NOVEMBER Ist, 1886. PART. ¥ ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. ARTICLE I. A DESCRIPTION OF CLIMBING & AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES, BY THE REV, JAMES JONES, A. M. BRISTOW RECTORY. Many of the Autumnal Flowering Roses being now in bloom, both climbers and others, I forward for insertion in the Cabinet, a list of what I know to be good. The kinds I have seen in bloom, and have carefully compared the flowers with the descriptions given by Mr. Rivers, Mr. Wood, and others, celebrated for growing Roses, that I can testify to their correctness and agreement, as to merit. I have forwarded the list now in order that, being inserted immediately, it will be serviceable to those persons desirous of procuring plants for autumn planting. CLIMBING ROSES. Division I—AyrsHIRE Roses (ROSA ARVENSIS.) Name. Colour. Form and Character. Ayrshire Queen (Rivers’) dark purplish crimson cupped and double. Blush, or Perthshire lilac blush cupped and double. Countess of Lieven white cupped and double. Dundee Rambler white with pink edge compact and very double. Elegans, or Double White. white expanded, semi-double. Jessica Lovely Rambler bright pink cupped, semi-double. _ Myrth-scented zt Queen ofthe Belgians pure white cupped and double. - Rose Angle pale pink expanded and double. Ruga pale flesh globular, large and double. Splendens ; Division II.—Rosa MULTIFLORA. Alba ~~ pale flesh compact, small and double. Crivelli Elegans i blush and white compact, small and double. VOL, IV. G§ 242 Name. Fragrans Grandiflora Grevillii minor Grevillii Scarlet, or Russel- liana Grevillii, or Seven Sisters Hybrida, or Laure Dayoust Rubra Superba Cotour. bright rose shaded dark crimson CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. Form and Character. compact and double. compact and very double. purple, red, and blush expanded and double. changeable blush rose imbricated and very double. compact, small and double. bright rose, pencilled cupped and double. Division III.—EVvERGREEN ROosEs (ROSA SEMPERVIRENS). Adelaide d’Orleans Banksieflora Brunonii Carnea grandiflora Donna Maria Eximia Félicité perpétuelle Leopoldine d’Orleans Madame d’Arblay Major Melanie de Montjoie Myrianthes Plena Princesse Louise Rampant Rose foncée Rosea Scandens Spectabile Triomphe de Bollwyller pale rose, shaded white bright purplish red pale flesh pure white creamy white pale flesh pale flesh white white delicate rose white creamy white & rose white rose pale rose pale flesh lilac rose imbricated and double. compact, small and double. cupped and double. cupped, large and double. cupped and very double. compact and very double. cupped and double. cupped and very double. large and single. expanded, large and double. cupped and very double. compact and double. cupped and very double. cupped and double. cupped, large and double. compact and double. » expanded, semi-double. cupped and double. creamy shaded white cupped, very large & double. Division I1V.—Boursautt Roses (Rosa ALPINA.) Arethuse Blush, or Florida Crimson, or Amadis Drummond’s Thornless Elegans Gracilis Tnermis Red rose pale flesh globular and very double. globular, very large & double. bright purp. crimson reflexed, large and double. vivid rose purple, white stripes bright purplish rose vivid rose bright rose cupped, small and double. expanded and double. cupped and very double. cupped and yery double. cupped and semi-double. Division V.—Bankstan RoseEs (Rosa Banks12&.) Rose levigata Rosa sinica White Banksia Yellow Banksia white white white creamy yellow single. single. compact, very dble. & frequent compact and very double. Fs Re mR INe RR Ra + 2 igh CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. 243 Division VI.—Hysrip CLimBine ROsEs. Name. Astrolabe Bengale Formidable Cassorettiana Clair Indica major Miller’s Climber New York China. Watt's Climbing Provence Colour. bright rose rose pale flesh Form and Character. compact and very double. cupped, small & very double. cupped and semi-double. bright crimson purple cupped and single. pale blush bright pink bright red rose expanded, large and double. expanded and double. cupped and double. globular, large and double. Roses for the Autumnal Rose Garden, that bloom from June tril November. PERPETUAL ROSES. Name. Antinous Blanche Lamourous Billiard Belle d’ Automne Belle Italienne Belle de Trianon Clair Duchatelet Crimson Perpetual, or Rose du Roi Constancy Chabert Couronne des Pourpres Crispata Cuvier De Nuilly De Rennes Délice d’Hiver Désespoir des Amateurs Flon Ferox Four Seasons, Blush Four Seasons, White Four Seasons, Monstrous, or Bullée Four Seasons, Thornless Georgina Gloire des Perpétuelles Grand Perpetual, or Fabert’s Grande et Belle Henriette Boulogne Jean Hachette Jenny Audio Josephine Antoinette La Mienne Louis Phillippe Colour. very dark crimson purplish shaded rose rose pale flesh deep rose lilac rose purplish red light crimson pale flesh purplish rose purplish rose pale rose rosy red bright carmine bright rose bright rose lilac rose bright rose purplish deep rose rose white pale rose pale rose bright rose deep rose bright rose deep purplish rose pale blush lilac rose bright rose rose deep rose Form and Character. cupped, finely shaped & dble. cupped and very double. expanded and double. expanded and double. cupped, large and double. cupped and double. globular and double. cupped and very double. cupped, very large & double. expanded and double. cupped and double. cupped and double. cupped and double. globular and very double. cupped and very double. expanded, large and double. compact, small & very double compact and very double. globular, large & very double. cupped, semi-double. expanded and double. globular and large. expanded and double. globular, very large & double. compact, large & very double. globular, very large & double. globular, very large & double. compact and large. globular, large and double. globular, very large & double, cupped and very double. compact and very double. dark purplish crimson expanded and very large: cg3 344 Name. Lodoiska. Madame Feburier Ma Delice, or Douce Mellie Marie Denise Noel Pompone Four Seasons Pulcherie Preval Pestana, or Scarlet Four Seasons Perpétuelle d’Angers Palmire, or Blush Perpetual Perpetua nova Panaché de Girardon or Striped Perpetual Palotte picotée Portlandica carnea Portlandica grandiflora Prudhomme Queen of Perpetuals Royal Perpetual Saint Barthélemi Scotch Perpetual Sisley’s Stanwell Perpetual Sixth of June Triompe de Vitry Volumineuse Colour. pale blush rose pale rose pale with rosy centre lilac rose pale flesh purplish red pale rose bright crimson very pale flesh pale rose lilac rose_ pale flesh, striped with red pale flesh pale rose deep rose rose pale flesh bright rose purplish rose blush rose pale flesh deep rose bright rose blush CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. Form and Character. globular, large and double. cupped, large and very double cupped and very double. globular and large. expanded, large and double. compact, very small & double. globular and double. expanded and double. cupped, semi-double. expanded and very large. compact and very double. cupped and very double. cupped and double. compact and double. cupped semi-double. globular, very large & double. cupped and very double. cupped and very double. cupped, very large & double. cupped and semi-double. cupped and double. globular and very double. expanded and double. compact and very double. expanded and double. globular, very large & double BOUBON, OR L'ILE DE BOURBON, ROSES (Rosa BourBONIANA.) Name. Antoine Armosa Augustine Margat Aristide Augustine Lelieur Cent Feuilles Charles Desprez Chloe Common Diaphane Dubreuil Dubourg Duc de Grammont Earl Grey Faustine General Hoche Gloire de Rosamene Colour. delicate bright rose rose pale rose pale flesh bright rose crimson scarlet bright purplish rose pale blush purplish rose very pale flesh bright rose bright crimson Form and Character. cupped, large and double. cupped and double. cupped, large and double. globular and very double. cupped, large and double. cupped, large and semi-double cupped and very double. globular, large and double. cupped and very double. globular, small and double. cupped and double. cupped and double. cupped, large and semi-double CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. Name. Gloire de Guerin Henry the Fourth Ida Jeane d’Albret La Tendresse Lemesle — Latifolia Le Brun Malvina Madame Desprez Marshal Villars Millesie Nectarine Oleander-flowered Philippart Pierre Foulard Psyche Philemon Rose d’Amour (Madame Neumann) Roi de Perse Sir Robert Peel Sylvain T. Rivers Valerie Veleda Victoire Argentée White, or Julie de Loynes Walner Colour. purplish crimson pale rose carmine very bright rose pale rose rosy lilac rose bright rose bright rose lilac rose purplish deep rose pale rose rose peach shaded purplish rose light crimson lilac rose purplish rose glossy pale flesh pale rose purplish rose delicate rose rose blush glossy pale blush white vivid purplish rose 245 Form and Character. globular and very double. cupped and double. cupped and very double. cupped, large and double. cupped, large and double. globular and very double. cupped very large and double. - globular and double. globular and very double. globular, large and double. cupped and very double. cupped and very double, expanded, and like Nerium splendens. cupped, large and double. globular and very double. cupped, small and double. cupped and very double, globular and double. cupped, very large & double. cupped, large and very double globular and double. cupped, finely shaped & dble. cupped and double. globular, large and double. cupped and very double. cupped, large and double. cupped and double. CHINA ROSES (Rosa r1npica). Alphonsine Amiral de Rigny Amiral du Perri Animating Alba elegans Bardon Beau Carmin Belle Traversie Belle de Florence Belle Tlyrienne Belle Isidore Camellia blanche Camellia rouge Camellia plena variegata Camellia semiplena variegata Candide purplish crimson vivid crimson fiery crimson purplish red cupped and double. expanded, large and double. cupped, large and double. cupped and small. white, shad. with blush cupped, large and double. pale blush crimson, shaded white light carmine crimson and rose pure white bright rose pure white cupped, large and double. cupped and very double. compact and double. cupped and very double. expanded and double. globular, large and double. imbricated, or camellia-like. globular and very double. 246 CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. Name. Cramoisie éblouissante Cramoisie supérieure Cramoisie triomphante Countess of Albemarle Clara Clarisse Duchesse de Valiére Duc de Bordeaux Duchess of Kent Duchesse de Berri, or Grand Val Dame Blanche Darius Ensign Bisson Ermite du Mont Cindre Fabvier Fenelon Fenelon du Luxemburg Flavia Grandidier General Chassé General Moreau Glory Gloire d’ Auteuil * Gouvion St. Cyr Grandiflora Henry the Fifth Hortense Tndica minor Indica minor, crimson Indica gloriosaor odoratissima lilac rose Indica heterophylla Imperiosa Joseph Deschiens Josephine L’Azure Leopold Le Sombre La Coquette Le Volcan Le Vermillon Louis Phillippe d’Angers Madame Desprez Madame Bureau Madame Desmonts Marjolin Napoleon O'Connell Colour. Form and Character. vivid crimson reflexed and very double. crimson expanded, large and double. crimson cupped and very double. pale rose, red centre compact, large and double. white with rosy centre globular and very double. pale blush globular, large & very double. lilac rose cupped, very large and double. lilac expanded and very double. shaded pale blush cupped, large and double. dark crimson compact and very double. white globular, large and double. purplish deep rose cupped and double. pale rosy lilac expanded and small. dark crimson purple cupped and double. bright scarlet cupped and semi-double. purplish crimson globular and double. deep lilac rose shaded globular, large and double. crimson globular, large and double. bright rose, shaded cupped and very double. bright rose, shaded cupped, large and double. bright rose cupped and double. clouded crimson expanded and double. carmine cupped and double. deep rose reflexed, very large & double. vivid scarlet cupped and double. shaded bright rose cupped and very double. rose compact and small. crimson compact and small, globular and very double. rose cupped, with leafy calyx. dark crimson, shaded cupped and double. bright crimson cupped and double. lilac rose expanded, large and double. pure white globular and double. clouded dark crimson cupped and double. carmine compact and double. bright red cupped, large and double, bright carmine cupped and double. crimson globular and very double. pure white cupped, very large and double pure white globular and double. blush and rose purple crimson shaded blush dark crimson cupped and double. globular, large and double. cupped, very large and double cupped and double. CLIMBING AND AUTUMNAL FLOWERING ROSES. 247 Name. Petit Nini Petite Triomphe Pluton Peoniaflora nova Perfection Princesse Marie Roi des Cramoisies Ronald’s China Reevesii Romaine Desprez Rouge Superbe, or La Regu- liére Reine de Peestum Striata Strombio rubra Sulphurea superba Triomphe de Gand Theresia Stravius Triomphante, or Peony Noi- sette Turenne Van Dael Weber White Willow-leaved. Colour. rosy lilac bright red dark crimson pale lilac rose bright crimson reddish purple bright crimson Form and Character. cupped, small and double. cupped, small and double. globular and double. globular, very large & double. cupped and double. expanded and large. cupped and double. purplish shaded rose cupped, large and very double crimson compact and double. blush with buff centre cupped, very large and double rose, striped with red cupped and double. red pale sulphur bright rose, shaded pale flesh deep rose & crimson purple, lilac rose bright rose pure white bright rose globular and very double. cupped, very large and double cupped, very large and double cupped and double. reflexed, large and double. cupped and double. glokular, large and double. cupped with very stiff petals. globular and double. expanded and semi-double. TEA-SCENTED CHINA ROSES (Rosa tnpica opORATA). Aurore Aline Boutelaud Belle Helene Buffon Belle Felix Belle Clorinde Belle Elvire Bourbon Blush Caroline Cedo Nulli straw changing to buff expanded, very large & double rosy blush delicate rose pale flesh purplish rose bright rosy lilac rose bright rose white blush carmine Coccinea, or Colville’s crimson vivid crimson Cels Dremont Fragrans General Valazé Gracilis Grandifolia, or Thouillet Hardy red delicate rosy buff bright crimson shaded pale blush bright red pale flesh vivid rose cupped, large and double. globular, large and double. cupped and very double. globular and very double. expanded and very double. cupped, large and double. globular and double globular, large and double. globular and double. cupped and double. expanded and double. expanded and double. cupped, large and double. cupped and double. globular, large and double. cupped and small. cupped, large and double. expanded, large and double. 245 REMARKS ON THE MOUTAN PHONY. Name. Colour. Form and Character. Hamon blush, shaded, crims. globular, very large & double. Hymenée white, yellow centre cupped and double. Tphigenie lilac rose globular, large and double. Isidore pale rose, shaded expanded and double. Julie Sisley Jaune Serin blush with rosy centre globular, large and double.. straw colour and rose cupped and double. Lucile Delmart bright rose cupped and double. Lejas vivid light crimson _—_ globular and very double. Lyonnais pale flesh cupped, very large and double Louis Philippe delicate rose cupped, large and double. Lutescens mutabilis pale straw cupped and double. Lutescens nana reddish yellow cupped, very small & double. Maximilian rose and buff cupped, large and double. Magnifica, or Magnus Ladulas rose, marbled cupped, large and double. Mesfré pale flesh Madame Guerin Mutabilis rose, changing tocrim. cupped, large and double. Nitida white with rosy centre globular, large and double. Odoratissima lilac rose expanded, large and double. Princesse Stephanie pale flesh globular, large and double. Palavicini yellowish white cupped and double. Potart flesh with buff centre expanded and double. Pallida bright rose, shaded —_ globular and double. Réve du Bonheur rosy buff cupped and very large. Roi de Siam pure white globular, large and double. Reine de Cythére pale flesh cupped, very large and double Reine de Juillet, or Plantier bright rose globular, with stiff petals. Strombio cream and blush globular and very large. Superbe de Vitry delicate rose globular and very double. Taglioni white with buff centre globular and double. Triomphe du Luxembourg _ buff and rose cupped, large and double. Yellow pale sulphur cupped, large & semi-double. ARTICLE II. REMARKS ON THE MOUTAN PZONY, OR TREE PONY. BY J. S. L. A very elaborate, but in many parts both fabulous and mistaken ac- count of the Moutan Ponies is given in the Mémoires sur les Chi- nois, the substance of which I will briefly note. They are stated to be of considerable antiquity in the gardens of the north of China, and are supposed to have been originally found wild on the moun- tains in the province of Ho-nan. They were at first cultivated in the district of Luo-yang, and subsequently in the Imperial Gardens of Kai-fong-fou, in Ho-nan ; but they appear to have succeeded best REMARKS ON THE MOUTAN PONY. 249 in the province of Hou-Kouang, from whence they are now supplied to the gardens of Pekin, and other parts of the Empire. They are stated to have received various names, as Hoa-ouang, or King of Flowers, Pé-leang-kin, or Hundred ounces of Gold (from their value), and Mou-chao-yao, or the Tree Peony, to distinguish them from the Herbaceous Ponies. It is represented that Moutans have been cul- tivated frequently of various heights, from very dwarf plants, to trees of twenty-four feet high, and that different varieties have existed, which produced their flowers at different seasons, some in winter, and some in autumn ; but the spring flowering varieties are those now in cultivation. These are said to be very numerous, with flowers of various degrees of fullness, from semi-donble to very double, and of the following colours, “rouge, violet, pourpre, amaranthe, jaune, blanc, noir, et bleu” in great variety. Some are represented to pos- sess considerable fragrance. Accounts of the way of cultivating the Moutans in China are also given ; they appear to be propagated from seed, and by other modes of increase which will be noticed bereafter. I do not place much reliance on the correctness of the details in this memoir, which extends to several pages ; and I am incredutous, not only as to some of the colours of the flowers, which are said to exist, but also as to the extent in number of the varieties. The provinces and places above mentioned, are in the northern and central parts of the Chinese Empire, and the habits of the Mou- , tan evidently exhibit an high mountainous, or alpine origin, subject to being buried under snow during the winter. They make strong shoots early in spring, and break rapidly into foliage, and blossom. In the description of China, published by Duhalde, in 1753, very little notice is taken of the Moutans ; they are described under the general name of Pivoines, as being of different colours, and some of them fragrant. A brief notice of the Moutans in the gardens at Canton, will be found in Dr. Abel’s account of Lord Amhert’s Em- bassy to Pekin, in 18165; but it contains no information respecting them which is not herein stated. They are not mentioned, as far as I have discovered, in accounts of other travellers in China. It must be concluded that the Moutans were transferred from China to Japan, where they are cultivated ; but they do not appear, however, to have been introduced in much variety into the latter country. Kzempfer, in the fifth fasciculus of his Amenitates Exotice, printedin 1712, describes the plants of Japan, and (p. 862) among them the Botan, as a species; but does not mention any varieties. He dis- tinguishes it by its woody stem from an Herbaceous Pwony called Saku Jaku, of which he names three varieties. Thuanberg, in his 250 REMARKS ON THE MOUTAN PHONY. Flora Japonica, printed 1784 (page 230), confounds the Saku Juku and Botan together, referring both, most absurdly, to the Peonia officinalis of Linn#us, and states that they are cultivated im every garden of Japan. The Saku Jaku of Kampfer is, according to the printed opinions of those who have attended to Pzonies, referable to the species well known in our gardens as P. albiflora, though neither of the varieties mentioned by him have white flowers. All the Moutans are sufficiently hardy to bear exposure in the open ground in the winter. The Banksii has been considered the hardiest ; but neither that nor Papaveracea appear to suffer from frost, and they are, consequently, frequently planted in the borders of gardens ; they will all grow in a northern aspect, and perhaps such a situation may be better suited to them, than one where they would receive more of the direct influence of the sun. But though they are not hurt by the severity of winter when planted out, the chilling blasts of our springs have very ‘injurious effects on them, and both the leaves and flowers are often cut and injured when entirely unpro- tected at that season. From this cause, those who desire to have them in the greatest perfection, give them a covering of glass, under which the beauty of the blossoms and the delicacy of the foliage is perfectly preserved. They ought however to be planted in a border, in preference to being kept in pots. Warmth from fire or steam is not necessary to them; they are brought earlier into flower by heat, but not improved by it. The best mode of protecting them, and at the same time of having them in perfection, is that of glass frames, or houses without flues: these may be made of any dimensions that fancy may require. The propagation of Moutans, upon their first introduction, was a matter of considerable difficulty ; they have, consequently, borne a high price in the nurseries; and though they are now multiplied extensively, yet, with all the experience which has been acquired, the obtaining strong new plants of them is a tedious operation. All modes of propagation have been tried with them, viz. by seeds, suckers, grafts, cuttings and layers. They rarely produce perfect seeds, but would probably do so more frequently if the impregnation of the stigmas was properly attended to. The seedlings which have hitherto been obtained, as may be observed from the accounts of such in the former part of this paper, are but few. Suckers, or rather root-shoots, may sometimes be severed successfully from large old plants, and such soon become strong enough to fower. If the work is carefully executed, grafts of the rarer sorts may be fixed on pieces of the roots of the more common. ‘These pieces of roots must be es- ares, REMARKS ON THE MOUTAN PHONY. 251 tablished in pots, and in the spring, a bud, witha little wood attached to it, may be joined to the root in the manner of a graft, a slice of the root being taken off to receive the piece intended to be united to it. When the fitting is completed it is to be covered with clay, ta- king care to leave the eye exposed; the pot must be kept covered with a hand-glass. Trials have been made of a plan of grafting the Moutan on roots of Herbaceous Ponies, and I have heard that it has sometimes succeeded, but not sufficiently to encourage the prac- tice generally. I have not witmessed the operation, but have been informed that it is performed by attaching a short slip of a branch of a Moutan, on which there is a bud, to the stcculent tuber of an Herbaceous Peony, binding them tightly together, sinking them below the surface of the earth, and covering them with a glass; _ the tuber supports the graft until it emits roots sufficient to maintain it- self independently. Ripe cuttings taken off in August or September, with a small piece of the old wood at the end, and planted against the sides of garden pots, in a mixture of loam, leaf mould, and sand well drained, and protected from the air by glasses, will succeed. The pots must be kept secured from the frost in the winter, and shaded in the summer; in the spring, the progress of the cuttings may be as- sisted’ by being placed in a frame with a gentle bottom heat. But the most general plan of multiplying Moutans is by layers, the shoots for which purpose should be planted either in protecting pits, or, in sheltered borders, which should be covered with mats spread over hoops; the branches when laid down, require a longer time than is usual with common shrubs to emit roots, and the largest are seldom fit to be removed till they have remained two years attached to the stool. The soil used for this operation is good rich loam, made light by a considerable mixture of sand, with the addition of one-fourth part of heath mould. The shoots when laid down require to have a longitudinal slit, or tongue, made in the inner side of the bend ; and this must be done with care, for, being brittle, the wood is liable to break ; the tongtied part should be bedded in a mixture of loam and sand. In addition to the above, it may be interesting to know the nature of the methods of propagating the Moutan in use among the Chinese. Upon this subject we have no information, except from the accounts in the Mémoires sur les Chinois, before alluded to. According to these, the modes of propagation, exclusive of that by seeds, are three- fold, viz. by suckers, by splitting the stem, or by grafting. Whien suckers are produced by an old plant, the earth is carefully removed from about its roots, which are laid bare till the whole of 252 ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS. the union of the sucker with the parent root is uncovered. They are then separated, but the wound of the old plant is suffered to re- main exposed for a day or two till its surface dries ;.dry earth is then placed about it, and care is taken that no moisture is applied for the space of a fortnight afterwards. The young sucker is enwrapped in fresh leaves, in which state itis kept till the: lower end becomes shrivelled, and so much contracted, that the two opposite sides touch each other. Itis then planted in rich earth, which is rather dey than otherwise, and kept well shaded till it has rooted; care being taken to guard it from frost. When the operation of splitting the stem is performed, an old plant is selected, and its stem is regularly slit into four or six equal portions, from the top to the very bottom, among the roots; the divisions of the stem are kept apart until the wounds begin to dry, when the middle of the stem is filled with a sort of plaster, made with mortar (mortier) and rich earth, among which is mixed fat and a small quantity of sulphur. The plant so prepared is suffered to re- main till the autumn, when each division is fit to be separated, with the portion of the root belonging to it. Grafting is practised on the roots of the more common Moutans ; when this is attempted, the root of the stock is laid bare during some weeks, to the depth of three or four inches; just before the autumn shoot is made, the earth is again heaped about the root, and soon afterwards, when the sap appears in full motion, the operation is performed. This is done in the way we call crown grafting. A kind of clay made with rich mould, formed into a sort of mortar with the expressed juice of Herbaceous Peony roots, is then applied about the scion and stock. The plant is afterwards shaded from the sun, and protected from frost during winter; and, when the spring arrives, it is left to take its chance. If the scion ever pushes, all danger of losing it is past. ARTICLE III.—ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS, THAT HAVE BEEN IN THE OPEN AIR DURING SUMMER, AND TREATMENT IN WINTER IN THE GREENHOUSE. BY THE FOREMAN OF A LONDON NURSERY. THE attempt would be impertinent, to fix the precise day in which greenhouse plants should be housed, the variations in the temperature of the seasons, in different years, render it impossible. However as the young tender shoots of the summer's growth, are extremely liable to be injured by the frost; as soon as any symptoms of this ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS. 253 appear, they should be removed to their winter quarters ; where, if the greenlouse is built on a proper principle, they can still have the benefit of the free air, and at the same time be in a situation to be protected, when necessity requires. Impressed with this idea, I think they should at all events, be removed in the earlier part of September. Therefore, about a fort- night before that time, they should be regularly examined, and any roots that may have extended themselves through the holes at the bottom of the pots, cleanly cut away,* with a knife or some such instrument: this tends to stop the too luxuriant growth, aud being executed ata proper period, before their final removal, they have time to recover themselves from the partial check they may have received by it; which would come doubly severe, if deferred until the time of removing them into the house; the transition from the cool bottom on which they stood, to the dry boards of the greenhouse : b stage, being so materially different. It will be also requisite to have the flues examined as to their cleanliness, and tried with a smothering fire, lest there should re- main any cracks to admit the smoke into the greenhouse. The 4 wall should likewise be fresh whitened, at least every second year ; and any repairs that may be necessary to the stages, or glass-work, previously rectified. Things being thus prepared, and the time fixed on to remove the plants, the large heavy enes, such as orange trees, &c. sheuld be ; carried to the places where they are to stand at once, as it will be very inconvenient to remove them after the house becomes crowded with other piants. The smaller kinds must be regularly placed in front of them, with a gradual descent from the back, down to the lowest in front, placing any curious, or handsome plants in flower, in the most prominent and conspicuous situations. They must not be set too close when first put in, as it would occasion most of their tender leaves to turn yellow, and fall off; either should they, if the house happens to have been built on a close construction, be by any meaus taken in when their leaves are wet. 3 < seer eAM Ep eS In large collections, could the different genera be kept together, it would I think have a much better effect; in particular the more numerous ones, such as heaths, Proteas, geraniums, &c. and indeed * The cutting of tse extraneous roots away at this season, is not likely to be ot such serious consequence to the plants, as if done when shifting, as the ball of root is preserved undisturbed within the pot, yet in some of the more luxuriant species that may have been plunged in the borders, it will be preferable to break the pot rather than destroy the roots, and of course the plant put into a larger one immediately. : 254 ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS. heaths are of that unsociable nature, that they will not do well if mixed promiscuously with other plants, especially any of the broad leaved kinds: it is implied by this observation, that there should, if possible, in, all large collections at least, be separate houses for these very numerous genera; but in all houses there is a variety of situations ; some more airy, near the windows, on end and front benches, for such as heaths, Proteas, &c.; all mountainous, Cape plants, should be kept if possible on shelves, such as graphaliums, bulbous geraniums, &c. &c.; some closer, as the principal stage and back benches, for orange trees, geraniums, and all such as growin low sheltered situations: thus in every instance it is necessary to attend to natural habit. When they are all housed, and dirt of every description taken away, let as much free air be given as possible in the day time ; and even at night, should the weather prove moderately mild, and free from any appearance of frost. In fact, I have seldom seen frosts at this early season so severe, as to injure any greenhouse plants, that were not immediately exposed to its perpendicular effect : there- fore the front windows may be kept open continually, unless there is a prospect of its being particularly severe, or accompanied with cold driving winds, in which case it will be necessary to keep them pretty close. If air is too sparingly admitted at this season, when many of the plants have not yet finished their summer's, growth, it will inevitably cause them to produce weak and tender shoots; which will be ex- tremely liable to damp off ata more advanced season, when the house must be unavoidably kept close on account of the severities of the external air; and besides, it will tend to give them amore general tender habit, and render them less able to resist the winter colds than they otherwise would. Hence it is evident, that they cannot receive too much air, whenever the state of the external air will ad- mit of it, by being free from all appearance of frost; as it will be so much to their advantage to be thus hardened, before the winter assumes its severest front. This is a practise I would strenuously recommend to all cultivators of exotics, to be observed the whole period they remain in the house, their own observations on the state of the weather being their con- stant guide. ‘ Water should also be plentifully administered when they are first taken into the house, as the dry board, on which they now stand as well as the elevated situation, and free circulating air, occasions them to require more than when they stood on the moist earth; ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS. 255 however, by nomeans go to the extreme, giving it only when evi- dently necessary. It isa common, but in my opinion, a very erroneous practice, to place pans under the pots, indiscriminately, and by many they are regularly filled with water, twice, or thrice a week, or perhaps every day, whether the plants may want it or not; and this they are pleased to term a saving of labour; and it eventually becomes so in fact; for they have seldom so much care, and trouble on their hands, in the spring, many of the most curious plants being killed by this treatment: for, although it may not perceptibly injure the coarser kinds, its pernicious effects on the tenderer sorts must be evident to the commonest observer; as the earth in the bottom of the pot, by being constantly in the water, becomes coagulated, and sour, and is consequently liable to rot the young fibres, by which the plants in general contract a languid and sickly habit. As the close foggy weather advances, water must be given more sparingly, else it will conspire with the atmosphere to increase the damps of the house; which will inevitably injure the plants by rotting their leaves. These, and dead flowers, should be picked off as soon as they are observable; otherwise they will make a very disagreeable appearance. Early in November all the tenderer Cape bulbs should be planted ; viz: Ixia, Iris, Morea, Gladiolus, Anthol yza, Galaxia, Oxalis, Lachenalia, Ornithogalum, &c. &c. as they generally commence vegetation about this time, and will supply a most beautiful variety of flowers for the ensuing spring and summer. When growing they should be kept pretty moist, particularly the stronger species ; otherwise they will not flower freely, and such as do will not be so fine: however, when they have done flowering, and the grass indicates an end to vegetation for the season, they should be gradually dried ; and when perfectly so, either set in the pots in a dry sheltered place, or otherwise taken out of them, and put in separate paper bags, in sorts, until the Autumn: I prefer the latter process ; it is necessary to keep them in sorts, otherwise the strong, which are not always the finest kinds, would smother the delicate ones, that in many instances produce the most brilliant, and frequently odoriferous flowers. The months of November and December, seem to be more noxious to the health of plants, than any other season; by reason of their being full of sappy leaves, and the remains of many of the Autumn flowers being still on them, when the weather, (which at this time gene- rally becomes close, and chilly,) renders it necessary to keep the house 256 ON TAKING IN GREENHOUSE PLANTS. shut, and warm; this occasions a most pernicious damp to exhale _from every part of the house, and even from the earth in the pots ; which fixes on the leaves, and other parts of the plants, to their inevitable injury, particularly the younger parts, such as were the produce of the preceding summer. [If this kind of weather continues for any considerable time, it will be adviseable to give a little fire heat, to help in drying up these baneful exhalations, and also as much air, as can be safely admitted by the doors, and front windows; more especially when fire is added; otherwise the heat of the flues will, instead of expelling the contaminated air, rather occasion it to exhale more freely, and be of worse consequences. At this season also, the plants should be regularly examined to clear them of all dirt, and also to scrape off any moss, &c. that may lave grown on the surface of the mould, and to renew it with a little fresh loam. This contributes much to their good appearance, if neatly executed. Very little fire heat seems to Le requisite to the preservation of greenhouse plants, in this climate ; in fact, the less it is found neces- sary to use, the better. { have never practised it, (except in the case of damps, as before mentioned,) until I perceived the frost so severe, as to lower the spirit in the thermometer several degrees below the temperate point, and then merely sufficient to raise it again to the above mentioned point. If this can be done without the assistance of fire, so much the better, for which purpose, bass mats must be used along the lower parts of the house, where they can be con- veniently fastened ; these will be of infinite service even when fire is used, as less of that element will suffice ; but they should be always taken off in the day to admit the light, unless the weather happens to be particularly severe. Sometimes in the depth of winter, there is a succession of very clear weather for several days together, wherein warm sunny days, succeed the coldest frost, and nights in which fires have been abso- lutely necessary ; in this case, it will be requisite to give all the air possible in the day, (unless strong harsh winds, or other occasional preventatives happen to prevail,) observing, to shut the windows up close, early in the afternoon, so as to include part of the natural heat of the atmosphere, within the house. Such weather renders an in- crease of water necessary, especially over the entrance of the flues, where the fires have the greatest force. It should be administered in the morning, and ought to be kept in the house all night to expel any frosty particles it may have imbibed, and render it nearly equal to the temperature of the air of the house. ro NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 257 PART II. LIST OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. 1. MYANTHUS BARBATOS; Var. labello albo. Bearded Flywort, white tipped variety. (Bot. Mag. 3514.) Orchidee. Gynandria Monandria.—A native of Demerara, from whence it was introduced into this country, by Mr. Alleard, Stratford Green, Essex. And in the collection of that gentleman, it bloomed in May, 1836. The flowers are produced upon a long aud many flowered raceme. Each flower is about two inches across, having narrow petals, of a dark green, spotted with dark purple within, with paler spots on the outside. The lip is fringed with numerous long white hairs. Altogether it is a very pretty and sin- gular flowering plant, meriting a place in every collection. Myanthus, from muia, a fly; and anthos, a flower. The flowers look very much like a pressed fly, when they are dried. 2, PHONIA ALBIFLORA; var. Pottsii. Potts’ Chinese Pxony. (Brit. Flow. Gard. 351.) The late Mr. John Potts sent this very handsome variety from China, in 1822. The flowers are of a large size, double, of a rich crimson co- lour, and are by far the most splendid of all the varieties of albiflora. The plant is quite hardy, and a profuse bloomer. In the garden of R. H. Jenkinson, Esq., Norbiton Hall, Kingston, Surrey, it has bloomed very freely, having, this season, about forty Howers upon a single plant. 3. SARRACENIA RUBRA, Ked Side Saddle Flower. (Bot. Mag., 3515.) Sarra- cenia; Polyandria Monogynia. A native of Louisiana, in the Southern United States of America. The plant has often been introduced into this country, but being very difficult in cultivation, has been lost; a plant, however, has bloomed in the stove of the Glasgow Botanic Garden, March 1836. The flower scape rises to about two feet high, producing one flower. The flower hangs in a drooping manner; of arich deep red colour, having a splendid appearance. The flower is from two to three inches across. 4. STREPTANTHUS HYACINTHOIDES, Hyacinth-flowered. (Bot. Mag., 3516.) Crucifere; Tetradynamia Siliquosa, An annual plant, a native of the Texas, where it was discovered by the late Mr. Douglas. The stem grows to about a yard high, branched. The flowers are produced upon long racemes, bearing nu- merous flowers, which hang in a pendulous manner; they are of a bluish-purple colour. The flower much resembles a small hyaciuth blossom, but having very narrow petals, The plant has bloomed in the Greenhouse of the Glasgow Bo- tanic Garden. 5. STROBILANTHUS SaBINIANA, Mr. Sabine’s Strobilanthus. (Bot. Mag. 3517.) Acanthacee; Didynamia Angiospermia. Synonym’s, Ruellia Sabiniana. R. argentea. It. macrocarpa, var. argentea. This pretty flowering plant was introduced into this country by Dr. Wallich. Itis a native of Nepal. It re- quires a hothouse temperature. Dr. Wallich named it in compliment to Joseph Sabine, Esq., to whom Horticulture is very greatly indebted; we hesitate not to say, that the present superior state of gardening, and the very extensive taste for it which now prevails, owe, in a considerable degree, their rise to that gentleman. The 5, sabiniana grows three feet high, shrubby. The flowers are produced in ter- minal spikes. The cvrolla is funnel shaped, lower part of the tube yellow, the rest of a bright blnish-purple. It blooms the latter end of winter. 6. Yucca Draconis, Dragon-tree-leaved Adam’s Needle. (Bot. Reg., 1894.) Lililaceew ; Hexandria Monogynia. A very pretty flowering species, cultivated in the Nursery Establishment of Messrs Backhouses, York. It grows freely in the open ground. ‘The spikes of flowers rise about three feet higher than the fo- lage, producing an immense number of blossoms. The segments of the flower expand much more in this species than any of the others, which adds very much to its interest and beauty. The petals are of a greenish-white, with the tips of Hh 258 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. the petals of a deep rosy-purple. The plant is a native of Carolina, where, it is said, it will grow to the height of ten feet. Messrs. Backhouses find that Yucca filamentosa, glaucescens, rufocinecta, and recurvifolia, as well as the above des- cribed species, grow and flower in the open air. 7. Yucca FLAccIDA, Weak leaved Adam’s Needle. (Bot. Reg., 1895.) This species is probably a native of North America. It is cultivated in the Garden ~ of the London Horticultural Society. This species does not appear to produce a stem as the others do. The flower stalks rise some feet high, each producing a panicle, having numerous flowers of a greenish yellow colour, the tips of the pe- tals having a small spot of red at the lower side. 8. CENTAUREA Batsamira, Costmary-leaved. (Brit. Flow. Gard., 355.) Com- posite. Syngenesia, Polygamia Aqualis. Synonym, Carduus orientalis. Seeds of this plant were sent from the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersbugh, to this country. It is a native of Armenia, and has been recently introduced. The plant is a hardy perennial. Stems rising to about two feet high, each ter- minated by a moderate sized flower, of a sulphur colour. It is cultivated in the Chelsea Botanic Garden. 9. Crataeus Aronia, The Aronia Thorn. (Bot. Reg., 1897.) Synonym, Mespilus orientalis. This species is a native of the Levant, and is one of the largest and most like timber of any of the thorns. The plant is a very free grower, and grows toa very neat form. The fruit is as large asa fine sized cherry, of an apricot yellow colour, and, being produced in such abundance, causes the tree to be very ornamental, and a most suitable one for the lawn, or other part of the pleasure ground. Crategus from Kratos, strength ; alluding to the wood. 10. Cytisus zoxicus, Holian Cytisus. (Bot. Reg., 1902.) Diadelphia De- candria. The plant is a native of Stromboli, where it was discovered by Profes- sor Gassone. Seeds of it were sent from Naples, to the Hon. W. F. Strangways, in whose garden, at Abbotsbury in Dorsetshire, it bloomed this year. It is an erect growing shrub, the branches terminated with racemes of yellow flowers. It is supposed that the flowers will be handsomer when the shrub is older, and that they will be produced more abundantly. 11. EprpDENDRUM G&MULUM, Emulous Epidendrum. (Bot. Reg. 1898.) Or- chidacee ; Gynandria Monandria. This pretty neat flowering species has flow- ered in the collection of Richard Harrison, Esq.; to that gentleman it was sent by Mr. Hesketh. It is a native of Para. The plant very much resembles Epi- dendrum fragrans. The pseudo bulbs of E. emulum are perfectly oval, and not tapered to each end as in E. fragrans. The flower stalk is about three inches long, producing three or four flowers upon each. 12. EscaLLonia ILLIN«ITA, Varnished Escallonia. (Bot. Reg., 1900.) Escal. loniacee; Pentandria Monogynia. A very pretty evergreen species, much more hardy than any other of the genus. The leaves are broad of a pale green colour varnished, producing a very pretty appearance. The plant forms a very neat bush. The branches are terminated by racemes of many flowers, which are white, tinged with green at the under side. It blooms from the end of July to October. The plant emits a very powerful scent, rather disagreeable. It is a native of Chili, growing in the Mountainous parts of that country. Escollonia Montevi- densis is quite hardy with us at Wortley, grows verysvigorously, and blooms pro- fusely ; the flowers being white. Escallonia rubra is equally hardy, thrives and blooms most admirably. All the species are highly deserving a situation in every shrubbery. They are handsome plants even without flowers, but very at- tracting when in full bloom, more particularly so when the bush has got to a tolerable size. We find the plantto flourish well in a mixture of loam and peat. 13. EvpHorsia Bosert, Mr. Bojer’s Spurge. (Bot. Mag., 3527.) Euphor- biaceze; Monesia Monandria. Professor Bojer sent this species from Madagascar. It is a very pretty stove plant, and merits the title of splendens, much beyond the one so called. It has bloomed in the stove in the Glasgow Botanic Garden, at the end of winter, more or less at most seasons of the year. Each Involucre has four scarlet bractez, half an inch across, which produce a pretty appearance. This species is not so full of spines as E. splendens, more coriaceous, more oval and retuse leaves, the bractezes are of a much higher colour. NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 259 14 FucHsIA MACROSTEMA; VAR. RECURVATA, Large-stamened Fuchsia. Re- curved flowered variety. (Bot. Mag.,3521.) Onagraria; Octandria Monogynia. This very pretty flowering variety was raised from seed by Mr. Nevin, at the Glasneviu Botanic Garden, Dublin. ‘The plant is of a most vigorous habit. The fine red calyx, has its five divisions much recurved, exposing the pretty blue petals to full view. The flower and flower stem are near six inches long. Like every other of this graceful, pretty fowering genus, the present deserves a place in every collection of Fuchsias. 15. LaPEYROUSEA ANCEPS, Two-edged Stem. (Bot. Reg., 1903.) Synonyms, Gladiolus anceps, G. denticulatus; Ixia Lapeyrousea, I. pyramidalis; Iridacez, Triandria Monogynia. The plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope. It requires to be cultivated in the Greenhouse or pit frame. The stem rises about six inches high, each producing from six to eighteen flowers. The flower is about three quarters of an inch across, white, and fragrant, emitting a very agreeable perfume. It blooms from June to August. Lapeyrousia. so named in compliment to Mons. Picot de la Peyrouse. Author of the Pyrenean Flora. 16. Monarpa aristatTa, Awned. (Bot. Mag., 3526.) Synonym, M. citrio- dora; Labiate, Diandria Monogynia. This species is a native of Arkansa Ter- ritory, as also about San Felipe, in Mexico. It has recently been sent to this country by Mr. Drummond. The plant is quite hardy, and blooms from July to September. It has been stated to be perennial, and on some occasions annual. The stem rises to about a foot high, producing whorls of pale rose-coloured flowers. 17. MYANTHUS DELTOIDESUS, Triangular-lipped Flywort. (Bot. Reg., 1896.) Orchidacee; Gynandria Monandria. ‘This very singular flowering Orchideous plant, is a native of Demerara, found upon trees near to the great waterfall of the Demerara river. It is cultivated in the collection of Richard Harrison, Esq., Aughburgh, near Liverpool. The flowers of this species are very distinct from any other, the lip is destitute of the fringe of hairs, which M. cristatus, and M. barbatus have. The flower stem is near a foot long, bearing about half a score blossoms—each near two inches across; the lip is of a rich purple colour; the other parts of the flower green, spotted with dark purple, and have a very pretty appearance. Dr. Lindley has observed, “ that when the third part of the genera and species of Orchideous Plants was published in 1833, he was only acquainted with Myanvthus cernuus, and eristatus,—the latter, the learned Professor con- sidered, a Catasetum, and the former as the only genuine species of the genus ; thus, in some degree mistaking the real generic character of Myanthus, in con- sequence of the imperfect materials of which he was then in possession. But now that four species are known in a living state, it has become necessary to alter the original character of the genus, so that it may include Catasetum cris- tatum. This, Dr. Lindley thinks is more advisable than to unite Myanthus with Catasetum, as recommended by Sir William Hooker. If the latter measure were to be adopted, it would be equally necessary to suppress the genera Monachan- thus, Mormodes, Cynochus, &c.. the effect of which would be to form a hetero- genous collection of species, the principal combining character of which, would reside in the peculiar succulent stems. As they now stand, each has a clear dis- tinction, and each possess as many species as are usually assembled under newly discovered types of structure. Myanthus has already four; Cynoches two; Mo- nachanthus two; Catasetum five; and Mormodes one species. _ 18. PeENSTEMON HETEROPHYLLUM, Various-leaved. (Bot. Reg, 1899.) Scrophulariacee ; Didynamia Angiospermia, The late Mr. Douglas discovered this plant in California, from whence he sent seeds to the London Horticultural Society. Itis.a hardy herbaceous species, blooming from June to October. The flower stems rise to about two feet high, and bear a profusiou of flowers of a purplish-red colour, of a very handsome appearance. Each flower is near an inch and a half long. It is a very desirable species, and merits a situation in every flower garden. Pentstemon, from pente, fine, stemon, stamen. 260 MISCELLANEUUS INTELLIGENCE. PART II. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On Hoya carnosa.—I shall be much obliged if you, or any of your corres- pondents, can render me any information on the best mode of raising and treat- ing the Hoya earnosa. Also a list of 20 or 30 sorts of the most hardy and vigo- rous kinds of Chinese Roses—climbers, to run up a trellis facing the north, and a few for the south; state their height. Also a list of 20 or 30 sorts of hardy annuals, new sorts, and the time for sowing. If this could appear in your next number, I shall be still more obliged. PEDRO. On Insects.—At a meeting of the Entomological Society, the secretary called the attention of the members to the destruction committed in the Market Gar- dens around London, during the present season, by a species of Aphis, which had abounded and propagated to an incredible extent, upon Cabbages, Brocoli, &e., and which had not previously been observed by the Market Gardeners, by whom it is called a “ New Species of Blight ;” it was stated, that by watering the plants with tobacco and lime water, the injurious insects might be destroyed. I beg leave to intimate, that I have tried the experiment with eminent success upon plants infested with the insects named to such an extent as to be con- sidered incurable, but which are now entirely free from them, and in a most healthy and thriving condition. AN ORIGINAL SUBSCRIBER. Bayswater, Sept, 29th, 1836. On COMPETITION AT FLoriIcuLTURAL Exutpittons, &e.—As the general - rule of competition seems to be imperfectly understood by many competitors, and I, as well as others, wishing to have a more general knowledge of the same, I here forward for insertion in the Cabinet, the following query. A competition list standing as follows :—For nine best Tulips in classes, viz., three Roses, three Bybloemens, and three Bizards. Suppose a competition taking place as below, the reader will perceive, that every class Roses. — Bib. Biz. is competed for by itself. Now I wish A 1 3 3 some correspondent could apply the gen- B 2 1 1 eral rule to the opposite table, and show Cc 4 2 2 us how A and C stands for competition, D 3 4 4d for it is quite plain how B and D stands. By answering the above query in the December Number, you will oblige me, as well as others, JaMES FigGans. ANSWER. A List OF THE BEST SHOw Pinxs.—In answer to your correspondent, J. S., p- 187, [ am induced to send you the following list of the best Show Pinks, at present in cultivation; some of them are old flowers, but they need not be de- spised for that as they are real good Show Flowers. J. Bes Admiral Codrington Ford’s Formosa Barrett’s Codrington William of Walworth Barnard’s Bexley Hero Hoggs Fanny Kemble Bow’s George the Fourth Hopkin’s One in the Ring Beauty of Shrewsbury Hardstone’s Conqueror Clark’s Matilda Knighi’s Lady Acland Colonel Austen Keyne’s Reformer Copley’s Mars Kilmer’s Matchless Davey’s Lord Brougham Lodge’s Red Rover Day’s Earl of Uxbridge La belle alliance Faulkner’s Duke of St. Albans. Marshall’s Defiance MISCELLANBOUS INTELLIGENCE. ; 261 Norris’ Rainbow | Ripshaw’s Queen Addfaide Norman’s Delight Taylor’s Green Grass ————. Benjamin Nonpareil Beauty ——— Beaute Supreme Conqueror Unsworth’s Omega (extra) ———— Earl Grey Wood’s Eminent Piggott’s Beauty of Cheltenham Wilmer’s Matchless Pitman’s Magnificent ——— Lady Paget Parry*s Union - Wells Sultana Pillard’s Eygnsforth Beauty Rolf’s George the Fourth Superb Princess Victoria Rainsford’s Prudence Young’s Joe Miller Fancy Pinxs.—Blush Superb, Roi de Roses, Smith’s Windsor Castle, Wood’s Hebe. REMARKS. THE Signs oF FarR WEATHER.—When the sun is fair and bright at its rising in a morning, and is blushing without spots or black clouds near him when he sets at night, it is a sign of fair weather. When the moon is three or four days old, and has her horns sharp and pointed very bright, it is a sign of fair weather till she comes to the full, if not the whole month. If the moon has a bright shining circle about her, when she is at the full it promises fair weather for many days. When the stars shine clear and bright, and seem to dart out pointed rays, it is a sign of fair weather. Also when clouds sink low, as into vallies at south-east or south-west, it is a sign of fair weather. If the tops of hills be clear, it is a sign of fair weather. If there are to the north-west, white scattering clouds like fleeces of wool, itis a sign of fair weather. When white clouds or mists hang just over rivers, and disperse no further, it is a sign of fair weather. When a rain-bow ap- pears after a shower, and the blue yellow part of it be very bright, and the highest colour, they are tokens of fair weather. When bees fly far from their hives, and come home late, it isa sign of fair weather. When there are great swarms of gnats, it presages fair weather. Glow-worms shining by night, is a sign of fair weather. When larks rise very high, and continue singing a long time, itis a sign of fair weather. When kites fly aloft, it bespeaks fair dry weather. The Lord Bacon gives this reason for it, because the kite mounts most into the air of that temper, wherein he delights; for this aspiring bird does not so much affect the grossness of the air, as the cold and freshness of it; for being a bird of prey, and therefore hot, he delights in the fresh air. When lapwings or ployers fly high and then low, and make continual crys, it bespeaks warm weather. When swallows fly high, it is a sign of fair weather. When owls hoot much, it is a sign of fair weather; and though owls do always hoot much both in wet and dry weather, yet there is this difference, that their hooting is more clamorous in wet weather, but more easy and sedate in fair weather. MoNUMENT TO Mr. Dovuctas.—It is proposed to erect a monument to the memory of the late lamented Mr. D. Douglas, and it is hoped that all botanists and amateurs will aid the undertaking by subscribing towards it; as also to tes- tify their sense of the great services rendered to Botany by his exertions. J. K. New AnpD Superior Danvias.—During the last and present month, we have taken our annual tour for ascertaing which are the best sorts of Dahlias, either come out last season, or new ones likely to come out next. A list of them we are preparing for a succeeding number, as also a list of other plants, which came under our observation. ConbDucToR. Deata or Mr. CunnrncHamMe.—Intelligence has been received of the death of Mr. Richard Cunninghame, the Colouial Botanist, at Sydney, New South Wales. The unfortunate man was murdered by savages in the interior of the country, whither he had accompanied an expedition, whom he unfortunately wandered away from in search of plants, (as was his duty as a Botanist,) and was lost in the bush, and never seen afterwards; but from intelligence gained from 262 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. some of the natives, it was discovered that he was murdered by savages, who mistook him for an enemy. Mr. C. was a very able botanist, and of an amiable and obliging disposition, he was beloved and respected by all who knew him, and his death is universally lamented by every colonist in New South Wales, and his friends in England. Thus, within the short space of two years, we have to mourn the loss of three eminent British collecting Botanists, Mr. D. Douglas, who met his death in the Sandwich Isles; Mr. Drummond, who fell a victim to the unhealthiness of the Mexican climate; and the above unfortunate Mr. Cun- ninghame,—all three of whom may be said to be martyrs to the science of Botany, and whose labours will never be forgotten from the many beautiful ad- ditions to our flower gardens, which each of them introduced, and many of which bears their name, and will transmit their memoirs to the latest posterity. GRAND DAHLIA SHOW AT SALT HILL, NEAR WINDSOR. Tuts splendid exhibition was honoured by the presence of Her Majesty, the Princess Augusta, and a large party from Windsor Castle. Her Majesty appeared much delighted with the various collections of flowers, and condescended to name two splendid seedlings, one a yellow belonging to Mr. Wilmer, and a lilac of Mr. Browns. The first was named Superba, and the latter Beauty. The judges of nurserymen’s flowers, were Mr. Glenny, Mr. Salter, and Mr. Wheeler; the jndges of amateurs’ blooms were Messrs. Brown, Widnall, Brewer, Gaines, Pamplin, and Willmer. The prizes were awarded as under. Collections of 50 Blooms (private gentlemen or their Gardeners, growing more than 200 plants) —l. Mr. Glenny ; 2. Mr. Salter. Stands of 24 Blooms (ditto)—1. Mr. Glenny ; 2. Mr. Cooper; 3. Mr. Maher; 4. Mr. Dodd; 5. Mr. Hughes; 6. Mr. Turner ; 7. Mr. Weedon; 8. Mr. Roake. Stands of 12 Blooms (growers of less than 200 plants)—1. Mr. Kellner; 2. Mr. Skelton; 3. Mr. Lidgard; 4. Mr. Smith; 5. Mr. Lawrence ; 6. Mr. Hancock; 7. Mr. Bragg; 8. Mr. Wakeling; 9. Mr. Maher. Seedlings 1836—Mr. Glenny, Mr Clark, Mr. Kellner, Mr. Skelton, and Mr. Bland. Ditto 1835—Mr. Maher, two; Mr. Clark, two; Mr. Nevill, one. Collections of 100 blooms (nurserymen and growers for sale)—1. Mr. Mountjoy ; 2. Mr. Brown; 3. Mr. Willmer; 4. Mr. Jackson; 5. Mr. Gaines. Stands of 24 Blooms (ditto)—1. Mr. Brown, Slough; 2. Mr. Gaines; 3. Mr. Mountjoy; 4. Mr. Willmer ; 5. Mr. Lovegrove; 6. Mr. Pamplin ; 7. Mr. Hill; 8. Mr, Lane; 9. Mr. Girling. Seedlings }835—1. Mr Willmer for an extra prize, and one other; Mr. Mr. Brown, one; Mr. Widnall, two. Seedlings 1836—Mr. Jeffreys, Ipswich, two: Mr. Gaines, one; and Mr. Wilson, one. Device Mr. Pearson, Silver Medal. BATH ROYAL HORTICULTURAL AND FLORAL SOCIETY. ANNUAL DAHLIA SHOW, OPEN FOR COMPETITION TO ALL ENGLAND. THE fifth and last exhibition of the society of the season, at Sydney Gardens, took place on Thursday, September 15. List of prizes——Dahlias.—Collection of 24 flowers—l. Rev. S. Ward; 2. Mr. Heale; 3. Mr. J. Sealy. Ditto 18— 1. Mr. W. Heals; 2. A. Wickham, Esq.; 3. Mr. Kington. Ditto 12—l. G. C. Tugwell, Esq,; 2. Mr. Pinker. Seedlings—l. Mr. Kington; 2. J. A. Wickham, Esq.; 3. Mr. Russ. Extra subscription Dahlia prizes, given in plate.—First Class.—First prize, a handsome silver tankard, value ten guineas, Mr. Mountjoy, Ealing, for the following 48 blooms :—Madeline, Ariel, King Otho, Beauty of Perry Hill, Tarrant’s Invincible, Beauty of Cambridge, Clara, Mountjoy’s Bur- gundy, Criterion, Lady Ripon, Yellow Perfection, Sir H. Fletcher, Venosa, Metropolitan Perfection, Cedo Nulli, British Queen, Metropolitan Calypso, Glory, Venus, Countess of Liverpool, Springfield Rival, Beauty of Camberwell, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Hadleigh Champion, Beauty of Lullingstone, Ne plus Ultra, Colville’s Perfection, Squibb’s Flora, Metropolitan Lilac, Angelina, Brown’s Bronze, Mrs. Wilkinson, Forester, Well’s Paragon, Newick Rival, Widnall’s Paragon, Prince of Orange, Gem or Royal Adelaide, Beauty of Slough, Vulcan, Lady Ann, Paris, Wheeler's Marchioness, Bishop of Winchester, Crimson Triumphant, Scarlet Perfection. Secund prize, ahandsome silver teapot, value six guineas, Mr. Jackson, Kingston, for the following 48 blooms —Graunta, Mrs. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 263 Wilkinson, Brutus, Queen, Unicorn, Beauty of Dulwich, Triumphant, Tarrant’s Invincible, Glory, Thalias, Seal’s Fanny Kemble, Norbitton Hero, Ariel, King Otho, Countess of Errol, Mars, Bride of Abydos, Springfield Rival, Lady Errol, Psyche, Cedo Nulli, Agamemnon, Jackson’s Lady Sugden, Jackson’s Sir Edward Sugden, Dodds’ Mary, Beauty of Perry Hill, Prince of Orange, Red Rover, Cri- terion, Sir H. Fletcher, Metropolitan Calypso, Widnall’s Perfection, Paragon, Beauty of Counball, Apollo, Jackson’s Rival Yellow, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Angelina, Paris, Sir R. Peel, Newick Rival, Empress, King of the Whites, Gem, Ada Byron, Lord Byron, Lady Ann, Vinosa. Second Class.—First prize, a handsome pair of goblets, value eight guineas, Mr. Gaines, Battersea, for the following thirty- six blooms :—Magnum Bonum, Fanny Kemble, Unicorn, Mrs. Wilkinson, Beauty of Lullingstone, Hermione, Fisherton Rival, Girling’s Purple, Kindle’s Perfection, Crocus, King Otho, Lady,Lascelles, Triumph, Springfield Rival, Miss Wilson, Bar- net’s Venus, Lord Byron, Conquering King, Bride Abydos, Grandis, Knight’s Scarlet, Sir H. Fletcher, Alpha, Westland Marquis, Lady Rendlesham, Beauty of Dulwich, Glory, New Royal Purple, Marquis of Abercorn, Cork Invincible, Ve- nosa, Bronze, January, Brewer. Second prize, handsome silver sugar bason, value five guineas, to Mr. Brown, Slough, for the following thirty-six blooms :— Brown’s Royal Adelaide, Brown’s King of the Fairies, Brown’s Queen Elizabeth, Brown’s Corinne, Brown’s lon, Brown’s Ariadne, Brown’s Quilled Perfection, Brown’s Sulpkur, Brown’s Bronze, Springfield Rival, Smith’s Napoleon, Wid- nall’s Perfection, Sir H. Fletcher, Dodds’ Mary, Countess of Sheffield, Countess of Moreton, Clark’s Royal Adelaide, Mazeppa, Bride of Abydos, Cri- terion, Mrs. Wilkinson, The Queen, Hermione, Rosea Superba, Elphin- stone’s Polyphemus, Cream, The Star, Douglas’s Glory, Lord Liverpool, Me- tropolitan Rosette, Metropolitan Perfection, Metropolitan Lilac, Three Seedlings. Third Class. First prize, handsome silver cup, value six guineas, to Mr. Squibb, Salisbury, for the following 24 blooms:—Squibb’s purple perfection, Squibb’s Hon. Mrs. Harris, Dodd’s Mary, Lilac Perfection, Alpha, Warminster Rival, Vandyke, Metropolitan Blush, Metropolitan Perfection, Metropolitan Calypso, Springfield Rival, Holman’s Scarlet Perfection, Newick Rival, St. Leonard’s Rival, Lady Bones, Hermione, Newby’s Duke of Bedford, Smith’s Napoleon, Clarke’s Royal Adelaide, Countess of Orkeny, Glory, Widnall’s Venus, Squibb’s Purpurea Surperba, Mrs. Wilkinson. Second prize, handsome silver salver, value three guineas, to Mr. Mountjoy, Ealing, for the following 24 blooms :—Bride of Abydos, Mountjoy’s Burgundy, Criterion, Colossus, Lady Ripon, Glory, Beauty of Perry-Hill, King Otho, Sir H. Fletcher, Ne Plus Ultra, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Callsar’s Perfection, Springfield Rival, Ariel, Colvill’s Perfection, Lady Ann, Well’s Paragon, Jupiter, Mrs. Wilkinson, Metropolitan Lilac, Gem, Paris, Vulcan, Newick Rival. Third prize, handsome silver sugar castor, value two guineas, to Mr. Willmer, Sunbury, for the following 24 blooms: —Prince of Orange, Hopwood’s Lay Ann, King Otho, Mrs. Wilkinson, Countess of Morton, Ariel, Miss Cust, Cedo Nulli, Dr. Halley, Well’s Champion, Red Rover, Well’s Paragon, Luna, Mrs. Harris, Burgundy, Shine Yellow Perfection, Jeffery’s Triumphant, Dodd’s Mary, Purple Perfection, Beau Fragera, Leonatus, Gem or Royal Adelaide, Lord Darby, Bride of Abydos. [By some over sight, owing probably to the vast extent of the show, the stand of 24 blooms belonging to Mr. Brown, of Slough, was overlooked until the first prize had been awarded. The judges, however, very handsomely made the amende, by voting to Mr. Brown a prize equal in value to the first prize, (six guineas,) for the following twenty- four blooms :—Brown’s Corinne, Brown’s lon, Brown’s King of the Fairies, Brown’s Ariadne, Mrs. Wilkinson, Mazeppa, Criterion, Purpurea Elegans, Bride of Abydos, Countess of Moreton, Dodds’ Mary, Metropolitan Perfection, Brown’s Blue Beard, Brown’s Sulphur, Brown’s Royal Adelaide, Brown’s Goliah, Lilac Perfection, King of the Whites, Smith’s Napoleon, Springfield Rival, Four Seed- lings.] Fourth Class.—First Prize, handsome pair of butter boats, value five guineas, to Edward Davies, Esq., Entry Hill, Bath, for the following 12 blooms: —Burgundy, Ariel, Bronze, Countess of Errol, Springfield Rival, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Mrs. Wilkinson, Dromio, Paragon, Hermione, Calypso, Dr. Halley. Second prize, handsome silver cup, value two and a half guineas, to Joseph Neeld, Esq., M. P., for the following twelve blooms :—Benbank’s Ode, Douglas’s Glory, Metropolitan Blush, Purpura Elegans, Hermione, Chippenham Hero, 264 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Captain Ross, Cassina, Hon, Mrs. Harris, Springfield Rival, Calypso, Mrs. Budal. Fifth Class.—Second Prize, handsome silver fish-slice, value two and a half guineas, to G. C, Tugwell, Esq., for the following nine blooms :—New’s Poly- phemus, Brown’s Sulphur, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Elphinstone’s Polyphemus, Doug- las’s Glory, Ariel, Brown’s Bronze, Lady Fordwich, Queen. Third prize, pair of handsome silver ladles, value a guinea and an half, to R. Godfrey, Esq., for the following nine blooms:—Heale’s Defiance, Jason, Queen of Dahlias, Wid- nall’s Perfection, Hon. Mrs. Harris, Venosa, Village Maid, Touchstone, Queen of Selwood. Seedlings.—First prize, handsome pair of salts, value a guinea and a half, Mr. Brown. Second ditto, sugar tongs, value one guinea, Mr. Gaines. [Mr, J. Harris of Upway, Dorset, produced several very beautiful seedling dahlias, which had if been within the meaus of the Society, would certainly have obtained a prize.] Drawings of flowers.—Artists’ prizes—l. Miss Rosenburg, Bath; 2, Mr. J. Wakeling, Walworth, Surrey both for groups. Amateurs’ ditto,—1. Miss Mintorn, 7, Frielaud Place, Clifton, for a group; 2. Mrs. St. John Maule, of the Villeas, Batheston, for a single flower—An Extra Prize was awarded to Mrs. G. P. Smith, for some beautiful paintings of fruit. SHEFFIELD GRAND HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY. On Wednesday and Thursday, Sept. 14 and 15, the exhibition of flowers, fruits, plants, and vegetables, open for competition to all England, took place at the Botanical Gardens. Beautiful as were many of the exotics exhibited in the conservatory, particularly the orchideous plants and other rarities, the chief point of attraction was manifestly the dahlia tent; and certainly the extensive and diversified display, consisting, as it did, of every conceivable variety of this fine flower, was eminently interesting. Judges—Mr. Lambert, Wadsley House ; Mr. Cameron, Birmingham; and Mr. Wilson, Gopsal, seat of Lord Howe. The following is a list of the prizes, which were awarded as follows: —Dahlias.—Stand of 50—}. Silver cup, value £15, Mr. Widnall; 2: Silver cup, value £10, Mr. Levick; 8. Silver cup, value £5, Mr. J, Billington. Ditto for 24—l1L. Silver cup, value 7/., Mr. Windall; 2. Silver cup, value 5/., Mr. J. Spencer; 3. Cutlery, value 3/. Mr, Bates. Ditto of 12 |. Silver Medal, Mr. N. Wilson; 2. Table entlery, Mr. Taylor; 3. Salts, value 4/-. Mr, J. Dyson Seedling, (unnamed)—1. Snuff-box, value 5/., Mr. Harrison ; 2. 3/., Mr. Wilson, 3. 2/., Mr. Windall; 4. 1/., Mr. N. Wilson ; 5. Snuff box, Mr. T. Clark. Single Specimen (not a seedling)—£2. 2s. Mr. Taylor. Judges—Mr. Lowe, Upper Clapton, London; Mr. Cunningham, Edinburgh; Mr Ryder, Leeds; and Mr. Buchanan. Blithefield, seat of Lord Bagot. Plants.—Orchideous (collections) —l. Silver cup, value £10., Mr. Cooper; 2. Silver cup, value £5., Mr Menzies. Stove (collection)—1. Silver cup. value £10., Mr. Paxton; 2. Silver cup, value £5., Mr. Appleby. Greenhouse (collections of 20)—1. Silver cup, value £10., Mr. Menzies; 2. Silver cup, value £5., Mr. Paxton. Hardy (collection of 12) —Silver cup, value £5., Mr. Menzies. Orchideous (single specimen)—£2. 2s., Mr. Paxton. Greenhouse—£2. 2s, Mr. Menzies. Hardy—£1. Is., Mr. Menzies. REFERENCE TO PLATES. Malva Fulleriana.—This very splendid flowering Mallow has recently been raised from seed in this country, from whence obtained we do not know. Itisa hardy shrub, growing freely and blooming profusely, if planted in a sheltered situation, and reaches from eight to ten feet high, forming when in blooma most beautiful object. The plant merits a place in every shrub-bed or border. The stock, twelve plants, has been forwarded to us for disposal at one guinea each. Orders for which will be executed by us, or any of the London Seedsmen. Dodds’ Mary Dailia.—This beautiful variety was raised by Mr. Dodds, Gar- dener to Sir George Warrender, and it is generally considered by all who have seen flowers of it, to be nnrivalled in its class; wherever we have seen it exhibited, either in the country or metropolitan shows, its superiority was so evident, that the most inexperienced in a knowledge of the properties of a first rate flower, were struck with its beauty, whilst those persons capable of ascertaining its merits, without a single exception that we have seen or heard of, state that it is, in its class, superior to any other exhibited this year. —~ Se THE FLORICULTURAL CABINET, DECEMBER Ist, 1836. PART UT: ORIGINAL COMMUNICATIONS. ARTICLE I. ON DRYING AND PRESERVING SPECIMENS OF PLANTS. BY PRIMULA SCOTICA. I HAVE read in your Number for October, “A Lady’s’” directions for preserving dried plants, and have one or two suggestions to offer by way of improvement, should you think them worthy of insertion. I always use blotting paper to dry the plants in, as it absorbs best ; if they are very succulent, I prefer the thick white kind. Instead of wooden boards, I make use of millboards, as less clumsy, (one sheet cut in two,) and two dozen of these will enable the drier to have a great number of plants under press at once. Your correspondent uses a very needless quantity of paper at once. Nearly all plants require only two or three sheets, if they are laid in the innermost ; a millboard slid placed between every two or three plants; and at the end of three days, if the papers are damp, the plants should be care- fully taken out, and put in the same number of dry, smooth sheets. If necessary, the papers should be changed in two or three days after this, but most plants will be thoroughly dried in six days, some sooner. My weights are laden, with handles; 120lbs., and 210lbs each, and these weights answer better than heavier ones. The plants should be dried, and kept in a dry airy room, where there is no fire. A plant should never be taken from under the ‘weights till it is quite stiff. I keep my duplicates in half sheets of blotting paper, laying those of the same species between two loose sheets, and tying up anumber of these leaves and plants between two half sheets of millboard. My herbanum is a large halfbound book, composed of cartridge paper of the largest size, and between each leaf I have a slip of cartridge paper bound in, the length of the page, so that when the book is full, the edges close evenly. Each page is cut with four VOL, IV. 11 266 ON PRESERVING SPECIMENS OF PLANTS. slips, so as to admit a leaf of the largest folio writing paper, leaving a good margin of cartridge paper. On each leaf of writing paper, I fasten a plant with thin hot glue, touching one or two leaves and flowers, and the back of the stalk. One or two leaves should have the under side uppermost, also one or two flowers, so as to display the plant naturally. If the plants are small, two varieties, or two species even, may be placed very well on one page. At the foot of the plant, should be written the Latin and English generic and spe- cific name$, a reference to some Botanical work, as Hooker’s British Flora, the date and place of gathering. This plan, which enables me, as my collection increases, and the genera are filled up, to move the plant on its half sheet to any part of the book, was recommended to me by an eminent Botanist, and I have found it very preferable to those generally employed. Neither paste or gum will answer so well as glue, if it is used while hot. October, 17th, 1836. ARTICLE I1.—ON DESTROYING MOSS ON WALKS. BY MR. JOHN SHEPHERD, KELHAM, NOTTS. In your Floricultural Cabinet for September, I observed a few re- marks on getting rid of Moss on gravel walks, addressed to ‘* Maria.” Well knowing what a troublesome thing it is, and having had a great length of gravel walk under my care for a number of years, caused me to turn my attention to the evil. The method recommended by Mr. Denyer, may be in some respects efficacious, but not entirely sufficient to answer the purpose alluded to, besides the expense at- tending it would render it not very easy to put in practice. The method [ would recommend to ‘“ Maria,” would be simply this :— Take common salt and strew it thinly over the moss, taking care not to let the salt touch the edging, if box, and should not come nearer than eight or nine inches. This will entirely destroy the moss al- ready grown, and prevent its reappearing for some years to come. I had a walk of considerable length, so much infested with moss and worm hills, as to render it troublesome, and even dangerous to walk upon. I salted it about six years ago, since which, neither worms or moss have appeared, and the walk has acquired a consistency and firmness which has fully convinced me of the superior efficacy of salt. The method here pointed out, will answer quite as well ina shady walk, as in one openly exposed to the sun. Kelham, Oct, 22nd, 1836. ~I ON PINKS. 26 ARTICLE III.—ON THE PROPAGATION OF PINKS. BY MR. WILLIAM ST. CLAIR, OAK PARE, GALLOWAY. AxouT ten years ago, I adopted the method recommended by Mr. Me.’Phail, in his work on gardening, for the propagation of Pinks ; as it differs in some respects from methods I have seen recommended in the Cabinet, I beg leave to lay it before your readers. T use small frames of several sizes, none of them more than two feet square, by ten inches high behind and seven in front ; on an exhausted hotbed, or flat mound raised about six inches, having a full south exposure, I lay about two inches of rotten dung and vegetable mould chopped together; on this the frame is set, and a mixture of light loam, vegetable mould, and sand, put into it ; about two inches of this is quite sufficient. When the old plants are coming into flower, I prepare pipings much in the usual way, only I push clean off the pair of leaves at the joint I cut the piping at, and shorten one or two more pairs if I find it necessary:’ I water with a fine rose, sometime before pushing in the pipings, and give a little to settle the earth after inserting them; when they are quite dry, I put on the sash, and allow it to remain on till they have struck root, unless the wea- ther has been very dull and moist, in that case, I remove the sash for about half an hour when the weather clears up. I use slips of paper for shading them, running a slip up the centre of each frame, and putting something on it to hold it down; I do not cover with this shading more than half of the glass in the sash, and allow it to re- main on day and night till the pipings are rooted, which will take place in eighteen or twenty days; during this time I allow them no air, even in the hotest sunshine, but on perceiving that they have begun to grow, I give air gradually and finally remove the sash. In a short time their roots get into the chopped dung, which adheres well to them in removing. By following the above method, every piping will strike root, and though it has something scorching in its appearance, I find the wa- tering they get at planting quite sufficient for them till they are rooted, providing none of the external air is admitted. Should the above merit a place in your excellent publication, I shall probably transmit to you for some future number, a few obser- vations I have made in floriculture. Oak Park, Galloway, Oct. 17th, 1836. (We shall be obliged by the promised favours.—Connucron.) 1138 268 ON WATER PLANTS. ARTICLE IV.—ON WATER PLANTS. BY THE REY. R. RAY. MELSHAM, DEVON. THE beautiful Flowers of some of the Water Plants do at least equal, if not surpass many of our most curious land plants, and especially those in the West Indies; I am pursuaded many curious persons would have made plantations of them, if they had known how to have done it: but though America exceeds us, yet we are not without them in England, as the Water Lilies and Ranunculuseses of several kinds, that are so frequently found in our rivers and ponds, and especially in Cambridgeshire where there is a great variety. Water Plants may be cultivated in gardens, although there are neither ponds, rivers or springs in them ; and I recommend the doing of it in the method following. Either in garden pots glazed, without holes, or in troughs or cases of wood of oaken boards two inches thick, six feet long, and two feet wide, and two feet and an half deep; if they are for large plants that grow under water, the troughs need not be so deep. The cor- ners of these troughs should be strengthened with iron, and the in- side should be well pitched, and the outside painted. These pots or troughs should be filled one third part with common unmixed earth for water lilies, or pond weeds, or such as require depth of water for their leaves to swim in. And for water Arums, water Plantains, and Ranunculuses, which love not so much depth of water as the former, they may be filled two thirds with the same earth. And so for those water plants that grow in Bogs and Marshes, the pots or troughs may be filled with the earth within five inches of the top. This may be performed in April, when the water plants begin to appear, which may be planted from that time till the middle of June; and the vessels may be filled with water as soon as the plants are put into them. It ought also to be observed, that many of the water plants are Erratics, swimming about from place to place, as the wind carries them, taking no root in the earth, only striking their roots in the water; as Ducks-meat, Frog-bits, and Water-Soldiers: a small quantity of earth in the bottoms of the-pots or cases, will be sufficient to maintain the water in a right state for the support of these. And indeed, the best way to understand the right method of cultivating them in gardens, will be, to observe the mode of growth, and the exposure of those plants that we would civilize in our gar- ON WATER PLANTS. 269 dens. For the plain road of nature should be always followed, or at least kept in view, in order to obtain healthful plants. In thus artificially cultivating water plants, it is my opinion, that those that naturally grow in rivers should be frequently refreshed with spring-water: but such as delight to grow in standing pools or ponds, should be seldom interrupted with it. It may also be observed, that water plants, when they are removed are as long before they recover themselves, to renew their growth, as Jand plants are. And whereas it is an usual thing to shelter land plants from the heat of the sun, after they have been transplanted, water plants must be treated quite contrary, and must be exposed to the sun, after their removal. The seeds of water plants are of two kinds; the one kind swimming on the top of the water, and the other sinking to the bottom as soon as it is shed; following the nature of their mother plants in that re- spect : for if the seeds of such plants which naturally swim on the top of the water, should sink to the bottom, those seeds would not be in the proper station which is required for their growth ; and so of consequence would perish: and so on the other hand, the seeds of such plants, which naturally grow under water, will not swim on the top of it. It may also be observed, that in our climate no one Water Plant is an evergreen; but all of them are either vivacious or annual, and either loose their leaves down to their roots, or entirely perish, ex- cepting only their seeds; for it is impossible that they should live and grow in frozen waters. Therefore, in order to preserve their seeds, that we may be sup- plied with the several kinds from year to year; the plants are to be followed from the flower till they are ripe, and then they should be put into earth and water, to preserve them fit for vegetation the next spring ; for that is the way that nature takes, and there is no difficulty of doing this in pots, &c. They may be put into the pots or troughs as soon as they are gathered, and may there either sink or swim according to their nature, until the spring causes them to sprout ; and they will prosper and require but a very little attendance. I do not doubt but that the seeds of Water Plants will produce as many varieties as the seeds of land plants every year. As to exotic Water Plants, I am of opinion, that they are best to be procured and brought hither in the seeds; and whereas in America the waters are generally adorned with beautiful plants ; if they were procured by some ingenious correspondent in those parts 270 ON MIMULUSEs. they may be put (each sort by itself) into bottles of water and earth with large mouths, and only to be covered with a linen-cloth; for if they were stopped with corks, the liquor would be apt to ferment : and these bottles might be put into a vessel of water, and so be brought to us; and when we receive them, they should be sown in the pots, as directed before, and set into hotbeds, until the weather in England comes to answer the heat of the climate they came from. When the seeds are gathered, the person who does it should curiously observe the depth of the water they grow in, the quality of the soil under the water, the situation, and whether it is standing or running water they grow in; and above all, the taste of the water, whether it be fresh, or salt, or brackish. When we have made a good collection of varieties of Water Plants, they may be disposed into classes, and the several tribes ranged in their proper order, which would be of use to such as read lectures on plants: and for want of this, is the occasion that water plants are so little known. ‘ The most proper season for disposing and removing them, is as soon as they are out of flower, and the leaves begin to decay, which is about the beginning of September. The stems or branches of them should then be cut off near the root ; and their roots should be planted at due distances in the pots or troughs, as before directed. Those Water Plants which come from foreign parts, must be sheltered in a greenhouse, during the winter; for if they, like the ‘exotic land plants, so far preserve their natural season of growth, that they will only sprout in the spring time of their native countries; they will sometimes flower with usin the winter season. And while they are in the greenhouse, they should frequently be refreshed with water, somewhat warmed with the heat of horse-dung or the sun, and be allowed as mucb air as possible. ARTICLE V.—ON THE CULTURE OF MIMULUSES. BY SALVIA. Some time since a Query was inserted in the Cabinet from “S. P.,” on the culture of the Mimulus, not having seen any reply, I beg leave to submit to the perusal of your respected correspondent, my method of treatment, with several of its species and varieties, trusting it will meet the wishes of “S. P.” Mimulus moschatus, Musk-scented. This kind I have found to be perfectly hardy, having stood most severe frost through winter, without the least perceptible injury; more’ particularly so when grown in an elevated situation, as on rock work, or raised bed. The ON MIMULUSES, 271 tops die in winter, but the roots remain good, and at the return of spring push forth shoots. The plant delights in a rich soil. When the summer season proves dry, the plant’ requires a free supply of water ; if deprived of this it will be weakly and produce few flowers. When grown in such a soil, and well attended with water, I have had the plant to grow two feet high. I tried a single plant in a rich soil, and pinched off all suckers as they appeared, and I had the pleasure to see a fine plant two feet high, clothed with blossoms, this was grown in a pot, placed in the flower garden. I have several vases placed in a flower garden, a plant of a Fuch- sia, or other ornamental plant, is placed in each, being grown ina pot, I had a circular pot a few inches deep, made to fit to the inner rim of the vase, and up to the edge of the pot containing the Fuchsia, &e., in this I planted the Mimulus moschatus, attended it well with water, the shoots pushed rapidly, and hanging gracefully down the side, flowered abundantly, having a pretty appearance, and perfuming the air to a considerable distance. I painted the vase green in order to show the flowers to advantage. I find that the plant speedily exhausts a soil that was well enriched at the first planting, and if not replanted, soon becomes weakly. I, therefore, replant every second year, by taking up the roots as soon as the shoots push at spring, in entire masses, with the soil adhering and placing such upon a rich soil, fill up the interstices with similar soil, in this way the plant grows vigorously the first season. This plant is very ornamental when grown in pots, and kept in a greenhouse or room, a liberal supply of water being given—keeping a portion in a stand in which the pot is placed. The plant is easily propagated, either by division of the roots, &c., by sowing seed in the spring, or even by cuttings of the shoots. Mimulus roseus.—This is.a very delicate flowering species, re- quiring a rich sandy loam. It is easily raised from seed, and flourishes well, either in the open ground, or cultivated in pots. The flowers are not produced so numerously as in any other species or varieties I possess, but they are of a pretty rose colour. Mimulus variegatus.—This is a very neat and pretty fowering species, making a showy appearance; it delights in a rich loam. A bed of it looks well. It also grows freely in pots. The plant is easily propagated, either by seed or division. It is a far prettier species than the roseus, and deserves to be in every flower garden. Mimulus rivularis—A considerable number of very handsome varieties have been raised from this species, as Youngii, Smithii 272 ON MIMULUSES. Elphinstonea, Rawsoniana, Wheeleriana, Ranbyana, &e. This plant delights in a rich, moist soil, mixed with sand, and if it be a little shady it is beneficial. The colours of the flower are better,, and the plant more vigorous. A very free supply of water is necessary, in order to grow this successfully. I have had a single plant to grow three feet and a half high, and be six feet in circumference, produc- ing avast profusion of flowers, most amply repaying the little extra attention paid to its culture. When I obtained this plant at first, I was instructed to grow it in a small shallow pond, keeping the roots immersed in water, I was told that it would there succeed far better than by any other method, but in this particular I find it very much to the contrary. A soil as above described, and a good supply of water in dry weather, is all that is required. I had a plant of M. Elphinstonea, grown in a pot this summer, the size above particu- larized. The species and all its varieties, are readily increased by taking off rooted shoots, or by cuttings. Seed sown in spring, and the plants pricked out into a bed of rich soil, will flower by July and continue through the season. The impregnation of these kinds, with any, or all of the others, produces a pleasing and interesting varia- tion of flowers. ; M. Bifrons.—The flowers of this very pretty species, are large and showy. The flower stem rises about eight inches high: The fine bright yellow blossoms, with one large deep crimson spot are very pretty, they are highly ornamental from April to November. The plant in all respects, requires a treatment as directed for M. 7ri- valaris and all its varieties. M. glutinosa.—This is an old inhabitant of our greenhouses, and is most deservedly so. The plant is shrubby, and of easy culture, producing abundance of buff-yellow flowers. It delights in a rich sandy soil, having the pots well drained. This kind being planted in the open border in spring, becomes a most pleasing object through summer. It requires a warm and sheltered situation, and to be grown in a soil as above stated. Cuttings of this kind readily strike root. I have endeavoured to obtain plants of this kind being im- pregnated with M. rivalaris, and having succeeded in getting seed, I hope next year to be gratified with satisfactory results, by having flowers of the herbaceous kinds upon a shrubby plant. M. cardinalis.—This is the newest species I possess. I procured a plant in the summer of 1835, which bloomed and produced seed. I sowed itin January, and early in February potted the plants into a rich soil, keeping them in a melon frame, with a moist and brisk heat. I repotted the plants every two or three weeks, up to the end ON RANUNCULUSES. 273 of May, and when too large for the frame I placed most of them in the greenhouse, where they were kept through the summer. One plant has grown six feet high, and spread proportionably, making a fine show with its blossoms. Other plants were from four to five feet. A rich soil well drained, plenty of pot room, and a free supply of water, will furnish plants of the above size. About the middle of May, I turned out a few of the potted plants into the open border in the flower garden, one reached five feet high, the others very fine. In this situation I gave a free supply of water. The plants in both instances were fine specimens, and very superior to any I have seen elsewhere, and had a most beautiful appearance when inbloom. The largest plant had one hundred and five flowers out at one time. I tried one plant to stand in a pan of water, and the others to be watered in the usual way, but giving a very free supply ; and by the latter mode the plants were not only healthier but much larger. I concluded that the continued water in the pot, soured the soil, and thus injured the piant. I have now a number of young plants in small pots, for next year blooming. [I judge a cool part of the greenhouse will be suitable to keep them in through winter. I find that there are two or more kinds by the name cardinalis, the one I have, is of a fine deep scarlet red, with the segments of the limb of the corolla quite flat; the other is of a orange outside, scarlet within, and the limb of the corolla bent baék ; the latter is not near so handsome as the former. ARTICLE VI. REMARKS ON RAISING SEEDLING RANUNCULUSES. BY MR. CARY TYSO, WALLINGFORD, BERKSHIRE. THE importance of raising Florists flowers from seed, by which uew and improved varieties are obtained is becoming increasingly manifest in the superb new sorts of Carnations, Picotees, Pinks, and Dablias ; but the cultivation of Ranunculuses from seed is limited, to a very few persons; though new and superior varieties are obtained with equal ease and certainty of success. We grow some thousands every year, and though more than half of them are comparatively worthless, yet generally four or five in a hundred are equal to the best in cultivation, and some of them superior to their far-famed predecessors. It is certain that those who grow only the old sorts cannot success- fully compete with those who grow seedlings, as may be proved by reference to the Metropolitan and Royal Berkshire Horticultural 274 LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. Shows. At the latter Exhibition, fifteen out of the twenty-two prizes awarded to this beautiful tribe of flowers were taken by seed- lings, and in the collections of hundreds three-fourths were seedlings, although the exhibiters possessed extensive assortments of named varieties. Some growers have even declined the cultivation of old sorts, and continue to grow those from seed only. The seed should be sown every yearin autnmn, or early in Spring, growers will thereby have the pleasure of seeing a constant succession of new flowers of superior size, shape, and colour, and will obtain a profusion of bloom. In an unfavourable season, some years since, when the old roots did not bloom more than ten in a hundred, even then the seedling beds presented masses of bloom. If persons will only make a trial of seedling Ranunculuses they will find it very amply to repay them. ARTICLE VII.—ON DESTROYING THE CATERPILLAR. BY M. S. Havine heard much of the difficulty of getting rid of Caterpillars, I thought a statement of how to prevent them might not be unac- ceptable. This I have for years succeeded in, by placing bags of sulphur on sticks, about 18 inches high, amongst the beds of all the Brassica tribe. On the first appearance of the yellow or spring but- terfly, which (the effluvia being offensive to them) prevents their laying their eggs in its vicinity. I have also found the same effect from strewing sulphur over those trees, gooseberries, or any plant subject to them, or the green-fly, on roses, &c. The practice has, in the course of the last 20 years become pretty general, having recom- mended it to various gardeners and farmers. The cottagers in the neighbourhood make use of matches, with what effect I know not. Should you think this worthy of insertion in your useful and widely circulating Magazine, I shall feel gratified by having contri- buted an article to so agreeable a publication. N. B. A teaspoonful of brimstone inclosed in muslin, not too thick, to prevent the escape of the effluvia, is better than linen or silk. ARTICLE VIII. SELECT LIST & DESCRIPTION OF PERENNIAL BORDER FLOWERS. BY MR. JOHN BROWN, At Messrs. Buchanan’s Nurseries, Camberwell, near London. Ir appears from your Florist’s Magazine, that some correspondents are desirous of a Selection of Hardy Herbaceous Plants. I herewith subjoin the following Select List, trusting it will meet your approba- ees oe Ae "sy 4] LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. 275 tion, and gratify their anxious expectations. I have been particular in selecting the most showy and free flowering Plants: Observe those marked with * are the most New and Rare Species. All that I have mentioned may be procured at this Establishment, or of Mr. Lowe, at Clapton; Messrs. Dickson, of Chester; or most of the Provincial Nurseries. Note. The early part of the Spring is decidedly the best time to procure them, as they are less liable to injury from the packing, &e. I have stated the month of blooming, the colour of the flowers, and the heights, so that in planting they can be readily arranged as to height and the colours diversified, accord- ing to the individual’s pleasure. I will remark as preliminary to the List, that most of the Plants mentioned as flowering in any particular month, will sometimes come into flower the month preceding, and continue in bloom one or more of the following months. than at any other season. Generic Name. Specific Name. Actea spicata Aconitum nitidum Bupthalmum grandiflorum grandiflorum versicolor album *Moldavicum pyrenaicum Achillea *acuminata m ageratum : ptarmica-flore-pleno Alyssum saxatillis Olympicum Anemone pulsatilla *pensylvanica ‘Antirtrinum Majus bicolor Arabus alpina lucida variegata Aster alpinus Do. flore-albo Astrantia maxima Asphodelus luteus Aubrietia deltoides hespendiflora Aguilegia *garnierana - *glandulosa oe Canadensis Betonica grandiflora Braya ‘alpina Calliopsis palmata ‘Months. May July June Septem. August Septem. June August _ Septem. July April June April March June May May June May March April May June April June June August May Colour of the Flowers. White . Blue Blue Bright Yellow White Greenish White Yellow White Yellow White Yellow Yellow Violet White Scarlet and White White and Yellow White Purple White Pink. Yellow Purple Purple Purple and Straw White and Blue Rosy Purple Purple Yellow Yellow Height in Ft. tie WB I GO bois te Ko tle PR QD eI ee ee DO — Ne Nis 1 ly one-eight 3 3 276 LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. Generic Name. Specific Name. Months. Colour of the Flowers. Height in Ft. Calliopsis rosea July Red 2 Campanula Carpatica July Blue z *pulla June Blue 3 pyramidalis : August Pale Blue 1 *Do. flora albo August White 4 glomerata flore pleno albo May White 1 ——_——_ punctata June Spotted Do. 1 *garganica July Blue,” Trailing, Catananche ccerulea July Blue, *bicolor June Blue and White 1g Centrocarpha hirta September Yellow 3 ile Chelone glabra October White 2 obliqua September Purple 3 — barbata June Orange and Scarlet 35 * speciosum June Blush 4 Chrysanthemums of sorts October Various Chrysocoma dracmaculoides September Yellow 2 villosa August Yellow is Convyallaria Majalis May White 05 flore-pleno May White Er Coreopsis verticillata August Yellow 3 lanceolata September Yellow 3 Cortusa Mathioli April Red z Coronilla Tberica July Yellow, Trailing varia August Pink or Rose squamata, August White 1 Corydalis noblis May Light Yellow 1 Coptis *trifolia April Brown one-eight Cypripedium album May White 14 spectabile June Red ES Crackia liliastum May White SP Le Delphinium speciosum July Blue 4. grandiflorum-flore-pleno June Dark Blue 2 —— Do. album do. do. July White 2 *Barlowii June Blue 13 Dictamnus *angustifolius May Lilac 2 Faxinella June Red 3 —_———- albus May White 3 Dielytria formosa June Flesh 1 eximia July Flesh 1 Draba ciliaris February Yellow s azoides March Yellow Ca, Dracocephalum speciosum August Pink or Rose 2 Ruyschianum June Blue 1 peregrinum July Purple s Dodecatheon Meadia April Light Purple ] *elegans May Rosy 1 ——_—— albiflorum April White 1 ESE LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. Generic Name. Specific Name. Echinacea *intermedia Eranthis hyemalis Erinus alpinus b Epimedium alpinum Epilobium variegatum angustifolium Dodonei Eschscholtzia Californica — *crocea, Francoa ramosa appendiculata Funkia ovata obcordata. Galardia aristata Richardsonia ———-*picta Gentiana septemfida ——— cruciata Catesbei aurea acaulis verna ——_—— Saponaria Geum Chiloense Geranium pratense-flore-pleno Gypsophilla prostrata ————— grandiflora Heleborus lividus niger Hemerocallis flava Heimia *salicifolia Hypoxis erecta Tberis Tenoreana 4 stylosa Tnula hirta odora Tris Hookerii spicata Linum maritinum alpinum album Months. August February March April July June August June July July June May August April June July May August September July July June June Colour of the Flowers. Red Yellow Purple Rosy Purple Purple Yellow Orange White Purple Blue White Yellow Orange Red and Yellow Light Blue Dark Blue Blue Yellow Blue Purple Blue Copper-coloured Blue Red White Purple Pink or Rose Yellow Yellow Yellow Pale Purple White and Pink Yellow Yellow Purple Purple White Blue Blue White Purple Purple Purple Yellow Blue White 277 Height in Ft is eas alae lll aed Jo — — rn Nis SIG RD Be es ren BORD et Rs ie 8S pet tS 8 one-sixth Lond Nik Rp el Nik Neo to De NH = BH 278 LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. Generic Name. Specific Name. Months. Colour of the Flowers. Height in Ft Linum austriacum July Blue 1 Lobelia cardinalis - September Scarlet 3 fulgens August Scarlet 3 splendens August Scarlet 2 *speciosa June Blue 3 amena July Blue 2 Lupinus Sabinianus May Yellow 3 polyphyllus June Blue 33 albiflorus June White 3> Lychnis *fulgens June Scarlet 13 Chalcedonica-plena July Scarlet 2 alba-plena June White 2 Lysimachia verticillata July Yellow 1 angustifolia August Yellow 13 ——_—_——_ *affinis July Yellow 2 punctata June Yellow 13 Lythrum salicaria July Purple 2 Macleaya cordata May Red and Yellow 5 Meconopsis cambrica May Yellow 1 Melittis grandiflorum May White and Yellow 1 Melissophyllum June Flesh 1 Nepeta Violacea July Blue 2 Nescea triflora August Blue 2 verticillata September Purple 2 Orobus vernus March Purple 1 Amantius June Yellow 1g *latifolius . July Blue u albus May White 1 Qnothera acaulis August White z *macrocarpa June Yellow 1 Missourensis August Yellow i *ceespitosa July White 1 speciosa major August White 1g *Taraxifolia July White 3 —- serotina September Yellow 2 Ononis *picta May Yellow and Purple 1 rotundifolia June Pink or Rose 2 Onosma LEchioides June Yellow 1 *Gurelini May Straw beg Papaver bracteata , June | Red 4 aa orientale May Red Gy *Nudicaulecoccinea February Red and Orange 1 — *croceum May Saffron Ee Pascalia glauca July Yellow 1 Petrocalis pyrenaica May Pink z Pentstemon digitalis July White 13 atropurpureus August Dark Purple 14 —_————— pulchella June Purple 14 LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. 279 Generic Name. Specific Name. Months. Colour of the Flowers. Height in Ft. Pentstemon *Cobceo July Whitish 2 elegans June Light Purple iz Phlox *speciosa June Flesh 1 *excelsa July Furple 4 —— *tardiflora August White 2 — *Whelleriana June Pink 3 paniculata alba August White 3 suaveolens July White 2 —— carnea September Pink IZ * ovata May Purple 1 * reflexa October Red 25 divaricata April Light Blue il amcena June Pink or Rose oo *Drummondii (annual) June Red (changeable) 1 subulata April Flesh Trailing setacea May Flesh z *nivalis April White z *procumbens April Purple Trailing *verna : March Red > Polemonium *pulcherrimum July Blue = Potentilla formosa June Pink 1$ splendens May Yellow 1 *Hopuoodiana June Brown and Rosy 1g *Russeliania July Scarlet 2 O’Buinna August Brown and Rosy it tormentilla New Trailing verna March Yellow $ Primula cortusoides May Red 1 Phyteuma canescens August Light Blue 1 Ramonda pyrenaica May Purple 4 Rhexia *virginica June Purple ij Rudbeckia purpurea August Dark Purple 4d fulgida August Yellow 25 Ranunculus aconitifolius May White I Saponaria ocymoides May Red z Saxifraga nivalis June White PE oppositifolia March Purple Trailing punctata June White 1 _ granulata-pleno April White 1 Simsia amplexicaulis July Yellow 4 ecu *podolica May White 4 Spigelia Marilandica July Scarlet 1 ; lidago alpestris September Yellow 2 —— Cambrica August Yellow 5 —_—_ minuta July Yellow t danella alpina April Purple t —— montana May Purple t =_ Nix ce tartarica June Pink 280 LIST OF BORDER FLOWERS. Generic Name. Specific Name. Statice speciosa latifolia Sisyrrinchium anceps Stenactis *speciosa Telekia *speciosa Teucrium campanulata Canadense Tradescantia *congesta Virginica-alba —$<——— — rubra ceerulea albida plena Trollius europzus humilis Asiaticus ——— patulus Thalictrum formosum —— medium glaucum contortum Uvularia perfoliata — ———flayvor Verbena *venosa Lambertia ——— melindres *Sabini Vesicaria utriculata Viola palmata pedata cornuta attenuata Veronica incana grandis elegans gentianoides pumila pinnata — fruticulosa Months. July July May August July July August June May June May September May June May June July June May June September July May June May May June May April July August May May May August July Colour of the Flowers. White Lilac Blue Lilac Yellow White Purple Blue White Red Blue and White Purple Yellow Yellow Dark Orange Orange Purple Green and Yellow Yellow White Pale Yellow Yellow Rosy Lilac Scarlet Purple Light Yellow Purple Blue Purple White Blue White Pink or Rose Dark Blue Blue Purple Flesh Height in Ft 1 Ris — Om ee OR eR Ree Ee ee Oh nh Niet m Wd Sh 0 Or Trailing Trailing Po ON Ch ncn nO) one-eight | Hence you may imagine, if those Plants were judiciously arranged in a pleasure-ground, or other compartment appropriated to them, with a Selection of the most preferable Annuals, Shrubby Calceola- rias, Nierembergias, Mimuluses, and Pansies, interspersed among, what a most uncommon pleasing appearance they would make for at least nine months in the year. the practice of the present age, more particularly in extensive — flower-gardens, to plant the most of Annuals, &c. in large groups Although it is universally ON THE HEARTSEASE. 281 or separate beds, nevertheless I propose a few of the choicest to be introduced, into any suitable vacancies among a collection of Herba- ceous Plants in the confined gardens around London, or any other diminutive pleasure-ground: as, from experience, I am induced to observe, that they would to a certain extent be much more attractive, and look infinitely better. I shall be at any time most happy to subscribe Floricultural knowledge, if you consider my communications worthy of accep- tance. August 25th, 1836. (We shall be glad to hear from Mr. Brown at all times.—Conp.) ARTICLE IX—ON THE HEARTSEASE. BY MR. TODD, ROLVENDEN, KENT. Havine paid considerable attention to the propagation and subsequent culture of the Heartsease, I am induced to send the following observations, upon this interesting and beautiful flowering plant, for insertion in the Cabinet, hoping it will be of some interest to its readers. So strikingly handsome, and attractive are the flowers, and so easy of propagation, generating at a most surprising rate, that I hesitate not to say, that the Heartsease will, ere long, become the pride of every flower garden, from the humble cottage to the splendid palace. | The family of this pretty flowering plant, comprises a vast variety of colours, and form. It is to me quite astonishing that such perfect _ flowers should have been produced from their progenitors. I could _ refer to many such by name, but as some of the readers of the Cabinet _ may not know them, I beg to state what are in my opinion the pro- __ perties of a good flower. Whatever the colours, are they should be clear, and distinct ; not blended and suffused together. The flower should be as broad as it is long, and the two upper petals should occupy about one half, and the lower petal be about one quarter, the two side petals exhibiting to front view the other quarter. The whole of the petals should join neatly together so as to form a flat surface, combining to compose a circle as near as may be, allowing for a small deviation from the circumference line at the places where the petals meet, and the incurvature of the lower edge of the bottom petal. The merits of the flower are judged by its perfection of form in the above respects, and not to size, a large wavy edged, or wavy surfaced flower, would be far inferior to a small one possessing the Kk 282 CULTURE OF THE HYACINTH. properties above described. On no account should size be substituted, _for form in estimating the merits of flower. The mode of treatment ay pursue is simple but very successful. Early in May I take off the small suckers that are appearing « above ground, of which there is usually a free supply from the old plants, I cut them off close to the old plant, at a joint; I then pot them off in sand, about an inch of each being inserted therein, [ water them well at that time to settle the soil close to the stems, and in an hour afterwards I cover them closley with a hand glass which is not re- moved from off them, till they are rooted, this is easily ascertained by | the tops pushing. I take care to shade them on sunny days. When rooted I take them up and transplant them into anursery bed, in a warm situation, there they remain till about the middle of July, at which time I put them out, with as much earth adhering to the roots as possible, into the places where they are intended to bloom, which they will doall the end of summer and autumn, and flourish exceedingly finethe following spring. When the plants have grown very vigorously and the shoots are long, I cut them down rather closley, after which they soon recover. By this mode of treatment they very far exceed anything I ever saw of Heartsease elsewhere: I never keep plants beyond the second year, as they get too bushy, and the flowers are small, compared with those the year old plants produced. The soil I bloom them in is as follows:—Two parts loam, one part sandy peat, and the other well rotted hotbed dung ; these are well blended together. Those plants I intend to grow for producing flowers for exhibition, I plant in a half shady situation, the colours are thus preserved pure : and clear. ARTICLE X.—ON THE CULTURE OF THE HYACINTHS. BY J.R. W. WELLINGTON, SOMERSETSHIRE. THERE are so many accounts written on the culture of the Hyacinth, that I fear you will consider mine superfluous, but as the manner in which I force my Hyacinths is different from any that I have seen published, perhaps you will give it a place in your useful and valuable publication. Almost all growers of Hyacinths imagine that they are brouee to greater’ perfection by growing them in a sandy soil; but the follow- ing course which I have adopted and the success I have met with, incline me to think mine the best plan. _ ON THE REVERSA ELEGANS ROSE. 283 I take two sixth parts of well rotted cow-dung, at least two years old, to which I add two sixths parts of fine soft sand, and the remain- der with rotted leaves, all of which I have well chopped up but not sifted. I plant them in narrow deep pots filled with the above com- position, allowing the bulb to be about half buried in the mould. When I have potted off the number I intend to force, I take a common cucumber frame, put it on a level surface on the ground, _ into which I place the Hyacinths, filling the frame with saw-dust. _ IfT cannot part with a frame, I dig a pit sufficiently large to contain the number I intend to force, about eighteen inches or two feet deep, _ making it perfectly level, into which I place the Hyacinths and fill _ itup inthe same manner with the saw-dust. I then form a ridge, _ with the earth taken out of the pit, onthe top. I always pot my _ Hyacinths for forcing the last week in September or early in October. When Hyacinths are required to be in flower at Christmas they should be taken out of the pitin November. I prefer letting them re- main until the latter part of January or beginning of February, by _ which time they will have filled the pots with roots, and made flower stems six or eight inches in the saw-dust. When taken out of the saw-dust they are completely blanched. I then place them ina cold frame with plenty of light; after remaining there for two or three _ days, I give them a little air by lifting the light at the back, and when _ they get their proper green colour, which they will in the course ofa _ week, I place them in the plant stove where I plunge them about one third of the depth of the pot in the bark bed, letting them have all the air and light I possibly can. .. By this treatment I have had remarkably fine Hyacinths. ARTICLE XI. REMARKS ON THE REVERSA ELEGANS ROSE, AS SUITED FOR A TRELLIS OR AS A PILLAR ROSE. BY MR. ARCHIBAULD GODWIN, COLLYCROFT, NEAR ASHBOURNE. A 8 much interest of late has been taken in that truly interesting and lovely flower, the Rose, I beg to forward a few remarks which may be of some little service to the readers of your valuable egscine. Amongst pillars of Roses, there is scarce one that can equal, if any can surpass, a Rose I have cultivated for about four years, called the reversa elegans. I had two small plants of it acci- dentally sent tome ina quantity of the variety Noisette purpurea, 4 “which I planted in a strong loam in the month of November, not neglecting to incorporate with the soil, a good quantity of half decom- , Kk3 284 ON THE BRUGMANSIA SUAVEOLENS. posed hotbed dung; each of them obtained the height of twelve or fifteen feet the following summer, and the succeeding summer ex- hibited two pyramids of roses for the space of three months, and formed two of the most conspicuous and splendid objects I ever saw, and elicited universal admiration from all who saw them. Its habit is a good deal like that of the Noisette, flowering in clusters, of ten to twenty-seven, and in vast profusion. The colour is a vivid pur- plish crimson, with a white stripe up each petal. It is well adapted for a trellis; and asa standard, has a most striking effect, when the umbrella form of training is adopted, particularly when on a good high stock, resembling a complete creeper, covered with the Roses to the ground. Hence its adaption for planting in the centre of cir- cular rosery, on a stem five or six feet in height, trained to the sur- face of the soil. This plan may be adopted with the Double White Musk, which is rather shy in flowering freely in some situations; but this system of training will have the desired effect. By bending down the shoot as above, it checks the superabundant flow of the sap, and produces an abundance of bloom. If you deem these few prac- tical observations worthy of insertion in you interesting work, they are, of course, at your service. ARTICLE XII.—ON GROWING [THE BRUGMANSIA SUAVEOLENS, (DAUTRA ARBOREA,) IN THE OPEN AIR. BY MR. JAMES BROWN, GARDENER, KERR LODGE, HANTS. Durine the last two seasons I have bloomed the Brugmansia Suaveolens in the open air, and the mode of treatment I pursue I here subjoin, hoping that it will be of service tothe readers of the © Cabinet. Early in the spring of 1834, I took off a number of cuttings, and struck them into a melon frame. When rooted I pot six off into” twenty-four sized pots, using a rich soil, the plants being placed in the greenhouse during the year. I repot them into a size larger early in August. I keep the plants in the greenhouse till the middle of May 1835, and then turn them out into the border, with balls entire, the situation being open to the sun and sheltered from the west and north. The soil of the border is taken out to the extent of a circle four feet diameter, and half a yard deep, the space is filled up again with the soil and an equal portion of well rotted hotbed dung nearly a year old. Wheu each of the plants were put out into the border, they were well watered, which was repeated very frequently during the whole season. LIST OF MOSS ROSES. 285 The plants soon began to grow surprisingly. On the twentieth of June T took the blade of an old scythe and cut round the ball of roots, about two inches from the old ball, and to the depth of the soil. I repeated this operation, at two inches from where it was last cut, on the eighteenth of July. The check which the plant received by this cutting in of the roots, caused the shoots to produce blossoms, a profusion of which IL had from an early part of August to the end of October. The six plants were put out, three on each side a walk, and they had a most beautiful appearance. -T took up the plants the first week in November, repotted them, and kept them in the greenhouse during winter. About the middle of May this year, I planted them out again, and treated them in every respect as before stated. The plants have been a complete Picture of beauty, and are likely to continue so to the end of the season. Next spring I purpose raising young plants, the large ones becoming too big for a greenhouse in winter. I had not an oppor- tunity of obtaining a supply of manure water, but I think ifI had | that to have given the plant occasionally after the blossoms had begun to show, it would have increased the length of the shoots, and of course increased the number as well as the size of the flowers. T can assure the readers of the Cabinet, that the experiment will amply repay for the trouble. ARTICLE XIII.—A DESCRIPTION OF THIRTY OF THE BEST KINDS OF MOSS ROSES. BY THE REV. J. JONES, A. M., BRISTOW RECTORY. _ Tue annexed list and description of moss Roses, are such as I have _ selected and taken remarks upon this season, aud whichI can confi- _ dently recommend to the readers of the Cabinet. I have planted a bed of them, and [ expect next season a delightful show of bloom ; the plants are strong, and I hope will answer my expectations; I have uta basket full of litter manure round the stem of each, which I ; ave found of essential service with all the moss Roses; it keeps the 4 soil cool in summer, and causes the plants to bloom profusely and vigorously. I always put the manure over early in November, and then throws a slight covering of earth over the whole, in order to “prevent its removal, which causes it to decompose, and conceals the _ unsightliness of it. T have my bed raised a foot above the surrounding ground, which _ keeps the plants from injury in wet and frosty winters; yet it is not too dry, when the manure is placed, for any dry summer, 286 ON PROTECTING PLANTS. I think all the tribe of moss Roses are beautiful, but especially the selection I have made ; the kinds are very distinct. The Rouge de Lux- embourg is a very ]uxuriant grower, and of a fine dark crimson colour. A Fleurs Ponctuce striped curious rosy long buds and very double purple Blush pale blush globular and very double Crimson, or Damask light crimson expanded and double Crimson, or E’carlate of the very bright rosy globular, large and very dbl. French ; Common rose globular, large and very dbl. Crest, or Crested Provence —_ rose globular, very large and dbl. with fine crested buds. Damask fine crimson large double, globular De Vieillard delicate rose globular and very double Evclatante brilliant rose cupped and double Gracilis Lancel very deep red large and double Mottled rose, mottled globular and double Moussue partout, or Zoe rose globular and double the plan; covered with moss Miniaturé (Rivers’s) bright crimson cupped, very small, semi-dbl. New Crimson beautiful crimson large and double Prolific rose globular dbl, abundant bloomer Pompone, or De Meaux pale blush compact, small, and yery dbl. Perpetual White white, often striped bloominginclusters, and some- with pink times in the autumn Peacock’s Mottled Blush blush, pretty blush _— globular and large double Pourpre Clair splendid red globular and double Rouge de Luxembourg, or deep red with purple cupped and double, splendid Ferrugineuse tinge Scarlet, or De la Fleche carmine cupped, small and double Spotted carmine with pale spots expanded, semi-double Sriped pale with red stripes cupped, and partially mossed Sage-leaved bright rose cupped and very double Single Rose bright rose expanded and large Single Lilac lilac rose expanded Single (River's) rose globular and distinct ; Single Crimson (River's) dark purplish crimson cupped, large and yery mossy White Bath, or Clifton White pure white globular and dbl., very mossy White (Old) yery pale flesh globular and yery double, but partially mossed 3 ARTICLE XIV. ON PROTECTING TENDER PLANTS DURING WINTER BY MR. JAMES FERGUSON, GARDENER, NETTERBY LODGE, GLASGOW. THE winter season is now approaching, when it will be found neces- sary to protect many of the beautiful flowering tender plants. I for- ward for insertion in the November Cabinet, (the article was re- ceived too late) the methods I have adopted for the last six years, with complete success ; very little trouble is incurred in the at- tention required, as well as being much neater than any method I ~ have seen in use elsewhere. . F For tender shrubs, as Standard Fuchsias, Rhododendron arboreum, — ON PRESERVING PLANTS. 287 &c., Escallonias, Camellias, Salvias, Mesembryanthemums, &c., I make frames in the following manner:—I take four strong stakes, strong hazel rods, I have them inserted in the ground at equal dis- tances round the plant, so as to clear the ends of the shoots; then I unite the tops together to one point, securing them there. I then cut, by means of a fine toothed saw, some notches up the two sides of the rod, which are outwards; having done this, I have a quantity of deal laths, which are about an inch and a half broad, these are then nailed to crosswise, in doing which, I commence at the bottom, and, having fastened the first.tier, I then place another above that, and so proceed to the top, In nailing the laths, I place them in the notched part of the uprights, so that they overhang each other a quarter of an inch, but not to have the lower edge of the lath above, _ to touch the upper edge of the lath below it; I allow a space here of a quarter of an inch—this is easily effected by the notches being cut for the purpose. The openings at the overlaps admit air and light to the plant, but at the same time exclude wet from it. Both these advantages are of importance in order to obtain the ubject desired. With a few very tender kinds of plants, I have strewed in, previous to putting the case over, some dry fern leaves, commonly called brake or braken, among the branches, and I have found this to keep perfectly dry through winter, answering every desired end. Where brake is not to be had, branches of beech, with the leaves upon them, furze or broom may be used to answer the same purpose: IT always cover the ground over the roots, to the extent of two or three feet, according to the size of the plant, and about six inches deep _ with chaff from the corn-mill This keeps dry under the covering, _ and preserves the roots better than any other material I ever used, such as bark, sawdust, &c. ~The framing of laths, &c., I have painted, and though I have used them for six winters, they are as good as when new. I take off the _ frame from the plants, when I judge the severe weather is over, usually about the middle of April. The above kind of covering is very far preferable to that of thatch- ing over with straw, which keeps the plants dark, and the straw often _ becomes mouldy, and kills the plants. I made a few coverings of wicker work, common willow twigs, but these did not answer, the __wet dripping through the covering, and being thus kept damp inside, more damage was done than if left exposed to the open air. ____ For smaller plants I made coverings of the lath frame work suited to their size. With such covering I have preserved strong plants of _ Maurandia dophospermum, &¢ , without sustaining any injury. ‘*% 288 ON BLEACHING LEAVES. To preserve tender kinds of herbaceous border flowers, as Verbena Melindres, Lobelia fulgens, &c., I had a number of covers made similar to dish covers, only at the edgesI had four legs made to hold them a little way above the plant, and to fix them firmly in the ground, so as not to be removed. These were made of clay, similar to that used for garden pots. They shoot off the wet, keep the root dry, and yet allowa circulation of air underneath. Previous to placing the pot, I lay a small portion of light leaf mould, or some- thing of that nature around the crown of the plant; these pots look very neat, and answer fully. I use the same covers in autumn for blanching endive for salad. They are very cheap, having purchased two hundred for one pound. ARTICLE XV.—ON BLEACHING LEAVES, &c. BY H. D. I forward the inclosed for insertion in the Cabinet, in answer to the query of “ A Practical Lady Gardener,” on bleaching the skeletons of leaves. The skeletons of leaves and other delicate vegetable fibres, may be perfectly and safely bleached, by means of a very dilute solution of chloride of lime, in the following manner : A table-spoonful of the solution, as commonly sold at druggists’ shops, may be added to a quart of distilled or pure spring water, and the fibre soaked therein for three or four hours, or until the colour dis- appears; it is then to be taken out, well washed and soaked ina large quantity of pure water, to remove any adherent chloride, and afterwards dried, with free exposure to light and air. It is sometimes, although rarely, necessary to repeat the process twice or thrice. a Another good method, but much slower, is to lay the substance on a clean cloth in the open air, exposed to the sun, and frequently to sprinkle with clean soft water. London, June, 26th, 1836. NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 289 PART II. LIST OF NEW AND RARE PLANTS, Noticed since our last. _ 1. AspasIA VARTEGATA, Variegated flowered. (Bot. Reg., 1907.) Natural Order, Orchidacee; Class, Gynandria; Order, Monandria. This very neat and ' pretty flowering species has bloomed for the first season in this country, in the _ collections of R. Bateman, Esq., and of Mr. Knight, King’s Road, Chelsea, during _ the present year. It is an inhabitant of the tropical part of South America, in its “native state. The plant is of easy culture, The petals are yellow at the edges, and green up the middle, streaked and spotted with red; the labellum is white spotted and streaked with violet. Hach flower is upwards of two inches across; the flowers are delightfully fragrant in the morning. The plant merits a place in every collection of Orchideous plants; being of easy culture, it is probable it may soon be procured at a low cost. Aspasia, from aspasomia, I embrace ; alluding to the column embracing the labellum. 2. .AMARYLLIS PsITTACINA, HYBRIDA. Hybrid variety of the Parrot Ama- ryllis. (Bot. Mag., 3528.) This splendid variety was raised in the hothouse of William Griffin, Esq., South Lambeth, London; it is anhybrid between A. John- sonia and A. psittacina. It has bloomed in the stove at the Glasgow Botanic Garden. The flowers are very splendid, usually four flowers are produced in a scape. Each flower is near six inches across. The petals are white, with a small _ portion of green at the lower part, the edges and tips have a broad portion of fine _ crimson, and numerous crimson stripes run up the petals; altogether it is a most beautiful flowering variety, well meriting a place in every stove. 3. BEconta FiscHert, Dr. Fischer’s. (Bot. Mag., 3532.) Begoniacee ; Monecia; Polyandria. This pretty plant was sent from Berlin in 1835, to the Edinburgh Botanic Garden, where it bloomed in the spring of the present year. The flowers are of little interest. The foliage is smooth, when young of a bright red, at the under side, paler at the veins, anda pretty pink above, having too a peculiar silvery lustre, which remains upon the old leaves, which at that stage are of a yellowish green on the upper side, and of a more pale red at the under side. It is a very neat plant, and well deserves a place in the stove; like the other spe- cies it is of easy culture. 4. BARTONIA AUREA, Golden-flowered. (Brit. Flow. Gard., 357.) Loasee ; Polyandria; Monogynia. A very pretty flowering annual; the flower stem rising a foot high. The plant produces a profusion of showy flowers, of a fine golden- ellow colour. Each blossom is about two inches and a half across. The plantis Wioative of California, from whence it was sent by Mr. Douglas to the London Horticultural Society, in whose garden it recently bloomed. It delights in a shel- tered and sunny situation, and is to be grown in a rich soil, where it will bloom pro- fusely. The plant requires to be raised as a frame annual, and to be planted into _ the border in May. 6, CLINTONIA PULCHELLA, Pretty Clintonia. (Bot. Reg., 1909.) Lobeli- acer; Syngenesia; Monogamia. A native of California, from whence it was sent by Mr. Douglas to the London Horticultural Society. It is a pretty _ flowering tender annual, of very humble growth, only rising a few inches high. _ The flowers are rather larger than Clintonia elagans, blue, with a broad white spot at the centre, stained with a rich yellow. The flower is about half an inch across. ~ Its delicacy of growth will prevent its spreading rapidly through the country. 6. Cyrropopium WiLLMoREI, Mr. Willmore’s. (Birmingham Bot. Gardens, -p.4.) Orchidacew; Gynandria; Monandria. The plant was discovered by Mr. Henchman, in the vally of Cumanacoa, in the republic of Venezuela. The species is of terristrial habit, growing among decayed vegetables. The leaves of the plant grow more than six feet long in its native habit. ‘The species has bloomed in the very superb collection of John Willmore, Esq., Oldford, near Birmingham, haying a flower stem four feet six inches high, very much branched, producing a panicle 290 NEW AND RARE PLANTS. of numerous flowers, each flower being above two inches across. The sepals and petals are of a yellowish green, spotted with dullred; the lateral petals are brighter in colour, but not so much marked as the sepals; lateral lobes of the lip of a pale red; the intermediate lobe yellow, having the edge spotted with red. A ve handsome flowering species, deserving a place in eyery collection. Cyrtopodium, from Kurtos, convex; and pous, afoot; in reference to the convex claw of the labellum. | 7. CRASPEDIA GLAUCA. (Bot. Reg., 1908.) Composite; Syngenesia; Poly- gamia cequalis. Mr. James Backhouse, of the firm of Messrs. Backhouses, Nur- serymen, York, went to Van Diemen’s Land a few years since, and from thence he has sent the present plant to the York Nursery. It is a perennial herbaceous plant, growing upwards of a foot high. The flowers are globular shaped heads more than an inch in diameter, of a yellow colour. Each of these heads is com- posed of smaller heads, producing a pretty effect. Craspedia from Kraspedon, a fringe ; referring to the feathery pappus. 8. Cratacus Mexicana, Mexican Hawthorn. (Bot. Reg., 1910.) Another pretty species of Hawthorn, which is a native of the Tierra fria of Mexico. It is a small growing tree, with dark green shining leaves. In warm countries it is an evergreen. The flowers are white, each corymb having a considerable number. They are succeeded by large yellow fruit, each fruit is the size of a May Duke Cherry. Both the blossoms and fruit make a pretty appearance among the bright green foliage. Crataegus from Kratos, strength ; referring to the wood. 9. EpIDENDRUM MACROCHILUM, Large-lipped. (Bot. Mag., 3534.) Or- chidee ; Gynandria; Monandria. A very handsome flowering orchideous plant, a native of Mexico, from whence it was introduced by Charles Horsfall, Esq., Everton, near Liverpool. In the rich collection of Mr. Horsfall’s Orchidew, it bloomed during the last summer. ‘The scape rises about a foot high, terminated with a raceme of four large handsome flowers, without scent. The flowers are, sepals and side petals, of a greenish-brown colour; lip, white, when old cream coloured, having a large red-purple spot at the base. Each flower is near three inches across. The flowers are singularly pretty. Epidendrum from Epi, upon dendron, a tree ; native habitation of the plant. " 10. EpIMEDIUM MACRANTHUM, Large flowered. Berberacee; Tetrandria; Monogynia. (Bot. Reg., 1906.) A native of Japan, which has flowered in the garden of the University of Ghent. The flowers are very singular in form, more than an inch across, of a pale violet colour, which are very fragrant. The plant is quite hardy; it is grown in the nursery of Mr. Osborne, Fulham. Epimedium from Media, where the plant to which it belonged, was said to grow. There are two more species in the garden at Ghent, viz., E. Violaceum, and E. Musschianum. 11. Iperts coronaRiA, Rocket Candy Tuft. (Brit. Flow.Gard.) Crucifera; Tetradymia; Siliculosa. This hardy annual is of considerable beauty, being very showy, and of a pure white. The clusters of racemes are numerous, and very large, being three or four inches long; at a distance the fine flowers very m resemble the Double White Rocket. It blooms for several months during summer. Tt well deserves a place in every flower garden. Seeds of it are to be obtained of © most of the London Seedsmen, as Charlwood, Kerman, Warner, Carter, Flanagan, Chubb, &c. 12. IoNopsis TENERA, Delicate flowered. (Bot. Reg., 1904.) Orchidacez ; Gynandria; Monandria. A native of Havannah, from whence it was brought by Captain Sutton, in 1835, and by that gentleman presented to Sir Charles Lemon, Bart., in whose collection it has bloomed. The scape rises about eight or ten in- ches high, bearing a loosish panicle of delicately marked flowers, which are of a pale pinkish-white, beautifully marked with bright violet coloured yeins. But little is known in this country of the plant of this genns; it is rare to find them in collections of orchidez, by reason of the difficulty of preserving them on their jour- ney in the ship, and even when they are safely imported, they are difficult to cul- tivate, and are soon lost. They are natives of the woods, and there grow upon the smaller branches of the trees, or upon dead branches, which their delicate white roots soon overspread. There appears to be four species known of this genus, viz., I. tenera, I. utricularioides, I. pallidiflora, I. paniculata; the flowers of the latter species are of a snowy whiteness. It was discovered in the ancient forests of Brazil. Jonopsis, from ton, a violet; and ophis, look ; meaning violet faced. — NEW AND RARE PLANTS. 291 13. ONCIDIUM IRIDIFOLIUM, Pigmy Oncidium. (Bot. Reg., 1611.) Orchi- dacee ; Gynandria; Monandria. A very curious species, the foliage being scarce an inch and a half long, and the flower stem little more than two inches high. The flowers are very neat and pretty; yellow, streaked with red; each flower is about three parts of an inch across. It has bloomed profusely under the skilful management of our friend Mr. Cooper, at Wentworth House Gardens. It isa native of Mexico, and in its native habit, is found to grow exclusively upon the branches of Orange and Lemon trees, and constantly prefers a dry situation, and to be exposed to the sun. 14. ONoBRYCHES RADIATA, Radiated. (Birm. Bot. Gard., 3.) Leguminose ; Diadelphia; Decandria; Synonym, Hedysarum Buxbaumii. The plant is a na- tive of Caueasus. It is perfectly hardy, growing two feet high. It is a perennial plant. In its native situation it inhabits hilly parts of rocky districts. The flowers are produced on cylindrical spikes, they are of a pale yellow colour; the standard is also marked with red lines, and has a yellow spot. The plant has recently bloomed in the Birmingham Botanic Garden. It was raised there from seed pre- sented by John Hunneman, Esq., in 1834. It delights in a light and dry soil. Onobrychis, from onos, an ass, brycho, to gnaw; alluding to cattle being fond of this tribe of plants. P 15. PHACELIA TANACETIFOLIA, Tansy-leaved. (Brit. Flow. Gard.) Hydro- phyllee; Pentandria; Monogynia. An half hardy annual, a native of California, sent from thence by Mr. Douglas. The fower stems rise about a foot high, ter- minated with cymose racemes of flowers, the limb of pale purple colour, the tube white. When first coming into bloom it is pretty, but it does not bloom more than five or six weeks. 16. RONDELETIA ODORATA, Sweet-scented. (Bot. Reg., 1706.) Synonyms, R. coccinea, R. speciosa; Cinchonacea; Hexandria; Monogynia. The plant is _anative of Havannah, growing upon the bushy covered rocks near the sea, and _ it has occasionally been observed to grow upon the naked rock itself. It is a pretty hothouse shrub, growing several feet high; the shoots terminating (each) with three corymbous pannicles of flowers—they are of a bright vermillion colour, and violet scented. The plant usually blooms at the end of summer. It is a very pretty flowering plant. Rondeletia, sonamed by Plumier, in compliment to G. Rondelet, a Physician. 17. TURNERA ELEGANS, Elegant flowered. (Birm. Bot. Gard.,2.) Turner- acee; Pentendria; Trigynia. The plant is a native of South America, and the West Indies; it was introduced a few years ago, but is not generally cultivated, as yet, in our stoves. Itis a slender evergreen shrub, growing about a yard high. ‘The petals are of a pale yellow, or sulphur colour, beautifully shaded with deep orange near the centre : and a purple-brown spot, near the base. Each flower is near two inches across. Twurnera, so named by Plumier, in memory of William Turner, M. D. F * 18. VEsICARIA GRACILIS, Slender stemmed. (Bot. Mag., 3533.) Crucifere __ -‘Tetradynamia; Siliculosa. A native of Texas, where it was found by Mr. Drum- mond. Itis an annual plant, the stems rising about nine inches high. The _ flowers are of a bright yellow, produced on axillary and terminal racemes, several inches long; it continues in bloom nearly all summer ; each flower is near half an inch aeross. It is a suitable plant for ormamenting rock-work. ag | ct tae 292 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. PART III. MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. QUERIES. On AvRicuLAS.—Will you in your notices to correspondents, be kind enough to tell me where and at what price I can get the following Auriculas :—Leighs Colonel Taylor, Oliver’s Lovely Ann, Taylor’s Glory, Whittaker’s True Blue,— or perhaps some of your correspondents could give the necessary information if this were made public ? Loros. Bridlington, “R. T. W.” will feel obliged to any correspondent of the Cabinet, by a solution of the following question :—by what principle in nature are flowers impregnated with aroma ? Bricuton ATHEN£UM.—Is the Atheneum at Brighton rebuilt, or rebuilding? I have not heard anything of it since its fall. If some Brighton reader of the Cabinet will give me a reply, I shall be obliged. J.K. ON TREATMENT OF ALPINE PLANTS DURING WINTER.—If any of your correspondents will inform me what is the best method of treating Alpine plants during the winter, in this country, it will much oblige TROP@LUM. It will much oblige a susbcriber to the Cabinet,if he can have any information respecting a Botanical Society, which is said to be formingin London. C.F.P. On BriLitarpIERA Merxocarpa.—Can you, or any of your correspondents, give me some information on the treatment of the Billardiera Melocarpa? I haye now trained it against a wall, fronting south-west, which is much exposed to wind. It was bought this summer, and immediately planted out, but I do not think that it has flourished well. Should it be taken in for the winter, or will it do only matted up? I should be much obliged by an early answer, in time to provide for the winter. KawMia. November 7th, 1836. (WE are not at all acquainted with the species here named, but if it be from the same country as the other species, we should think it would do well covered with matting, as noticed. As far north as Yorkshire, we have found some of the species to endure the winter without any covering, and not to be injured in the least. We think that a slight covering of matting, short hay, or moss placed over the branches, and that covered by a piece of thin oiled canvass, would be the best pro- tection; the latter prevents the interior covering from becoming wet, which is of importance in order to preserve the branches. When the inner covering, whether matting or what else is used, is allowed to get wet, it retains that, and the shoots become mouldy and perish. The canvass covering prevents such injury, and is very cheap. The yellowish coloured canvass is the best for the purpose, looking neater. We have found the Billardieras to flourish very well in a soil well drained at the bottom, and composed of equal parts of good rich loam and sandy peat.— CONDUCTOR.) ANSWERS. WirE-wornM.—1 beg to refer your correspondent, who has twice solicited in- formation on the most effectual method of destroying the Wire-worm, to the second Vol. page 118, of your extremely useful and well conducted periodical. I have tried S.H.’s method, which is precisely the same as that recommended by Sir J. Banks. and pronounce it to be effectual, but very troublesome. Rape-cake in powder, has been used by Lord Albermarle, as we find by the Horticultural Register, at page 649. Mr. Poynter, however, says, that Cow-urine is immediate destruction to Wire-worms ; it will also destroy grubs and moss upon trees, and MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 293 give a luxuriance both to trees and young crops, but it must be administered to trees during a frost, to young crops during the Spring, and must be poured near them but not upon them—the soil having been first a little stirred. Ris We FT. ON A YELLOW FLOWERING PLANT &c.—Seyeral of your correspondents haye made enquiries respecting a yellow flowering plant, for a bed, to contrast with other colours. I beg to inform them that there is no plant with yellow flowers, more suitable for a bed, than the Sanvatalia procumbens, which grows about six-inches in height, and continues in bloom from June till the frost kills it. It is beautiful when in full bloom; its pretty dark yellow flowers rising one above the other, so as to conceal nearly the foliage from the eye. The Leptosiphon densiflorus, and an- drosaceus form a neat appearance when planted in beds, and masses, one haying white, and the other rose coloured flowers. ON A LIST OF ANNUALS.—A correspondent, “Pedro,” page 260, wishes for a list of hardy Annuals, and the time of sowing. By referring to almost any of the yolumes of the Cabinet, he will soon find out what time to sow, &c. The follow- ing is a list of the most beautiful and showy sorts in cultivation, and will bloom freely in the open bed or border. If those kinds marked with two asterisks, be forwarded by being raised in a pot in a room or frame, and afterwards planted out, it would contribute to having the kinds more early in bloom. All the kinds may be procured of the London seedsmen as Charlwood, Kernan, Warner, or Carter, &c. Anutirrhinum glandulosum Lupinus subcarnomis * Anchusa versicolor — elegans * Campanula Loreyi * ————__ nanus * Coreopsis coronaria * Heliophylla arabioides * _____—__ diversifolia * Leptosiphon densiflorus * —___— filifolia * —______—_ androsaceus tinctoria atropurpurea Malope grandiflora Calliopsis bicolor ee -- alba ** Calandrinia grandiflora +* Nemophila insignis ** ——_______—- discolor a —__——— grandiflora Clarkia pulchella Nolana paradoxa : alba * atriplicifolia grandiflora * @nothera humifusa * Collinsia bicolor -- rosea-alba * Eutoca multiflora *+ Phlox Drummondii * — viscida * Phacelia congesta * Menziesii ** Sphzenogyne speciosa Goodetia rubicunda * Sanvatilia procumbens * Gilia tricolor Schizanthus diffusus * alba : ————— humilis —-— achillefolia ————— Grahami coronopifolia ——_——_— pinnatus *—— tennuiflora Zega leptantha * Kaulfussia amelloides ** Zinnia elegans and its varieties. Lasthenia Californica The above list of hardy Annuals contains none but showy kinds. Those marked _ thus *, will look best when grown in a bed of a sort, upon a grass plat. I shall _ shortly send you an article on the subject of sowing annuals in beds, &c. Wilts, November, 1836. AUR In reply to “ James Figgans” request, in Number XLV, I have to observe, that the plainest and most simple rule which can be applied to the table he has popes: on that containing any number of competitors in any number of classes, is the following :—In the table, are four competitors, therefore, the numerical value of the prizes, will be four, three, two, one; consequently, he who obtains a first prize, will reckon four, a second prize three, a third prize two, and a fourth prize one; therefore, B reckoning eleyen, will be the first ; A, counting eight, will be the second; C’s number being seven, will be the third; and D’s four, the fourth, This mode of calculating, holds good in any number of classes, and any number of f Vie 294 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. competitors, thus :—Seven classes of Roses competed for by seven persons. Crimson Yellow Lt. Blush Striped Dark White Dk. Blush. oh 32 32 28 25 24 3 29 This table shews, that B and C being equal, are entitled to have the first and second prize divided between them, A the third, &c., Now for a further proof of the correctness of this mode of calculation : :-—Suppose that the four competitors in ‘‘ James Figgans” table, were to have four prizes in each class, and that the prizes were to be 2s., 1s. 6d., 1s.,and 6d. in each—B would obtain 5s. 6d., A 4s., C 3s. 6d., and D 2s, which in sixpences, would be as 11, 8, 7, and 4, before given in the solution. Hoping this will satisfy your correspon- dent and his friends, I remain An OLD FLORICULTURAL FRIEND. Sheffield, Nov. 14th, 1836. Qa cade UWwWowtnr= awnwurhen tat Or Cote wWuUnnwe wre ROW [ORNS oo Soke! REMARKS. THE PornsETTIA PorcHERRIMA.—P. pulcherrima is fully deserving the most earnest attention and careful management, in order that it may be so grown as to produce its flowers as perfect in our stoves as those grown at Philadelphia, where, it is stated, the beautiful scarlet whorls of bractee which terminate the bran- ches measure as much as tw enty inches across, and are equal in colour to the finest tints of Rosa Sinensis. It is decidedly a splendid feature among our ornamental plants, and, from its ~ habit, we feel confident it may be cultivated with the application of the common treatment given to stove-plants. (At Mr. Bunneys, Nurseryman, Kingsland Road we saw it fine there.) It is kept in rather a close atmosphere in the stove, along with other tender plants, all of which are now and then syringed over when the weather is fine, in order to prevent the attacks of insects or the accumulation of — filth. In the day, if fine, a free circulation of airis kept up; and at night the temperature of the house averages from 65 to 70 degrees. The soil used, and which seems to suit well, is very sandy loam; in potting, care is taken to ensure a good drainage, and as soon as the roots reach the inside surface of the pot, an additional shift is immediately giyen, so that the growth is never checked and the plant in consequence is kept continually progressing. It requires a great supply of water at the roots. On New or HANDSOME FLOWERING PLANTS.— During the last summer we have taken two tours, and visited many of the principal gardens in the country, as well as nursery establishments, with the intention of seeing what new plants were deserving of recommendation to our readers. The following list contains a portion of what we saw, and all of which are showy and interesting. We shall give an additional list of such, in subsequent numbers of the Cabinet. We intend to take two or more journeys every year, for the same purpose. We have also engaged a person in London, to visit, every month, the nursery establishments there, and to furnish us with a list of whatever is new, showy, and interesting; the lists will ap- pear from time to time. Buddlea madagascariensis.—A greenhouse species of great beauty, and blooming for a considerable season, well deserving a place in every collection. Bignonia jasminoides. ea noble looking plant, with large dark green leaves, and fine trusses of flowers. It is well worthy a place in every greenhouse. It is probable that it would bear the open air like the other species. £- Solana Lambertiana.—This is ,a fine large leayed species, bearing a corymb of pretty purplish blue flowers, which are rendered still more striking with its fine yellow anthers. Clematis azwrea.—This new species is most beautiful, and deserves a place in every greenhouse or conservatory. (See figure in the present number). Spirea argenteo, Silvery-leaved. A hardy shrub of great beauty, bearing hand- some reddish coloured blossoms. ¥ MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE 295 Gesneria splendens.—A. most strikingly handsome flowering species, and which we were informed would flourish freely with a greenhouse temperature. The flowers are near two inches long, of a brilliant scarlet colour, marked with a very dark crimson spot. The plant produces a profusion of blossoms. It deserves a place in every collection. Nuttallia papaver, var. grandiflora.—The plant is nearly hardy, and blooms freely. The flowers are of a deep rosy-red colour, each of which was from two and a half to three inches inches in diameter. The plant well deserves a place in eyery flower garden. Phlox Drummondii. A figure of this beautiful flowering annual, we gave early _ this year. We have seen three kinds in bloom, the original species, and two varieties which are very handsome, one of the varieties has pink coloured flowers, and the other very nearly a velvet colour. There are some other varieties which we saw, - but not of equal interest with those we mention. Every flower garden should be ornamented with these plants, and when grown in pots in a greenhouse, they are fine summer ornaments for the purpose. Cytisus elegans. A new and handsome yellow flowering species, requiring, as we understood, to be grown in the greenhouse. Hovaillicifolia. A fine flowering species, with handsome foliage, it deserves a place in every greenhouse. Manettia glabra. Its very handsome trumpet shaped blossoms, of a fine ai colour, and produced in profusion, renders this plant most desirable for the green- house. The plant may be obtained, two or three feet high for half a crown; no person, we think, would regret the purchase. Poinsettia pulcherrimus. This plant is becoming much in repute, that part of it, which answers the purpose of a splendid flower, is the bracteal leaves, they ex- pand to the dimensions of from twelve to twenty inches across, and are of a fine erimson-red colour, at once most strikingly grand. It will require a hothouse temperature, we are informed, though we saw very healthy plants growing in a greenhouse in October. The price of a small plant would be £2., and of a plant three or four feet high, from £7., to £10. Trop@olum. A new kind with fine yellow flowers, the form of T. tricolorum. Being produced in abundance, renders it a desirable species; Mr. Thompson, Nurseryman, Beaulah, near Norwood, Surry, has fine plants of it forsale. It has been imported from Valpariso. Mr. Thompson offers plants of it at one guinea each, and they are well deserving the price. Rhododendron ponticum, var. flora plena, Double flowered. A very pretty lilac purple flowered variety ; it deserves a place in the shrubbery. _ Gillardia picta.—The profusion of beautiful blossoms which this plant produces, _ renders it one of the most showy. The large crimson red centre, margined with bright yellow, and the flower two inches across, makes a splendid appearance. We recommend it for every flower garden. Plants may be obtained at two shillings each; or seed may be procured at a reasonable charge. Verbena pulchella alba.—This is a white flowering variety of this pretty creep- _ ingplant. Very suitable for rock-work, or dwarf edging for a bed, or border—it is _ cheap. ___—*Verbena Drummondii.— Much the habit of V. Lambertii, but much more robust, haying flowers larger, and of a deeper rosy-red colour. It may be procured at two gullings each. Salvia leucantha.—A very pretty species which we saw growing in the select and well managed collection of Mrs. Marryatt, Wimbledon. We shall give fur- _ ther particulars of many scarce and valuable plants we saw in this enchanted Place. Silene flos aculi plena, Double flowering. Thisis a very pretty flowering piant; yery free in blooming. ‘The flowers are of a rosy-lilac colour. It merits a place in every flower garden. Gardogit Hookerii—A most beautiful flowering plant, which deserves a place in every greenhouse. The plant is a most profuse bloomer ; the flowers, each, an inch and a half long, of a fine orange-red colour, producing a most imposing ap- pearance. The plant appears to grow freely in sandy peat. It strikes well from cuttings; the old plants are apt to die off, but a supply of young plants should, we think, always be kept up. No person will regret the purchase of the plant— it may be procured at a moderate cost. 266 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. Lantana Cellowii—A very pretty flowering species, of recent introduction. (This we shall notice again) Brugmansia aurea, Golden flowered. The flowers are larger than those of B. sanguinea. It is a very desirable species to cultivate with the suaveolens and san- guinea. Linum cummingia.—A very handsome flowering flax, with yery pretty yellow flowers. The plant deserves a place i in every greenhouse. Pultenea subumbellata.—This is a very handsome flowering plant; its neat growth, pretty flowers, and profusion of them, recommend it to every greenhouse. Samolus prostrata. This is a pretty flowering greenhouse plant, flowers freely. The blossoms are small, but very neat. Frankenia panciflora. ” “The specific name very ill accords with the profusion of flowers produced. The plant merits a place in every greenhouse. (We shall no- tice this hereafter.) Pultenea vestita—A very handsome flowering plant of this neat and pretty tribe. It is far the handsomest of any we known, and deserves to be in every greenhouse. Mr. Lowe has plants of it for sale, as well as of most we have men- tioned. Rubus Chinensis——A new species, of singular and pretty growth. We have heard this plant very highly spoken of, and recommended to every collection of greenhouse plants. It was not in bloom when we saw the plant, but if we recol- lect right, the flowers, it was said, were large and of a pink colour. This we will ascertain and give further particulars. Melaleuca.—A new species, the specific name not known. It is of a dwarfish habit, bearing abundance of flowers of a fine pink colour. This deserves a place in every collection. We shall endeayour to get further particulars of this plant. Statice arborea ; S. foliosa ; and S. puberala. We saw plants of these new and fine flowering species at Mr. Lowes; the two latter we have seen in bloom, and consider them pretty. We have been informed that twenty-five pounds per plant is asked for the first named kind, by the nurserymen in Scotland, where it has bloomed, and attracted considerable notice. Euphorbia Jacquinii—A new and handsome species, the flowers something like Poinsettia pulcherrima. It deserves a place i in every collection. If we mis- take not, we were told it would flourish well in the greenhouse. Of this plant we shall give further remarks. Gompholobium mucronata.—A beautiful flowering species—the yellow and red blossoms being produced in profusion. It is a very desirable plant for the greenhouse. F Solanum arborea.—A fine looking stove species, producing large lilac coloured vA a blossoms, making a pretty appearance. a Stephanotus floribundas.—A very neat and pretty flowering plant, making a pretty appearance in September, October, and November; very ornamental to the greenhouse. PELARGONIUMS.—The following twenty-six kinds of Pelargoniums, are the & most superb and splendid which are to be found in the fine collections around London. The selection was made out of many hundreds at the different nurseries. The whole may be procured of Mr. Catleugh or Mr. Gaines. Aletia Lady Nithsdale Village Maid Jantho Colossus Nosegay Glow Worm Maid of Athens tap Lady Blanche Rougeet Noir é Eliza Rembrant Pictum Brutus Francisea Standard Spadilla Bellissima Lydia Criterion Feu de joie Amelia Chief d’ouvre Bride Giraldine Dennis’ Perfection MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. 297 Mr. H. Stanford, Florist, &c., St. Leonards, Horsham, Sussex, forwarded to us some specimens of a very splendid seedling Pelargonium. The flowers are very large, and of a brilliant rosy-scarlet colour, producing nine of its large blossoms in one truss; and many of these upon a single plant. Mr. Stanford is provided with strong plants, which will be ready for sale, at 7s. 6d. each, by April 1837.—ConpucTor. REVIEWS. Frora METROPOLITANA, or Botanical Rambles within thirty miles of London; being the result ofnumerous excursions made in 1833,34, and 35; furnishing a list of those plants that have been found on the different heaths, woods, com- mons, hills, &c., surrounding the Metropolis, (more particularly the counties of Surrey and Kent,) chiefly from actual observation, and the latest authorities. Intended for the student in practical Botany. With a list of the land and fresh water shells of the environs of London. By Daniel Cooper, London, 1836. S. Highley, 32 Fleet Street; 12mo., p. p. 139. Mr. Cooper has rendered essential service to those persons who have oppor- tunities of walking much in the circle of the country that is described ; to per- sons of this class the work must be of peculiar interest. We think every in- habitant of Britain ought to know the native plants, more particularly, however, all that are to be found in the neighbourhood in which the individual resides. The plants to be found near to the specified places, are grouped according to the natural system. Wimbledon Common, including Putnly Heath, 227 species are described as growing. Wandsworth Common, 110 species are enumerated, &ec. The author may, doubtless, render work still more useful by giving the colours of each flower. It is a neat pocket volume of peculiar interest. _ Frora HiBERNICcA, comprising the Flowering Plants, Ferns, Characex, Musci, Hepatica, Lichens, and Alge, of Ireland. Arranged according to the natural system, with a synopsis of the genera, according to the Linnean system, by James Townsend Mackay, M. R. I. A., Associate of the Linnean Society, &e. Dublin: W. Curry and Co., 1836; p. p. 632. The work is got up, as it is usually termed, in a very superior manner, and is highly creditable to the author and publishers. The description of the or- ders, &c., and of the plants, is very complete. Reference is also given to the native situations of each. It is a very valuable acquisition to the inhabitants of Ireland. The second part of the work, which contains the Musci, Hepatice, and Lichenes, comprising 260 pages, of the 632, is peculiarly useful and inter- esting. As every resident of a country ought to be acquainted with its native plants, we hope the readers of the Cabinet, resident in Ireland, will avail them- selves of the use of this publication. Tue Botanic Garpen, or Midland Floral Magazine, containing accurate delineations, with Botanical and popular descriptions of plants cultivated in the greenhouse or open garden—and remarkable either for their beauty, their va- _ riety, or their singular structure. Conducted by G. B. Knowles, Esq., M.R.C.S,, F.L.S., &c.; and Frederick Westcott, Esq,, Honorary Secretaries of the Bir- -mingham Botanical and Horticultural Society. Three Numbers of this new periodical have appeared. The size is large post _ 4to., and each number contains four coloured figures of new, or otherwise inter- esting plants. There are eight pages of letter-press, two to each figure. One _page is nearly occupied with scientific Latin descriptions of the plant; the other with useful directions for its cultivation. These instructions are highly credi- table to the gentlemen who conducts the work. It is got up in a superior ‘style, which renders it necessary for the price to be high; we fear this will limit the circulation of a work which ought to be extensive, much less than its merits entitle it. Tue Boranist, containing accurately coloured figures of tender and hardy Ornamental Plants, with descriptions scientific and popular, intended to convey both moral and intellectual gratification. Conducted by B. Maund, F.L.S. ; as- sisted by the Rev. I. S. Henslow, M.A., F.L.S., Pofessor of Botany in the Uni. yersity of Cambridge. pap 298 MISCELLANEOUS INTELLIGENCE. This new periodical, like the Botanic Garden, so long and ably conducted by Mr. Maund, is-peculiarly neat; it is printed in uniform size with that work, having a large and small edition. Each number contains four coloured figures of plants,—both hardy and exotic plants are included. Dissections of various parts of the flower, &c., are given to illustrate what the conductors have in view. The chief object appears to be the illustration of the natural system of Botany. To accomplish this fully, they propose from time to time, to prefix a short popu- lar view of one or other of these orders, in The Botanist. A dictionary of bo- tanical terms is given on a separate sheet, with the work, but can be bound up separately, being of a smaller size. REFERENCE TO PLATE. A Clematis azurea.—This very handsome flowering species, has been lately introducedinto this country, but from whence we know not. We saw it blooming freely in the greenhouse of Mr. Lowe, Clapton Nursery, near London, Itis a most valuable acquisition, and will be a very great ornament to the greenhouse or conservatory. Being a climber, it will be peculiarly adapted for making a show up a pillar, along a trellis, or trained up a wire frame, of the kind noticed in the Cabinet. The plant appears to grow freely in a rich loamy soil. B Kennedya glabrata, Smooth-leaved. This very handsome and neat flower- ing plant has recently been introduced from New Holland, and certainly far surpasses any other species in this country. It is a greenhouse climber, grow- ing freely in sandy peat soil, and blooming most profusely. Its pretty scarlet, brown, and green blossoms, are strikingly neat and pretty beyond our descrip- tion. It deserves a place in every greenhouse or conservatory. Mr. Knight of King’s Road, has plants for sale. C Lychnis Bungeana.—This very handsome half hardy plant was introduced into this country, in 1835. It was sent from St. Petersburgh by Dr. Fischer. The plant has bloomed in several collections during the last summer. _Alll the plants we have seen of it, have been grown in pots, and being kept in a cool, light, and airy part of the greenhouse. The soil was a rich loam and sandy peat, and plenty of potroom. The finest plant we have heard of, was seen by our friend Mr. Barratt, in a tour he took in Scotland, who states that the plant was three feet high, or upwards, and the stem crowned by a head of blossoms, about eight or ten inches in diameter. A coronet of blossoms of such a bril- liancy of colour, must be peculiarly showy, and recommend the plant to every — greenhouse. We are informed that plants may be kept in a cool frame during ~ winter, so as to preserve them from injury by frost; and if turned out into the open border in rich soil, and a sunny sheltered situation, it will flourish freely 2% and bloom profusely. The plant increases freely by cuttings, in consequence of which, plants may now be procured at a very reasonable price. D Pentstemon Murrayanus, Mr. Murray’s Scarlet Pentstemon.—A hardy per- ; rennial plant, a native of the Texas, from whence it was sent by Mr. Drum- mond. Seeds of it were sent rather late in the summer of 1835, but the plant however blossomed that year in theGlasgow Botanic Garden. We haye seen a plant this year grown in a border of rich soil, open to the sun, and sheltered by a brick wall, which had a flower stem five feet high, with numerous spikes of flowers, producing a splendid appearance. The plant ought to be grown in every flower garden. Plants may be obtained at a very reasonable price. Our wish to give our readers a figure of it in the present plate, prevents us doing more than give a small specimen, and the flowers we have drawn one-third less in size than the specimen from which the drawing was taken. Our readers will, however, be able to judge of its merits by the figure. INDEX TO THE PLANTS, FIGURED IN VOL. IV, 1836. Acme of Perfection, Dahlia .... Anagallis Phillipsii .... Sister Antirrhinum caryophylloides .... Barratt’s Four Seedling, Pansies Beauty of Anlaby Pansy BF ose Bignonia cherere .... Ac Calceolaria maculata .. on ats splendens .. choc -Calochortus venustus .. aie tis splendens .. sine ‘Chrysanthemum indicum, var sulphurea .. _ ——_—_—___— expanded crimson _ Canavalia bonariensis .. ote ote Clematis azurea Pen sce Dodd’s Mary Dahlia .. acete Eutoca Menziesii .... foie viscida es cate Inimitable Dahlia .... wears ‘Kennedya glabrata .... sorts Lychnis Bungeana .... abe ‘Malya Fulleriana .... 5665 Mimulus cardinalis .... afele/ ——-— Elphinstonea oes Ranbyania .. sce - Rawsonia .... aie! os Nolana atriplicifolia,... aed ‘Oxalis Piotte araiete Biot ntstemon Cobaw .... axes - Murryanus sees Phacelia congesta ..-. Reiere *hlox Drummondii .... Tate henogyne speciosa ane? _ Thunbergia alata, var. alba .... _ Tournefortia helitropioides .... Tropeolum elegans .... tee sanguinea ... Facing Page. 97 193 193 145 217 Reference. e 119 vale 216 rs 215 3 198 tIOO 240 ae 72 z 216 5 240 “| 47 ae 95 ie 24 Ao 24 dad 24 72 % 298 Sone 264 aici 144 set ciet 47 Sapo 298 mraletd 298 Aaa 264 miles 96 Brtare 144 wiatele 198 Aho 192 wise 240 pad 47 sQ08 96 eeiate 298 Hort 47 eee 72 asters 240 BARC 95 artic 141 weet 192 GENERAL INDEX. A. B., Query on Cape eae Soon Anat Mente a BLS Answer by cone Breste arene A. B. L., Remark on anéwerlng Queries: by aes tec’ eee Acacia vestica, noticed es erates ernie debe i, prominens, do. Byerets geet tion ee A Constant Reader, on Peat Soil : Stic A Country Florist, on the culture of Or chideous Plants, by aE A Cultivator of Cape Bulbs, On Basia a Pit Pra Ey, Sree A Cupar Florist, Query by : coe Serine Adesmia pendula, noticed ve an arejero onate A Friend to the Floricultural Cabinet, Query by. Bo Tater mlante A Foreman of a London Nursery, On Inarching, &e. erarats ois Agrostemma Bungeana, noticed revels cece coer eee A Lawyer's Clerk, Query by sade occ crane Alstremeria aurantiaca, noticed, see eece aitrele sese — Query on the Culture oF SQ0C oe ve weyers Allium siculum, noticed : wees weiss oe Alpine Plants, Query on the Treatment of siete eaiete Amateur des fleurs, Query by srarete Amateur Florist, On the Culture of the Tulip, by Nia Amicus, Designs of Flower Gardens, by : 56, 117, 137, Amaryllis sarniensis, Culture of, by Snowdrop > oh fe recs sities Psittacinia, hybrida, noticed eee wows wae Anagallis Phillipsii, reference. to figure of wists ejeeis viele Anchusa versicolour, noticed wisle 5 Soels siete vaste Angrecum caudatum, do. dos aaiets srelets ateyets Annuals, on a proper soil for, wets ~ ee sie sie Bie fe: Annuals, List of 5 C see va An Old Subscriber; on a Seedling Tr ansplanter, by Bad uae Antirrhinum carryophylloides, reference to figure ‘of Mietete ac | glandulosum, noticed .... eee “sein Anomatheca cruenta, Query on raising and culture otic ss ae An Original Subscriber, Query by rcv eoee cone eee An Old Florist, Query by cae Ceres SAT Ericka A Practical Lady Gar dener, Answer by A Practical lady Amateur, On the culture of the N eopoliton Violet, by An East Hants Constant Reader, Query by avers ale Pct Aphis (green fly) On destroying OU cae wees Aptosimum depressum, noticed St donid Beier era Arboretum, Remark by a5 Bierce diva’ erate atic Ardisia odontaphylla, noticed” sles cisterns Blaine Armstrong Emily, On Plans of Flower Gardens. sees sees On the Culture of German Asters afetste wees On the culture of the Lobelia cardinalis Pace ——_—_—_—_——— Remark by Rioters Sece see apateke A Regular Subscriber, Query by eaee eee ores eos Aristolochia fetans, noticed Sas aalsle cieks. swe A Star in the East, On the Dahlia, by sere veer eae — — On the Hydrangea, by Rietcls esee Ar Astragalus Monspessulanus, noticed ,... sees cose AICS Asters, German, On culture of ages joo Satie Road Aspasia variegata, noticed cn Peay aeete 6.50 A Subseriber and Constant Reader, Query by .... Semele seen Auriculas, Query on wees SAsteC ejaree cass aerate GENERAL INDEX. Page. A Subscriber, Answer on the Dahlia, by see ; 138 Query on Destroying the Scale infesting Camellias, by 163 Query on Pansies, by Atet stares ae 214 A Yellow Flower, on wees ena NF ee ge aNade 138 Azalea Rawsonii, noticed, .... Avot prelais Tera’ 185 Mudiflora .... eialets eich wares OAc plate 104 ah On the Culture of .... ASS es ae Ace 31 Lgl A Query on the Dahlia, by mecca AAee Sao 45 ost Barratt, Mr. Willliam, On ae Roses, by Feats wiaioha 73 : - Bartonea aurea, noticed ae micisie Pyar’ erate 62 _ Bath Horticultural Meetings.... cose wales ores 119, 132, 140 Bay Tree, On Propagating the .. Salers nacre apa alas 67 Begonia platinifolia, noticed... . s)e/0 LPNS ease iota 185 sanguinea do. «se. He BSE Bo Aes siete 234 Berberis empetrifolia, do. .... pent Belse asi ste ete 234 Bifrenaria aurantiaca, do. .... ete sees Sood 185 Bignonia cherere, Reference to figure of. aie wefe le Bets efators 72 Bletia patula noticed .. < aiejee Dass Src 234 —Tankervilliz, On the culture of, by Mr. Parkin .... Ree 97 ; Query on.. So55 arabes alates erst 45 —————Oncultureof ... cone nicl Aaleia 126 Botanists Guide, by H. Watson, Esq., Baviewed Se saree Price 62 Bouvardia triphylla, On the culture of.. erele'e cece orion 65 Box, On a, for conveying flowers in .... wiv ot ecee Siscaxe 125 Bone Manure, Query on eters AS ones wees aris 215 Brugmansia arborea, On the culture of .. Sohe Siafals AG Ae 165 Brugmansia Suaveolens,.On Growing once eee esi 284 Brunonia australis, noticed .... ae birdie Aes See 63 Bryant Mr., On the culture of Maurandia Barclayana ..., sxe 9 Bug, Query on the Mealy .... siete spe asia HERS 19 Bulbs, Remarks on Cape .... eee sees ne sets a Usa Border Flowers, Select list and description of perennial, by Mr. J. Brown 274 Botanic Garden, or Midland Flora Magazine, Review of the wba s 297 Botanist, Review of the eco eves sails sieyWis ib. Bleaching Leaves, On, by H. D. Ane saree Siatels Bee 288 Begonia Fischeri, noticed .... ose see shor Seika 289 Bartonea aurea, do. .. eee see sees sees sees ib. Botanical Society, Query ona .. AoA gree S0GE Soha 292 Billardiera Melocarpa, Query on dic Fess pstais sree 292 Cary Tyso, Remarks on Raising Seedling Ranunculuses, by i OS 273 Clair, Mr. William, St., On the Propagation of Pinks .... a caksia 267 Clintonia pulchella, nciead aa vete eae taae alelate okatnis 289 ____Cyrtopodium Willmorei Soo sees eleee won oees 289 - Craspedia glauca, do.’.. aia ala erce even <.syeha cease 290 _ Cratcegus Mexicana, do. Siac sister, veces Seisie AN 390 Competition, Answer on, .... Bhs mae a5 et sents 294 Clematis azurea, Reference to figure .... Pre Ori 3 Remark by.. Bod wheter Siaee Asee 71 Lupinus bimaculatus, noticed, . are) bie eee Heer ees 16 subcarnosus, do. .. Sickel Eetets eietere Sislere 63 texensis, do. .«. ~eae Sater sles Scho 135 latifolius, do. Bee MGe Riatte 235 Lychnis Bungeana, noticed, 4 bieraye ALES fare 162 Reference to Fig. asda sane seyere bod: 298 Lycium afrum, noticed seats vis ge Sd 63 M. S., On destroying the Caterpillar, by Be 32p0 274 Moss on Walks, On destroying, by Mr. John Shepherd Hoon ae 266 Moss Roses, A "description of Thirty of the best kinds of, by the Rev. J. Jones, : Ses wale SE Ad 285 “e Mimuluses, On the Culture of, by Salvia Het Sists/s S60 270 _ M.S., On destroying the Caterpillar, by ee each S 274 ay Macradenia tricandria, do. .... 0 alers Se etale Bass 16 Malva Fulleriana, Reference to figure. SES eer aiuto’ 264 Manettia cordifolia, noticed .... aca shee oeee : 162 Maria, Query on Alstremerias, by 3066 eee AK eves 188 On Culture of Lonicera flexuosa, by eae eves dere 123 hy Query on Coronilla Glauca,by...- naee Ses atetele 163 4 Query on Moss, by ... - wets ela 137 i} Answer on a Yellow Flow ering Plant, by. SD peters eitels 138 me On destroying Snails, by ie A Sta 121 Markham, Mr. H., On the culture of Ginger, by Fi toes Sige 122 On C alture of Bletia Tankervillie, by if ries afer 126 if PP avarmodes atropurpurea, noticed sabe 162 Martin, Mr. John, A new arr angement of Chrysanthemums, by oes 25 Maud, Mr. J., on causing the Hydrangea hortensis to produce blue flowers, by 78 Maurandia Barclayana, On the culture of nee ove’ Rots: 9 Maxillaria rufescens, noticed .. ar Ar Aas AA Pees 105 ayomatica, do. .. csee 162 Mearns, Mr. John, on the culture of Bouvardia triphylla, by . 65 Metropolitan Society of Florists, &c., Exhibition of 1 13, 114, 115, 139, 191 Mm + 306 GENERAL INDEX. Mimulas, Query on the ee80 aici sO abe On raising new varieties of .... Seid rae? Cardinalis, Reference to Figure asi ae Ranbyana, do Attic saee chs aie aeee Rawsoniana,do. ....